Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRFP - P954 POLICE SERVICES FACILITY DESIGN & BUILD (6)REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL CITY OF FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES FACILITY-DESIGN/BUILD PROPOSAL NO. P954 PROPOSAL DATE: 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) October 8, 2004 Page 1 of 27 CHAPTER 4 - SPECIAL INTERFACES SUSTAINABLE DESIGN The goal of the City is that the project will be designed using the U.S. Green Building Council's (USBGC) LEEDTm Green Building Rating System for new construction and major renovations, to earn a "silver" certification. 2. COMMISSIONING The City of Fort Collins will provide the commissioning firm and the design/build team will be asked to coordinate the design and construction with this commissioning agent. 3. ART IN PUBLIC PLACES The design/build team will be requested to work with an artist from the City's "Art in Public Places" Program with the intent to design artistic elements into the project concept, and that are within the APP budget for this project. A member of the design/build team will be added to the committee that selects the artist. The City will contract directly with that artist. 4. FURNITURE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION The City of Fort Collins will be responsible for the furniture design and procurement. It is intended the design/build team will assist in the coordination of this effort as the furniture design effort will proceed at the same time as the building design effort. 5. TESTING SERVICES The City of Fort Collins will be responsible for all the testing services (soils, concrete, asphalt, structural steel, etc.). It is intended the design/build team will assist in the coordination of this effort. 6. COMMUNICATION WORK The City of Fort Collins will be responsible for all communication work (telephone and computer cabling). It is intended the design/build team will assist in the coordination of this effort. Also, it will be the responsibility of the design/build team to install the raceways, conduits, fixtures, etc. for the communication systems. Security for the facility will be the responsibility of the design/build team. Page 10 of 27 installed are compatible with other such products/systems within other City facilities and are maintainable. 8. Utility Services personnel will be involved in the Sustainable Design process as well as the Commissioning process. I. EXISTING BOUNDARY SURVEY Contact Jim Allen Morley (Stantec) at 970-482-5922 for the AutoCad drawings of the existing boundary survey and existing topographic map at the site. He will send this information to you electronically. Stantec is currently designing the infrastructure (roads, etc.) around the site. You are welcome to contact them for a current plat of the entire site, which will show the net acreage for our facility. J. SOILS REPORT A copy of the preliminary soils report, dated July 28, 2000, prepared by CTL Thompson, is provided as Attachment "D". The City has employed the services of CTL Thompson to obtain a more site specific soils report that will be provided at the November 161h Pre -proposal Meeting. The City will employ the services of CTL Thompson further, as required, once the Site Plan has been developed. K. PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT The Phase I Environmental Assessment is provided as Attachment "E". No additional assessment or evaluation will be required. L. M SCHEDULE Following is the revised schedule for the selection process: STEP II Submit Information to Three Design/Build Teams Pre -proposal Meeting with Three Design/Build Teams @ Operations Services, 117 North Mason Receive Design/Build Proposals Interviews with Three Design/Build Teams Select Final Design/Build Team Notice to Proceed for the Design/Build Team DATE November 4, 2004 November 16, 2004 9:30 — 11:30 A.M. December 13, 2004 December 21, 2004 December 29, 2004 January 31, 2005 RESPONSES TO CONCERNS ABOUT THE AGREEMENT FROM STEP I (To be provided by Purchasing) Page 3 of 7 m REVISIONS TO: CHAPTER 7 AGREEMENT AGREEMENT: Article 3 Contract Times ADD the following language in Article 3, Contract Times: Paragraph 3.01, Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment: 3.01 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment The Work will be substantially completed within 1064 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2.02.A of the General Conditions and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 13.09 of the General Conditions within 1094 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Article 13 Miscellaneous DELETE the following language in Article 13. Miscellaneous, Paragraph 13.03. the Bank of Cherry Creek, N.A.: and REPLACE with the following language: U.S. Bank National Association. Page 4 of 7 W REVISIONS TO: STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER Article 3 3.02 Al Reference Standards RESTORE the following language in Article 3 Section 3.02 Reference Standards, Paragraph A.1: 1. in effect on the last day for receipt of Proposals except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents: Article 5 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance DELETE the following language in Article 5 Section 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance Paragraph B.1: ...and 5.04. DELETE Article 5, Section 5.04, Paragraph C: Design/Builder's Professional Liability Errors & Omissions Insurance. REPLACE the text "Property" from the title of Section 5.06 Property Insurance with the text "Builder's Risk. RESTORE the following language in Article 5 Section 5.06 Builder's Risk Insurance Paragraphs A., A.1, A.2, A.3, A.4, A.5, A.6, A.7, B., C., D., E.: A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Construction at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations). This insurance will: I. Include the interests of Owner, Owner's Consultant, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured, 2. Be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Construction, temporary buildings, falsework and all materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws or Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions, Page 5 of 7 3. Include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. Cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Construction, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment approved by Owner; 5. Allow partial utilization in accordance with paragraph 13.06; 6. Include testing and startup; and 7. Be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Design/Builder with thirty days' written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws or Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Owner's Consultants, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured Builder's Risk Insurance -- Unless otherwise provided. Owner shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located Builder's Risk Insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Amount as well as subsequent modifications for the entire Proiect at the Site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles Such Builder's Risk Insurance shall be maintained until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than Owner has an insurable interest in the property to be covered, whichever is earlier. Builder's Risk Insurance coverage shall be on a Special Covered Cause of Loss form and shall include theft vandalism malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings or structures and all below- and above -ground structures Coverages shall be written for 100% of the completed value of the Work being performed Design/Builder shall be responsible for the first $10 000 of any insurable loss under this policy. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof required to be purchased and maintained by Owner in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Design/Builder and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount, will be borne by Design/Builder, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Design/Builder requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Design/Builder by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Design/Builder whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. Page 6of7 RESTORE the following language in Article 5 Section 5.07 Waiver of Rights Paragraphs A., B., B.1, B.2, C.: A. Owner and Design/Builder intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Owner's Consultant, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Design/Builder waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by .such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Owner's Consultant, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and Suppliers and the rs, office directors, employees and agents of any of them for: 1. Loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. Loss or damage to the completed Project or any part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause or loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 13.06, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 13.05, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 13.08. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event ofpayment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Owner's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. Page 7of7 ATTACHMENT THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CRIME LAB DIRECTORS/LAB ACCREDITATION STANDARDS P954 Police Service Facility-Design/Build U.S. Department uf.fustice CJITicc ul JLI4tICC Ihvgranu lu National batilinur of Jus7ice / Forensic Laboratories: Handbook for Facility Planning, Design, Construction, and Moving Y National Institute of Justice National Institute of Standards and Tecluwlogc Department of Justice Department of Commerce U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs National Institute of Justice Forensic Laboratories: Handbook for Facility Planning, Design, Construction, and Moving Law Enforcement and Corrections Standards and Testing Program Coordinated by Office of Law Enforcement Standards National Institute of Standards and Technology Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001 April 1998 NCJ 168106 NIJNATIONAL INSTITUTE of JUSTICE National Institute of Justice Jeremy Travis Director This technical effort to develop this report was conducted under Interagency Agreement No. 94—IJ—R-004, Project No. 97-0101A. This report was prepared with the assistance of the Office of Law Enforcement Standards (OLES) of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) under the direction of Alim A. Fatah, Program Manager for Chemical Systems and Materials, and Kathleen M. Higgins, Director of OLES. Editorial support was provided by Aspen Systems Corporation. The work was sponsored by the National Institute of Justice, David G. Boyd, Director, Office of Science and Technology. Findings and conclusions of the research reported here are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the official position or policies of the U.S. Department of Justice. The National Institute of Justice is a component of the Office of Justice Programs, which also includes the Bureau of Justice Assistance, Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, and Office for Victims of Crime. Table of Contents Foreword.............................................................................................................................................1 TechnicalWorking Group................................................................................................................3 ExecutiveSummary ..........................................................................................................................5 Overview............................................................................................................................................7 Planning..............................................................................................................................................9 Design................................................................................................................................................19 Construction.....................................................................................................................................51 Moving..............................................................................................................................................59 Appendixes....................................................................................................................................... 71 Appendix I: Description of Spaces by Laboratory Sections Appendix II: Laboratory Design Standards and Modules Appendix III: Forensic Computer Examination Laboratory Statement of Work Appendix IV: Move -in Plan Appendix V: Statement of Work for the Commercial Moving Services References Itl CHAPTER 5 - QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Only Teams that have the requisite experience and qualifications are encouraged to submit proposals. 1. DESIGN/BUILD PROJECTS OF POLICE FACILITIES Provide a brief project description and history for design/build projects, similar in scope to this project, completed in the last 5 years. Include the following information. a. Project description that includes the project name, firms that comprised the design/build team, occupancy type (UBC), construction type (UBC), gross square footage, major structural system(s), and HVAC system. b. Project history that includes the original schedule agreed upon at the time of signing the contract, the actual duration of design and construction, and any special characteristics of the project. C. Project budget information that includes the cost at the time of signing the contract, and the final cost. d. Methodology for controlling project cost and schedule for each phase of the project. e. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of project owners. 2. FINANCIAL CAPABILITY Applicants must have the financial capacity to absorb project start-up costs, as well as to maintain the day-to-day working financial aspects of the organizational structure. Provide the following information: a. Bonding company. Provide the name, address and phone number of the firm's bonding agent. Provide a letter from the bonding agent indicating the firm's bonding capacity is adequate ($22,500,000) to undertake this work. b. Identify project financial arrangements. C. Any pending or outstanding claims or judgments. d. References from banking and credit institutions with whom business has been conducted. e. Insurance company. Provide the name, address and phone number of the firm's insurance agent(s). Provide certificate of insurance outlining coverage and policy limits. Can this coverage be extended for work on this project? Can coverage be increased? Can City and Engineer be listed as an additional insured? Are there any current claims that will affect coverage limits available to the City for this project? f. Financial statement. Provide a recent financial statement (audited if possible) including balance sheet and income statement showing: ■ Current assets ■ Other assets ■ Current liabilities ■ Other liabilities ■ Fixed assets and equipment g. Banking reference. Provide the name, address and phone number of the firm's banking reference. Page 11 of 27 Foreword As president of the American Society of Crime Laboratory Directors (ASCLD) during 1995-96, I received numerous requests for information on many topics. Information on forensic laboratory design was one of the more frequently requested items. The need for a document that dealt with the many aspects of building a new labora- tory was obvious. I requested assistance from Dr. Richard Rau at the National Institute of Justice to develop such a document. Under Dr. Rau's direction and through the leadership of Kathleen Higgins, Director, Office of Law Enforcement Standards (OLES), this project was funded by the National Institute of Standards and Technology/OLES. Additionally, they provided support and direction throughout the development of this document. The document, Forensic Laboratories: Handbook for Facility Planning, Design, Construction, and Moving, is the product of a 2-day seminar where 23 professionals met, divided into four groups, and created this handbook. The handbook is not a standard but a resource for those faced with building a new facility or the redesign of an existing facility. Each group had its own style, so each section has its own unique format. It is our hope that this document will help laboratory managers maximize organizational efficiency, ensure the economical expenditure of resources, and develop a safe, secure, and well -designed facility. We hope that the resulting facilities will provide adequate space for forensic scientists to perform their very important tasks today and will include adaptability for tomorrow as technologies change. I appreciate the time and effort the committee members and participants have given to this project, the work of the outside reviewers from Harley Ellington Design, and the editorial support of Aspen Systems Corporation. One committee member, Dr. William J. "Bill" Hartner, who has served the forensic science community for 37 years, passed away on February 28, 1997. Everyone deeply mourns his passing and applauds his personal achievements and the tremendous impact he had on forensic science. He was past president of ASCLD, 1993-94, and was com- mander of Metro-Dade's Crime Laboratory Bureau, where he had served since 1960. We therefore dedicate this document to the wonderful memory of : Dr. William J. Hartner February 10, 1935—February 28, 1997 Carrie Morgan Whitcomb Past President 1995-96 ASCLD Technical Working Group Victor Cardona Smith, Hinchman & Grylls Washington, D.C. Kenneth G. DeBoer Earl Walls Associates San Diego, California Dr. Alim A. Fatah NIST/OLES Frank Fitzpatrick** Orange County Sheriff/Coroner Forensic Science Services Dr. William Hartner* Laboratory Bureau Metro -Dade Police Department Kathleen M. Higgins NIST/OLES Dr. Mitchell Holland Armed Forces DNA Identification Laboratory Robert Horn* Crime Laboratory New York State Police (Retired) * Past President, ASCLD ** President-elect, ASCLD Robert A. Jarzen Dr. Carl M. Selavka Sacramento County New York State Division of Laboratory of Forensic Criminal Justice Services Services Office of Forensic Services John Klosterman Illinois State Police Forensic Sciences Command James L. McClaren Ruth and Going, Inc. McClaren & Wilson, Inc. Michael Mount AIA Smith, Hinchman & Grylls Southwest Inc. Dr. Richard Rau National Institute of Justice Office of Science and Technology Dr. Dennis Reeder NIST/Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory Biotechnology Division Earl Roberts FBI Laboratory Michael R. Somin Earl Walls Associates San Diego, California Rich Tanton* Palm Beach Sheriffs Department Crime Laboratory Dr. Victor W. Weedn Department of Defense DNA Registry Carrie Whitcomb* U.S. Postal Inspection Service Crime Laboratory Joseph Wichmann Illinois State Police Joliet Forensic Science Laboratory Dan Wierec Walsh Construction Dr. Richard Wilk New York City Police Laboratory 3 Executive Summary The measure of a forensic laboratory's success is how well it meets the current and future needs of the occupants. Designing and building a forensic laboratory is a complicated undertaking. Design issues include those considerations present when designing any building, with enhanced concern and special requirements involving environmental health and safety,' hazardous materials, management, operational efficiency, adaptability, security of evidence, preser- vation of evidence in an uncontaminated state, as well as budgetary concerns. To help laboratory directors get through the process, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), the National Institute of Standards and Technology (MIST)/Office of Law Enforcement Standards (OLES), and the American Society of Crime Laboratory Directors (ASCLD) held a joint workshop November 13-14, 1996 at NIST in Gaithersburg, Maryland, to develop guidelines for planning, designing, constructing, and moving crime labs. The guidelines serve as a general tool to which forensic laboratory directors can refer when considering building a new laboratory or refurbishing an existing one. There is not one universally correct plan for forensic laboratory design. No two labs are the same. Technical laboratories such as toxicology, biological science/DNA, firearms analysis, or trace evidence have specialized needs unique to their areas of work. Ultra -clean rooms or higher levels of containment may be required for some analytical procedures. Highest performance standards are required for cleanliness, temperature, humidity, and vibration controls to create an environment suitable for forensic science. Staff needs and functional processes are the driving factors. From the start, the scien- tists who will occupy the building should be involved with the design/build team to explain their special requirements for the laboratory. Flexibility is also a key element in driving a forensic laboratory's design and configura- tion. Crime labs must be designed with the flexibility to support adaptability and change or risk obsolescence in a few years.' At the beginning of the process, it should be decided whether the project is driven primarily by needs or budget. Will the needs of the laboratory determine the budget, or is the budget preset and the laboratory economically limited to a specific amount at the outset? The technical work performed in forensic laboratories must be able to withstand any evidentiary challenge. When detailing the needs of the laboratory, be ready to defend those needs against questions that will arise because of the cost involved. Quality laboratory service is expensive, and the buildings in which these services are provided tend to be expensive as well. Cost-cutting that would jeopardize the lab's testing quality cannot be an option. The guidelines in this handbook are designed to empower laboratory managers to improve their situation. They are designed to safeguard the integrity and objectives of the profession, maximize organizational efficiency, ensure economical expenditure of resour- ces, and provide a safe working environment for employees. 5 Overview The process of constructing a new forensic laboratory revolves around four general activities: planning, design, construction, and moving. Specific activities vary within each phase of the process, and each stage is discussed in detail in the following pages. Through- out the process, from conception through opening day, careful planning and excellent communication among those involved are critical to success. Planning. The key to a successful planning stage is the preparation of a Needs Assess- ment/Design Program, two documents frequently combined into one that form the baseline for the project. The Needs Assessment documents user and facility needs, evaluates the existing facility, defines space requirements, and provides project cost data. The Design Program provides a guide to design the project, translating and expanding the Needs Assessment into a form that will be used by architects and engineers in the design process. The Needs Assessment/Design Program may initially be an idealized statement of require- ments that will later need to be reconciled to the actual budget or resources available. Design. There is not one universally correct plan for forensic laboratory design. Design will vary with each laboratory's specific needs. Functional requirements of specific scien- tific disciplines, equipment, and instrumentation are a few of the variables that generate space, dimension, and adjacency requirements that impact the overall design. Hazardous materials handling and preservation of evidence are just two of the many variables that need to be considered. The future also needs to be considered. A forensic laboratory must be designed with the flexibility to change along with the needs of its occupants, technol- ogy, or scientific methodologies. Construction. Following acceptance of bids and contract negotiation, construction can begin in earnest. The construction stage offers a last chance before occupancy to make changes to the proposed lab structure that were missed in the construction documents or during the planning and design stages. Every change has a potential financial conse- quence. Some changes may be too costly to make. Each laboratory's situation is unique. Changes to local and State regulations may also affect each construction project. Be ready for unforeseen issues that may affect construction such as subsurface conditions or ob- structions. Fixtures, furnishings, and equipment will also need to be budgeted for and purchased. An evaluation process and criteria to ensure that the contractors are qualified to complete the job as specified must be established. Moving. Laboratory work must continue even as the shift is made from the old facility to the new. Develop a strategic plan for the move. Phase and schedule move activities so that routine daily events occur as smoothly and efficiently as possible. Consider the tasks and activities, the order in which they need to be accomplished, and who is going to be responsible for them. The plan can be divided into premove, move, and postmove activi- ties. Always keep in mind the date that the move needs to be completed. 7 Planning Designing and building a forensic science laboratory can be an enormous undertaking. Careful planning is critical to success. Staff needs are the driving factor. From the start, the scientists who will occupy the building should be involved with the design/build team to explain their needs and special requirements for the laboratory. It is crucial to take the necessary time on the front end of the process to gather this important information. Key to the planning stage is a Needs Assessment/Design Program, two documents fre- quently combined into one that form the baseline for the project and are used throughout the entire process. The Needs Assessment documents the requirements for the facility. The Design Program provides a guide to design the project. Keep the document simple and straightforward —the people with budgetary authority need to understand it. What follows is a suggested approach for forensic science laboratory directors to use for the planning stage. Presented in a question and answer format, it covers the essential, basic elements of the planning process that directors need to know. 1. QUESTION: I have a need for new facilities now —what do I need to do and where should I be heading to assure success? ANSWER: Perform a preliminary self -evaluation to define the "mission" of opera- tions/organization and detail your current, past, and future operations. 2. QUESTION: If my self -evaluation reveals the need for new/expanded space, what do I do? ANSWER: Plan to develop an ArchitecturallEngineering Needs Assessment and Design Program. 3. QUESTION: What is a Needs Assessment? ANSWER: [Definition] Needs Assessment —An essential planning tool that must be developed by independent professionals who have requisite experience that quantifies and evaluates operations and ultimately projects present and future requirements. The Needs Assessment is a planning, developmental, and political tool. It assesses user and facility needs, assesses the existing facility, defines all space requirements, provides project cost data, and accounts for external influences such as building codes. 9 4. QUESTION: What is a Design Program? ANSWER: [Definition] Design Program —A document that translates and expands the Needs Assessment into a form that will be used by architects and engineers. The Design Program defines design requirements and contains comprehensive information for the architect and engineers. Both the Needs Assessment and Design Program require extensive input from lab staff; these two documents are frequently combined into one. 5. QUESTION: What do I do to get the program started? ANSWER: Assemble an internal team to develop a Request for Proposals (RFP) for conducting an ArchitecturallEngineering Needs AssessmentlDesign Program. 6. QUESTION: What criteria need to be considered in the RFP? ANSWER: The criteria to be considered in the RFP should include: Health/Safety (Liability Issues). Codes. Technologies (existing and projected new). Crime Trends. Existing Constraints: financial, personnel, location, etc. 7. QUESTION: After the consultant selection is made, then what? ANSWER: Assemble the best team to conduct an Arch itecturallEngineering Needs AssessmentlDesign Program. Identify Members of the Team. O Client Representative/Steering Committee, examples could include: • Laboratory representative. • Facilities. • Public works. • Budget. • Contracts. • Data/Telecommunications. • Security. fff O Needs Assessment/Design Program Team. • Architectural/Programmer/Engineer. • Cost Consultant. • Others as needed—environmental/traffic. Establish a practical budget to use to retain the consultant team that will conduct the Architectural/Engineering Needs Assessment/Design Program (The Study). Define the Duration of Program (Study). S. QUESTION: What can I expect as I start the Needs Assessment/Design Program? ANSWER: The Needs Assessment/Design Program must: Demand full user/client participation. Show that the final product is not just a customer "wish list" — (provide justification for size/cost). Result in resolving issues related to: expansion, splitting operations, renovations/expansion, or building a new facility. Include answers to How big?; Estimated cost?; Site Evaluation/ Selection —where should the building be placed? 9. QUESTION: What is the process for developing the document that comes from the Needs Assessment/Design Program? ANSWER: There is a Three -Step Process for Needs Assessment/Design Program (the document). Data Gathering. O Questionnaires. O Management and staff interviews. O Comparable facility tours. O Existing facilities assessment. O Users must be involved in process, not just management. Data Synthesis. O Assemble and organize data. O Develop data into usable and meaningful information. O Draw conclusions and then test/check the Needs Assessment/ Design Study against: • Mission/goals. • Operational needs. 11 • Standards, operational codes. • Resource constraints. Document Preparation. O Assemble synthesized data into a usable draft document. O Review, correct, and issue final document. 10. QUESTION: What do the elements of the document include? ANSWER: Elements of the document should include: Preface. O Introductory Statements. • Statement of authorization to perform the study. O Identification of the Team. • Architect, engineers, consultants, etc. O Acknowledgments. Executive Summary. O Introduces the Project. • What the project consists of. • Summary of legal issues. • Accreditation requirements. • National technical working groups, e.g., Technical Work- ing Group on DNA Analysis Methods (TWGDAM), Technical Working Group on Materials (TWGMAT). O Description of Existing Facilities. • Overcrowding, safety and security concerns, inability to meet codes, recent changes in technology, crime trends, liabilities, accreditation issues, etc. O Mission Statement. • Assist investigations. • Testify in court. • Discuss chain -of -custody requirements. • Explain difficulty or impossibility of accomplishing mission under existing conditions. O Summarize All Conclusions. • Area. • Staff. 12 • Site. • Budget. O Provides the 'Bottom Line." • Decision makers should be provided with all the informa- tion necessary to make informed decisions. That informa- tion should appear in the executive summary. Objectives and Methodology. O State Goals and Objectives of the Study. • Needs Assessment. • Design Program. • Define both. O Identify Methodology. • State all tasks accomplished to create the document. O Three -Step Process. • Describe in detail. Trends and Influences (demographics). O Analyze Emerging Social, Economic, Political, Population, Environmental, and Crime Trends. • Describe purpose. • Describe methodology. O Relate Data to Staff and Facility Needs. • Show how trends affect individual laboratory sections and impact future requirements. • Relate data to individual and overall caseload. • Relate data to facility needs regarding expansion and flexibility. O Project Future Needs. • Relate data to new size and nature of facility and staff. Facility and Space Descriptions. O Describe the Entire Facility in General Terms. (Provide as much narrative information as possible to tell the designers what is unique and unusual about the laboratory.) O Describe Nomenclature and Acronyms. O Organization Chart. • Chart is an introduction to descriptions of laboratory spaces. 13 O Description of Spaces by Laboratory Sections (see Appendix I). • Describe purpose and function of each laboratory section. • Provided so that design team will have better under- standing. O Space Data Sheets. • Explain that these sometimes are used in lieu of space descriptions and equipment data sheets. Designer Guidelines —Define Special Requirements: covers archi- tectural, ventilation, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical design requirements and includes those design requirements necessary to implement the facility's security strategy. Adaptability needs to be emphasized to allow for interior and exterior changes, flexibility to expand. O Safety, Security, and Adaptability. • Describe primary design objectives. • Examples regarding safety: o Fume hoods and biological safety cabinets. o Emergency deluge shower and eyewashes. o Passage widths between laboratory benches. • Examples regarding security. o Passive security design features. o Electronic security design features. o Proximity access systems. o Site security features including landscape design. • Examples regarding adaptability. o Need for flexibility in each section, e.g., DNA. o Need for expansion of facility. o Growth trends in forensic science. O Building and Site. O Overall Laboratory. O Crime Laboratory Sections. O Special Plumbing, Mechanical, Electrical, and Structural. O Unusual or Unique Features. 14 3. MANAGEMENT EXPERIENCE AND CAPABILITY Applicants must have strong project team leadership capability and relevant management experience, for both the design and the construction services. Provide information on: a. Recent (within the past 5 years) examples of management of projects that required management organization, skills, and expertise, similar to those required by this project. b. Approaches used to cut costs when estimated costs exceed the budget. 4. EXPERIENCE WITH SUSTAINABLE DESIGN State the team's commitment to and experience with whole -building performance and sustainable design. List projects completed within the past 5 years that feature workable, cost-effective, low energy, and sustainable design strategies. Include: a. Design team organization used for these projects. b. Description of the process used to reach final design. C. Description of the low energy, sustainable design features of each project. d. Descriptions of energy analysis technique(s) used. e. Information on commissioning and actual performance of the listed projects. f. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of project owners. 5. TEAM MEMBER EXPERIENCE Describe the level of participation in the projects listed above by key staff proposed for this project. Provide information regarding each team member's professional licensure. Provide information regarding recent team member experience with the City of Fort Collins' development review process, including the procedures and requirements necessary under the current Land Use Code of the City of Fort Collins "City Plan". 6. TEAM BUILDING Describe any experience by the team or key staff on the team with similar owner/design/ build teams. Describe the firm's experience with team building, either formal or informal. Highlight any team building experience by key staff proposed for the project. Provide references for cited experience. Describe any experience by the firm or key staff with similar owner/engineer/contractor teams. Highlight any team building experience by key staff proposed for this project. Provide references for cited experience. Address in this section all projects completed in the last five years on a negotiated contract basis and give details and references. 7. UNIQUE CAPABILITIES Describe any unique capabilities/experience the proposed key staff will bring to this project. How will their experience benefit this project? 8. SAFETY RECORD Provide the firm's OSHA reportable accident rate and current workman's compensation insurance multiplier for the last 3 years. Outline your company's safety program and any additional information that would be useful in showing your approach to a safe work site. Unsafe conditions with respect to the public, owner, engineer, and contractor are not an option. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS Based on the description of the work in this request, describe subcontractors that you Page 12 of 27 Space Standards. O Generic Office or Nonlaboratory Standards. O Laboratory Space Standards (customary —Federal require- ments, State requirements, county requirements, etc.). Adjacencies. O Internal —Define what components/sections of the building need to be placed next to each other. • Evidence flow. • Work flow. • Promotion of staff interaction(s)/interactions with supervisor(s). • Compartmentalization/public access. O External —Relationship to Client, e.g. Medical Examiners/ Law Enforcement/District Attorney/Courts/etc. Equipment Data Sheets. O Present and Future Equipment. O Manufacturer's Data/Field Examination of Equipment/ Manufacturer's Specifications. Move -in and Future Staff Needs. O Define Milestones. Move -in and Future Space Needs. O Define Milestones. Site Analysis (NOTE: Issues associated with site analysis may re- quire a more extensive or separate document). O Location and Access Analysis. • Is the site acceptable in terms of its location? • Is the proper and required access to the site available? O Assessment of Existing Physical Features and Conditions. • Topography. • Vegetation. • Rock outcroppings. • Surveys. • Geotechnical analysis. 15 O Analysis of Building Coverage and Location on the Site. • Allowable coverage per codes and ordinances. • Where is the best location on the site for the building? O Parking Requirements. • Codes and ordinances. • Practical parking needs (safety, etc.). • Evidence delivery parking. O Landscape Requirements. • In terms of security. • Practical issues: leaves, pollen, etc. O Site Security Issues. • Site CCTV surveillance. • Fence enclosures and security gates. • Secured parking. O Public Access. • Public transportation. • Highways —easily accessed. O Who Are My Neighbors? —Various Considerations/Public Relations. O Outdoor Air Quality Issues—e.g., Industrial Emissions. O Other "On -Site Resources' or Proximities. • Training academy. • Conference facilities. • University resources. • Lodging. • Dining/restaurants. Special Studies —Examples To Include. O Multistory vs. Single -Story Building. O Environmental Impact. O Protection from Terrorist Access and Proximity. O Construction Phasing Analysis. O Incinerator Study. 16 O Migration Studies. • How to move people. • Impacts on staff. Establish a Reasonable Construction Budget (Range of Costs, Alter- natives). O Square Footage Cost Estimate. • Simple estimate based on estimated cost per square foot. O Materials and Systems Take -Off Cost Estimate. • Professional estimator provides complete take -off estimate. 11. QUESTION: How can I get just a rough idea of how big my crime lab should be? ANSWER: Over the past 5 to 10 years the numerous forensic laboratories that have been designed and constructed seem to point to a space ratio based on area per staff member. This ratio for most new facilities tends to fall within the range of 65.03 to 92.90 mz (700 to 1000 ftz) per staff member. In "Forensic Sciences Progress 5" (Springer-Verlag,1991), the ratio of 92.90 mz (1000 ftz) per staff member is offered as a recommended standard. This ratio refers to gross square feet, not net square feet, and therefore, accounts for a prorated portion of circulation corridors, mechanical rooms, toilet rooms, lobbies, etc., for each technical and support staff member. It must be understood, however, that this ratio represents only a very loose rule of thumb that can be drastically affected by a number of variables. For example, laboratories with large amounts of low occu- pant space, such as evidence storage or vehicle examination bays, will unrealistically skew the ratio. The only way to fully and accurately assess space needs is through the Needs Assessment and Design Program process. 17 Design Introduction A variety of functional elements can drive the architectural and engineering designs of a forensic laboratory. Functional requirements of scientific disciplines, equipment, and instrumentation are just a few of the variables that generate space, dimension, and adja- cency requirements that affect the overall design. There is not one universally correct plan for a forensic laboratory design, as individual cases will differ according to the needs of the users. For example, technical laboratories such as toxicology, biological science, and firearms analysis have specific needs unique to their specialized areas of work. The suc- cess and efficiency of a forensic laboratory depends on designing a layout that supports and optimizes the individual laboratory's particular fields of expertise. During review of this section, the reader is encouraged to refer to the Laboratory Design Standards and Modules document found in Appendix II. Flexibility should be a key element in driving a forensic laboratory's design and configuration. In recent years, one message in particular has been made clear to the scien- tific, architectural, and building industry professions: Today's forensic laboratories must be designed with the flexibility to support adaptability and change. Adaptability in a laboratory is a function of how the buildings, rooms, and systems can grow and change with the needs of its occupants. For example, over the past 2 years scientific advancement in the field of DNA research has forced forensic laboratories to adapt to new designs in order to decrease the risk of contamination and ensure the accuracy of technical data. As science and technology advance, forensic laboratories must be capable of embracing the future, or risk falling into obsolescence. Although the laboratory building presents some very complex and challenging design issues, elements of the site design must also be addressed in order to ensure a successfully designed forensic laboratory facility. Issues such as site access, proximity of secured and unsecured parking areas, and even landscaping have implications regarding the efficiency and security of the overall site and building design. It cannot be overemphasized that the design standards presented herein are merely recommended guidelines. Although different laboratories possess many identical and similar characteristics, there may be other characteristics that are considered unique to a particu- lar laboratory. The uniqueness of a laboratory is generally dictated by differing laboratory procedures (for example, one laboratory might be doing both Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP) and Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) procedures in their DNA analysis, while another might be doing only PCR); or administrative policy (for example, one laboratory might require that all in -process evidence be returned to a central vault at the end of the day, while another might allow for it to be stored in individual lockers within the laboratory work space). Building site conditions and characteristics might also show similarities from one laboratory to another, yet in some instances sites might be completely dissimilar. For example, a regional laboratory facility might be located on a spacious rural site, while 19 another laboratory might occupy space in a high-rise urban building. The designers must review all of these recommended design guidelines with appropriate laboratory staff to determine their applicability to that particular laboratory. Site Design • Site access. O It is desirable that the site be designed with access from at least two directions to ensure access to the site despite traffic conditions, street maintenance work, acts of sabotage, or other unforeseen site disruptions. • Emergency and service access. O Coordinate with laboratory staff and local authorities to ensure emergency access for fire department and other emergency vehicles. Access for shipping and receiv- ing must comply with code requirements without compromising site security. • Site lighting. O The site lighting should be designed to enhance security and discourage vandal- ism and unauthorized entry. Lighting comparable to that of a college campus offering night classes might serve as a guideline. • Landscape design. O Landscaping should be designed to enhance site security by preventing potential vandals, burglars, and saboteurs from hiding in the landscaping until after dark. The following types of landscape design should be avoided: • Dense shrubbery within 3.048 m (10 ft) of the building or any security fence. • Large clusters of shrubbery, 0.61 m (2 ft) to 1.83 m (6 ft) high. • Tall evergreens with branches less than 1.52 m (5 ft) above grade. • Parking design. O Like landscaping, the design of parking areas should consider site security re- quirements. The following are recommended levels of security for parking: • Level 1, unsecured. Visitor parking located near the visitors' entrance to the building allowing entry and departure without security barriers. • Level 2, partially secured. Fenced area for use by persons having business at the facility. For example, shipping and receiving, biological and toxic waste pickup, dumpster replacement, and evidence delivery. The area should be gated, and the gate may be left open during business hours and locked after hours. Access might be through the level 1 parking area. • Level 3, secured. Staff parking area secured 24 h, surrounded by a security fence, and accessible by use of a proximity or card key device. Depending on security policy, this level might be eliminated, and staff could park in the level 2 parking area. • Level 4, high security. Vehicle impound parking with limited personnel 20 access and monitored security systems. General Building Design • Exterior walls. O Materials. Bullet -resistant, such as concrete or fully grouted masonry. O Windows. Reflective and/or bullet -resistant glazing where exposed to public view. O Window sill design. Windows should be installed flush with the exterior surface of the wall, or if recessed, provide a sloped exterior sill to prevent the placement of explosives at the window. • HVAC intakes. O Locate in areas inaccessible to the public, such as in secured fenced areas. Design to prevent the possibility of someone introducing a tear gas canister into the intake. O If located in parking areas, design to prevent introduction of vehicle exhaust. O Locate away and upwind from fume hood exhaust. • Visitor access protection. O Administrative or security receptionist at visitors' access should be protected behind bullet -resistant glazing with adjacent walls of similar bullet -resistive construction. • Duress alarms. O "Call assistance" or duress/panic alarms should be installed in key areas throughout the facility and concealed as appropriate. Locations might include visitor reception desk, bulk chemical storage spaces, weapons ranges, parking garages, and clandestine lab storage and exam spaces. • Laboratory tours. O If the facility is to be designed to accommodate guided tours, tour groups should not be allowed into the laboratory spaces. Guided tours should be conducted through the main corridor system with viewing through strategically placed windows in the corridor walls providing viewing into the laboratory spaces. • Interior glazing. O It is recommended that the use of windows between laboratory spaces be maxi- mized. This is a feature designed to enhance safety of personnel by allowing those in one laboratory space to view the activities of those in other spaces that might be of a more hazardous nature. 21 • Equipment and systems service and maintenance. O Equipment and systems that are part of the building and might require periodic service and maintenance should be located outside of the laboratory spaces, and particularly outside of any space where evidence or drug standards are stored. O Such equipment and systems might include, but are not limited to, electrical panels, VAV boxes, VAV controls, walk-in cooler compressors, and water purifi- cation filters. • Corridors. O Primary circulation and exit corridors: 1.83 m (6 ft) wide, minimum. O Secondary circulation and non -exit corridors: 1.37 m (41/2ft) wide, minimum. • Doors. O Double doors to all laboratory sections and spaces that are expected to receive oversized evidence or equipment. Double doors shall consist of a 0.914 m (36 in) wide active leaf and an 0.457 m (18 in) wide inactive leaf. O Freight elevator doors minimum 1.22 m (48 in) wide. Security Design • Security Strategy Meeting. O Although this is not a design guideline, it is recommended that a security strategy meeting take place upon completion of an approved schematic design of the building and the site. This meeting should be attended by representatives of the building owner, building users, security staff, the architect, the electrical engineer, and a security design consultant. O The purpose of this meeting is to establish and document a comprehensive secu- rity strategy for the new facility. This security strategy will act as a guideline for the design of passive and electronic security systems. This strategy should in- clude, but not be limited to, security policy and procedural issues, site and build- ing access as related to security, types of security electronics systems, perfor- mance requirements for security access systems, ASCLD/Laboratory Accredita- tion Board (LAB) accreditation issues related to security, and any other special security needs that might be identified by the users. Specific considerations regarding hardening the laboratory against terrorist attack may be important, depending on the location and function of the lab. 22 • Escort only design. O The design of the building should incorporate a security perimeter within which unauthorized persons may enter under an "escort only" policy. This security perimeter should be defined during the Security Strategy Meeting. O The sign -in and badging area should be located at the visitors' entrance. • Door access systems. O Access to and circulation throughout the facility, as well as key zones of the building, should be provided with controlled access through the use of proximity or card -key access systems. The system should be capable of programming access devices for specific areas and times, and should fully document all access at- tempts. The system must prevent unauthorized entry while maintaining safe and legal exiting. This security must be maintained in multistory buildings having shared elevator access. • Door status monitoring. O Key doors throughout the building, particularly exterior doors and doors to evidence storage spaces, should be electronically monitored for open/closed status. • Closed circuit television (CCTV) systems. O Key areas of the building, both interior and exterior, should be kept under video surveillance. Key areas might include, but are not limited to, exterior doors, lobby/reception areas, parking lots, and evidence delivery areas. Placement of CCTV cameras and features (pan, zoom, tilt, constant sweep, time lapse record- ing, etc.) should be defined during the Security Strategy Meeting. • Special security design features. O The security design of the facility should include consideration of such special features as: • Motion detection in evidence storage spaces, circulation corridors, or other key areas. • Additional security protection for storage of high -value evidence items such as money and jewelry. • DEA guidelines for the storage of narcotics. Mechanical Systems Design Checklist • Isolation of various spaces. O Biologically hazardous spaces. O PCR amplification room(s). 23 O Mitochondrial DNA room(s). O Firing range. • HEPA filtered exhausts. O Verify need per local authorities. • Differential pressure of adjacent spaces. O Verify need for positive and negative pressure spaces. • Supplemental cooling. O Instrument rooms. O Other spaces with heat -generating equipment. • Evidence drying room exhausts. O Special handling for putrid items. • Firing range exhaust. Plumbing Systems Design Checklist • Emergency shower and eyewashes and floor drains. O In laboratory spaces. O In areas of refuge. • Caustic (acid/alkali) waste systems, i.e., neutralization/hazardous waste systems. • Fume hood and biological hood plumbing utilities. • Water treatment systems. O Recirculating deionized water. O Point -of -use type 1 water polisher. • Laboratory gas types. O Hydrogen, nitrogen, helium, air, argon. O Manifolded instrument gas systems. O Central instrument gas distribution systems. O Laboratory compressed air. 24 O Laboratory vacuum. O Consider hydrogen generators to avoid NFPA gas plumbing requirements. O Natural gas. • Rarely used in most modern forensic laboratories. • Consider small gas cylinders stored beneath fume hood. • Laboratory gas locations. O At laboratory benches. O In fume hoods and biological hoods. O In instrumentation rooms. O At scanning electron microscope. • Dry fire suppression systems. O Instrumentation rooms. O Computer room(s). O Scanning electron microscope room(s). Electrical Systems Design Checklist • Emergency generator. O Recommend emergency power and lighting for the following spaces: • Entire evidence section. • All refrigerators and freezers, including walk-in units. • Photography darkroom(s). • Entire security section, including electronic security systems and telephones. • X-ray processing room(s). O Recommend one duplex outlet per 92.90 m2 (1000 ftz) and 25 percent lighting for the following spaces: • All technical laboratory, examination, and investigation spaces. O Minimal emergency power and lighting per applicable codes: • All other spaces in the building not identified above. • Uninterruptable power supply (UPS). O All computer -driven systems and equipment including, but not limited to, labora- tory instrumentation, Automated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS), Com- bined DNA Identification System (CODIS), Laboratory Information Management 25 have working relationships with that might be used on these projects. 10. AGREEMENT COMMENTS Design Build team is expected to sign the agreement (Chapter 7). Any exceptions to the agreement must be stated with your submission of qualifications for this project. The City makes no guarantees it will change the agreement but will consider the exceptions. CHAPTER 6 - PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA PROCUREMENT PROCESS This is a two-step procurement process. Firms will be judged on the following rating criteria. 2. STEP 1 No schematic plans for this project will be considered in Step 1. The selection committee will evaluate the submitting teams' qualifications only, NOT specific architectural proposals. Proposals will be evaluated on the following criteria. These criteria will be the basis for review of the written proposal and the oral interviews. The rating scale is from 1 to 5, with 1 being a poor rating, 3 being an average rating, and 5 being an outstanding rating. Weighting Factor Criteria Standard 4.0 Team Capability/ Does the team have the capability and Experience experience to design and construct a project of this type and scope? Does the team have the skills to manage and obtain the necessary development? Are sufficient people of the requisite skill assigned to the project? 2.0 Assigned Personnel Has the team identified the personnel that will work on the project? 1.0 Schedule/Availability Can the target completion date be met? Are other qualified personnel available to assist in meeting the project schedule if required? Is the project team available to attend meetings as required by the Scope of Services? 1.0 Motivation Is the team interested and motivated to perform the work in the required time frame? 1.0 Sustainable Design Has the team completed LEED design work? 1.0 Safety Has the team performed, meeting all safety requirements. Page 13 of 27 System (LIMS), Drugfire, Integrated Ballistic Imaging System (IBIS), and LABNET. O Central UPS system is preferred, but local UPS units are acceptable. • Task lighting. O Verify locations, types, and color temperatures with users. • Local light level control. O Verify locations with users. • Bench power. O General: single outlets at 0.457 m (18 in) on centers, or duplex outlets at 0.914 m (36 in) on centers. O Special bench power requirements to be verified. General Laboratory Design • Fume hoods. O Class A, chemical fume hood with remotely located exhaust blower. • Biological hoods. O Class II, types A, B2, or B3, depending on specific application, with remotely located exhaust blower. • Bench top work surfaces. O Epoxy resin in laboratory spaces where fume hood or chemically rated biological hood is installed. O Stainless steel in spaces where biologically contaminated evidence is to be placed on the work surface. O 3.81 cm (1'/2-in) thick laminated maple in physical examination spaces such as firearms shop and vehicle examination work bench. O Chemical resistant plastic laminate in all other laboratory spaces not identified above. O Standard plastic laminate in nonlaboratory spaces such as offices, conference rooms, lunch room, toilet rooms, etc. 26 • Laboratory sinks. O Epoxy resin in epoxy resin countertops, all other locations stainless steel. • Hands -free sinks. O At all clean sinks. O Verify other special locations with users. • Clean sink areas. O Located at the entrance to every laboratory section. O Used only to wash hands upon leaving a laboratory section. O Provide lab coat hangers. O Provide cabinetry for storage of soap, paper towels, rubber gloves, and other protective garments as determined necessary by the users. • Caustic (acid/alkali) waste plumbing. O At all epoxy resin sinks and fume hood cup sinks. O May include dilution system, neutralizing filters, or holding vessels, depending on local authority and plumbing design. Evidence drying rooms. O Recommended minimum of 12 to 15 air changes per hour, direct exhaust to exterior. O Washable finishes. • Biovestibules. O Locate between "clean" and "dirty' spaces, for example, between main circula- tion corridor and entrance to a laboratory section that potentially contains haz- ardous airborne contaminants. O Shall be designed as an interlock between clean and dirty spaces with air handled through differential pressurization to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air. O Shall contain all the features of the clean sink areas described above. O Minimum size: 5.95 m2 (64 ftz). 27 • Bulk chemical and clandestine lab evidence storage rooms. O Exhaust system to expel both heavier- and lighter -than -air vapors. • Explosion -proof electrical fixtures. • Blowout panel. • Chemical spill containment. • Finishes. O Laboratory floors. • Chemical -resistant sheet vinyl or vinyl tiles with welded seams. O Laboratory walls. • Epoxy in all spaces considered highly biologically or chemically hazardous, such as examination rooms, bulk drug analysis, and bulk chemical storage. • Semi -gloss latex enamel in all other spaces. O Laboratory ceilings. • Epoxy in all spaces considered highly biologically or chemically hazardous, such as examination rooms, bulk drug analysis, and bulk chemical storage. • Suspended acoustical in all other spaces. O Nonlaboratory spaces. • Acceptable interior finish standards for offices and nonlaboratory support spaces. • Laboratory casework. O Standard laboratory casework with utility access space behind base cabinets. O Steel or wood preferred, plastic laminate acceptable. O Maximize use of flexible laboratory casework systems. • Files. O Generally, one four -drawer filing cabinet, or the equivalent file storage space, should be provided for each analyst at the area of the nonlaboratory workstation. • Special considerations. O Acoustics. O Reflective surfaces. O Vibration -proof flooring. O High -strength flooring. 28 Technical Laboratory Sections General Design Comments The forensic laboratory consists of various laboratories within the overall facility. These various laboratories are commonly referred to as laboratory sections or units. The recommended guidelines provided here are intended to serve as checklists for the design of laboratory space in the technical laboratory sections. Included are functional areas, equipment, and instrumentation that are listed to remind designers of needs that should be considered when designing a layout. Many of the items listed, such as laboratory workstations, are universal components of technical sections. Other items may or may not be necessities, depending upon the needs and size of individual laboratory sections. In some instances area (mz, fF) of floor space or linear footage Gin m, ft) of bench space have been assigned to represent minimum guidelines for space requirements. Items and areas that are not assigned measurements will vary as needed by individual laboratories and the sections within those laboratories. For most laboratory sections the checklist below follows a common theme. This theme consists of the concept of a main laboratory space for each section, and supporting spaces that are enclosed rooms with direct adjacency to the main laboratory. The main laboratory is where each analyst will have an individual laboratory workstation. The adjacent sup- porting spaces will be spaces devoted to specific procedures or equipment items and that might be used by each analyst from time to time during the course of his or her examinations. Administrative Work Spaces Each laboratory section will identify various nonlaboratory work spaces. A significant amount of the forensic analyst's responsibilities include nonlaboratory tasks such as data analysis, report writing, court testimony preparation, and other administrative responsi- bilities. The design should provide the analyst with an administrative work area, away from the hazards of the laboratory, where these tasks can be conducted in an efficient and safe environment. Supervisors' offices, case review areas, and space for files can also be included in this environment. With the exception of the supervisors' offices, which shall be private offices, all other spaces in the administrative work area can be designed as open office systems workstations. Some analysts, such as document and latent print examiners, require additional administrative work space since a significant amount of their technical examinations can occur outside of the laboratory environment. Controlled Substance Section • Main Controlled Substances Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 4.57 m (151in ft) bench space per analyst. • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Individual spot ventilation or fume hood. • Sink (may be shared between two analysts). 29 O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Floor space for refrigerators and other lab equipment as required. O Vibration -isolation benches as required for analytical balances. • Instrumentation room. O Bench space for each instrument with adjacent layout bench space. O Free access space to the rear of each instrument for maintenance and utility access. O Instrument maintenance space within the instrument room with fume hood, solvent storage, and sink. O Shelving for the storage of references and manuals. O Dry fire suppression system. O Adequate ports for computers/workstations. • Evidence storage room. O As required in addition to in -process storage in workstations. • Standards storage room. O Lab refrigerator. O Secure storage units. • Reagent preparation. O May be separate room or may be part of the main laboratory space. O Chemical layout bench space. O Fume hood(s) with solvent and separate acid/alkali storage base cabinets. O Glassware washer with bench space for glassware sorting. O Double sink. O Bench space as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Flammable materials storage refrigerator. 30 • Robotics. O Maybe separate room or maybe part of the main laboratory space. O Type of robotics equipment and apparatus will dictate space and utility requirements. O Dry fire -suppression systems. • Other considerations. O Large bulk seizures. O Light -free room for alternate -light viewing. • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 11.48 m2 (120 ft2). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 5.95 mz (64 ftz) per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Toxicology Section • Design as biologically hazardous space with biovestibule, while ensuring no cross - contamination from the drug section. • Main Toxicology Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 4.57 m (151in ft) bench space per analyst. • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Individual spot ventilation, fume hood, or biological hood. • Sink (may be shared between two analysts). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Stand-alone specimen processing room may be required in addition to analyst workstations, depending on operation and accreditation requirements. O Special processing of waste may be required. • Instrumentation room. O Bench space for each instrument with adjacent layout bench space. O Free access space to the rear of each instrument for maintenance and utility access. 31 O Instrument maintenance space within the instrument room with fume hood, solvent storage, and sink. O Shelving for the storage of references and manuals. O Dry fire -suppression system. O Adequate ports for computers/workstations. • Refrigerated storage. O As required in addition to in -process evidence storage in workstations.' O May be refrigerators in main laboratory space or in separate room. O Maybe walk-in refrigerator and/or freezer. • Reagent preparation. O May be separate room or may be part of the main laboratory space. O Chemical layout bench space. O Fume hood(s) with solvent and separate acid/alkali storage base cabinets. O Glasswares washer with bench space for glassware sorting. O Double sink. O Bench space as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Flammable materials storage refrigerator. • Robotics. O May be separate room or may be part of the main laboratory space. O Type of robotics equipment and apparatus will dictate space and utility requirements. • Radioimmunoassay room. O 11.48 m2 (120 ft2). O Fume/biological hood. O Sink. O Bench space as required for equipment and procedures. 32 • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 11.48 m2 (120 ftz). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 5.95 mz (64 ft') per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Firearms/Toolmarks Section • Design as biologically hazardous space with biovestibule. • Main Firearms/Toolmarks Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 4.57 m (15 lin ft) bench space per analyst (6.1 m [20 lin ft] if individual comparison microscope is included). • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Sink (may be shared between two or more analysts). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Floor space for refrigerators and other lab equipment as required. • Comparison microscopy room. O 1.524 lin m (5 lin ft) per microscope (allow for attachment of power and light sources). O Some users may prefer individual microscopes in their individual workstations. O Light level control. Test fire range. O Minimum width, 2.438 m (8 ft); optimum width, 6.096 m (20 ft). O Minimum length, 12.192 m (40 ft); optimum length 22.86 m (75 ft). O 2.4381in m (8 lin ft) bench for weapon layout. O Ventilation for airborne unspent powder and lead/metal particulates (see OSHA and NIOSH regulations). O Acoustically designed for containment and absorption of sound. 33 • Projectile recovery room. O Ventilated water tank. O Ventilated cotton box. O Ventilated test fire container. O Acoustically designed for containment and absorption of sound. • Toolmarks shop. O Tools storage. O Sink. O Drill press. O Grinder. O Compressed air. O Additional bench space as required for tools and equipment. • Computer room. O Drugfire workstation(s). O IBIS workstation(s). O Server(s) associated with automation platform, if applicable. O Dedicated phone line(s) and additional data ports as required. • Chemistry lab. O Might be part of the main laboratory space. O Fume hood(s) with solvent and separate acid/alkali storage base cabinets. O Sink(s). O Additional bench space as required for evidence layout and equipment. • Gunshot residue room. (Note: could be part of chemistry lab.) O Biovestibule entry. O Biological hood(s). 34 O Sink. O Stainless steel examination surface (bench or mobile table). • Gun references storage room. • Ammunition storage room. O Follow safety recommendations. • Standards storage. O Might be in main laboratory space. • Evidence storage. O As required in addition to in -process storage in workstations. • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 11.48 mz (120 ftz). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 5.95 mz (64 ffz) per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Trace Analysis Section • Design as biologically hazardous space with biovestibule. • Main Trace Analysis Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 4.57 m (15 lin ft) bench space per analyst. • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Individual spot ventilation, fume hood, or biological hood. • Sink (may be shared between two analysts). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Floor space for refrigerators and other lab equipment as required. • Instrumentation room. O Bench space for each instrument with adjacent layout bench space. O Free access space to the rear of each instrument for maintenance and utility access. 35 3. STEP II The three Design/Build Teams that are selected to proceed to the design and costing process will also be evaluated by the following criteria. The rating scale will be from 1 to 5, with 1 being a poor rating, and 5 being an outstanding rating. Weighting Factor Criteria Standard 4.0 Scope of Proposal Does the proposal show an understanding of the scope of the project, methodology to be used in the design and construction phases and the results that are desired from the project? 3.0 Cost for Design/ Are the proposed design/build costs Build Project reasonable and competitive? 2.0 Construction Do the referenced projects reflect Performance favorably in respect to completion within the contract schedule, cost and number of change orders and claims? 2.0 Assigned Project Does the proposed team have the Team necessary skills and experience to fulfill the requirements of the project? Is the key staff available to doe the work? 1.0 Safety Record OSHA Illness/Injury Rate, OSHA Lost Work Day Incidence Rate and Workman's Comp Experience Modification Rate Insurance multiplier. 1.0 Team Experience Has the firm worked on projects similar in Design/Build & scope to this project? Has partnering Sustainable Design been used as a basis in design and construction of other projects? Was this work of high quality in nature? Has the team completed LEED design work? 1.0 Construction Cost Do the proposed construction cost factors Factors compare favorably with industry standards and other firms' construction cost factors? 1.0 Motivation Has the firm shown an interest in work and a commitment to the successful completion of the project? Page 14 of 27 O Instrument maintenance space within the instrument room with fume hood, solvent storage, and sink. O Shelving for the storage of references and manuals. O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O X-ray Diffraction (XRD). O Space for remotely located chiller. O Dry fire -suppression system. • Microscopy room. O 1.524 lin m (5 lin ft) bench space per microscope. O Light level control. • Scanning electron microscope room. O 11.48 mz (120 ftz). O 2.438 lin m (8 lin ft) bench space with sink. O Manuals and references shelves. O Light level control. O Dry fire -suppression system. O Isolation pad or minimal floor vibration. • Evidence storage room. O As required in addition to in -process storage in workstations. • Standards storage. O May be separate room or may be part of the main laboratory space. • Arson investigation room. O Fume hood(s) for vacuum extraction, if required. O Bench space and sink(s) as required for layout and examination. 36 • Evidence drying room(s). O See "General Laboratory Design." O May be within the laboratory section or centrally located outside of the laboratory section. • Evidence examination (scraping or processing) rooms. O Minimum of two rooms to separate victim and suspect evidence. One additional room for every six analysts. O Minimum 13.935 m2 (150 ftz)each room. O Mobile exam table with access all around. O Evidence hanging apparatus above exam table. O 2.4381in m (8 lin ft) bench layout space with sink. O Light level control. • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 11.48 m2 (120 ft'). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 5.95 mz (64 ft') per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Forensic Biology/DNA Section • Provide general requirements for separation of laboratory space in accordance with TWGDAM guidelines. • Design as biologically hazardous space with biovestibule. • General contamination prevention is critical. • Main Forensic Biology Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 4.57 m (15 lin ft) bench space per analyst. • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Sink (may be shared between two analysts). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Floor space for refrigerators and other lab equipment as required. 37 • Evidence examination (scraping or processing) rooms. O Minimum of two rooms to separate victim and suspect evidence. One additional room for every six analysts. O Minimum 13.935 m2 (150 ft2) each room. O Mobile exam table with access all around. O Evidence hanging apparatus above exam table. O 2.438 lin m (8 lin ft) bench layout space with sink. O Light level control. • Wet blood preparation. O Minimum 9.29 m2 (100 ftz). O Biological hood(s). O Sink(s). • Refrigerated storage. O As required in addition to in -process evidence storage in workstations. O May be refrigerators in main laboratory space or in separate room. O May be walk-in refrigerator. • Freezer storage. O May be walk-in freezer. O Ultra -low temperature freezer storage. • Evidence drying room(s). O See "General Laboratory Design." O May be within the laboratory section or centrally located outside of the laboratory section. • Reagent preparation room. O Fume hood(s) with solvent and separate acid/alkali storage base cabinets. O Double sink. O Glasswares washing and storage. 38 O Autoclave. O Flammable materials storage refrigerator. O Minimum 18.581 m2 (200 ft2). O Negative pressure ventilation. • Electrophoresis. O May be in separate room or on benches in main laboratory space. O Approximately 18.581 m2 (200 ft2). • Photo room. O 1.83 lin m (6 lin ft) bench space per photo station for equipment and layout. O Light level control. • X-ray processing room. (Note: needed only if using radioisotopes.) O Photographic darkroom design. O X-ray viewer. d Minimum 13.935 m2 (150 ft2). O Safe lights. O Some processing equipment requires supplemental water connections and floor drains. • PCR preparation room. O Minimum 11.48 m2 (120 ft2). O Biological hood(s). O Refrigerator. O Layout bench space with sink. • PCR amplification/detection room. O Interlock vestibule entry designed like biovestibule. Design to prevent cross - contamination of airborne product from PCR room to surrounding spaces. O Negative pressure relative to adjacent spaces. O Refrigerator(s). 39 O 9.29 mz (100 ft') per analyst. O Miscellaneous bench space for equipment and layout. O Storage space. • Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) room. O Interlock vestibule entry designed similar to biovestibule. Design to prevent double cross -contamination, i.e., airborne product from mtDNA room to sur- rounding spaces, and airborne materials from surrounding spaces to mtDNA room. O Minimum 18.581 m2 (200 ftz). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. • Research and development/methods development. O Minimum 18.581 mz (200 ftz). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. • Computer lab (CODIS). O 1.524 fin m (5 lin ft) bench space for each computer workstation. O 0.9144 m (3 lin ft) bench space for each video imager. O One video imager shared between two computer workstations. O Shelving for references and manuals. O Space for network servers and/or other computer hardware. O Dedicated phone line(s) and additional data ports as required. O X-ray viewer(s). O Can be considered nonlaboratory space and located accordingly. O Secure storage areas. • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 11.48 mz (120 ft2). M1] O Analyst's administrative workstation: 5.95 mz (64 ft') per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Latent Prints Section • Design as biologically hazardous space with biovestibule. • Main Latent Prints Laboratory Space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation. • 3.0481in m (10 lin ft) bench space per analyst. • Individual in -process secure evidence storage. • Sink (may be shared between two analysts). O Miscellaneous bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Floor space for refrigerators and other lab equipment as required. • Evidence storage. O As required in addition to in -process storage in workstations. • Cyanoacrylate processing. O May be part of the main latent prints laboratory space. O Multichambered cabinets with individually controlled exhaust. • Dusting stations. O May be part of the main latent prints laboratory space. O 1.524 lin m (5 lin ft) bench space per dusting station. O Task lighting. • Chemical processing. O May be part of the main latent prints laboratory space. O Bench space with hood(s) and sink(s) as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Humidity test chamber. 41 • Alternate light source room(s). O Fume hood with large sink for dye processing. O Layout bench. O Minimum 11.48 m2 (120 ft'). • Laser room. O Light level control. O Minimum 13.935 m2 (150 ft2) O Design as darkroom with sink, or provide access to darkroom with sink. • Photo room. O 1.83 lin m (6 lin ft) bench space per photo station for equipment and layout. O Light level control. • Automated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS) room. O 1.524 lin m (5 lin ft) per computer workstation. O Hardware and other space requirements vary per vendor. O Light level control. O Can be considered nonlaboratory space and located accordingly. • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 13.935 m2 (150 ft2). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 9.29 m2 (100 ft2) per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Questioned Documents Section • Main Questioned Documents Laboratory Space. O North exposure with natural light. O Individual in -process secure evidence storage (may be at nonlaboratory worksta- tions). 42 O Miscellaneous bench and floor space as required for specific equipment and procedures. O Mobile tables for individual case examination; approximately one table per examiner. • Evidence storage room. O As required in addition to in -process storage at workstations. • Chemical processing room. O Fume hood(s) with solvent and separate acid/alkali storage base cabinets. O Bench space for equipment and evidence layout with sink. O Minimum 11.48 m2 (120 ft). • Administrative work spaces. O Supervisor's office: 13.935 mz (150 ft'). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 9.29 mz (100 ft) per analyst. O Case review: space for small table and chairs where three or four analysts can confer informally. Computer Evidence Section • May be designed as computer hardware space. Chemical and biological hazards will not be present. A sample statement of work (SOW) for a forensic computer examina- tion laboratory is found in Appendix III. • Main computer evidence laboratory space. O Individual analyst laboratory workstation: 7.62 lin m (25 lin ft) bench space per analyst. O Miscellaneous computer evidence bench: 7.62 lin m (25 lin ft) bench space per analyst. O Independent data line with two jacks. O Various types of telephone lines. • Evidence room. O 9.29 m2 (100 ftz) per analyst. • Equipment room. O 9.29 mz (100 ftz) per analyst. 43 • Administrative work spaces. O May be included as part of the main computer evidence laboratory space. O Supervisor's office: 13.935 mz (150 ft2). O Analyst's administrative workstation: 9.29 mz (100 ftz) per analyst. O Independent data line with two jacks. O Various types of telephone lines. O Two National White Collar Crime Center (NWCCC) network connections. • Dry fire -suppression system. Universal Facility Design Components Although no two forensic laboratories are alike, there are basic functional components and areas that are universal to most laboratory buildings. For example, office space, training rooms, and technical support areas are standard necessities that must be consid- ered for space during the design phase. The following set of checklists serve as recom- mended guidelines and requirements for universal laboratory building components, and have been divided into four categories: administrative, building, technical support, and general technical. Administrative areas are nontechnical and primarily consist of office space used for evidence support. Building areas are not directly related to evidence analy- sis, and needs will vary for freestanding laboratories or laboratories occupying only part of a building. Technical support areas are directly related to, but are not used for, evidence analysis. General technical areas are shared by most laboratory sections within a building, and needs will vary depending upon laboratory size and functions. Administrative • Design standards for these spaces should be based on acceptable office space design standards. • Private offices. O Based on existing space standards, if any. • Offices for support personnel. O Shared offices or open office systems furniture. • Files for active cases. • Clerical, administrative, and case support. • Mail, photocopy, and facsimile. 44 • Conference room(s). • Lobby/reception. • Consultant offices. • Library. O Book stacks. O Periodicals shelves. O Study carrel(s) O Study table(s) O Computer information terminal(s) Building • Mechanical. O Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment rooms. O Air handling systems. O Fume and biological hood exhaust equipment. O Laboratory compressed air and vacuum systems. O Central plant water treatment systems. O Domestic hot and cold water systems. O Fire extinguishing systems and sprinkler control rooms. O Instrument gas manifold and distribution systems. • Communications. O Computer rooms and/or closets. O Telephone equipment rooms and/or closets. O Premise wiring rooms and/or closets. O Data line provisions. M 4. EVALUATION COMMITTEE The same panel will evaluate each proposal. The panel will be comprised of the following: Police Services Representative, Utilities Representative, Purchasing, City's Project Manager, Administrative Services Representative, and an outside representative. Panel member evaluation scores, rankings, results and comments will remain confidential. 5. REFERENCE EVALUATION (TOP RANKED TEAM) The Project Manager will check references of the top ranked firms using the following criteria. The evaluation will be labeled Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Qualification Standard Overall Performance Would you hire this designer or builder again? Did they have the skills required by the project? Timetable Was the original scope of work completed within the specified time? Were interim deadlines met in a timely manner? Professionalism Was the professional responsive to client needs? Did the professional anticipate problems? Were problems solved quickly and effectively? Budget Was the original scope of work completed within the project budget? Quality Was the project functional upon completion and did it operate properly? Did the project meet or exceed the client objectives and needs? Submit six (6) of your proposals. Page 15 of 27 • Electrical. O Service entrance and main switch gear. O Emergency generator. O Uninterruptable power supply (UPS) equipment. O Electrical closets. O Electrical service panels. • Staff use. O Lunch room. O Break room(s). O Locker rooms with showers. O Rest rooms. • Other. O Janitorial closet(s). O Passenger and/or freight elevator(s). O Recycling. O Lab coat cleaning. O Shipping and receiving. O Hazardous waste disposal. O Compressed gas cylinder storage. O General waste disposal. Technical Support • Storage. O General laboratory storage. O General supplies storage. O Long-term files storage. .o O Chemical storage. • Dry fire -suppression system. • Evidence. O Evidence receiving and return counter from and to submitting agencies. O After-hours secure evidence lockers. O Evidence disbursal and return counter to and from laboratory sections. O Evidence custodian workstations: minimum 5.95 mz (64 ftz). O Evidence supervisor office: minimum 11.48 mz (120 ft2). O Evidence storage. • General evidence storage shelving. • Refrigerated and frozen evidence storage: refrigerators and freezers or walk-in units. • Secure narcotics storage. • Secure valuables storage. • Flammable evidence storage: fire -rated, ventilated storage room, or venti- lated flammable storage cabinets. • Biohazardous evidence storage. • Gun storage. • Long-term evidence storage. O Evidence workroom. • Mail room features for packaging, sending, and receiving evidence. • Layout countertop space with sink. • Photocopy and facsimile. O Evidence case review/triage/conference room(s). O Evidence drying. General Technical • Vehicle processing. O Securable and air conditioned/heated forensic garage bay(s). • At least one bay large enough to accommodate vans and motor homes. O Workbench space: 3.0481in m (10 lin ft) per bay. O One shop sink per bay. O Laser or remote fiber light source. 47 O Vehicle lift (fixed or portable). O High -intensity lighting. O Additional pull -down lighting. O Tools storage. O Evidence drying room(s). O Compressed air. • Forensic photography. O Can be utilized for laboratory support only or offer full services, including public relations and graphic arts. O Film and print for black and white and color processing. O Chemical storage and mixing space. O Studio. O Finishing. O Computer -aided design and drafting (CADD) for graphic arts. O Photographic equipment and supplies storage. O Refrigerator. • Computer imaging. O Video and photographic enhancement. O General enhancement of latent prints, footprints, etc. O Virtual reality crime scene recording. • Training. O Classroom(s). O Audio/visual media room. O Exhibit storage. O Mock crime scene room(s). O Training laboratory. c O Breath alcohol training. O Video conferencing. O Computer and television networking. • Quality assurance. O Proficiency testing/sample preparation laboratory (might be shared with training laboratory). O Conference/office. O Record storage and archival facilities. • Crime scene unit. O Equipment storage. O Staging area. 49 Construction The Construction Process During this phase all the facility planning and design work will be brought to fruition and the forensic laboratory facility will be built. During the construction phase a team of individuals represents the laboratory's inter- ests, ensuring that all the laboratory concepts are fully implemented. Each member of the team has a defined set of responsibilities. The laboratory will need to rely on the team members' collective expertise with respect to interpretation of the contract documents, resolution of technical construction issues, and unforeseen construction conditions, such as ground water or bad soil. This team often includes: • The building owner's project manager or site representative, usually from facilities planning and design, the laboratory planner, and the contracting officer. • Members of the design team, including the architect, and structural, mechanical, and electrical engineers. It is critical that the laboratory director monitor progress during construction and make available to the project team an individual who is knowledgeable about all labora- tory design requirements. This person will assist and act as a resource to the project team, answering questions and responding to issues directly affecting the forensic laboratory's functional design requirements and facilitating the exchange of information between laboratory staff and the construction team when required. Laboratory Technical Coordinating Officer (LTCO) The laboratory technical coordinating officer (LTCO) is the individual assigned to represent the laboratory's interests and to act as a facilitator/coordinator during the construction phase. The LTCO must be: • Knowledgeable about the project requirements. • Readily available and willing to continue to serve through the construction phase. • Familiar with the design requirements and concepts and previously involved in the design process. • Able to clearly communicate and effectively work with all team members to realize complete success. Remember, this is a once in a lifetime responsibility that: • Requires a great deal of time and commitment. • May require the LTCO to give up other responsibilities. • The LTCO is probably not formally trained to do. 51 All construction team members, including the LTCO, must understand their responsi- bilities and the limits of their authority and rely on the other members of the team for support. The LTCO has a role on and is part of a much larger team. The LTCO should report and work through the individual responsible for administration of the construction con- tract on the owner's behalf. The LTCO should not be allowed to work directly with the contractor or his subcontractors. A very complex set of relationships exists between the contractor, subcontractors suppliers, the building owner, and the architect/engineer. These relationships are clearly defined by the contract agreements. These documents must be fully understood. If the LTCO has questions or concerns, they should be discussed with the contracting officer and the project manager. Defining Responsibility and Authority It is difficult to outline precisely everyone's role and responsibility during the con- struction of a facility. Each project is different. The form of contract agreement by which the construction project is being delivered and differences in a building owner's ability to manage a construction project can vary. It is therefore important that the laboratory director and the LTCO both review and understand the contract agreement and formal lines of communication established for their project? Forms of Construction Contracts Traditional Construction Contract Under a traditional construction contract, drawings and specifications are advertised for receipt of bids from interested contractors. (The contractors submitting bids on the project may or may not be prequalified). Each general contractor and their subcontractors estimate the cost of construction and submit a binding bid to the owner's representative. Bids are generally received and opened at a public opening. The qualified bidder deemed to provide the "best value" to the government is normally awarded the construction contract. A construction contract is then signed. The drawings and specifications are enjoined as part of the contract agreement defining the facility to be constructed for the contracted amount. The general contractor is the sole point of responsibility to construct the building as defined by these documents, including the work of his subcontractors. The greatest advantage to this method of construction delivery is that there is one point of accountability. Construction Management Contract Under this type of contract, construction managers (CM's) actually manage the con- struction of a facility for or with the building owner. Construction managers are often integrally involved during the design process, recommending alternative construction materials and methods based on their experience with local construction practices. 52 The CM is responsible for managing construction for the owner, guaranteeing that construction will not exceed an agreed -upon maximum price for the facility. The construc- tion manager may elect to do some of the construction, usually the work of general trades. The construction manager negotiates and oversees the work completed by other subcontractors. The two advantages of this form of construction delivery are the input a construction manager can provide during the design process and the ability to guarantee a maximum price for the facility cost early in the design process. Design/Build Contract Based on a definitive description of the facility in a detailed project program, the design/build contractor completes facility plans and specifications and then constructs the facility for a guaranteed maximum price. In this form of contract, it is imperative that the facility description be extremely accurate and complete whether it is a written narrative, drawings, or a combination. This description establishes a contractual scope of work for the design/build team; additional requirements or changes must be negotiated. The advantage of this form of contract is speed. Methods To Administer Construction Contracts The most common way to administer a construction contract is through a facilities management and planning office or contracting agency within the organization. However, some organizations do not have internal groups and must contract with another outside agency. For example, some Federal organizations work through GSA or the Army Corps of Engineers. Some State organizations work through a State facilities management and planning office. Some State or local agencies will contract with a construction management firm under separate contract outside of the construction agreement. It is important for the LTCO to understand who contractually represents the owner through the construction process. Process As the construction process moves through a series of steps, there are issues about which the laboratory director should be concerned to ensure the satisfactory completion of the facility. Prequalify Bidders Forensic laboratory facilities are extremely complex and require a contractor with demonstrated experience building this type of project. The bidding process (especially for government facilities) awards the contract to the lowest bidder; lab directors will not be 53 allowed to disqualify unqualified bidders after bids are received and opened. Therefore, if possible, include a process to prequalify bidders. Prequalification should be based on the following: • Company experience. Has the company: O Successfully constructed similar types of projects? O Successfully constructed projects of similar size? O Provided adequate bonding capacity? O Provided verifiable references? O Met previous construction schedules? O Demonstrated an acceptable record with respect to cost control and change orders? O Been involved with, or had a history of, litigation? • Key personnel. Keep the following in mind when considering key personnel: O Have key personnel, such as the project superintendent, successfully completed similar types of projects? O Have key personnel successfully completed projects of a similar size? O Review key personnel references. O What kind of commitment is the company willing to make with respect to assign- ing these individuals to the project? Bidding During the bidding process, the qualified bidders are invited to prepare bids for the construction of the forensic laboratory. Steps include: • Solicitation. Invitations to bid can take many forms, including: O Direct notification of qualified contractors. O Advertisement in local newspapers. O Advertisement in trade journals. • Prebid conference. This serves to notify all contractors interested in preparing bids of any special conditions of which they should be aware, or issues not clearly addressed in the contract documents. 54 • Issue documents. All interested contractors are provided with sets of plans and specifications, including all necessary bid forms. A nominal fee is usually applied to cover the cost of printing and handling. • Requests for Information (BFI's) and addendums. During the bidding process, many questions will be received from prospective bidders. These questions are referred to as Requests for Information (RFI's). Most RFI's can be simply answered by the design team. However, if there is incomplete or conflicting information, or an error in the documents, it is imperative that all bidders are notified of any revisions in order to make bids comparable. This is called an addendum. Addendums are issued during the bidding process for this purpose and should be issued no later than 14 days prior to bid opening. • Bid opening. Bids received are normally opened and recorded at a public bid opening. • Analysis of bids and alternates. All bids must be evaluated carefully. Often a project includes alternates. Alternates are portions of the work that may or may not be executed. An additive alternate is additional work that the building owner may elect to do if the bid cost is within his budget. A deductive alternate is work that may be de- leted from the contract if the bid cost of construction is too high. Deductive alternates should be avoided as much as possible, as the cost savings realized will be less than if the same portion of work were an additive alternate. Multiple alternates in the bid package can make the evaluation of the bids extremely complex. • Award of the construction contract. Once the successful bidder has been identified and the bid certified as bona fide, the construction contract between the owner and contractor can be signed. Construction Hold a preconstruction conference. This facilitates reaching an understanding by members of the construction team of the procedures that are to be followed during con- struction, establishing: • Chain of communication. • Construction schedule. • Procedures for processing shop drawings, change orders, RFI's, and payments. • Coordination drawings. Any areas of specific concern also should be discussed, such as: • Site security. • Mockups. Often for critical systems or materials where high expectations of quality exist, a sample panel or mockup is constructed to establish a benchmark or standard for the project. Often, a mockup of an entire laboratory module is constructed and the casework used in the mockup can be reused in the facility. • Coordination of work. 55 Periodic Site Inspections, Punch List, and Final Inspection Hold periodic site inspections throughout construction. Toward the end of construc- tion, compile a punch list. A punch list is a list of items compiled by the contractor that are incomplete or need to be fixed. The list should be reviewed by the building owner and the architect, who should walk through the structure and add to the list as necessary. Architect/Engineer WE) It should be noted that the Architect/Engineer WE) usually has primary (but not sole) responsibility for periodic site inspection, punch list and numerous other tasks. A/E services in this area are delivered as a part of his "PCAS" Services. (Post Construction Award Services). These services have usual and customary areas of responsibility/perfor- mance, which should be defined in the contract between the Owner and the Architect/ Engineer. Some owners may seek to economize on professional services by omitting or reducing these services. This is a false economy. Commissioning/Occupancy Ensure that systems are in place and in working order, and that laboratory staff and facilities engineers understand how the building systems work. Obtain training for the facilities engineer and custodial staff on new equipment and systems and arrange for service for the equipment and systems. Pitfalls During the construction process, events can occur that may prevent a facility from achieving the laboratory's level of expectation. Many of the issues will be beyond the laboratory's authority to control and the lab will have to rely on the expertise of others to control. Following are common pitfalls to anticipate: Quality Standards/Expectations Mockups. For critical systems where high quality is specified and expected, mockups provide a method of examining the systems before the bulk of the materials are either fabricated or installed. If the mockup does not meet specified levels of quality, it is much easier to change. Shop drawing. Shop drawings are drawings from materials suppliers or subcontrac- tors that precisely detail the installation and materials they propose to use. These draw- ings should be carefully reviewed by the design team for their compliance with the plans and specifications and by the LTCO for meeting the intent of the laboratory concepts. Fully Implementing Building and Systems Concepts Often, as a facility is constructed, design concepts are not fully carried out. In labora- tory facilities, the organization of utility distributed systems is critical for adaptability and 56 CHAPTER 7 — EXAMPLE AGREEMENT Example Agreement will be issued by Addendum on approximately September 20, 2004 Page 16 of 27 ease of maintenance. Yet, often during construction, utilities are routed first come, first served, and form a tangled web incapable of serving or fulfilling future project needs. The coordination of drawings of building systems is an issue that should be carefully reviewed at the preconstruction conference and enforced in the contract general conditions. Equipment Installation and Coordination The purchase and installation of fixed or major movable equipment is complicated and can result in coordination problems. Often, "or equal" equipment that is bid does not have the same utility requirements or is a different dimension than that used as the basis of design. For example, pit -mounted washers or autoclaves with similar capacity have different requirements for utility connections and require a different pit dimension. These variations must be carefully reviewed early on to avoid problems later in the construction process when equipment is installed. Existing equipment to be relocated presents a different set of issues. This includes moving the equipment, connecting the equipment, and the potential that some equipment may be replaced during the construction period. The LTCO must be aware of any changes in equipment that may affect the building or utility requirements. Laboratory Layout Revisions During the construction process, it is not unusual for a large percentage of the labora- tory users to change. This may lead to revisions in the laboratory fit -up. A significant amount of time may be required of the LTCO to coordinate these revisions during con- structions. 57 • Assign Human and Dollar Resources Anchor responsibility for the move. Allocate resources, both human and financial. Assign one staff person the responsibility for the move and prioritize specific tasks, in- cluding the time it will take to accomplish them. • Designate Team/Sector Captains. Assign a team captain. Under the team captain, assign sector captains in charge of specific areas such as DNA, firearms, or documents. The sector captains work with the team captain and the movers to decide how to communicate moving instructions. For example, whether boxed materials should have a room number or a color that designates the department (red for serology, green for firearms). • Develop a Move Manual. Decide the elements of the complete, well -integrated move plan and develop a move manual. The manual may include the following information: How to select a mover. Selecting a mover varies with individual circumstance. Often, an RFP is required and bids evaluated. There also may be minority vendor set -aside requirements. Articulation of the plan. Articulate the needs and services required. Is one mover needed, or 14? Security may be needed. Staff time may be needed to ensure that computer ports are functional. Articulate a plan and notify other individuals (clients, staff, other departments involved, the State's attorney's office). Notify them of changes in the plan as well. Plan for new purchases. Don't wait until 6 months before the move to begin to con- sider purchasing new equipment. This decision must be made early. The pack -up. As the move draws near, packing begins. Packing can be done in stages to minimize disruption. Some materials can be packed early, such as those used only monthly. Progress eventually to the equipment which, once it is removed, work stops. The last items packed are those used every day. Before completely halting the old lab's opera- tions, validate the systems in the new facility to ensure it is ready to immediately support lab functions. • Devise a New Facilities Manual. The new facilities manual will serve as a guidebook of signposts and activities in the new building. Add any new policies and restate those policies from the old facility that will be continued. 61 Continuous Activity Several activities are continuous from the time the decision is made to either refurbish an existing facility or build a new one until after the move is completed. • Inventory. Before issuing a request for proposals (RFP), determine the size of the job. Specifica- tions include an inventory of the items to be moved. For RFP submission, know how the lab's equipment is currently positioned and future needs. Inventory is crucial because there are different kinds of movers for different kinds of equipment. Speciality movers may be needed. Inventory each section. Staff in each section of the lab should work with the move captain to plan how their section will move and to where. To enable this planning, be sure that staff are familiar with the new facility. Interim storage. Arrange for interim secure storage, especially if the lab is moving from one building to another or being renovated in stages, so that inventory can be stored if it needs to be moved before the facility is ready. Rented trailers or a warehouse can be used for interim storage. • Personnel Coordination. Personnel coordination is imperative and good communication essential. Hold meet- ings with staff to discuss how the move should occur and once the course of action is decided, issue memos so there is no misunderstanding. Within the laboratory, everyone should know the plan or their section of it. During the move, one person (the move cap- tain) needs to know what is happening at all times. Have this individual monitor the whole process and report regularly to the lab director. • Security Assurance and Training. Maintaining security assurance in the old laboratory while moving and training on the security systems in the new building is essential throughout the process. • Chemical and Biological Hazards. Chemical and biological hazards play a large role in determining the type of facility to be built, the placement of equipment, and how items will be moved. They also affect liability and indemnification. Federal, State, and local regulations may apply. • Custodial Requirements. Plan to have a special custodial staff ready as the move occurs in case of spills or breakage. It may be possible to draw from the professional movers or laboratory staff. Plan for custodial requirements in the old and new facilities. The old one needs to be left clean. The new facility requires appropriate maintenance, trained custodial staff, and functioning equipment. 62 Long -Range Activities • Request for Proposals. Long-range activities include developing the RFP for movers and considering any specialty aspects such as evaluation of bids, insurance, and instrument handling associ- ated with the move. Meet with the appropriate individual who oversees the RFP process before developing an RFP document. Consider all tasks that need to be performed and when the move must be completed. A sample Statement of Work (SOW) is provided for your information in Appendix V. • Warranty Issues. Check with the manufacturer(s) before moving equipment to ensure that warranties are not invalidated by a move. Address warranty issues for both the professional movers and laboratory staff. Develop a list of equipment that would require the manufacturers' participation in the move and post -move setup. Allocate funds and set up schedules. • Liability Issues. Coordinate liability issues. Determine the extent of the laboratory's responsibility if the move is executed in a certain way. Ensure that appropriate bonding is in force for all contractors. • Rules of the Game. Know the financing rules. Meet with the comptroller or agency that oversees expendi- tures in the lab's municipality or State. • Temporary Storage Needs. Temporary storage needs must be part of long-range planning. Waiting until too close to the date of the move may mean that temporary facilities are unavailable. • Specialty Movers. If specialty movers are needed to handle equipment, build enough time into the plan to accomplish it on schedule. Keep in mind that there are different kinds of movers for different sorts of materials. • Furniture/Equipment/Computers. For furniture, equipment, and computer systems, decide early in the process: O What will be kept? O What will be refurbished? 63 O What will be disposed of? O What will be acquired? (If new supplies will be bought, build in validation time and money.) Intermediate Activities • Evaluate Bids and Select Mover(s)/Contractor(s). Intermediate activities include evaluating bids received in response to the RFP and selecting movers and other contractors. • Library Considerations. Consider the weight of boxes when packing library contents. Boxes that are too heavy may be too difficult to lift. Also consider issues pertinent to the lab's geographic area and climate. For example, do the books need fumigation, or do the shelves require earthquake protection? Build in those kinds of considerations with respect to the library and other items that will be moved from one building to another. • Update Lab Information. Build in time to update the laboratory's phone numbers, correspondence, stationery, business cards, license, and other permits before the move. Intermediate to Short -Range Activities • Specialty Equipment Coordination. Intermediate to short-range activity considerations include any specialty equipment needed to move items from the old building to the new, such as cranes and forklifts. • Notification of Clients/Users. Notify lab clients (State's attorney's offices, courts, police agencies) well ahead of the actual move, just before the move, and immediately following the move. • Refrigeration Concerns. Another intermediate to short-range activity that requires lead time is refrigeration. Build in refrigeration and other ways of preserving fragile or friable evidence during the move. Transfer refrigerated items to the new facility quickly. Prior to the transfer, ensure there is power and that systems are operating in the new facility. 64 • Systems for Filing of Records, Inventory of Materials, Supplies/Restock. Planning is needed for systems of filing, the inventory of materials, and supplies and restocking procedures in the new building. Plan so that people will understand how the system is going to work and build in a method that will make it work correctly. Short -Range Activities • Key/Card Assignments. Short-range planning includes determining key and card access assignments. Decide who is going to have access to the building and to which doors. • Parking Concerns. Where is everybody going to park? Will there be a class system or a free-for-all? Will parking assignments be based on shift work? Build parking concerns into the move process. • Assign Work Areas/Office Space. At first think of work areas generally as the space where forensic examiners will be assigned. Decide toward the end of the move planning process exactly who is going to sit where. This can be done with more lead time, but choosing to give short-term notification to staff can reduce grievances about personal seating arrangements. • Notification of U.S. Postal Service, Couriers, Utilities. Notify the U.S. Postal Service, couriers, and other delivery services of the move, as well as the utility companies. Talk to them about timing of services such as shutting off power in the old building on time and turning on power in the new building on time. Cover all billing issues (contractor's liability versus the laboratory's responsibility) well in advance of the move. • Electronic/Computer Setups. More short-range planning is needed for electronic and computer setups. Ensure that network nodes are working before the move. Then transfer the electronic/computer equipment and set up the network. • Packing/Moving Materials. Ensure that all the necessary packing and moving materials are on hand if the lab is going to do some of its own packing and moving. 65 • Extension Cords. Have extension cords on hand on moving day. Items may not be placed exactly as originally directed. • Training Related to the Move: Safety, Security, Proper Lifting. Train staff prior to the move on the facility's new systems, on safety and security issues, and on how to properly lift items. • Determine Facility Hours. Decide the facility's hours of operation. For example, there may have been three shifts in the old facility to make adequate use of a small space, and the new larger facility may allow for either two shifts or one. Determine when the facility will be open. • Verbal Rehearsal. Hold a verbal rehearsal of the move. Talk through the process with everyone involved to familiarize staff with the procedure planned for moving day. • Walk Through With Staff and Mover. Walk through the move process with staff and the movers together. • Test New Facility Systems: Elevator, UPS, Water, Power. Before occupying the new facility, ensure that building functions such as elevators, card readers, water systems, and electrical power work. Shut the power off and ensure the emergency lights come on and backup systems are operating. Train staff how to operate these systems. • Notification of Normal Vendors and Delivery Schedules. Notify the lab's normal vendors (for example, compressed gases, food). Provide vendors proper access to the property and directions on where they should deliver goods. Know the vendors' delivery schedules and have receiving people on hand. • Access to Property. If the new facility is a stand-alone building, determine building hours and access. If the facility is within a shared building, find out about normal operating hours and after-hours access. 66 During the Move Activities • Monitoring the Movers. Station staff members at the old site to ensure that the movers pick up only items that are to be moved. Station staff members at the new site to direct movers on where to bring and place items. Document damage/breakage or injury to personnel. • Temporary Signs. Laboratory staff and movers need to know where equipment and materials are going to go. Prepare temporary signs to direct the movement of materials into the new facility. Temporary signs can help answer questions before they are asked. • Alarms. It is imperative that the alarm/security system is in place and operational at the time evidence is moved into the new facility. Just before the move, check the operation and responsiveness of alarm systems for security and for items such as hood monitors and temperature control. Check these again after the move. If it is necessary to have people lock up at night, ensure that it won't set off the building alarm. Check that the alarm works. Know what constitutes an intrusion and what the reaction is to it. Does the alarm merely sound, or do people respond? Another issue of alarm/security is the monitoring by cameras. Will it be done from the first day? Make sure. • Computer Shake -Out. Have a good computer shake -out. Try to log some evidence into the new computer system. Ensure that all the nodes work for report generation and tracking evidence. • Equipment/Evidence Audits. Have a clear audit of movement of the lab's equipment and evidence from the old building to the new one. This is helpful both for the lab director and to ensure that the contractors do their jobs. • Security Compliance: Restrictions, Tours. Consider security compliance concerns. Decide how access will be restricted to lab staff, tour groups, and the general public. • Evidence Transfer Integrity. The ability to prove integrity of evidence transfer is important. Document it. Seal the evidence in a box, label it, put it on the truck, and send a person along with the truck. An armed guard or police escort may be necessary (for example, with drug evidence). Coordi- nate this with the county, city, or State's attorney. It is probably best to get approval in 67 writing of the lab's moving plan. For refrigerated evidence (rape kits, biological evidence), leave it in the refrigerator, seal it, put it on the truck, and move it to the new facility. When it arrives, verify that the seals and the evidence are intact. • Train Staff on New Systems. Training staff on the new building systems is useful. For example, if the temperature is too hot or too cold staff need to know what to do. They need to know the person to call, the button to push, and which monitor to change to correct the situation. Postmove Activities • Gather Feedback. After the move, request feedback from staff. Compile a list of problems so the prob- lems can be corrected. Obtaining feedback from staff should be an ongoing process. Staff will feel included and the director will receive a better response if it is a routine and regular practice. • Damage and Breakage. Identify and list items lost, damaged, or broken during the move and determine responsibility for repair or replacement. • Conduct Fire Drill/Safety Inspection. Conduct a fire drill and a safety inspection. Ensure everyone knows the location of eyewash stations and first aid kits. • Discard Used Moving Materials. Discard used moving materials quickly. Many movers will take back boxes and other items. If they do not, the lab is responsible. Set Up and Verify Operation of Equipment, Method Changes, Tracking Systems. Set up and verify the operation of any new equipment. Test new computer and evi- dence tracking systems. If the gas chromatograph has been moved, revalidate it. If work methods have been changed because of the geometry of a room or the availability of new venting, ensure that the methods are verified and are operating appropriately. Test gases and water to ensure they meet specifications. 68 • Introductions/Tours for Media Representatives/Dignitaries and the Staff Party. Postmove activities may include tours for the media and dignitaries and a staff party. • New Facilities Manual. Create a new facilities manual. This will establish a system that will allow staff to best use the laboratory and enable a lab director to change policies carried over from the old facility. The manual can address policies such as: O Security issues. O Fire- and/or safety -related issues. O HVAC controls. O Building evacuation. O Placement of personal art, photos, and belongings. O Smoking. O Food and drinks. 69 CHAPTER 8 - EXHIBITS Boundary Survey of the Site 2. Conceptual Review Comments of the Site 3. City's Proposal Organization Chart of Project Team 4. Milestone Schedule 5. Police Services Organization Chart Page 17 of 27 REFERENCES [1] Diberardinis, L.J.; Baum, J.S.; First, M.W.; Gatwood, G.T.; Groden, E.; Seth, A.K. Guide- lines for Laboratory Design: Health and Safety Considerations, 2nd ed.; John Wiley & Sons; New York,1993. [21 Research Facilities of the Future; Stark, S., Ed.; Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. 735; The New York Academy of Sciences; New York, 1994. (Note: Copies of this journal are available from: National Institute of Standards and Technology, Office of Law Enforcement Standards, Bldg. 225, Rm. A323, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899.) [31 The Architects Handbook of Professional Practice; American Institute of Architects, Manual 4, "Documents." (Includes sample documents for many of the forms of agreement and other documents used during the construction phase.) (Note: Additionally, the American Institute of Architects (AIA) publishes a number of useful brochures, forms, consultant contract forms and even helpful advice on how to select an architect. While not applicable in all cases, these could prove helpful as a refer- ence. The AIA published 3 or 4 "Handbooks of Professional Practice," which are available through the national headquarters in Washington, DC, and/or through contact with State AIA Chapters.) For more information on the National Institute of Justice, please contact: National Criminal Justice Reference Service Box 6000 Rockville, MD 20849-6000 800-851-3420 e-mail: askncjrs@ncjrs.org You can view or obtain an electronic version of this document from the NCJRS Justice Information Center World Wide Web site. To access the World Wide Web site, go to http://www.ncjrs.org Other Department of Justice publications noted in this report can be ordered from NCJRS. Most are available free of charge and most can be downloaded from the Justice Information Center Web site. If you have any questions, call or e-mail NCJRS. U. S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs 810 Seventh Street N.W. Washington, DC 20531 Janet Reno Attorney General U.S. Department of Justice Raymond C. Fisher Associate Attomev General Laurie Robinson Assistant Attorney General Noel Brennan Deputy Assistant Attorney General Jeremy Travis Director, National Institute of justice Office of Justice Programs National Institute of Justice World Wide Web Site: World Wide Web Site: http://www.ojp.us&)j.gov http://uuw.ojp.usdoi.gov/nii Forensic Laboratories: Handbook for Facility Planning, Design, Construction, and Moving Some figures, charts, forms, and tables are not included in this PDF file. To view this document in its entirety, order a print copy from NORS at 800-851-3420. ATTACHMENT SPACE PLAN (Developed in September 2000) P954 Police Services Facility-Design/Build FPC ll&ns PppPau .mjANNE J� m E -� FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF THE DECENTRALIZATION OF POLICE SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2000 PREPARED BY: ROTH 0 SHEPPARD A R C H I T E C T S 1623 BLARE ST. SUITE 350 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 303.534.7007 303.534.7722(FAX) ALLER•LINGLEARCHITECTS P.C. 748 WHALERS WAY BLDG. E SUITE 200 FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80525 970.273.1820 970.223.1833 (FAX) ROTH .: SHEPPARD c H C Ts September 11, 2000 l b] 6 LA ICE c7. S U 17E _? S n Der:;eR C0LORADo bo'u' Chief Dennis Harrison 303.33:.; 007 303.534.7, 22 ,FAXFort Collins Police Services 300 Laporte Fort Collins, Colorado Re: Fort Collins Police Services Facilities Plan DENNIS: Attached is a final draft of the alternative facilities plan we developed over the last month. The plan includes the projected space and site needs of a single centrally located facility that will house all of Police Services (with the exception of satellite storefronts such as the existing District 1) and a decentralized plan in which a Patrol/ Training / Property & Evidence / Dispatch facility is located on the proposed PVH property on Harmony and a Patrol / Investigations / Administration facility is located somewhere in the Downtown area in an as yet undetermined location. A summary is included in the first part of the study that reports the following in more detail: The single facility will require approximately 92,000 gross square feet (GSF) to satisfy the needs of Police Services projected to the year 2020 given the identified and approved staff increase projections. Assuming the footprint of this facility at 35,000 GSF the site required to support staff, Department and visitor parking will be a minimum of 4.5 acres. The split facility concept will require a total of approximately 100,001 GSF in two facilities. The Harmony facility is projected to be approximately 48,000 GSF and occupy a minimum 2.9acre site. The Downtown facility will be approximately 53,000 GSF and will occupy a minimum 2.9acre site as well. Duplication of staff positions and support spaces accounts for the difference in the GSF in the two schemes. The differences are identified in the detail spreadsheets for each of the alternatives. This phase of the report is organized in 5 sections as follows: 1. Summary 2. Single Facility Detail 3. Split Facility / Harmony Detail 4. Split Facility / Downtown Detail 5. Site Detail The next phase of the project will develop concept plans and projected construction costs for each of the alternatives. We look forward to the next phases of the study and to the successful completion of new facilities for Police Services. FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF DECENTRALIZATION OF POLICE SERVICES TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary 1-4 SINGLE FACILITY STUDY Single Facility Summary 5 Administration 6 Patrol Services Commander 7 District 7 8 Patrol 9-10 Traffic Unit 11 Selective Duties Unit 12 P.O.P Unit 13 Information Services Director 14 Systems 15 Records 16 Dispatch 17 Property / Evidence / Lab 18 Investigative Services Commander 19 Drug Task Force 20 Youth School Teams 21 Criminal impact Unit 22 Crimes Against Persons 23 Crimes Against Property 24 Common Facilities 25 SPLIT FACILITY / HARMONY STUDY Harmony Facility Summary 26 Administration 27 Patrol Services Commander 28 District 1 29 Patrol 30 Traffic Unit 31 Selective Duties Unit 32 P.O.P Unit 33 Information Services Director 34 Systems 35 Records 36 Dispatch 37 Property / Evidence / Lab 38 Investigative Services Commander 39 Drug Task Force 40 Youth School Teams 41 TOC 1 Criminal Impact Unit 42 Crimes Against Persons 43 Crimes Against Property 44 Common Facilities 45 SPLIT FACILITY / DOWNTOWN STUDY Downtown Facility Summary 46 Administration 47 Patrol Services Commander 48 District 1 49 Patrol 50 Traffic Unit 51 Selective Duties Unit 52 P.O.P Unit 53 Information Services Director 54 Systems 55 Records 56 Dispatch 57 Property / Evidence / Lab 58 Investigative Services Commander 59 Drug Task Force 60 Youth School Teams 61 Criminal Impact Unit 62 Crimes Against Persons 63 Crimes Against Property 64 Common Facilities 65 SITE ANALYSIS Site Analysis & Site Calculation Summary 66 Single Facility Site Calculation 67 Split Facility Harmony Site Calculation 58 Split Facility Downtown Site Calculation 69 TOC 2 FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF DECENTRALIZATION OF POLICE SERVICES Summary A needs assessment and staff projections for Fort Collins Police Services was performed through work sessions with key Department staff during the months of july and August 2000. Staff projections were developed for the years 2005, 2013 and 2020 using the following formula: • Sworn and civilian personnel increases were calculated at 5 and 2 per year, respectively, through the year 2013 • Sworn and civilian personnel increases were calculated at 6 and 2 per year, respectively, between year 2073 and year 2020 Single Facility Analysis An analysis of a single Police Services location, in an undetermined location resulted in a facility of approximately 92,800 gross square feet with division area and staff allocations as identified in the following table: CURRENT PROJECTED I STAFF 1 REQUIRED STAFF �I ExISTj AREA REQUIRED SF I 2000 12005 2073 2020 I 2000 2005 I 2013 2020 I DIVISION I I Administration ! 11.0 15.5 1 22.5 26.0 Patrol 110.0 1 1 126.0 148.0 773.0 4,730� I 16,588 5,1361� 5,911� 18,214; 19,202 6,4091 Information Services I 60.3 69.0 1 8'_.5 94.0 1 16,866 78,274� 79,769 20,1921 Investigative Services i Common Facilities I 48.0 i 0.0 i 575 0.0 695 0.0 I 78.5 I 0.0 I 9,770 12,588 10,433 17,397 12,993i 13,577 21,4751 12,062I 14,711I SUBTOTAL 229.25 I I BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25%1 268 322.5 371.5 59,941, 14,985 65,049i 69,856 16,262 74,2491 STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL I 229.3 17p64 18,562I 268.0 322.5' 371.5 _ 7a,926I 97 311� a73zol 92811 Table 1— Single Fort Collins Police Services Facility — Location to be determined SPIN Facility Analysis Several split facility analyses were explored based on decentralizing into two locations, one location being the PVH property on Harmony Road and the other undetermined but located in the downtown vicinity. The studies included complete, as well as partial Division relocations. After careful consideration of service to the community, it was determined to focus on splitting the Patrol Division into equal strengths at both the Harmony and Downtown sites. • A Patrol, Communications, Property / Evidence and Crime Lab facility of approximately 48,333 gross square feet at the Harmony site and; Fort Collins Police Services A REPRESENTATION OF EXHIBIT 1 A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF UCM" 1% TOWNSHIP 7 HORT'H1 RANDS 88 WEST OF THE OTH lordI IPAa.lVaa°11 im, CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COUNTY OF LARIMM STATE OF COLORADO NRiT1EAW C MOV OF THE W MEAST 41ARiEA, 3EC71CN 1% mNNs1IP 7 ROM, NANCE W ti T. FOUND 3 7/4• AWNINUM CRP IN RANGE 0C7l, PLS 17497 I � S. YY i I r1 R-15.CC Ld].SS• tu s1.al• 3 Im 1 I I I I 37 ExssNC. Ef MEMENT 'Rm /88001OPJ mil EXHIBIT 1®i 470,451 S.F.I W.800 AC. M1I � I$ Ff IA Ig 9 99'SL'11• wl- � � �nao' POINT or sommomma I POINT OF COMMENCEMENT Q SCVMFl1ST GOPHER l nCN 10. TOWNSHP 7 NERTK RANGE E! NEST. FCL110 s 1�2• AWWIUN CAP IN RANIE aM PLi 17N7 _"rira .L ALLEN-RdikLr '�' rr¢rr AREPRESENTATION OF EXHIBIT I LR/Li �m1YfIi7L. t�+a�.=�—�•__••..�.—� � w,.waim kr --,n,lnGKeuw� + A Patrol, Administrative and Investigations facility of approximately 53,273 gross square feet in the downtown vicinity at an as yet undetermined site Split Facility Detail - Harmony Facility The Harmony Facility is intended to provide Fort Collins Police Services with a Patrol, Property & Evidence, Training and Communications facility. Functions programmed are as follows: • Chief of Police • Patrol Services — Patrol, half of the total Patrol strength will be stationed at the Harmony facility • Centralized Property and Evidence storage • Criminalistics Laboratory • Training Facility (Training Room to have dual use as a Community Room) • Communications / Dispatch (with access to the Training Room as an Emergency Operations Center) Patrol Services functions of Briefing, Patrol lockers, Exercise and Training will be located within the facility. Alternative 2 divides Patrol strength Access to Police records (Records Section of Information Services is proposed to be located in the Downtown facility) The Chief of Police and his Executive Secretary will represent the Administration Division of Police Services. Information Services functions will include a complete Property & Evidence Processing and Storage facility, Crime Laboratory, Communications / Dispatch and a satellite location of Information Systems - Systems for maintenance of Harmony computer systems). The facility is intended to be full service with 24/7 operations. Split Facility Detail - Downtown Facility Functions proposed for the Downtown facility are as follows: • Information Services • Patrol Services — Administration • Patrol Services — Patrol, half of Police Services Patrol strength will be located at the Downtown facility • Patrol Services — Traffic • Patrol Services —Selective Duties Unit • Patrol Services — Problem Oriented Policing • Investigation Services - Commander • investigation Services - DTF • Investigation Services - Youth School • Investigation Services - Criminal Impact Unit • Investigation Services - Person Crimes • Investigation Services - Property Crimes Fort Collins Police Services Information Services at the Downtown facility will include the Information Services Director, a component of the Systems Section and the Records Section. The Records Management System is proposed to be modified to allow for secure electronic transfer of Police records to the Harmony facility. A minimal Property / Evidence processing component will be included at the Downtown facility to provide packaging and secure storing of evidence until it can be deposited at the main storage facility at the Harmony facility. Patrol functions at the Downtown site will include Patrol Administration and command, half of Police Services Patrol strength, a satellite report writing and property preparation (drop-off) facility and all booking and holding components identified in the Single Facility concept. All of Investigations Services are proposed to be located at the Downtown facility. The following tables represent the two facility alternative area requirements and staffing: DIVISION Administration Patrol Information Services Investigative Services Common Facilities SUBTOTA BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25, STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTA TABLE 2- Harmony DIVISION Administration Patrol Information Services Investigative Services Common Facilities SUBTOTAL BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25% CURRENT PROJECTED I� STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I ESFT AREA RE UIRED 2000 12005 2013 12020 1 20D0 I 2005 I 2013 2020 5.5 46.0 7.5 53.0 1 10.5 61.0 13.0 70.0 36.0 44.0 52.11 60.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 87.5 104.5 1 124.0 j 143.0 CURRENTI PROJECTED If STAFF I REQUIRED STAFF ! EXISTJ AREA REQUIRED SF I 2000 1200512013' 2070 I 2000 2005 2013 12020 7.5 I 10.0 14.0 15.0 65.0 ! 73.0 87.0 107.0 26.5 26.5 31.0 35.0 49.0 1 17.5 69.5 78.5 0.0 ! 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 148.0 i 167.0 j 201.51 229.5 IACLt j-Downtown Facility 2,824 3,154 I 3,929 4,016 11,907 13,051 13,875 14,670 5,908! 6,102 6,236 6,433 9,770 10,408 11,372 12,037 4,531 4,753 5,144 5,463I 34,934: 37,448 40,556 42,618� 1 ! 8,7331 9,367 10,1391 10,6551 ! I 43 667' 46,835, 50,695 53.2731 Fort Collins Police Services 3 Detail area and staff projection worksheets for a single facility and the two -facility alternative follow. Fort Collins Police Services ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - SUMMARY For ONE FACILITY SECTION ALL SECTIONS CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS CURRENT II PROJECTED STAFF REOUIRED STAFF I EXIST, AREA REQUIRED SF 2000 2005 20/3 2020�:. 2000 2005 2013 2020 I DIVISION Administration I Patrol / Commander 1 11.0 15.5 22.5 26 0 4,130 5,136 5,911' 6,109 Patrol 4.0 4.0 j 4.0 4.0 1,199' 1,199 1A99 1,499 Patrol / Dist. 1 88.0 100.0! 118.0 137 0; -� 13,981' 14,348. 15,118' 15,576 Patrol / Traffic 5.0 1. 6.0 6.0 6.0 21199- 21283 2,199 2,785 1 1 Patrol / SDU 6.0 !, 8.0'� 17.0 14.0 Ball 922: 1.003 1,132 I Patrol / P.O.P. 6.0 7.0 8.0 11.0 ! 1 11083 1,220 1,359 1,771 Information Services /Director LO 2.0 1.0 7.0 7 0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1 35 358.. Information Services / Systems ! 3.5 3.5 6.0 a It 7,1p1 t,141 358 1.400 400 35B I Information Services / Dispatch 27.5 31.5 36.5 1 41.0 1,141-, 4,394' 1,513 1.573, I Information Services / Remlds 21.0 1 24.0 1 28.0 1 30.0 I 4,058, 4,288' 4,695 I Information Services / P&E 1 6.3 i 8.0 4,335' 4,359i Investigative Services / Commander 4.0 10.0 13.0 1 1 5.0 7,T58�1 8,0931 9,053 10,190 1 Investigative Services / DTF 5.0 5.0 1,0so! 1,075, 1,075, 1,07£ Investigative Services / Youth School I 1 7.0 10.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 11,208 1,80T 1,9561 2,267';, 2,"0 Investigative Services / Crim. Impact ! 8.5 915 1 1D.5 11.5 ! 7,208 1,396 1,796. Investigative Services /Person Crimes! 9.0 I 10.5 13.5 15.5 1,174 11260' 1,260. 1,347� 1 Investigative Services / Prop. Crimes !1 9.5 12.5 15.5 173 i 2,097 2,434: 2,3N 2,558, 2,775. Common facilities 0.0 i j 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 12,588i $630 17,993'; 2,Bax: 13,577 3,030 14,111�' j SUBTOTAL! I 229.3 1 268.0; 322.51 371.51 j 59,9411 65,049I 69,8561 ]4,2/9 74,249; BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25^r,l j 1 ! STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTALI, 1 229.3 1 268.0; 3225'' 14,985" 16,2b2 1],46f 37151 j ]/9Z6I 81.311 8]320 93811i 1 Area totals do not include District 1 SECTION BY DIVISION CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS I CURRENT PROJECTED ! STAFF REQUIRED STAFF 1 ! EXIST! AREA REQUIRED 1 j SF 1 1 I 2000 2005, 2013, 2n7n 1 2000 1 2005 2013 2020 Administration Patrol Information Services Investigative Services Common Facilities BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25% STAFFING CURRENT LOCATION: 11 M 15.5 I 22.5 I 26.0 110.0 126.01 148.01 173.0 60.3 1 69.0 1 823 1 94.0 48.0 j' 57.5 69.5 78.5 0.0 i 0.0 0.0 0.0 229.25 I 268 1 322.5 1 371.5 SWORN & CIVILIAN ALL LOCATIONS CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF R UIRED STAFF 2000 12005120131T020 Sworn ' I 142.0' 168.0 2D7.0. 243.5' Civilian 87.3j 100.0 1153; 128.D'. TOTALI ! 2293Si 268 322.5i 3715 Notes: 1 District t area is not included in the total required area for the new facility. Fort Collins Police Services 5 ENTITY: SECTION: CURRENT LOCATION: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATION 300 LAPORTE CURRENT PROTECTED - ,_ STAFF REQUIRED STAFF i UNITi EXISTAREA REQUIRED AUTH SF SF 2000 ' 2005' 2013' 2020i 2000' 20052013' 20201NOTES 1 WORK PLACES I OFFICES I Police Chief I Deputy Chief j 0 0 263 j 225' 225' 225 225. Prof. Standards L[. - 1 1 i 225 00 0 01 200 200 Exec: Staff Proj Mgr. 1 1 t 1 l 7 1 200 177 200 200, 200 200' 11 Smff Psychologist I 1 l 11 7 l 1 180 1 123 1 l I 200 180 0, 780'. 180 180' 1 I. A. Sergeant I Training Sergeant 1 2 I 3 3 i 1501 127 1501 0' 300 0; 450 0 . 450' Training Officer 1 1 1 1 2 I 150 , 155 150' 150 150, 300. Bud Budget Coordinator R I 1 i 2.5 5.5 1 1 I 2 7 2 1 120 1 120 j 116 1201 1201 660i 660. 840 ''. Tech 1 0.5 I 1 1 1 1201 i' 120' 120 120.: 240, 1201 2401", 120' Ludaget 0 I 0 1 1 1 ISO 0j 0; 150! i50i SUBTOTAL I i ,265i 1,955I 1316I 2,57512,9051 CIRCULATION 25 / OFFICES TOTAL' 8.5 1731 185j 21 489'i 644' 726' i 5811 2,443;I WORK STATIONS I 3,2191 3,637 I Admin Aide III (Chiefs Sec.) C/T 1 1 1 I 7 I I , 160 19_ 1 1601 160 160! 160; Training Supply Technician I ! O.5 0.75 7 1 1 I 1 I 2 1 64 1 321 641 64I 128� Supply / Range Tech 0.25 1 1 I 1 64 64 641 64 641 64I 64i 64i Planning Tech jj 1 0 I 0 0 0 I 64 O OI 64 0 64'1 01 2.5 1 4 I 4 CIRCULATION 35%' 1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL' WORK PLACES TOTAL! 1 11 ereLIAL AREAS AREAS Waiting and Reception Library / Media Exec Staff Wk Room Volunteer Work Area SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25 AREAS TOTAL ROOMS Conference Files Training Files Copier/Fax/Supplies Coat Closet Rest Rooms IA File Storage Personnel Files Uniform / Equip, Storage :offee CIRCULATION ROOMS Ti 15.51 22.51 5 26 16% r 3201 3521 3521 416 1121 1231 1231 146 4321 4751 475I S62 2,013,, 2,91913,69414,193 1801 180! 1801 180' 200 200i 200 2001 120j 1201 120I 120 128i 128� 128I 128 6281 6281 628 628 220 220I 22048 220, 848 848 8848 oul 801 120I 120 12 80 20 33 281 80 120 120 120� 120 120 12 12 15 15 151 15I 1 40 80I I 80' 80; 801 801 80 801 8 B 1,09511,C 274 2 1,369, 1,3 TOTAL REQD STAFF & ASF' 11 1 15 S i 22' I 26 I � 14.130' S 136' ' 91116 409 j SWORN' 1 5 I 7.5 i 12.51 15 CIVILIAN', 6 8 10 11 Fort Collins Police Services 6 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNITi EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 1 20051 2013 : 2020 20001 2005: 2013, 20201 NOTES WORK PLACES I OFFICES !Commander' 2001' 211 2001 200 200- 200 I Lieutenant ' Operations Lt. ! 1 7 7 1 180 ',, 180' 180 180 180, 1 1 ! 1 i 150 1 , 15011 150 750 150' SUBTOTAL;( !' CIRCULATION 25/:� 530 530. 530 530 OFFICES TOTAL( I WORK STATIONS 3 3 ! 3 I 3 : 1 j 133. 663' 133 663 733 663 133 663, Admin. Aide i 1 l 1 1 80 801 80 80' 80' Volunteer I ! 64 1281, 128: 128: 128, I SUBTOTAL ! CIRCULATION 35% i 1 1 1 1 1! 1 II j 1 273 273; 1 273 208i WORK STATIONS TOTAL, : 73j 73, 73 731 WORK PLACES TOTAL j 4 4 4 4 2811 281 2811 281 ! % INCREASE IN STAFF' I 0 % 095 0 % : 943 1 9431 943i 943� (SPECIAL AREAS Comae j Copy / Fax / Supply I 120� 60 60, 60I 60 1201 120I 120I 1201 SUBTOTAL; CIRCULATION 25%I j I 180 1801 180 180 63 63, 631 63 iAREAS TOTAL: j 243; 2431 2431 243! ROOMS Conference Room I 250 2501 250 2 50; 250 SUBTOTAL ' CIRCULATION 25%! I I I I 2501 63j 2501 250I 250I 63 � 3' 63 ROOMS TOTAL; ! I 313; 313 3131 313 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL( I I I I 5561 5561 556' 556I TOTAL REOD STAFF 8 ASF 4 4 q q j 1 1 /99 1 499' 1 499( 7 499' NOTES: SWORN; I 3 3 3 3! CIVILIANI ! 1 1 t t F Fort Collins Police Services 7 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: DISTRICT 1 CURRENT LOCATION: OLD TOWN SQUARE !CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF 1 UNITI EXIST'. AREA REQUIRED AUTH SF SF 2000 20052013' 2020: 2000' 2005' 2013: 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES Sergeant 7 7 t l 120 120 120 120. 120 SUBTOTAL: CIRCULATION 25/' ! ! 120' 120 120 120' OFFICES TOTAL! ; 1 ! 1 1 ! 30 30'. 30 30. WORK STATIONS 1 150'. 7501 750. 750o CIT Officer 4 4 ! 0' 64'', j 4 1 j 87 ! 87 87, 87; 87� SUBTOTAL! 4 5 1 5 j g l I p: 64j 0� 641 CIRCULATION 35%j WORK STATIONS TOTAL: j I j 01 22� 0� 22! WORK PLACES TOTAL,' 5 0, 86 Al 86 % INCREASE IN STAFF. 6 6 6 20% fry. I 150j 236 150i 236! 1 I SPECIAL AREAS AREAS i Open Office j 1 ' 9001 900j 900' 900 SUBTOTAL! I 1 j 900i 900; 1 CIRCULATION 25"/'I 315i 1 3 51 315 5 AREAS TOTAL 1,2151 1,215j 1,215) 1,31215 j ROOMS I Community Room ! I Bicycle Storage ! ( 347 347 347 347! li SUBTOTAL, I I 32011 320 320i 320 j CIRCULATION 25%. I j I I !I 1 667I 167 6671 167 6671 167 667I 167 ROOMS TOTAL:, SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL] I ! i 834 834! 834 1 834 1 I 2.049' 2 0491 2 ..... 049 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASFi 5 6 1 6 1 6 1 1 17,1991 2 285' 2 1991 2 2851 NOTES: SWORNI 5 I 5 j 5 5 1 CIVILIANI 0 1 1 1 1 1 Staff counts are included in staffing and projections. Area is not included in building requirements. Fort Collins Police Services g ENTITY. I FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE (CURRENT, PROIECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT, EXIST AREA REQUIRED - SF SF 2000 1 2005' 2013 i 2020 ! 1 20001 2005' 20131 7020NOTES WORN PLACES I OFFICES I Lieutenant] ! 1 Crime Analyst 3 2 3 3 3 !� % 180 j 540 540'. 540 540� R&D Manager 1 2 'i, 1 . 2 1 :' 2 1 150 1110 150 300 ! 300: 300 300 ISO 150 150, 150. SUBTOTALII i� 990, 990. 990 990. CIRCULATION 25/ OFFICES TOTAL( 6 1 248 2481 248 248. 6 6 6 j 1,238. 1,2381 1,238! 1,238:. I WORK STATIONS 1 7 11 ! 13 1 1.5 1 80 560' 880; 1,040! 1,200, I Earlyeant Week DAY SHIFT ! Officers j 10 I 11 14 17 0 I 01 01 0� D;. CSO 2 2 2 1 2 O 0 Oj i Late Week DAY SHIFT Officers 10 it 14 i 16 j60 2 2 2 2 j I EARLY WEEK SWING SHIFT j j Officers ! CSO 10 i 11 ! 14 16 I 0 0, Oj 0' D' I EARLY WEEK MIDNIGHT SHIFT 2 2 j 2 2 0 Oi 0' I 0i 0. Officers C50 9 I 10 12 1 15 I 0 I 01 0'', 01 01 0 0 0 j O O p 0: Oi pl i LATE WEEK SWING SHIFT I I Officers C50 132 15 ! 17 1 20 10 ! I I O 0 O i O LATE WEEK MIDN 2 2 2 0 I 0; j 0j OI 01 - t I Officers GHT SHIFT C50 POWER SHIFT i Officers ! SUBTOTAL: CIRCULATION 35% WORK STATIONS TOTALi WORK PLACES TOTAL % INCREASE IN STAFF( SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Patrol Reception Report Writing Evidence Preparation Case File Layout File Storage Coffee CIRCULATION AREAS T ROOMS Interview Room Soh interview Roam Suspect Interview luve. Interview 9 t0 it 13 0 0! 0! 0 0 01 I I 6 7 9 I1 I 82 i 94 112i 131 I I S60, 880j1 !I 7961 3081 1,316 2,06811 88 j 100 118 137I I I2.554I3306 1 Fort Collins Police Services 9 I Roll Cal) ! FTO Training Room 18 18 36: 738 835 39 9 00 900 ! Conference : 1 7 20 0 120 Sergeants Conference 200 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100- I Equipment Distribution 200 200 200 200 200 Storage_' _ 400 25, 400 400 400 400 I Asrmoat y Training 150' 0. 0 0. 0 Training Room EOC Components ,' 600 574: 1,700. 1.700; 1,70011,700 Bicycle Storage ! 216; 216 216. 216' I Sally Port Suspect Processing 350. ''; ! ! 1,100 350: ! 1, 100! 350 I'loo. 350 1,100: 350' 1,100. I ling 150' 250' 300 300. 300; 300 Prdsoner Pro a P rty ! 25' 372: 250' 250 250 250 iluv. Prisoner Property j ! i 25' 25. 25' 25: 25 25 25. 25 25 Bio - Haz. Clean up 80! 80: 160� 160' 160'' 1DRIntI' Room 60; I 60. 68 120. 120' Ad Adult Holding Cells 'i 60i 70',. j . 60 50' 280 60 420 60, 560 60'. 560' Juvenile Holding Cells Safety I 70; i ! 2W 280. 280'�: 280:. I rst A dell 70 701 70 70,'. 70, Line U p I 601 I j i i { 252� 60 i 252 ', 60, 252�, 60i 252� 60'. 252. SUBTOTAL] ! .I ; 7,3161 7,745; 7,998; 7,998j ! CIRCULATION 25%! I ROOMS TOTAL ! 1,829:1,936, 2,000i 2,0001 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL ! 9,145. 10 428 9,68Y 9,998. 11,0413 11 436' 9,998. 11518' TOTAL READ STAFF & ASF' i 88 ! /80 118 737 '', ! 1i.981' 14d48 15 118 15576' NOTES: SWORNI 77 89 707 126 C I V I L I A N I 11 11 I 11 11 Fort Collins Police Services 10 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: TRAFFIC UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT, PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF ' UNIT) EXIST AREA REQUIRED i SF SF 2000 120052013' 2020'I ! 2000! 2005' 2013 20201 NOTES WORK PLACES � OFFICES Sergeant 2 150' ! 150� 150,- 150 216' SUBTOTAL 150 150; 150 216� CIRCULATION 25%I % 1' ! A 38 381 5+ OFFICES TOTAL! I rYVRn �IAIIUN� I I j _ " Officers ,DUI Officer 3 5 8 1 10�-i' 0 > 1 0, 0' 0, 0 v 2 2 0 I I I SUBTOTAU I i i 1 5 7 10 ! 12 i 0� OI 01, 0 CIRCULATION 35%. 1 i 01 0' 00 WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL 6 I OI OI 0' 0, % INCREASE IN STAFF 8 11 14 1 33 % 1 311% 27% 186, 18817 ' Be,e, 0. iSPECIAL AREAS I I AREAS Work Stations 1 1 1 28i I i 84' 112. 140 168[ I � SUBTOTAL, CIRCULATION 25% I i I 84 291 112) 140I 39i 168 AREAS TOTAL. I 113 491 1511 189; , 591 227I ROOMS ' Traffic Storagel Conference 1 I ! 267 300I 300I SUBTOTAL) 220 00 200 4001 201 200� 25020i CIRCULATION 25%I 40 I 5001 500 ROOMS TOTA I 1001 1171251251 SPECIAL AREAS TOTA) I 500 583 625 625L 613 M, 814 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASFj i 801 21 1 NOTES: SWORNi1 fi B 11 14 1 CIVILIAN) 1 0 I 0 I 0 I 0 Fort Collins Police Services I I EXHIBIT 2 CONCEPTUAL REVIEW STAFF COMMENTS Cih, of Iort Collins ITEM: New Police Services Building — Spring Creek Farms North MEETING DATE: April 19, 2004 APPLICANT: City of Fort Collins Police Services c/o Mr. Jack Gianola, Special Projects Manager, Operations Services, City of Fort Collins, 117 North Mason Street, Fort Collins, CO. 80521. LAND t1SE DATA: Request to construct a new Police Services building on 7.17 acres of Spring Creek Famis North, at the northwest corner of Timberline and Drake Roads. The site is just south of the pipe yard. According to Spring Creek Farms North O.D.P.and proposed Mansion Park P.D.P., a new east -west connector local street would intersect with Timberline Road at the south property line of the subject site. This intersection would be eligible for a traffic signal_ The proposed building would be three - stories in height. There would be approximately 31,000 square feet per floor for a total of 93,000 square feet. As planned, there would be about 309 parking spaces. COMMENTS: 1. The property is zoned M-M-N, Medium Density Mixed -Use Neighborhood. A Police Services Building would be considered a Community Facility which is a permitted land use subject to Administrative Review. 2. The maximum number of parking spaces for general office is 1.0 spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area. Additional parking spaces may be allowed based on occupant load, square foot per employee, or other factors unique to the applicant's request such as shift overlap. Please refer to Section 3.2.2(K)(4) for further information on allowances for increased parking for offices. The proposed ratio of 3.32 spaces per 1,000 square feet is a minor deviation from the baseline that will likely be found in compliance with the Land Use Code. In any event, it may be advantageous to discuss shared parking with the Timberline Church. COMMUNITY PLANNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 22N-CollrgeA,e. PQ.Tim 5S0 Fort CelLns, CO ADS^- P.KO ,S70j 2?7-b'SIt CURRENT PLANNING DEPAr q t IENr' Page 19 of 27 ENTITY: SECTION: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES CURRENT LOCATION: SELECTIVE DUTIES UNIT 300 LAPORTE CURRENT PROJECTED ! STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNIT: EXIST AREA REQUIRED 2000 200512013' SF ',. SF 1: 2003i 2013 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES i - ! 1 Sergeant 1 1 1 2 150 90 150. 150 150 276, SUBTOTAL] CIRCULATION 25 1 1 15tr 38'. 150- . 150 216 OFFICES TOTAL',; I WORK STATIONS 1 7 1 2 188 0. 188 38- 788 Sa. 270 I Officers Intern Work Stations 5 1 6 0 1 0 7 1 9 0 0 64 64 320' ! 384i 448' 576. 64; 64. 64 64 ! SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 35%,iI 5 6 7 9 I 320, ! 3841 448 576, WORK STATIONS TOTAL; I j 712 7341 157j 202', WORK PLACES TOTAL I 6 7 8 11 432'. 620: 51 RI 706� 6051 792; 7781 % INCREASE IN STAFF' 1 77 % 1,048; SPECIAL AREAS AREAS I I SUBTOTALI - j ! 0i, 0I 0� pi! CIRCULATION 25% AREAS TOTAL] I 0!� �I 0i 0j I ( I 0 0I i ROOMS I Crime Prev. Storage SDU 5tor. 100� I 1Wi 11T 133 ' 183I150 Copier/Fax/ Supplies I 120� 112' ! 1501 1751 200' 2751 SUBTOTAL'25%i ! 120� 120! 1201 120 CIRCULATION 25%� I I I I j 370' 412 453i 578; ROOMS TOTAL I I 93I 103' 113I 145i SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' i I i I I 463I 515� 567, 723 463' S15 5671 723 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF1 6 7 8 1 17 ii 11 OB2' 1 Z20 1 35911 7711 NOTES: SWORNI 6 7 8 11 I CIVILIAN; 0 1 0 0 1 0 I Fort Collins Police Services 11 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: P.O.P. UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT. PROJECTED ''. STAFF REQUIRED STAFF 1 UNIT! EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 2005: 2013 20201 2000'i 2005' 2013: 2020, NOTES WORK PLACES I OFFICES I Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 ! 180 180: 180 180 180. SUBTOTALIi ! ! 1801 180; 180' 18C CIRCULATION 25W ! OFFICES TOTAL] i. 45i 451 45'' 4 S� I WORK STATIONS ! ! 2 225i T25; 25'., SUBTOTAL' 0 0 1' 1 0 0 I 0; 0' O 0, CIRCULATION 35%1 ! I WORK STATIONS TOTALI 1 01 0 0. 0. 0 0; WORK PLACES TOTAL, I I i! I I 0 0'' I I 225 225j 225 225 1 % INCREASE IN STAFF, 0% 0 % 0% I SPECIAL AREAS AREAS 1 i j SUBTOTALI I II CIRCULATION 25%j I 0,., O 0' 6AREAS TOTAL' o1 UI U, 00'I ROOMS II I � I Conference I SURTCITAI I I 200 I I Oi 01 CIRCULATION ROOMS T TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF'i 1 / i 7 1 225' 225i 2251 2251 NOTES: I SWORN, I 1 1 1 I CIVILIAW O1 0 ! 0 0 Fort Collins Police Services 13 ENTITY- FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DIRECTOR CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE i CURRENT, PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF 1 UNITi EXIST. AREA REQUIRED ' SF SF 2000 200512013: 2020-! 12000: 200312013 2020;NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES Director 200 200. 200: 200 200 SUBTOTAL!:' 1. 1 200: 200 200. 200' CIRCULATION 25%j j 50'. 50 50 50. OFFICES TOTAL, 1 7 7 1 250 250: 250 250 I WORK STATIONS I Admin. Asst. ' 80 � 80. 811 80. SUBTOTAL; I 1 ! 1 7 i 80 80 80, 80 CIRCULATION 35%i 28 28�' 28. 28' j WORK STATIONS TOTAL iI 1 j 708 708 708', 708 WORK PLACES TOTAL, 2 j 2 ' 2 2 358:: 358! 358' 358' % INCREASE IN STAFFI 0% O% 1 0% I SPECIAL AREAS 1 i 1 I AREAS I SUBTOTAL! 11 I Oi 0� 01, pii CIRCULATION 251y'i I 1 0! 0�1 0' 0;� AREAS TOTAL! i i ! 0 0'I 0' 0 ROOMS i ! SUBTOTAL' 0 0 0 0i CIRCULATION 15 % I I j I 0, 0 0' 0! I ROOMS TOTAL,. 0 0, ! SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' j 1 ! I I Oi 0' 0' 01 _ TOTAL REDD STAFF & ASF! 2 1 2 2 2 i 358' 358' 358' 358 i NOTES: SWORN'i 0 i 0 O 0 CIVILIAN' 2 1 2 2 2 Fort Collins Police Services 14 ENTITY' FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: SYSTEMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE ! CURRENT, PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNITI EXIST AREA REQUIRED I SF SF 2000 12005, 2013' 2020 I2000: 2005 NOTES WORK —PLACES' 1 OFFICES SUBTOTAL' •I CIRCULATION 25 % _ j 0. O' 0. 0. 0I 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 j 0 0 0, 0; 0 0, I WORK STATIONS Volunteers Systems Manager 0 p p 0 1 I 64 64, 641 128• 128. B Systems Analyst 1 t 7 1 1 80 80 80 80'� 80' 1 Computer Maintenance Spec. j 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 64 64 664� 64 128, 256, I CAD Project MRr- ! Radio Tech 0.5 0.5 I l 1 I j 64 I 64j 64! 64; 64 64.1 64.4'', 64� 0 0 1 1 I 64 0 O 64' 64 CIRCULATION 35 % WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL 3.5 1 3.5 1 6 ; 8 I 3.5 3.5 I 6 1 e i I 336� 336 528, 6561 118 1181 1851 230! 454; 454' 7131 8861 434! 454' 7131 886! I I i I SPECIAL AREAS 1 AREAS SUBTOTAL! I I I ! CIRCULATION 259-1 1 1 0' 0' 01 O O AREAS TOTAL ¢ pj o1 1 0' p ROOMS Computer Room ! I 3501 3501i 3501 3501 3501 Computer Storage I Receivin R 1 zool 1 zoo zool zoo zoo I I SUBT07AL;I I CIRCULATION 25% ' 550: 550i 550 550 ROOMS TOTAL 8 1381 138 138 68 688I 688 688I 688 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL I 6881 6881 68111 688 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF! 3.5 I 3.5 •' 6 1 8 I i1.14111 141,1 400' 1 573 NOTES: 1 SWORN,' 1 0 i 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 11 3.5 1 3.5 I 6 I 8 Fort Collins Police Services 75 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: RECORDS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT, PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNITI EXIST. AREA REQUIRED 2000 SF SF 1 7005 i 20131 20201 j 1 2000 " 20051 2013 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES I Records Manager 150 137 150 150 150 150 SUBTOTAL]: 150. 150 150 150. CIRCULATION 25%�i !' 38, 38! 38, 38! j OFFICES TOTAL] I 1 1 1 1 l Ias! 18B' 1Bej 188. WORK STATIONS ] I i ! Supervisor Police Report Specialists 2 9 2 3 3 80 12 15 17 64 1601 576I 240� 640 240 640 240 Police Data Tech 8 8 8 8 i 64 512' S12. 512'. 640 512 Public Info Database Workstation 0 0 0 0 64 64 64' 64 64' ' I Desk Officer 1 1 1 ] 1 1 64 64' 64 64' 64. SUBTOTALI I 20 23 27 29 11,376i1,520; 1,5201 1,520� CIRCULATION 35%1 4821 532', 5321 532' WORK STATIONS TOTAL] ! ] i 11,858; 2,052I 2,052', 2,052 WORK PLACES TOTAL I 21 24 j 28 30 j 2,045 2,240; 2,240; 2,2401 INCREASE IN STAFF], I ! 14%' 17L, I 7L. I ] SPECIAL AREAS j I AREAS SUBTOTALI ! j CIRCULATION 25%I 1 I I I I I Oi 0 01 0,, 0' 01 C AREAS TOTALI I j j . 01 0] 0, 0 I ROOMS Records Five Storage ] 2001 2001 200, 200i 200 nRoom � j 1 I I 2001 200i 1 2001 200i 229' 200I 267' 286 2001 200 I Central Supply Pleas Room i 600� 380r 6001 60 0, 1 600+ 600 Copier /Fax /Supplies / MF ms j ( 150I I 1301 80� 150, 1501 80i 80 150 150 CohRestee�8reak ] II SUBTOTAL' j 40 100 fi5I 2131 80I 100I 80'I 100+ 80I 80 1001 100 CIRCULATION 25% I I 1 1,61011,63911,677 1,696 ROOMS TOTAL, i I I I ' I 4031' 2,013. 4101 2,04812,096I2,120' 4t91 424 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL] 2,013' T 04B' 2 096 2 120'i TOTAL REOD STAFF & AS21 24 28 30 14,05814.288 4 335' 4 359I NOTES: SWORNI i 0 I 0 1 0 0' CIVILIAN; 21 ; 24 1 28 30 Fort Collins Police Services 76 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DISPATCH CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE (CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF �j UNITI EXIST. AREA REQUIRED SF SF .'. 2000 20051 20132020 i 2000 ` 2005' 2013 20201NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES I Communications Manager 1 1 1 1 180 180; 180: 180, 180 Ii SUBTOTAL, CIRCULATION TS% ISO!180 180'. 180. 45; 45! 45 451 OFFICES TOTAL; 1 1 7 1 225; 225 225. 225 I WORK STATIONS Supervisor Dispatchers /Call Takers 5.5 5.5 5.5 1 6 21 25 30 1 34 80 440! 440i 4401 480' Call Taker Consoles 80 80 1 560, 800 960' 960 1 64 j 3201 32U 320� 320, SUBTOTAL 265 30.5 35.5 40 11,320 1,56011,720 1,760 CIRCULATION 35% 1 j. I 462 5461 602616' WORK STATIONS TOTAL I WORK PLACES TOTAL', 1 j ! ! 1,782I 2 106; 2,322. 2,376! 27.5 31.5 36.51 41 2,0071 2,331 2,547I 2,6011. % INCREASE IN STAFF' 15 % 165o 12%'- j - 1 SPECIAL AREAS j IAREAS I 1911 Telephone I Radio / Phone 1 120 S00 1201 1 1 1 1TOi 7T0 120� 120I 1 UPS / Switchgear I i 1 217 500 5001 500� 500 SUBTOTAL( I 200I I 200 200! 200j 200 CIRCULATION 25% I i 820: 820I 8201 820I I 205 205 205 205. AREAS TOTAL; � I � � � �, ,,.,�, , ...r_ ..._. 1 I ROOMS 1 1 Conterence Kitchen / Break 1 I 1 200 200� ' 200' 2001 200' 200 Training Work Room i Copier /Fax /Supplies i 1 I 1 150i 120 200 I 150 2001 150 200j 150I 200 150 Dispatch Lockers S 120. 651 120 720 RO 1 Rest Rooms ' ! 401 I 80 80i 80 90 80I 1 10i 80 SUBTOTAL�� I I CIRCULATION 25%I ! ROOMS TOTAL! 875I 204� 830 208 840 210 855 214 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL I 1 I 1 1 1,019I 2 0441 11038 2 063 1,05011,069 2 075I 2 094 TOTAL REOD STAFF & AS—! 27.5 31.5 36.5 41 14,051 4.394f 4 6221 695 NOTES: I SWORN( 0 1 O 0 0 CIVILIAN 27.5 31.5 363 f 41 Fort Collins Police Services 17 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION PROPERTY / EVIDENCE / LAB CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE & OFF SITE I CURRENT. PROTECTED STAFF REDUIREDSTAFFI UNIT, EXIST AREA REQUIRED 1 SF SF - 2000 20051 20131 2026j - ! 2000i 2005' 2013' 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES 1 Supervisor 1 1 1 1 ! 1 2 1 150 150' 150, 150 216' SUBTOTAL] Ij 1501 150; 150. 276! CIRCULATION 25/' 381 38 38 54 OFFICES TOTAL' I WORK STATIONS j 1 1 1 2 I 188' 188i 168 270' Property / Evidmce Technicians 2 j 2 13 1 4 64 128' 128: 192 256' Crime Scene Investigators 2 3 4 1 S i_ 1 64 128 192. 256 320. AFIS Tech. j j Lab Clerical 0s t t. 1 100 Io0, Ioo- 100 too, j 1 0.75 1 I 1 1 I I I 64 ! I 64'' 64: 64 64': SUBTOTALI 'I CIRCULATION 35%I 5.25 1 7 9 j I 11 I 1 I 1 I 420! 147. 484 6121 7401, WORK STATIONS TOTAL! 1 1 567i 7691 6531 2141 6261, 1591 9991 WORK PLACES TOTAL %INCREASE IN STAFF; 1 6.25 I 8 1 10 13 1 28 k i 251 i 311 L! 7551 841 j 7,0141 /,269i I SPECIAL AREAS AREAS I I 1 1 P/E Storage ! 11 11,151 1,151! 1151 1,473! 1 Narcotics Storage Secure storage I 1501 I 150 ISO. I 150 1184212,3941 1501 150I Large Property Storage 547 547; 150� 54T 150I 700, 150 875 1501 1,138' I Evidence Processing Vehicle Processing I I i ' 150j t l 1,100; 150j 1,1001 192I 7,10011,1001 240I 312I 1,100' Dry Room Bio- Clean Up I I 801 I 40i 72'� 80 1 40� 1o21, 1281 1661 AFIS I Livescan 1 80; 51,! 641 831 1 80': 801 801 801 i SUBTOTAL 1 1 - i 381 25%j l 62I 1,00011 4, 5711,393AREAS 3CIRCULATION i TOTAL, � I 4,310' 4,9W S,7861 6,96 ROOMS I I Conference 1 { Forensic file RoomPho I 200 1201 200 1201 200 1681 200j 168 200 168 Room Chao a Room 100i 6p1 95i tool 100 100 100 Crime Lab Laten4301 s I ( 601 4301 60 430 60 430 60 4301 Trace TraceEvidence 100I 115 I Too 100 100 100 Digital Imaging Crime lab Storage I I 120! I i 115 120 115 120 115 120 1 17 5 1201 Evidence Packaging /Storage 70' 720� 70 120 70' 120 70 120 70 120 Vmw Copier / Fax ,ng Fax I 1 1 I 200 200; 200I 200 200 120I 98 120I 120I 120 1201 i SUBTOTAL I I i 1,5� T>439) 1,803 1,803 1,803 CIRCULATION 25%� ROOMS TOTALI 1 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' 1 I 1 I (I 16 2,1941 4511 2,254! 451 2,25412,254� 451 I 503 7.vS3' 8 040, 9 221 TOTAL READ STAFF 8 AST' 6.25 8 10 13 I I ! 7.258 8.093' 9 053118 4901 NOTES: l l SWORN! I 0 I O i O I O CIVILIAN: fi0 8 10 13 Fort Collins Police Services 18 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION: COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE WORK PLACES", I OFFICES Commander Lieutenant I 1 'I .CURRENT PROIECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT:. EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF , SF 2000 12005 2013' 202012000: 2005: 2013' 20201 NOTES l 1 1 7 200 213 200 200. 200 200 0 7 1 1 180: I 01 180, 180' 180 SUBTOTAL]., j I i i 200; 2001 200' 200 CIRCULATION 25% 1 i I i0 SOj 50� 50 OFFICES TOTAL'. 1 2 ! 2 1 2 "'' I 250. 250' 250 230 I WORK STATIONS ! j Admin. Supervisor 1 I 80 94 j 80 80: 80j 80 1 Admin- Clerk 2 '- 1 2 2 ! 64 1 128; 128: 128' 128 SUBTOTAL! i CIRCULATION 35%1 3 3 1 3 1 3! ! 1 208; 208; 208i 208 WORK STATIONS TOTAL S I ! 731 28I I 73, 2811 731 2811 73 281 WORK PLACES TOTAL; 4 5 5 5 ''�� 531 537 j 531 ! 537.. % INCREASE IN STAFF' 25 % 0 % I 0'k SPECIAL AREAS AREAS j I 1 j I I i SUBTOTALiI ! Oi 0! 0! 01 CIRCULATION 25%I AREAS TOTALI I 1 0, OI OI 01 Dj DI 01 01 I ROOMS 1 1 1 Files Conference i I 200j 206 2001 2001 2001 2001 Copier/Fax/Supplies ��� 1 1 801 1 I 120I 80 700' 100' 100� Coat Closet Ii I 120i 120;� 720I 120i j I 151 15' 1511 15i 151 SUBTOTALii CIRCULATION 25%1 1 1 1 I I I 4151 4351 4351 4351 ROOMS TOTAL! j 1041 109I 109I 109 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAU I I 579' 544'i 544 544 5191 544' 544 544 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASFI i_ 4 5 5 S 1,OSOI 1,075i i 07511 075 SWORNI 1 2 2 i CIVILIAN 3 3 I 3 3 I Fort Collins Police Services 79 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION DRUG TASK FORCE CURRENT LOCATION: OFF SITE I CURRENT, PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT! EXISTAREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 2005! 20131 2020! ! 2000 2005! 2013' 2020INOTES I WORK PLACES i OFFICES I Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 180', 180 180 180 180 I Sergeants j 1 1 2 2! 150 150, 150' 150; 150, " SUBTOTAL': 2 2 3 3 ! 150' I 150' 150'. 150I CIRCULATION 25% OFFICES TOTAL. - ''. 38: 38, 38 38 2 2 3 i 3 ! 188 788 188 788, I WORK STATIONS ! OBicers j 4 5 6 e 64 256 320 384, 512� Secretary II - 1 1 ! 1 I 1 64 64, 64- 64! 64 SUBTOTAL i 6 1 7 9 320 384I 448; 576; CIRCULATION 35% j 112 134i 157 2021 j WORK STATIONS TOTAL; WORK PLACES. TOTAL, S 7 6 7 9 1 4321 518'! 605' 778:' %INCREASE IN STAFF, j I 8 70 ! 14% 25 % 12 20% 620i 1 706'1, 792 965' ''. SPECIAL AREAS I I AREAS ! Monitor Room i 100 1001 1001 100; 100! I Telephone Room Conference /Training i t (! 1 I 80 I 80I 801 80' 80, 100I 100I 100I 100 IOOI ! SUBTOTAL, 1 280I 2801 280 280 CIRCULATION 25%1 I 70! 70' 70 70 AREAS TOTAL, 350; 350 350 350 i ROOMS II I Interview 100 200 200 3001 300I Equipment Storage 120 120 120 20 200 I Personnel Lockers ! ! I I 101 150 150, 1W 150 Computer P I liter f File Room ! I j I 2001 200I 250I 250i 250' SUBTOTAL' i I 670 720 900 900 CIRCULATION 25%� ! I 168, 180 2251 225 ROOMS TOTAL, 838 900 1,12Si 1,125 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' I t t88 7 250'. 1 475 i 475 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASFI 7 8 10 12 I I 1,80711,9561 2,2671 2 4401 NOTES: 7 1 9 1 11 1 SWORN' I 6 CIVILIAN 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I Fort Collins Police Services 20 ENTITY: SECTION CURRENT LOCATION: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES YOUTH SCHOOL TEAMS 300 LAPORTE CURRENTPROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF: I UNIT; EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 1 20051 2013 2020 ! 2000: 2005 1 2013 ! 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES 15ergeants i 1 2 1 2 ISO: 109 150 150'. 300, 300 SUBTOTAL � I � '. 150 750' 300 300' CIRCULATION 25 % I :, I li 38' 381 75, 75. OFFICES TOTAL ''. 1 1 ! 2 2 I 188'. 188: 375' 375 I WORK STATIONS I School Resource Officer 7 9 11 ( 13 1 I 48 288j 2W 2881 2881 D.A.R.E. Officer 2 2 1 2 2 1 48 48 481 48,1 48 Patrol Officer W.S. 1 0 0 S 0 0 1 48 961 961 96' 96� Intern / Volunteer 0 0 �i, 0 0 1 36 i 72i 721 721 72i SUBTOTAL'. 9 1 it 1 13j 15 I 432I 432 4321 4321! CIRCULATION 35%I j I 151 151 151' 151' WORK STATIONS TOTAL, 1 I 583: 583i 583; 583; WORK PLACES TOTALS 10 1 12 15 17 I 771I 7711 9581 458j % INCREASE IN STAFF', I SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTALI III I O OI 0 CIRCULATION 25% 1 0 0 I 0 0 AREAS TOTALI 1 Oi OI 0 0 ROOMS Conference 1 I III 200I 180I OI OI 0 Interview I 1001 200 2001 200 200', Dare Storage I I ( 1 1501 148 150 1501 150I 150" SUBTOTAL, 1 I - 1 I 350( 350I 3501 I 350, CIRCULATION 25%i 88 881 88 88' ROOMS TOTAL, I I 418I 41RI AE n1A j_ TOTAL REDD STAFF & ASF' 10 12 15 17 I 1 2208I 1,2081 1,39611 3961 NOTES: O I j 10 I 12 I 15 1 77 CIVILIAN I 0 0 1 O I 0 Fort Collins Police Services 21 Request for Proposal City of Fort Collins Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 The City of Fort Collins is seeking qualifications and the best possible combination of design and building construction services for the design and construction of a new Police Facility. Written proposals, six (6) copies, will be received at the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division, 215 North Mason Avenue, Fort Collins, Colorado 80521. Proposals will be received before 3:OOpm (our clock) October 8, 2004. Proposal No. P954 Proposing teams or members must have experience on Police Facilities projects of similar size and must also have experience on design -build projects within the last five years. No telephone communications regarding the scope of the project will be answered. City of Fort Collins' staff will not hold individual meetings with any prospective proposers. Questions concerning the scope of the proposal will be addressed in one way. A pre -proposal meeting will be held on September 17, 2004, at 10:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m., at 300 West LaPorte Avenue (City Council Chambers) in Fort Collins. Questions regarding the proposal submittal process should be directed to James B. O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP, (970) 221-6775. Questions regarding the project should be directed to Ron Kechter, PE, Facilities Project Manager (970) 221-6805. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision - making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. Collusive or sham proposals: Any proposal deemed to be collusive or a sham proposal will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this proposal assures that such proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham proposal. The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive any irregularities or informalities. Sincerely, James B. O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management Page 2 of 27 3. Since the parking lot exceeds 100 spaces, 10% of the interior must be in landscape islands. 4. Street trees, on 30 to 40-foot intervals along Timberline, should be located to accommodate the future ultimate major arterial cross-section of 141 feet. Street trees will also be needed along the proposed east -west public street. Foundation shrubs will be needed along all four sides of the building. 5. The trash enclosure must be constructed to match the predominant material of the building and be sufficiently sized for containers for recyclable materials. 6. The "build -to" line standard will require that the building be brought up to the corner of Timberline and the new east -west street. The set back from Timberline should be no more than 25 feet and such that there is no intervening parking lot or drive aisle between the street and building. A sidewalk connecting the building's main entrance to the street sidewalk is also required. J. The site will be served electricity by the City of Fort Collins Light and Power Department but there is no primary power along Timberline Road at this time. (Electrical facilities were expected to be extended by the proposed Mansion Park P:D.P.) Therefore, right-of-way would need to be dedicated and primary electrical facilities would have to be extended to the site. The source ofpower is on the east side of Timberline so boring under the road would be required. Temporary power for construction could be provided by overhead poles. The location of the transformer must be coordinated with Light and Power such that is it within ten feet of hard surface for emergency change -out. Also, since the source of power is along the roadway, and if the transformer is visible from the street, then it must be screened with either a solid enclosure (meeting the clearance specifications) or with sufficient landscaping. S. A Commercial One ('C-1") Form will be required to be completed by an electrical contractor to determine entrance capacity. Normal electrical charges will apply. These fees are based on square footage of the parcel and linear front footage along public streets. Any system modification would be at the developer's expense. For further information or for an estimate of the development charges, please contact Janet McTague at 221-6700. A Lighting Plan must be included in the P.D.P. submittal. 10. The site is served by the City of Fort Collins Water and Wastewater Department. There is a 24-inch diameter water main in Timberline Road and likely located on the western portion of the roadway. A repay is due for this line. There is no sanitary sewer to the property at this time. The developer to the north, Mr. Jim Temple, is planning on extending sanitary sewer south. A three-story building will require an automatic fire sprinkler system. There is a fee associated with Page 20 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMINAL IMPACT UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT, PROTECTED - STAFF ' REQUIRED STAFF UNIT; EXIST. AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 1 2005' 2013' 2020 1 2000' 2005; 201320201 NOTES I WORK PLACES 1 OFFICES Sergeant 7 1 1 I l i ISO j ISO, 150, 150; 150. SUBTOTALI 1 1! 1 1 ' CIRCULATION 25%j 1 1 1 , , 1501S0' 38' 150 70 5'. : OFFICES TOTAIi 7 I 1 1 i l 1 i 38 188, 188' 38 ISO ISO I WORK STATIONS 1 � � 1 1 - . j Warrant Cierk I Officers 1.5 1.5 1 1,5 1.5 1 i 64 128! 1281. 128' 128' Volunteer WS 6 7 1 8 1 9 i I 64 448: 512' 572' 576' 1 I 36 1 361 361 361 36,1 I SUBTOTAL ! 7.5 1 8.5 ' 9.5 I 10.5 6121 6761 676I 740' CIRCULATION 35% WORK STATIONS TOTAL 1 214 �37i, 237' 2591 WORK PLACES TOTALI B.5 I 9.5 1 70.5 17.5 I j 826 973i 9131, 999,, j %INCREASE IN STAFF j _ 1 72°b I 11% 10% 1 : 1,014! 1,10011,10011,187: SPECIAL AREAS AREAS NCIC Computer WS CIRCULATION AREAS T ROOMS I CIRCULATION 25%1 j , Oi u! of U; U ROOMS TOTAL' I 01 OI of O 0, 0' SPECIAL AREAS TOTALI 1 160i 160 1601 160, TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 1 1 1 174' 7 2601 1 260- 1,3471 NOTES: SWORN; I 7 8 9 1 10 CIVILIANI j 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 5 Fort Collins Police Services 22 ENTITY. FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT PROIECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 ' 200520131 2020 ! 2000; 2005 2013 20201NOTE5 I WUKK PLALES I OFFICES 1 I Sergeants 1 7 1 :. 2 2 150 150 150 300 300 SUBTOTALI 1 1 1 2 2 150 150 300 300 CIRCULATION 25%1 38 38 75 75 OFFICES TOTAL! 7 1 2 2 ', 188 188. 375 375 WORK STATIONS :Investigators 1 1 6 7 9 11 64 448' 576' 5761 704. 1 Victims Svcs. Coordinator 1 1 1 1 64 64, 64 64. 64 1 Victims Svcs. Advocate 0.5 1 1 1 1 48 48, 48j 481 48 Clerical 0.5 0.5 0.5 05 48 ! 481: 48i 48 48�. SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 35% I 'I I 8 9.5 I 115 13.5 ! i , 5121 640 640 7681 WORK STATIONS TOTAL I I I! i j 179, 6911 224; 864i 224, 8641, 269' 7,0371 WORK PLACES TOTAL; , 9 lOS 13.51 15.5 879; 1,0521 1,239; 1,4121 % INCREASE IN STAFF' 17"p 29% 15%' SPECIAL AREAS I AREAS 1 1 I Reception File Storage 18 i 901 90 901' 9D' 201 80i 80! 80;1 80 Coffee60! SUBTOTAL I 1 j 601 230i 601 2301 60 2302301 60! CIRCULATION 25%I ! 58 58; 58 581 AREAS TOTA 1288i 2881 288 288i 1 ROOMS ! Conference 200 j 0'� 0i 01 01 Monitor Room General Storage i 100! - 100 1001 100� 100 Equipment Storage gp� 80 931 120i 138I j 1 801 I 80 931 1201 1381 Interview - 100! 200 ! 2001 200- 2001 Soft Interview 150l 1501 150 150, ! 150 Coat Closet Copy/Fax/Supplies 1 I I 151 15j 15I 15 15 ii I 120 120I 120' 120I 120 SUBTOTALi I ! 1 7g5I 772I CIRCULATION 25%i ! 1 I 186 193 825 206 861 215 ROOMS TOTAL I I j 931 965 t,031 1,0761 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL, — j 11,2191 1,2521 1.319 i 1.363I I TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASFI ! 9 10.5 73.5 15.5 1 12.097 2 3041 25581 2,7751 NOTES: SWORN 7' Si 11' 131 CIVILIANS 21 2.5 2 SI L5 Fort Collins Police Services 23 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT PROTECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT! EXIST AREA REQUIRED i SF 5F 2000 2005, 2013' 20201 2000120051 2013' 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES Sergeants l 1 2 1 2 I 150 150150 300, 300' �. I SUBTOTAL, _ CIRCULATION 25%i 1 150 150 300: 3001 OFFICES TOTAL, 1 1 WORK STATIONS 1 1 I 2 2 38.. 3875; 75 I 188; 188 375: 375 r I Officers j 7 I Police Report Spec. 1 9.5 1 11.5 13.51 64 608. 736, 3636i1 736,864! i Pawn Entry Clerk 1 p�5 1 1 11 6 4: 64 64 64 I Volunteers / Interns 0 � I 0 0 0 i 641 64; 64j I 64 1 1281 1281 128 1281 I j SUBTOTAL' 8.5 11.5 113.5 CIRCULATION i 15.5 I 8641 992 992� 1,120'' T TALI 1 I 1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL, 302'1 347 347: 392. WORK PLACES TOTAL, 9.5 1 12.5 15.5 I 17.5 11,166i 1,339!1 1,33911,5121 11,35411,527,' 1,714! 1,8871 I INCREASE IN STAFFi 32% 124% 1 13% I ! SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Reception File Storage Coffee Video Imaging Work Station CIRCULATION AREAS T1 ROOMS Equipment Storage Conference Room / War Room Interview Monitor Room CIRCULATION ROOMS T - TOTAL READ STAFF A ASf 9 3 12.5 15.5 77 5 1 2,4341 2 630' 2 8421 3 0301 NOTES: F SyypRNl j g i 705 13.5 15.5 CIVILIAN j_ 1.5 1 2.1 I 1 Fort Collins Police Services Z4 ENTITY: CODE: CURRENT LOCATION: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES COMMON FACILITIES HQ CURRENT. PROTECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF AUTH 2000 !2003. 2013-. 2020''. UNIT EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000. 20052013'. 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES :. SUBTOTAL 0 D 0'. 0' CIRCULATION 25%' ! ! 0'. 00 0; OFFICES TOTALI 1 0 0 0 1 0 'i , 0' 0. 0! 0! WORK STATIONS j ! i li SUBTOTAL; 1 O 0 1 0 0 0 0 0, 0 CIRCULATION 25%; 1! 0: 0 0-. 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL', I ; 0' 0 0: 0'.. j WORK PLACES TOTAU 0 0 O 0 , j 0� 01, 0 0; % INCREASE IN STAFFS ! 0% 1 0% 1 0% ESPECIAL AREAS li 1 AREAS Sworn Lockers 1 ! 10�, 1,420'. 1,68O 2,070j 2,435I t Civilian Lockers S'I 436:' 500 578' 640 1 Trainee Lockers 101 ! 2001, 2001 200; 200� Mens Toilet /Showers 1 '�, 575! 575 575' 575! 5751 Womens Toilet / Showers i! 575; i 575 575 575; 575' Deiensive Tactics Exercise 1 38441 2000 3,844384413,844' 2,000'2:00012,000i 3,844 2,000 SUBTOTAL! 9,05019 ,3741' 9,8421 10.269 CIRCULATION 25% 2,263j 2,344; 2,4601 2,567� AREAS TOTAL' 11,313j 11,71F, 1 12,302' 12,836' f ROOMS Break Room ; I 5301 I 530 530� 530I 530 1 Break Room Su PPort Community Room i 250 1 1700 I 250 2501 250 250I Mens Sleep Rooms I I 120 O' 1201 OI 1201 1201 1201 Womens Sleep Rooms i 1 120 1201 1201 1201 120 SUBTOTAL; ! I 1,0201, 1,02011,02011,020 CIRCULATION 25%1 I 255; 2551 2551 255 ROOMS TOTAL' �,. 1 I 1,275; 1,27511,27511,275) SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL ' t2.588 12 993 17,577 ta,1n j_ TOTAI REOD STAFF & NSF' ! 0 0 0 0 ! 1,588': 12,9931 t3,577114,111 Fort Collins Police Services 25 ENTITY: SECTION CURRENT LOCATION: PROPOSED LOCATION: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -SUMMARY For HARMONY BUILDING ALL SECTIONS ALL LOCATIONS HARMONY 'CURRENT. PROJECTED - STAFF REQUIREDSTAFF I EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF 2000 2005 20131 2020 ! 1 2001) 2005 2013 2020 (DIVISION IAdmini5tration Patrol/Commander 53 0.0 7.5 105 13.0 1 21469 3,244 3,244 3,657 1 Patrol 46.0 00 0.0 S3.0 610 0.0 70.0 I 0'' 1 8S91, 0'1 9,206' 0 9,562., p' 9,787 I Patrol 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 I 0', 0� 0' I Patrol /Trag J Traffic ic 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 !, 0.0 01 0, 0 0' 0 I Patrol /SDU 0.0 0.0 ! 0.0 ! 0.00 0 !Patrol/P.O.P. 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 i If 0� 0� 0' p Information Services Director !' 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0'. p,: I Information Services /Sy4ems 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 ! 518', 348,, p p, 1lnfOrtna[iOn Services /Dispatch 27.5 31.5 1 36.5 1 41.0 I 4,0511 4,394 634' 4,622: 63T. 4,05: I Information Services/Records 11 0.0 3.0 1 3.0 3.0 01 259 259' 2591 Information Services /P&E 1 Investigative 7.0 8.0 10.0 13.0 I 7,258 7,]561 8.632 9,911; Services/Commander 1 : 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I 0' 0, 0' Investigative Services / DTF ! 0.0 0.0 j 0.0 1 0.0 p' Investigative Services/Youth School 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 o.D of 0- Investigative Services /Crim.impact 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 1 1 0! d 01 0! 0 Investigative Services/Person Crimes Investigative 0.0 00 0.0 0.0� p 0 0 0; 0' Services / Prop. Crimes 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 i j 01 pi OI 0 !Common Facilities 1 0.0 I 0.0 1 0.0 1 0.0 I ! ! 9,1521 9,3111 9,5021 9,693 SUBTOTAL(( I BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25%j 075 1 104.S I i36.01 ! H3.O i I i� 1 32,069I 34,7181 36,4551 38,666; STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL' j 87.3 1044.5 i 124.0 ' 143,0 ! a,0171 e,6791 9,114' 9,667': 1 Area totals do not include District 1 I 11,0961 43.3971 45 S69 48333 i SECTION BY DIVISION PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY I CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF I REQUIRED STAFF 1' i EXIST, AREA REQUIRED 2000 2005 2013 2020 2000 2005 1 2013 1 2020 DIVISION � I Administration : 5.5 Patrol ! 46.0 Information Services 36.D 'Investigative Services 0.0 Common facilities 0.0 SUBTOTAL 87.5 � BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25%i ! STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL, !y.5 7.5 53.0 44A 0.0 I 0.0 1 104.5 i 104.5 1 10.5 I 61.0 1 52.5 I 0.0 0.0 124.0 I 124.01 13.0 70.0 60A ii 0.0 I 0.0 I 1143.0 I 143.0 I 1 ! 2,469, 8,591j 17,957I 0 9,152 32,069 81017 40,0861 3,244 g,206' 12y57I 0, 9,311 36,7181 8,679; 43,3971 3,2441 9,562 14,147I 0I 9,502i 36pS5 9,114 45S69I 3,6i] 9,]e]I 75,S29 o 91693I 38,666� 9,667� 48 3331 STAFFING SWORN & CIVILIAN PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT( PROIECTED STAFF REQUIREDjSTAFF I 2000 20052013 2020 Swum Civilian 44.0' S2.51 fi3.51 75.01 ' 43.51 52.01 60.51 68.0 j TOTAL! 87S1 104.5 124.0 i 1430 - Notes: 1 District 1 area is not included in the total required area for the new facility. 26 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - ADMINISTRATION SECTION: ADMINISTRATION CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY I CURRENT. PROIEQED STAFF REQUIREDSTAFF I (UNIT! EXIST AREA REQUIRED AUTH I !I i ! SF SF 2000 1 2005 ! 2013 , 2020 1 ! 2000 ! 2003 1 2013 1 20201 NOTES I WORK PLACES IOFFICES '.. I Police Chief 7 1 ! t 1 ! 225 263 225. 225 2251, 225 I Deputy Chief i t 0 O 0 0 200 0, 0 Oi 0 (Prof. Standards Lt. O 0 1 O 0 1 200 177 0' 0' 0'. 0 I Exec staff Proj Mg, 0 0 ! 0 ! Oi 180 123 0, 0. 0. 0 !Staff Psychologist 0 1 0 0 1 0 200 j 0 0': 01, 0 11. A. Sergeant (Training Sergeant 0 1 1 0 ! 1 0 1 0 2 150 150 127 155 0' ! 150 0 150'. U 150 0 300 Training Officer t ' 2.5 5.5 7 120 120 660; 660 840 Budget Coordinator 0 0 0 0 120 116 O 0i 0 0 j Budget Tech 0 0 0 0 120 1 120' 120' 1201 120' Legal it 0 D 0 0 ISO Oi O Oi 0 SUBTOTAL1 6151 1,155! 1,155 1,485 CIRCULATION 25%i j OFFICES TOTALi 154,, 289' 289! 371 IWORK STATIONS 3 I 4.5 7.5 10 1 769i 1,444 1,44411,856 Admin Aide II (Chiefs Sec.) I 1 I j 1 1 1 I 160 192 1601 160CrT 1601 160j 0 0 0 0 64 01 0, 0 0, Training Supply Technician 0.75 1 1 1 I 64 641 64I 64� 641 ISupply 7 Range Tech 1Planning Tech 0.75 O 1 0 1 1 i 64 I 641 64 64 64 0 0 64 ! O' Oi O) 0� SUBTOTAL( ! 1 2.5 1 3 3 3 i 288j 288 288I 288j CIRCULATION 35% 101 : 101 ! 1011 101 ! WORK STATIONS TOTAL( I I - 389( 3891 389 389 1 U WORK PCESTOTAL, 5.5 7.5 105 13 I 1 11,15811,83311,833 2,245! % INCREASE IN STAFF( 1 i 36% 40% 24% SPECIAL AREAS i (AREAS 1 Waiting and Reception 18 180 1801 180 180 Library/Media I. 200 I O 0 ' O 0� Exec Staff Wk Room 1 120 OI 0 0 01 Volunteer Work Area I 64I 0! OI 0; OI SUBTOTAL(( I 780 1 180; 1801 180, CIRCULATION 25%1 AREASTOTALI 631 2431 63' 243 631 243 631 243i ROOMS Conference I_ 480I + 574 480� 4801 480 480 lFiles Twining Files I 80. 80i 331 801 80 1201 720 120I 120 120 120 Copier/Fax/Supplies 1 120 2821 120! 12D 120 120 coatcloset I 15I 15 15 15 15 I Rest Rooms IA IA File Storage I 480 M 80 80 80 80 Personnel Files Uniform I Equip. Storage , I 80 01 DI 0 0 0! 01 0 01 01 0 OI 01 Coffee f i 60 60i 601 601 60 1 SUBTOTALJI ( 1 I e55) 935 935 935 25% ORCULATION ''i ROOMS TOTAL( 1 1 I 2141 1,069I 234 1,169. 234 1,169 234 1,169I SPECIAL AREAS TOTAU J I 1 1,3121 1,412! 1,412 1,4121 1 TOTAL READ STAFF & ASFI : SS i 7S I 10.5 I 13 12,4693,2441 3,240 � 3 6>7 SWORN 3 4.5 7.5 1 10 CIVILIAN, j 5 3 j 3 3 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY I CURRENT. PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT I EXISTAREA REQUIRED SF SF 20DO 1 2005 2013 i 2020 2000 1. 2005 2013 2020 I NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES ! ]Commander ! 0 1 0 0 0 200 211 01 0: 0 0 Lieutenant ( 0 0 1 0 0 1 180 0� 07 0 Oj I Operations Lt. 11 0 1 0 i 0 1 1 0 150 0. OI Di Oi SUBTOTAL! j 01 0l 01. 1 CIRCULATION 25%�. 1 0. 0'i, D 0 OFFICES TOTAL( 0 0 0 0 1 ! Oj Oi 0', 0', I WORK STATIONS Admin. Aide ! 0 0 0 0 80 Oi 0; 0,'. 0,. (Volunteer 64 0; Oi Oi 1� Oj I ! SUBTOTAL! 0 0 0 I 0 OI OBI OI 0 CIRCULATION 35%j WORKSTATIONSTOTAL,I 1 I Oi 0, 01 01 j I 0 0i, 01 OI WORK PLACES TOTAL,, 0 1 0 0 1 0 j 01 01 01 0, % INCREASE IN STAFF(####tti##farm ##tttt# ! ! I SPECIAL AREAS JAREAS j (Coffee ( I 601 0 D O� � 0 Copy /fax /Supply 12011 0 01 O 0 SUBTOTAL.( Oi 0 O 0 CIRCULATION 25%j AREAS TOTAL! I 01 OI D' 0 01 0 0 0 IROOMSj i Conference Room 250 0 0 OI 0 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 1 I j 0 01 O 0 O OI 0 ROOMS TOTAL I,I I pj pI p 01 I p SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL( 01 Oi 0 0' TOTAL READ STAFF & ASF , 0 D 0 0 NOTES: SWO INR 1NR 0 0 0 0� CIVILIAN] i 0 I O 0 O 28 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: DISTRICT 1 CURRENT LOCATION: OLD TOWN SQUARE I CURRENT PROTECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF ! ! UNIT I EXIST AREA REQUIRED AUTH SF SF 2000 2005 12013 ! 2020 ! 2000 ! 2005 2013 2020 i NOTES (WORKPLACES - IOFFICES !Sergeant 0 0 0 0! 1 720 OI 0 o'. 0 SUBTOTAL] :. 0 0, 0'. 0: CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0. 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL, 0 0 1 0 0 ! 0 0 0 0 (WORKSTATIONS ! !' 1 Officer D 0 0 0 87 ', 0' 0', 0; 0'' ! l SUBTOTAL( j 0 1 0 0! 0 t I 0 0.. 0: 0'. CIRCULATION 35oa i 0�� Oj 0' 0 WORKSTATIONS TOTAL, 01 0! 0 0 WORKPLACES TOTAL! 0 0 0 0 0i 0; 0' 01 ! % INCREASE IN STAFF' (SPECIAL AREAS I I I j AREAS ! I !Open Office 0� 0� 0! Oj SUBTOTAL ! OI 01 0,, 0', CIRCULATION25% i 0 Oi p' 0: AREASTOTALI 1 ! ! 01 DI 0i n Room CIRCULATION ROOMS T( j TOTAL REQD STAFF & ASF! 0 0 0 0 0! 01 0! 0 NOTES: SWORN t 1 0 0 I CIVILIAN 0 I 0 00 � 0 I 0 1 Staff counts are included in staffing and projeams. Area is not included in building requirements. 29 FNDTY: MUCOLLW5 M2LICE SERVO -PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATRO- CUUEMLOCATION: MO IAMRTE PROPOSEDL TION: NARMONT 1 CUMEM I P+MD" STAfi A URfO START I UNTTI FIST AAFA UIRED Si I ff 1%0 MaS I M13 m2B 2aW 300s 12p13 2P301 WORKFLAQS IOFFICES LBwNNaI = ' ' 2 p F.I. 360 ]60 160 3601 ce M+W' aaDMwge. I 1 1 I no ISO, ISO 150 150� 0 0 0 a i ISO 0 0 0 01 SUBTOTAL 510 Sic 510 510 CIRCULA710N25% 128 125 128 12e OfFICES TOTAL 3 3 3 3 i3B 6M iM us WOM STATIONS �Snax S 6 J e BO 320 6a0 56C NOI fArX Wak DAY SHIii Oarcm i 6 T 8 0 a 0' 0 0 C5O 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 L W6eb DAYSHIf G6im - 6 ] e C5O 1 1 1 1 EARLY WEEK SWING SHIP M. 5 6 ) a 0 0 0 0 a CSO I 1 I 1 0 0 0 a 0 EARLY WEFX MIDNIGM SHIFT dirtm 5 6 B 0 0 0 0 O IAIF WFFK SWING SNIfT 0 a o 0 0 0 0 0 M. T a 9 10 0 0 0 0 0 C5O 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 u1E WEEK MIDNIGHTSHIf Offs m a 0 0 0 0 0O CSHIFT 0 0 0 0 0 p 0 0 0 0 CC. l I 5 6 SUBTOTAL 43 50 Se 67 320 MO SOO .0 CIRCULATION 35% 112 169 1% 224 WORKSTATe)NSlOTAi 753 mu 11316 IA" WORK PLACO TOTAI 66 53 61 70 I2HO 12K 1.156 3.162 X INCREASE IHSTAff 1S% 15X is% SPECIAL MEAS AREAS PAM1d Rec IB 0 0 0 0 a.Poa Waing .' 1a 1% ]3a 250 2e0 Evq PNq — ISO L+yw� ISOGUFik 150 150 150 is0 150 150 15O Fik S., ic6A.e ISO 120 120 120 120 ua no 120 13o Izo 12a SUBTOTAL a66 912 WS 923 CIRCl1LATK)N 25% US 321 331 340 AREAS TOTAL 1.169 I'ma 1.316 1.313 ROOMT Imervkw R. MO MO 2W MO 200 Sm Mlarrrtv:Rmm 150 ISE ISO ISO ISO Supecl klnrNw 1M 2% 20 2W 2M luK_bomkw CaII Iw 2M 200 2M z00 17O RToinirg Pmm M 367 360 3% SW s00 cp1"K"" IZV 120 120 120 120 SA'+a"a c^Ilk'A^" zoo 0 0 0 a E99IANNm pboLua. I00 I00 IN sm IN S. SAa.ya 2W 2M 2W TOO 2M Loa 25 o a a 0 in6yng ISO o 0 0 0 iakkg RSun EOC CegAAaeb NO 536 1.M0 1.200 1.)00 1.70 Bi wSmrage Z16 216 216 211 Wly Poe 350 350 350 350 MO b' 1P14116^+ 72o RO 220 320 720 Boo6n+ 150 o a 0 a 250 M2 130 150 150 150 25 o a 0 a Pm u- 25 0 0 u o ISOeo % m ao A- 60 60 60 60 60 aJuM1 Hddb�g C06 +0 w 60 60 6U uwlBe Ebldng CNb 20 30 50 0 0 0 0 1+1aT Cd1 20 a a 0 0 Axi 60 0 60 a 60 0 60 0 60 'SUP 252 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% A.a26 1.%2 5.066 5.066 ROOMS TOTAL 1.203 1.2A1 1.M1 126] SRCIALM TOtAt 6A13 RM3 6y13 62T3 ].30] 3N0 T.WF 3Yi IOTAIqD S m, AF 66 53 ct TO asfl f.TW ]Stl f.M] NOTES: SWORN Al Sb 65 OWLWNS 5 5 5 NOTES 30 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -PATROL SERVICES SECTION: TRAFFIC UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENTPRO)EC1ED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF ; UNIT i EXIST AREA REQUIRED 2000 200� i 2013 2020 i SF SF 2000 1 2005 1 2013 j 2020 I NOTES I WORK PLACES (OFFICES I Sergeant 0 j 0 j 0 i 0 150 0 0 01 0 SUBTOTAL I D 0 D 0 CIRCULATION 25 % I 0. 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0i WORK STATIONS Officers I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DUI Officer 0 0 0 0 0 0i 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0' 0 CIRCULATION 35 % 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 k INCREASE IN STAFF z##z# #zzzz #zzzz SPECIAL AREAS I AREAS Work Stations 28 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 a 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Traffic Storage 200 0 0 0 0 Conference 200 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL REOD S_T_AF_F_&­AS_Fj 1 0 1 0 1 0 j 0 1 j I 1 0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 31 cutting and patching a roadway surface. For an estimate of this fee, please contact Rick Richter, 221-6605. 11, Plant Investment Fees and Water Rights (or cash -in -lieu) will be due at the time of building permit issuance. Please note that fees are adjusted annually. Water conservation standards will apply. There is also a Water and Sewer Plan Check Fee. For further information, please contact Roger Buffington, 221-6681. 12. A three-story building, or any open floor area that exceeds 5,000 square feet, will requires an automatic fire extinguishing system..A fire flow test can be set up with Poudre Fire Authority. The building must be within 300 feet of a fire hydrant. All portions of the building's exterior must be within 150 feet of the designated fire access lane. Fire access lanes for three-story buildings must be a minimum of 30 feet wide. The address must be visible from the public street on which the building fronts. For further information, please contact Ron Gonzales, 221-6570. 13. A Transportation Impact Study will be required. To determine the scope of this study and which intersections to analyze, please contact Ward Stanford or Eric Bracke, 221-6630. Keep in mind that all modes of travel must be analyzed, not just vehicles. The T.I.S. should address the shift overlap situation. 14, Under the previous plan for the site, Mansion Park, the intersection of Timberline Road and the proposed east -west public street would be signalized. Please check with :Matt Baker, Street Oversizing Coordinator, 221-6605, regarding any potential cost -sharing for this signal by the Street Oversizing Fund. 15. The Street Oversizing Fee will be based on square footage and anticipated trip generation for the new office building. The City also collects the Latimer County Road Impact Fee. Please contact Matt Baker for an estimate of these fees which are payable at the time of building permit issuance. Please note that fees are adjusted amorally based on the Denver -Boulder consumer price index. (There is information on the Street Oversizing Fee on the City's website at www.fcgov.com.) Independent of the consumer price index, City Council may raise the Street Oversizing Fee at any time. 16. Timberline Road is classified as a "major arterial" street which requires an ultimate right-of-way of 141 feet. Therefore, there must be 70.5 feet of right -of way from property line to centerline of the roadway. Additional right-of-way dedication may or may not be needed depending on how much right-of-way exists now. In addition, a 15-foot wide utility easement is needed behind the right-of- way line. These dedications may be made by subdivision plat. Please note that the centerline of the roadway shifts back and forth so the 70.5 feet needed on the western one-half may not be the exact width required. M Page 21 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: SELECTIVE DUTIES UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENTI PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT I EXIST 1 AREA REi UIRED T 2000 2005 2013 2020 Sr SF j ! 2000 2005 20131 2020 WORK PLACES j —� OFFICES Sergeant G 0 0 0 150 90 0 0 0 0I SUBTOTAL D 0 O 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0' 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS I Officers 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0i 0 Intem Work Stations 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 35% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF DxkSC 17CAQp D#7tLC SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Crime Prev. Storage 100 0 0 0 0 SDU Stor. 150 112 0 0 0 0 Copier/Faxt Supplies 120 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL I 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 NOTES: SWORN 0 11 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 D � 0 NOTES 32 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: P.O.P. UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300LAPORTF PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY I LUKK[N I � PRUIELTED -: I STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT I EXIST! AREA RE UIRED z 5F I SF j 2000 1 20031 2013 12020 I ! 20001 20051 2013 2020 1 WORK PLACES OFFICES Lieutenant 0 0 0 0 i 180 0 0 0 O SUBTOTAL OI 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 01 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 WORK STATIONS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 CIRCULATION35% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0, 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF #xx## ##x#x #x#zx SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL O 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN 11 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 _ NOTES 33 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DIRECTOR CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY i CURRENT PROJECTED i STAFF RE UIREDSTAFF I UNR EXIST AREA RE UIRED SF SF 2000 200i 2013 2020 2000 2005 201320201 WORK PLACES OFFICES I Direaor 0 0 0 0 20p 0 O 0 p SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS Ads in. A n. 0 0 0 0 80 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 D 0 0 0 0 0CIRCULATION 35% 0 0 0WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0WORK Loo PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF Aaaaz attazxlzttttxz SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 E:jTOTAL D STAFF S ASF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN I 4 TO 0 0 CIVILIAN E0 D 0 0 NOTES 34 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: SYSTEMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT PROIECTED I STAFF RE UIKED STAFF I UNIT EXIST AREA RW 2005I 2013 2020 22 T000 SF SF00 WORK PLACES 1 OFFICES SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 OI CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS iVolunteers 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 OI Systems Manager 0 0 0 0 80 0 0 0 0 Systems Analyst 1 1 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 Computer Maintenance Spec. 0 10 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 CAD Project Mgr, 0.5 O.S 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 Radio Tech 0 0 1 1 64 0 0 64 64 SUBTOTAL LS 1.5 3 3 128 128 192 192 CIRCULATION 35% 45 45 67 67 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 173 173 259 259 WORK PLACES TOTAL 1.5 1.5 3 3 173 173 259 259 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 100% 0% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Computer Room 200 200 200 200 200 Computer Skwage / Receiving 100 100 100 100 100 SUBTOTAL 300 300 300 300 CIRCULATION 25 % 75 75 75 75 ROOMS TOTAL 375 375 375 375 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 375 375 375 375 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF1 1.3 1 1.5 1 3 1 3 11 1 548 i 548 634 634 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 1.5 1.5 3 3 NOTES 35 ENTTTY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DISPATCH CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT I PROIECfED STAFF I REQUIRED STAFF UNIT EXIST! AREA REQUIRED 2000 1 20051 2013 2020 SF SF 20001 20051 2013 0 NOTES I WORK PLACES OFFICES Communications Manager 1 1 1 1 180 180 180 180 180 SUBTOTAL 180 180 180 180 CIRCULATION 25% 45 45 45 45 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 1 1 225 225 225 225 WORK STATIONS Supervisor 55 55 5.5 6 80 440 440 440 480 Dispatchers / Call Takers 21 25 30 34 80 80 560 800 960 960 Call Taker Consoles 64 320 320 320 320 SUBTOTAL 26.5 30.5 35.5 40 1,320 1,560 1,720 1,760 CIRCULATION 35% 462 546 602 616 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 1,782 2,106 2,322 2,376 WORK PLACES TOTAL 275 31.5 365 41 2,007 2,331 2,547 2,601 % INCREASE IN STAFF 15% 16 % 12% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS 911 Telephone 120 120 120 120 120 120 Radio/Phone 500 217 500 500 500 500 UPS/Switchgear 200 200 200 200 200 SUBTOTAL 820 820 820 820 CIRCULATION 25 % 205 205 205 205 AREAS TOTAL 1,02S 1,025 1,025 1,025 ROOMS Conterence 200 200 200 2D0 200 Kitchen / Break 200 200 200 200 200 Training Work Room 150 150 150 150 150 Copier / Fax / Supplies 120 120 120 120 120 Dispatch Lockers 5 65 80 90 105 Rest Rooms 40 80 80 80 80 SUBTOTAL 815 830 640 855 CIRCULATION 25% 204 208 270 274 ROOMS TOTAL 1,019 1,038 1,050 1,069 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 2,044 2,063 -2,075 2,094 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 27.5 37.5 3fi.5 41 4,051 4,394 4,622 4,695 NOTES: SWORN (— D 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 1 27.5 31.5 365 41 36 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: RECORDS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY I CURRENT PROJECTED ''' STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT( EXIST. AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 2005 20132020:. ! 20001 2005 2013 2020'NOTES I WORK PLACES (OFFICES I Records Manager II SUBTOTAL(( 0 j 0 0 0 150 137 ! 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% ! 0 0 0, 0. ° 0' 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL' 0 1 0 O I O j.. 0' 0. 0- 0 WORK STATIONS ! Supervisor 0 0 0 ! ° 11 80 1. - 0. 01 0. 0, I, Police Report Specialists 0 3 3 3 64 0' 192' 1921 192 Police Data Tech 0 0 j 0 0 64 0; 0 °,' 0' Public Info Database Workstation 0 0 0 ! 0 64 01 0; 01, O Desk Officer 0 0 0 1 O 6q 0, OI 0,, 01 SUBTOTAL(( 0 3 3 3 ! 01, 192 192., 19" CIRCULATION 35%. ! ! 1 01 671 671 67 WORK STATIONS TOTAL! 0 259! 259 259! WORK PLACES TOTAL!, 0 3 3 3 ! 0;; 259' 259, 259; % INCREASE IN STAFF! ***to:: 0% I 0 % i 1 (SPECIAL AREAS I AREAS SUBTOTAL, 01 0I 0� OIL, CIRCULATION 25%] 0� O) 0! 0' AREAS TOTAL(( 0 0 0 0 I ROOMS ! 1 I Conference 2001 01 0 0� 0� I Records File Storage 1 200j 0, 0 ° ° Mail Room 200 0 0; 0' 0; 1 Central SopPIY 6001 380: D! °! 01 01 (Press Room 1 OI 0' 01 01 Copier / Fax / Supplies /MF j I I I 150' 130. DI 0 0� 01 I I Rest Rooms' I 40i D 0 0; 0 �Coffee /Break 100I 21365, 1 ° 1 DI 01 0 CIRCULATION 1 TOTAL REQD STAFF & ASF 1 0 3 3 3 01 259' 259 259 NOTES: 5W R 0 0 ! 0 0 CIVILIAN! : 0 33 I 3 1 37 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION PROPERTY/EVIDENCE/LAB CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE & OFF SITE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT] PROJECTED STAFF I RE UIRED STAFF UNIT EXIST 1 AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 1 2005 1 2013 1 2020 2000 1 2005 j 2013 i 2020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Supervisor 7 1 1 2 150 i 150 150I 150 216 SUBTOTAL 150 150! 150 2161 CIRCULATION 25 % 38 38 38 541 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 1 2 188 188 188 2701 WORK STATIONS Property/ Evidence Technicians 2 2 3 4 64 128 128 192 256 Crime Scene Investigators 2 3 4 5 64 128 192 256 320 AFIS Tech. 1 1 1 1 100 100 100 100 100 Lab Clerical 1 1 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 SUBTOTAL 6 7 9 11 420 484 612 740 CIRCULATION35% 147 169 214 259 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 567 653 826 999 WORK PLACES TOTAL 7 8 10 13 755 841 1,014 7,269 % INCREASE IN STAFF 14% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS PIE Storage 1,151 1,151 1151 1,315 1,644 2,138 Narcotics Storage 150 150 150 150 150 Secure Storage 150 150 150 150 150 Large Property Storage 547 547 547 625 781 1,016I Evidence Processing 150 150 171 214 279 Vehicle Processing 1,100 11100 1,100 1,100 1,100 Dry Room 80 72 80 91 114 149 Bio - Clean Up 'I 40 40 46 57 74 AFIS/Livescan 80 80 80 80 80 SUBTOTAL 3,448 3,729 4,291 5,135 CIRCULATION 25 % 662 932 1,073 1,284 AREAS TOTAL 4,310 4,661 5,364 6,419 ROOMS Conference 200 200 2D0 200 200 Forensic file Room 120 120 168 168 168 Photo Room 100 95 1DO 100 100 100 Change Room 60 60 60 60 60 Crime Lab 430 430 430 430 430 Latents Trace Evidence 100 100 100 100 100 Digital imaging 115 115 115 115 115 Crime Lab Stmage 120 120 120 120 120 Evidence Packaging / Storage 70 120 70 120 70 120 70 120 70 120 Viewing Room 200 200 2011 200 20D Copier/Fax 120 98 120 120 120 120 SUBTOTAL 1,755 1,803 1,803 1.803 CIRCULATION 25% 439 451 451 451 ROOMS TOTAL 2,194 2,254 2,254 T,254 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 6,504 6.915 7,619 8,6n 70TAL R D STAFF 8 ASF 7 8 10 13 7,2s8 7,756 8,632 9,941 NOTES: 7 SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 7 8 10 13 38 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION: COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT'. PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNITIEXISTI AREA REQUIRED 51, SF I I i I 2000 2005 , 2013 1 2020 1 20MM 1 2005 1 20131 20201 NOTES PLACES IWORK OFFICES Commander Lieutenant 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 180 213 0 0 0 0 01 0 O O1 SUBTOTAL 0 0� 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Admin. Supervisor 0 0 0 0 80 94 0 0 0 OI Admin. Clerk 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 OI SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 35% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0; 0I 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF ##### V*t"M ####tt SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 206 0 0 0 0 Files 80 0 0 0 0 Copier/Fax/Supplies 120 0 0 0 0 Coat Closet 15 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 39 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION DRUG TASK FORCE CURRENT LOCATION: OFF SITE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UNIT SF EXISTI I SF AREA RE UIRFD_y I i 2000 200i 2013 2020 I I 12000 2005 12013 12020 1 WORK PLACES OFFICES Lieutenant 0 0 0 0 180 0 O 0 0� Sergeants 0 0 0 0 150 O 01 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 WORK STATIONS I Officers 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Secretary 11 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 35 % 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D % INCREASE IN STAFF ?si01! 99:99 19= SPECIALAREAS AREAS Monitor Room 100 0 0 0 0 Telephone Room 80 0 0 0 0 Conference/Training 100 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Interview 100 0 0 0 0 Equipment Storage 120 0 0 0 0 Personnel Lockers 10 0 0 0 0 Computer / File Room 200 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMSTOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF1 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN][ 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 NOTES 40 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION YOUTH SCHOOL TEAMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT I PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNITEXIST, AREA RE UIRED 2000 2005 2013 2020 SF SF �— 2000 2005 2013 2020 IWORKPLACES �— OFFICES Sergeants 0 0 0 0 150I 109 0 01 01 O) SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% I 0 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 Oi 0' WORK STATIONS School Resource Officer 0 0 0 0 48 0 0 0 0 D.A.R.E. Officer 0 0 0 0 48 0 0 0 0 Patrol Officer W.S. 0 0 0 0 48 0 0 0 O Intem / Volunteer 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL D 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 CIRCULATION35% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF #####I####p ##### SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 180 0 0 0 0 Interview 100 0 0 0 0 Dare Storage 150 148 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 D 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 D 0 NOTES :j 17. The project cannot proceed until the Prospect Road and Timberline Road intersection is improved to the point where the Adequate Public Facilities standard is achieved. There are plans to coordinate the funding of these improvements by combining the City's capital improvement funds with the contributions of the area developers. This funding mechanism is being coordinated by the City's Finance Department. Once the funding is in place, then there is compliance with the Adequate Public Facilities standard. 1 & Even with the City contributing capital funds to the project, as developers, Police Services would still be financially obligated for the construction the local street portion of the Timberline Road frontage. For further information regarding this project, please contact Matt Baker, 221-6605. 19. For the new east -west connector local street, Police Services would be obligated to construct the entire roadway_ When the property to the south of the roadway develops, then Police Services would be repaid for the southern one-half of the improvements. 20. A southbound right -turn lane on Timberline would likely be needed. If so, then this auxiliary lane must be 1.2-feet wide. This must be dedicated in addition to the standard one-half width of the major arterial cross-section. 21. The new east -west public street will be classified as a connector -local street. The project would have to dedicate the full width of the standard cross-section plus the nine -foot wide utility easement. 22, The street connectivity standards require that there be a street stubbed to the north property line for the future extension of the public street network. 23. A Development Agreement will be needed prior to recording of the Final Plan. In addition, a Development Construction Permit will be needed prior to breaking ground. For further information, please contact Marc Virata, Development Review Engineer, 221-6605. 24. Be sure to provide a bicycle rack near the public and employee entrances. 25. This site is in the Foothills drainage basin where the new development fee is $6,525 per acre subject to the runoff coefficient. The site drains to the south. The standard drainage and erosion control report and construction plans are required and they must be prepared by a professional engineer registered in Colorado. Onsite detention is required with a two-year historic release rate for water quantity and extended detention is required for water quality treatment. For further information, please contact Glen Schlueter, 221-6700. 26. This site could drain to two different basins. The site is actually in the Spring Creek drainage basin where the new development fee is $2,175.00/acre. However 101 Page 22 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMINAL IMPACT UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENTPROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNITI EXIST AREA REQUIRED 2000 2005 2013 2020 1 200012005 2013 12020 SF SF I WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeant 0 0 0 0 ISO 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS Warrant Clerk 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Officers 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Volunteer WS _ 36 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION35% 0 0 O 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF ##zx# ##z#tt #zzzz SPECIAL AREAS AREAS NCIC Computer WS 64 0 0 D 0 SUBTOTAL 0 O 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS SUBTOTAL 0 0 D 0 CIRCULATION 25% O D D 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF 1 0 0 0 0 I I I I 0 0 0 0 NOTES: I SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 1 0 NOTES 42 ENTRY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECRON CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS CURRENT LOCATION: 300LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UNIT I EXIST I AREA REQUIRED j SF j SF I i I 2000 TOOT 2013 2020 12000 ]1 2005 1 2017 2020 ) NOTES WORK PLACES �— OFFICES Sergeants 0 0 0 0 150 0 0 OI O SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0I 01 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0! 0 0 01 WORK STATIONS 1 Investigators 0 0 0 0 64 0� 0 0 0 Victims Svcs. Coordinator 0 0 0 0 64 1 0 0 0 0 Victims Svcs. Advocate 0 0 0 0 48 0 0 0 0l Clerical 0 0 0 0 48 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 35 % 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF kkkkk kkkkk kkkkk SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Reception 18 0 0 0 0 File Storage 20 0 0 0 0 Coffee - 60 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 Monitor Room 100 0 0 0 0 General Storage 80 0 0 0 0 Equipment Storage 80 0 0 0 0 Interview 100 0 0 0 0 Soh Interview 150 0 0 D 0 Coat Closet 15 0 0 0 0 Copy/Fax/Supplies 120 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% ol 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL Of 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 D 0 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF1 0 0 0 0 I0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN D 0 0 0 43 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES- INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT PROIEC7ED STAFF I RE UIRED STAFF IUNITI EXISTI AREA REQUIRED SF SF I 2000 1 2005 2013 2020 I 12000 12005 i 2013 12020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeants 0 0 0 0 ISO 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 01 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS Officers 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Police Report Spec. 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Pawn Entry Clerk 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 Volunteers / Interns 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION35% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF szzzz ratzax zzzz# SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Reception 18 0 0 0 0 File Storage 20 0 0 0 0 Coffee 60 0 0 0 0 Video Imaging Work Station 64 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREASTOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Equipment Storage 80 0 O 0 O Conference Room / War Room 200 0 0 0 0 Interview 100 0 0 0 0 Monitor Room 10D 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTAL R D STAFF & ASF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 44 ENTRY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES CODE: COMMON FACILITIES CURRENT LOCATION: HQ PROPOSED LOCATION: HARMONY CURRENT PROJECTED j STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNIT I DUST AREA RE UIRED ALIT H SF SF 200 i 2003 2013 2020 20001 2003 2013I 2020 NOTES WORKPLACES OFFICES 0 0 0 0 0 0 OI 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0� 0 0I S CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0� D OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0f OI WORK STATIONS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 I D 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 100 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 0% 0% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Swum Lockers 10 440 525 635 750 Civilian Lockers 5 218 260 303 340 Trainee Lockers 10 200 200 2D0 200 Mens Toilet/Showers 300 300 300 301) 300 Women Toilet/Showers 300 3D0 300 300 300 Defensive Tactics 3844 3,844 3,844 3,844 3,844 Exercise 1000 11000 1,000 1,000 1,000 SUBTOTAL 6,302 6,429 6,582 6,734 CIRCULATION 25% 1,575 1,607 1,645 1,684 AREAS TOTAL 7,8n 8,036 8,227 8,418 ROOMS Break Room 530 530 530 530 530 Break Room Support 250 250 250 250 250 Community Room 1700 0 0 0 0 Men Sleep Rooms 120 120 120 120 120 Womens Sleep Rooms 120 120 12 I120 120 SUBTOTAL 1,020 1,020 1,020 1,020 CIRCULATION 25% 255 255 255 255 ROOMS TOTAL 1,273 1,275 1,275 1,273 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 9,152 9,311 9,502 9,693 TOTAL RE D STAFF &NSF1 0 0 0 D 9,152 9,371 9,502 9,693 NOTES: 45 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -SUMMARY For DOWNTOWN SECTION ALL SECTIONS CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT j PROTECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF EXIST! AREA RE UIRED 1 SF 2000 2005 2013 2020 I 2000 200i 2013 2020 (DIVISION I (Administration 7.5 10.0 14.0 15.0 2,924 3,154 3,929 4,016 Patrol/Commander 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 1,724 1.724 1,n4 1,724 Patrol (Pnmarily Booking & Holding) 42.0 470 57.0 65.0 8,070 8,%0 91565 9.829 Patrol /Dist. 1 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 2,285 7,285 2,285 2.285 Patrol /Traffic 6.0 8.0 11.0 14.0 Sol 922 1,002 1,122 Patrol ISDU 6.0 7.0 8.0 11.0 1,082 1,220 1,359 1,771 Patrol I P.O.P. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 225 225 225 225 Information Services / Director 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 358 358 358 3S8 Information Services/Systems 3.5 3.5 4.0 6.0 1,05S 1.055 1,141 1,314 Information Services/Dispatch 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9 0 0 0 Information Services/Records 21.0 21.0 25.0 27.0 4,058 4,252 4,300 4,323 Information Services /P&E 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 438 438 436 438 Investigative Services / Commander 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 1,050 11050 11050 11050 Investigative Services / DTF 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 1,807 1.956 Z267 2,"0 Investigative Services /Youth School 10.0 12.0 15.0 77.0 1,203 1,200 1.396 1,396 Investigative Services I Crim. Impact 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 1,174 1,260 1,260 1,347 Investigative Services/Person Crimes 9.0 10.5 13.5 15.5 2,097 2,304 2,558 Z775 Investigative Services/Prop. Crimes 9.5 12.5 155 17.5 2,{34 2,630 2,842 1030 Common Facilities 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4,531 4,753 5,144 5,463 SUBTOTAL 148.0 167.0 2015 229.5 34,934 37,468 40,556 42.618 BUILDING GRO55 FACTOR 25 % 8,733 9,367 10,139 10,655 STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL 148.0 167.0 201.5 229.S 43,667 46,835 50,695 53,273 ^rea [Oros ao no1 mcluae ur4rlct I SECTION BY DIVISION PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROTECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF EXIST RE UIRED E2000005 jARBA SF 2000 2005 2013 2020 2013 2020 DIVISION Administration Patrol Information Services Investigative Services Common Facilities 7.5 65.0 26.5 49.0 0.0 10.0 73.0 26.5 575 0.0 14.0 87.0 31.0 695 0.0 15.0 101.0 35.0 78.5 0.0 2,824 11,901 5,908 9,770 4,531 3,154 13.051 6,102 10,403 4,753 3,929 13,975 6,236 11,372 5,144 4,016 14,670 6,433 12,037 5,463 SUBTOTAL BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25% STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL 148.0 148.0 167.0 167.0 2015 2015 229.5 229.5 34,934 8,737 43,667 37,468 9,367 46,835 40,556 10,139 50,695 42,618 10,655 53,273 STAFFING SWORN & CIVILIAN PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT STAFF PROTECTED RE UIRED STAFF 2000 2005 2013 2020 Sworn 5.5 143.5 166.5 Civilian 51.5 PTz","67 58.0 63.0 TOTAL 2015 229.5 Notes: 1 District 1 area is not included in the total required area for the new facility. 46 ENTITY. FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - ADMINISTRATION SECTION: ADMINISTRATION CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROIECTED ' L STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNfT EXIST AREA RE UIRED AU1H SF SF 2000 12005 2013 2020 2000 2005 20131 2020 WORK PLACES OFFICES Police Chief Deputv 0 0 0 0 225 263 01 0 O p) Chief Prof. Standards Lt. Exec Staff Proj Mg, 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 200 200 180 177 123 0 200 180 O 200 180 200 2001 180 200 200. 180I Staff Psychologist 1 1 1 1 L A Sergeant 1 2 3 3 200 150 127 0 150 0 300 p 450 0 450 Training Sergeant 0 0 0 0 150 155 0 0 0 O Training Officer 1 0 0 0 0 120 0 0 0 0 Budget Coordinator 1 1 2 2 120 116 120 120 240 240 Budget Tech 0.5 1 1 1 120 120 120 120 12C Legal 0 0 1 1 1S0 0 0 150 150 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 770 920 1,540 1,540 OFFICES TOTAL 5.5 7 11 11 193 963 230 1,150 385 1,925 385 1,925 WORK STATIONS Admin Aide III (Chief's Sec.) 0 D 0 0 160 192 0 0 0 0 CIT (Training Supply Technician 0.5 0.75 1 1 1 1 2 1 64 64 32 64 64 128 (Supply/Range Tech 0.75 1 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 - 64 Planning Tech 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 64 0 SUBTOTAL 2 3 3 4 160 192 192 256 CIRCULATION 35 % 56 67 67 90 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 216 259 259 346 WORK PLACES TOTAL 7.5 10 14 15 1,179 1,409 2,184 2,271 % INCREASE IN STAFF 33% 40% 7% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Waiting and Reception 18 90 90 90 90 Library/Media Exec Staff W k Room 200 200 200 200 200 Volunteer Work Area 120 120 120 120 120 64 128 128 128 128 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 538 538 538 538 AREAS TOTAL 188 726 188 726 188 726 188 726 ROOMS Conference piles 480 574 200 2D0 200 200 (raining Files 80 80 120 120 120 Copier/Fax/Supplies 80 33 80 120 120 120 -oat Closet 120 282 120 120 120 120 Zest Rooms 15 15 15 15 15 A File Storage 40 80 80 80 80 'ersonnel Files 80 80 80 80 80 Jniform/Equip. Storage 80 80 80 80 80 "ohm 500 500 500 SOD 60 60 60 60 6D SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 735 815 815 815 ROOMS TOTAL 1114 204 204 204 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 919 71019 1,019 1,019 1,645 1745 1,745 1745 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 7.5 10 14 U 2,824 3,154 3,929 8,016 SWORN 2 3 5 5 CIVILIAN 5.5 7 9 10 NOTES 47 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROTECTED IUNRI STAFF REQUIRED STAFF EXIST! AREA REQUIRED 2000 20051 2011, i t , SF j SF � 2000 2005120131 2020 WORK PLACES OFFICES Commander 200 211 200 200!� 200i 201, Lieutenant 180 180I 180 180, 180I Chiefs INtice 731� 180 1801 18C 180� 180 Operations Lt. 150 I 150 150 150 150 SUBTOTAL710 710i 710I 710 CIRCULATION 25 %178 1781 178 178� OFFICES TOTAL 888 888 888 888 WORK STATIONS Admin. Aide I 1 1 1 80 80 80 80 80 Volunteer 64 128, 128 128 128 SUBTOTAL 1 1 1 1 208 208 208 108 CIRCULATION 35 % 73 73 73 73 WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL 4 4 4 4 281 1,168 2B1 1,168 281 1,168 281 1,168 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 0% 0% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Coffee Copy/Fax/Supply 60 60 60 60]120 120 120 120 120SUBTOTAL 180 180 180CIRCULATION 25% 63 63 63AREAS TOTAL 243 243 243 ROOMS Conference Room 250 250 250 25C 250 SUBTOTAL. CIRCULATION 25 % 250 250 250 250 ROOMS TOTAL 63 63 63 63 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 313 313 313 313 556 556 SS6 556 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 4 4 4 4 7,724 1,724 1,724 1,724 NOTES: SWORN 3 3 3 3 CIVILIAN 1 1 1 1 NOTES 48 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: DISTRICT I CURRENT LOCATION: OLD TOWN SQUARE CURRENT PROTECTED STAFF REPUIREDSTAFF UNITI EXISTS AREA REQUIRED AUTH SF Sf I j 2000 2005 2013 2020 1 2000 1 2005 2013 � 2020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeant 1 1 1 1 120 120� 120� 120I 1201 SUBTOTAL 120 120 120! 120 CIRCULATION 25% I 30 30 30 30 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 1 1 1 150 150I 150[ 150, I WORK STATIONS C/T 1 1 1 1 64 64 64� 64 64� Officer 4 4 4 4 87 I 87 87 87 87 SUBTOTAL 5 5 5 5 64 64 64 64 CIRCULATION 35% 22 22 22 22 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 86 86 86 86 WORK PLACES TOTAL 6 6 6 6 236 236 236 236 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 0% 0% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Open Office 900 900 900 900 SUBTOTAL 900 900 900 900 CIRCULATION 25% 315 315 315 315 AREAS TOTAL 1,215 1,215 1,215 1,213 ROOMS Community. Room 347 347 347 347 Bicycle Storage 320 320 320 320 SUBTOTAL 667 667 667 667 CIRCULATION 25% 167 167 167 167 ROOMS TOTAL 834 834 834 834 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 2049, 2,049 2,049 2.049 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASP 6 6 6 6 1 1 12,28512.285 2,2B5 2.285 NOTES: SWORN 5 5 5 5 CIVILIAN 1 1 111111 1 Staff counts are included in staffing and projections. Area is not included in building requirements. 49 FNDIY: FORTCOLLINS POLICE SERVICES. PATROL SERVCfs SECTION: PATROL CURRfM LOCAT : 300IAIORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN � CUMpfM: 9p01FCTFp STAFF p[i]LOUD STAFF IOMI 1905 1p1] 101p IONITI I SF no AREA mr) SF 1000 LI05 38131 ] m. WORK PLACES �OfF10E5 � Lrubunl 1 1 1 1 Ie0 leo len IMP le0 G"^eaNi' Rap Awupe� I 1 1 + I 1 I tsD no uDl tso ts9i do I 1 I uo I501, Isu ro lio SUBTOTAL .BDI 460 ♦e0, .B0 CIRCULATION 25% 12C Do 120I 120I OFFICES TOTAL 3 l l 3 fB0 600 iB0 aMI WORK STATIONS �F ^ 4M Week DAY SHIFT 3 5 6 BO 2.0 .M .M 5b0 Or.. ] J 0 0 0 0 0 00 U. Week DAY SHIFT ' 1 1 1 0 D 0 D 0 Dru.na - - > e 00 1 1 EARLY WEEKSWING SHIFT OVijT a 5 > e D 0 0 0 0 60 EARLY WEEK MIONIGM SHIFT 1 t 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Di-e . 5 6 > 0 0 9 0 0 C50 WEEK SWING SHIFT 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 ILATE Dncen C50 6 ] B 10 0 0 0 D O IATFWEEKMIDNIGMSHIFT 0(I¢n0cso POWERSHIFTORTm 00 9 0 U1237% I SUBTOTAL 240 {M {M SGD ORCULATIp 35% 14 10 1% WORK STATIONS TOTAL fN1W1,IWORK FIA[fSTOTAL11F{0I,Y2. .1 AREA` AFIFAf ARMS Palm)Racaplun Ipapon Wddng 1B I.i IM 1.1 IN F—File Pnpu.�kn 34 16B I% 22♦ 2M C FiMlrywi Iso ISO 150 Fik Lva9c 130 150 O 150 150 i;, 150 C90'ae 150 150 120 120 ITV 129 txD uo lzD uu SUBTOTAL CIRCULADON 25% NO n3 %1 I.on AREAS TOTAL 399 327 334 356 "3 1 .]all 1}9> 1A73 ROOMS OxavieviRacm Stle MMvew Rpen 1M 1M xM 2M 2M SnpxlMMniew 150 150 150 150 150 kln.Mear TM 100 1M IN IN ROIL ROIL UII 1M 2M 2M 2M 2M FTO TNM61g R9um 1B 367 3M 3% See 5M 1t0 120 12. Do 120 iMINaw CD..& a 2M 9 9 0 a FW W".me Dnvbw;on 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M iwaL Seaage 2M 2M 2M 2M 2M ♦M r .M .M {aD .M rm"�6 1sD o 0 9 D rmMM° Rwn EGc c°"°°"e"n 600 5]♦ a D 9 0 IuycleSvye me 0 u 0 0 �ceaa"y 1,IM I.IM I,IM I,IM I,1M Rak. looking 159 3M 300 3M 3M he""n PmpenP Me 372 230 2So me 250 v. PnHeae Pmpenv 25 2i 2; 25 25 o-Hoc CNenw 25 25 z 2i M � e0 90 160 16D IW IR Rmn M 69 M 1z9 12D dRREMNMg CeE6 M 60 M W, M �ei4 NpldiA, CHU 70 50 2M 420 50 SW Cell )0 3M IN a 3M 280 Aid ro 70 >0 20 me U P M Au 60 M 25_ 232 .132 252 252 SUBTOTAL 0RLCCOASIF 2S% ♦.5]2 4.928 5312 5,332 ROOMS 1.143 12 Ij.. 1,30B BFFCIAL ARRAS TOTAL 707m 51113 ". i.W {3e6 I.— 3... >xD J.913 TOTAL DSTAFFaASF ♦2 q S] I,pO aAfp fy{ 9 NOTES: SWORN 36 el 51 i9 CMLMN 6 6 6 6 NOTES 50 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: TRAFFIC UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROTECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UNIT I EXIST' AREA REQUIRED SF SF r 2000 12005 1 2013 2020 1200012005 20131 2020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeant 1 1 1 2 150 150 150 150 216 SUB7O7AL 150 150 150 216 CIRCULATION 255 38 36 38 54 OFFICES TOTAL WORK STATIONS 1 1 1 2 188 186 188270 Officers 3 5 8 10 0 0 0 0 0 DUl Officer 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 OI O SUBTOTAL 5 7 10 12 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 35 % 0 O 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 6 8 11 14 188 188 198 270 % INCREASE 1N STAFF 33% 38 % 27% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Work Stations 28 84 112 140 168 SUBTOTAL 84 112 140 168 CIRCULATION25% 29 39 49 59 AREAS TOTAL 113 151 189 227 ROOMS Traffic 5torage 200 200 267 300 300 Conference 200 200 200 200 200 SUBTOTAL 400 467 500 500 CIRCULATION 25% 100 117 125 125 ROOMS TOTAL 500 583 625 625 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 613 735 814 852 TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF 1 6 1 8 1 11 1 14 001 922 1,002 1,722 NOTES: SWORN 6 8 11 14 CIVILIAN 0 D 0 1 0 51 the previous development proposal on the site drained it to the Foothills drainage basin where the new development fee is $6,525.00/acre. Both are subject to the runoff coefficient reduction and the fee is to be paid at the time a. building permit is issued. ^_?. A drainage and erosion control report and construction plans are required and they must be prepared by a Professional Engineer registered in Colorado. 28. Onsite detention is required with a 2-year historic release rate for water quantity and extended detention is required for water quality treatment. The issue with draining the site to Spring Creek is that there isn't an outfall system to Spring Creek. There isn't really even a borrow ditch to drain into. So an outfall would need to be constructed and easements obtained if it was not built in the Timberline R.O. W. The issue with draining to the south into the Foothills basin is again there is no outfall and the release rate is essentially zero since the North Tributary Storm Sewer was not sized to take the flow from this area. The previous development proposal could accommodate it because the rest of their site drained to the North Tributary Storm Sewer so the runoff from this site was stored in their pond system. They used the allowed release rate from the rest of their site to drain the system. They were also regarding this site to get it to drain south since it now drains north. 29. This site is on the Stormwater Utility inventory map I 1 L. 30. There is an irrigation ditch on the south side of the site that was to be relocated and graded over with the previous proposal. So unless that is done it may be difficult for this site to drain to the south. Also the irrigation ditch owner will need to approve the plans. 31. The building will be assessed a Capital Expansion Fee of $0.53 cents per square foot based on the "commercial" category. The fee is collected at the time of building permit issuance. Please note that the fee is adjusted annually based on the Denver -Boulder consumer price index. 32. If the building exceeds 40 feet in height, then a shadow analysis will be needed. 33. If there are any prairie dogs on the site, they should be eradicated in a humane manner. It will not be necessary to trap for Preble's Jumping Mouse. 34. The new office building will be subject to the architectural requirements of Section 3.5.3(D) of the Land Use Code. 35. Recycling of construction waste is encouraged. Lei Page 23 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: SELECTIVE DUTIES UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROIECTED -� STAFF REQUIRED STAFF (UNIT EXIST] AREA RE UIRED SF SF 2000 2005 2013 20T0 I20M12M3 2013_ 2020INOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeant 1 1 1 2 150 90 150 150 150 216 SUBTOTAL 1 150 150 150 216I CIRCULATION 25 % 38 38 38 54 WORK STATIONS OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 1 2 188 188 198 270 Officers 5 6 7 9 64 320 384 448 576 Intent Work Stations 0 0 0 0 64 64 64 64 64 SUBTOTAL 5 6 7 9 320 384 448 576 CIRCULATION 35% 112 134 157 202 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 432 518 605 778 WORK PLACES TOTAL 6 7 8 11 620 706 792 1,048 % INCREASE IN STAFF 17% 14% 38 SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL O 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Crime Prev. Storage 100 100 117 133 183 SDU Stor. 150 112 150 175 200 275 Copier/Fax/ Supplies 120 120 12C 120 120 SUBTOTAL 370 412 453 578 CIRCULATION 25% 93 103 113 145 ROOMS TOTAL 463 515 5671 723 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 1 463 515 5671 723 TOTALR -STAFF&ASF 6 7 B it 1,082 1,220 1,359 1771 NOTES: SWORN 6 7 8 11 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 52 ENTRY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -PATROL SERVICES SECRON: P.O.P. UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN i CURRENT PROTECTED ! STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UNIT j EXISTI AREA REQUIRED j SF SF j 2000 2005 1013 1 2020 20M 12005 120131 20201 NOTES WORK PLACES j I OFFICES � Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 180 180 180 180I 180�1 SUBTOTAL 180 180 1801 1801 CIRCULATION25% 45 45 45' 45 OFFICES TOTAL WORK STATIONS 1 1 1 1 225 225 225 I 2251 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 CIRCULATION 35 % 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 1 1 1 1 225 225 225 225 INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 0% 0% SPECIAL AREAS (AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 O CIRCULATION25% O 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 I TOTAL REQD STAFF& ASFI 1 1 1 1 1 1= I 1 1 225 225 225 225 NOTES: SWORN I 1 I 1 1 1 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 O 53 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DIRECTOR CURRENT LOCATION: 300LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN ALTERNATIVE 3 iCURRENT PROIECTED STAFF ! REQUIRED STAFF UNIT I EXIST, AREA REQUIRED 1� SF SF L 2000 2005 12013 12o20 I I _ 2000 2005 12013 12020 1 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES 1200 Director 1 I I 1 7 200 200 200I 200I SUBTOTAL 200I 200 200 200! CIRCULATION25% 501 50 501 501 OFFICES TOTAL WORK STATIONS 1 1 1 1 250 250 I 750 250 Admin. Asst. 1 I I 1 80 I 80 801 801 80 SUBTOTAL 1 1 7 I 80 80 80I 80 CIRCULATION35% I 28� 28 28I 28 WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL 2 2 2 2 L 108' 108I 108 108 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0 % 0% 0% 35B 356 358 35B SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% AREAS TOTAL 0� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ROOMS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL AEQD STAFF&ASF 2 2 2 Z 358 358 358 358 NOTES : SWORN j 0 p 0 0 CIVILIAN 2 2 2 1 54 ENITTY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: SYSTEMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROIECIED il STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UN�SF AREA RE UIRED SF2000 2005 20132020 0 2005 2013 2020 NOTES I WORK PLACES OFFICES SUBTOTAL 0 OI Oi I O CIRCULATION 25 OFFICES 0 0 0 O TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 OI 0 WORK STATIONS Volunteers Systems Manager 0 0 0 0 64 64 64 128 128 Systems Analyst 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 3 80 80 Be 80 80 Computer Maintenance Spec. 1 7 1 64 64 64 64 192 CAD Project Mgr. 0.5 05 1 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 64 Radio Tech 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 3.5 3.5 4 6 272 272 336 464 CIRCULATION 35% 95 95 118 162 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 367 367 454 626 WORKPLACESTOTAL 3.5 3.5. 4 6 367 367 454 626 % INCREASE IN' STAFF 0% 14% SO % SPECIAL AREAS AREAS I SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Computer Room Computer Storage I Receiving 350 310 350 200 200 200 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION25% J688688 550 550 550 ROOMS TOTAL 130 138 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 688 688 688 688 j TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF 3.5 3.5 4 6 1,055 7,055 7,747 1,314 NOTES: SWORN 0 0 0 j CIVILIAN 3.5 3.5 4 6 55 ENTITY: FORT COLONS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DISPATCH CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENTI PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF I UNIT EXIST I AREA REQUIRED. SF SF 2000 2005 2013 1 2020 1 12000 2005 1 2013 1 2020 WORKPLACES I i OFFICES Communications I Manager 0 0 0 0 180 0 O OI Of SUBTOTAL 0 Ol I 0' 0� CIRCULATION 25% p 0� 0 0 OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 Ol O 0 WORK STATIONS Supervisor 0 0 0 0 80 0 0 0 0 Dispatchers/Call Takers 0 0 0 0 80 80 0 0 0 0 Call Taker Consoles 64 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION35% 0 0 0 0 WORKSTATIONS TOTAL 0 0 01 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 % INCREASE IN STAFF xzzzx muval xxxxx SPECIAL AREAS AREAS 911 Telephone 120 120 0 0 0 0 Radio / Phone 500 217 0 0 0 0 UPS I Smtchgear 200 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 O 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 Kitchen / Break 2D0 0 0 0 0 Training Work Room 150 0 0 0 0 Copier/Fax/Supplies I 120 0 0 0 0 Dispatch Lockers 5 0 0 0 0 Rest Rooms 40 0 0 0 O SUBTOTAL I 0 0 O 0 CIRCULATION 25 % 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 TOTALREOD STAFF & ASf 0 0 0 0 0 0 —01 0 NOTES: SWORN 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 NOTES 56 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: RECORDS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN i CURRENT PROJECTED STAFF REQUIRED STAFF ! UNIT EXIST'. AREA REQUIRED SFSF 2000 2005 1 20.19 2020 I ' 12000 1 2003 12013 ' 2020 [ NOTES ! WORK PLACES (OFFICES j I Records Manager I. 1 �'i 1 1 1 150 137 150156 150. 150 SUBTOTAL,� ! 150' 150i 150 150 CIRCULATION 25 % OFFICES TOTAL 1 ! 1 7 j t i ! 381 38; 38' 38 IWORKSTATIONS t 188i 188, 188188 j Supervisor 2 2 3 3 1 j 80 160i 240ij 240240 I Police Report Specialists 9 9 12 14 1 64 ! 576 640• 6401 640 I Police Data Tech 8 18 I 8 B j 64 512; 5121 512, 512 I Public Info Database Workstation I 0 ! 0 0 0 ; 64 64: 64, 641 64 Desk Officer ! 1 1 1 1 64 641 64' 64i 64 j SUBTOTAL; I 20 20 24 26 ! 11,376I 1,52Q11,52011,520 CIRCULATION35%! ! 4821 532 532� 532 WORK STATIONS TOTAL j ! 1,858� 2,0521 2,0521 2,052 ! WORK PLACES TOTAL; ! 21 21 ! 25 27 1 2,0451 2,2401 2,2401 2,240 %.INCREASE IN STAFF'. j 0 % 1 19 % 8% ! ISPECIAL AREAS j jAREAS J SUBTOTAL] I 0 CIRCULATION 25%1 01 01 O 0. AREAS TOTAL; oil 01 01 0', (ROOMS { (Conference ! 200� 200 200 200 200 Records File Storage I 200' 200 200 238 257 IMailRoom 'I Central Supply 1 I 1600i 200 200 200 200 200 Press Room j 380 600! 8o 6001 801 600 80 600 80� ;Copier / Fax / Supplies /MF I 1501 130I 150. 1501 150j 150; Rest Rooms j ! I 40I 65 801 80 80 80 I Coffee/Break 100 213 1 W 100� 100 100I SUBTOTAL; i CIRCULATION 25%! I 1,610� 403I 1,610 4031 1,648 1,667, OOMS TOTAL' i i 1 2,013 2,01312,06011 412, 417 2,084 SPECIALRAREAS TOTAL I ; 2,0T31 2,013 2,ObO12,084 TOTAL REQD STAFF & ASF 21 21 25 27 1 1 4,0581 4,2521 4 3001 4 323 NOTES: SWORN,, 0 ! CIVILIAN] 21 21 25 1 27 S7 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION PROPERTY / EVIDENCE / LAB CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE & OFF SITE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT' PROIFCTED I ' STAFF REQUIRED STAFF IUNIT I EXIST! AREA REQUIRED I SF SF L 2000 20051 2013 1 2020' 1 12000 1 20051 2013 12020 I NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES Supervisor SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% OFFICES TOTAL WORK STATIONS Property/ Evidence Technicians I Crime Scene Investigators AFIS Tech. Lab Clerical SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 35 % WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL % INCREASE IN STAFF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s8rz: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 xsarx 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ####v 150 64 64 100 64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ❑i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ! j 0 01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SPECIALAREAS AREAS PIE Storage 1,151 1,151 200 200 2D0 200i Narcotics Storage 150 0 0 0 0'. Secure Storage - 150 0 0 0 0' Large. Property Storage: 547 547 0 0 0 0' Evidence Processing 150 150 1S0 150 150'' Vehicle Processing - 1,100 0 0 0 0.. Dry Room 80 72 ❑ 0 0 OBI Bio - Clean Up 40 0 0 0 0 AFIS/Livescan 80 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 350 350 350 350 CIRCULATION 25% 88 8B 88 88 AREAS TOTAL 438 438 438 438 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 Forensic File Room 120 0 0 0 0 Photo Room 100 95 0 0 0 0 Change Room 60 0 0 0 0 Crime Lab 430 0 0 0 0 Latems 100 0 0 0 0 Trace Evidence 115 0 0 0 0 Digital Imaging 120 0 0 0 0 Crime Lab Storage 70 0 0 0 0 Evidence Packaging/Storage 120 0 0 0 0 Viewing Room 200 0 0 0 0 Copier/Fax 120 98 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 01 01 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 438 439 438 438 �RE STAFF& 0 0 0 0 438 438 438 438 NOTES: 1 SWORN 0 0 0 0 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 58 ENTRY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES, INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION: COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENTI PROJECTED i STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNIT EXISTI AREA RE UIRED I 5F 5F 2000 i 2005 1 013 1 2020 1 —, 2000 20051 2013 1 2020 NOTES J WORK PLACES - IOFFICES j I Commander 1 1 1 1 200 213 I 200 200 2001 200 Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 180 180 180 180 180 SUBTOTAL 200 200 200 200 CIRCULATION 25% 501 50 50 50 OFFICES TOTAL 2 2 2 2 250 250 250 250 WORK STATIONS Admin. Supervisor 1 1 1 1 80 94 80 80 80 80 Admin. Cierk 2 2 2 2 IS4 128 128 128 128 SUBTOTAL 3 3 3 3 208 208 208 208 CIRCULATION35% 73 73 73 73 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 281 281 281 281 WORK PLACES TOTAL 5 5 5 5 531 531 531 531 % IN[REASE IN STAFF 0% 0 % 0 % SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 AREASTOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 206 200 200 200 200 Files Copier/Fax/Supplies 80 80 80 80 80 Coat Closet 120 120 120 120 120 15 15 15 15 15 SUBTOTAL 415 415 415 415 CIRCULATION 25% 104 104 104 104 ROOMS TOTAL 519 519 519 519 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 519 519 319 519 TOTAL TAFF & ASF 5 5 5 5 1,050 1,050 1,050 7,050 SWORN 2 2 2 2 CIVILIAN 3 3 3 3 59 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION DRUG TASK FORCE CURRENT LOCATION: OFF SITE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT i PROIECEED I i RE STAFF UIRED STAFF I UNIT SF EXIST SF AREA RE UIRED 2000 12003 Z013I 2020 200012005 1201312020 WORK PLACES (OFFICES j Lreutemnt 1 1 1 1 180 180 180 1801 1801 Sergeants 1 1 2 2 150 150 150 ISO 150 SUBTOTAL 2 2 3 3 150 150 150 1501 CIRCULATION 25% 38 38 381 38 OFFICES TOTAL 2 2 3 3 188 188 1881 188 WORK STATIONS Officers 4 5 6 8 64 256 320 3841 512 Secretary II 1 1 1 1 64 64 64 641 64 SUBTOTAL 5 6 7 9 320 384 4481 576 CIRCULATION 35% 712 134 157 202 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 5 6 7 9 I 432 518 605 778 WORK PLACES TOTAL 1.% 7 8 10 12 -620 706 7921 965 INCREASE IN STAFF 14 % 25% 20 SPECIALAREAS AREAS Monitor Room 100 100 100 100 100 Telephone Rcom 80 80 80 80I 80 Conference I Training 100 100 100 100 100 SUBTOTAL 280 280 280 290 CIRCULATION 25% 70 70 70 70 AREAS TOTAL 350 350 350 350 ROOMS Interview 100 200 200 300 300 Equipment Storage 120 120 120 200 200 Personnel Lockers 10 150 150 150 150 Computer File Room 200 200 250 250 250 SUBTOTAL 670 720 900 900 CIRCULATION 25% 168 180 225 225 ROOMS TOTAL 838 900 1,125 1,125 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 1,188 1,250 1 A75 1,475 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF1 7 8 10 12 1 1 11,80711,956 2,267 2,440 NOTES: SWORN 6 7 9 11 CIVILIAN 1 1 1 1 NOTES 60 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION YOUTH SCHOOL TEAMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROIECTED STAFF RE UIRED STAFF I UNIT EXIST AREA REQUIRED I SF I SF 2000 2008 2013 2020 i 2000 1 2005 1 2013 12020 1 NOTES I WORK PLACES OFFICES Sergeants 1 1 2 2 150 109 150 150 300I 300 SUBTOTAL 150 150 300 300 CIRCULATION 25% 38 38 75 75,1 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 2 2 188 188 375 375 WORK STATIONS School Resource Officer 7 9 11 13 48 288 288 288 288 D.A.R.E. Officer 2 2 2 2 48 ! 48 48 48 48 Patrol Officer W.S. 0 0 0 0 48 I 96 96 96 96 Intern / Volunteer 0 0 0 0 36 72 72 72 72 SUBTOTAL 9 11 13 15 432 432 432 432 CIRCULATION 35% 151 151 151 151 ' WORK STATIONS TOTAL 583 583 583 583 WORK PLACES TOTAL 10 12 15 17 771 771 958 958 % INCREASE IN STAFF 20 % 25% 13% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS. SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 O CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 AREAS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 ROOMS Conference 200 180 0 0 0 0 Interview 100 200 200 200 200 Dare Storage 150 148 150 150 150 150 SUBTOTAL 35 350 388 358 CIRCULATION 25% B8 B 88 88 BB ROOMS TOTAL 438 438 438 438 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 438 438 438 438 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 10 12 15 17 7,208 1,208 1,396 7,396 NOTES: SWORN 10 12 15 17 CIVILIAN 0 0 0 0 61 36, For further information on energy conservation, please contact Doug Swartz, Energy Service Engineer, City of Fort Collins Utilities, 221-6700, and Sand_v Hicks, Environmental Planner, 221-6600. 37. If there is to be communications tower, then information on height and location should be provided. The tower should be set back as far from Timberline Road as possible. Ground equipment should be screened and landscaped. For further information, please refer to Section 3.8.13 of the Land Use Code. 38. A neighborhood information meeting would be required. Page 24 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMINAL IMPACT UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROIECFED ! STAFF RE UIRED STAFF UNIT EXISTI AREA RE UIRED !! SF IF 2000 12005 2011 2020 200012005 T013� 2020� WORK PLACES OFFICES I Sergeant 1 1 1 1 150 150 150 150 150 SUBTOTAL 1 1 1 1 150 150 150 150 CIRCULATION 25% 38 38 38 38 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 1 1 188 188 188 188 WORKSTATIONS � Warrant Clerk 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 64 128 128 128 128 O(F¢em 6 7 8 9 64 448 512 512 576 Volunteer WS 36 36 36 36 36 SUBTOTAL 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 612 676 676 740 CIRCULATION35% 214 237 237 259 WORK STATIONS TOTAL - 826 913 913 999 WORK PLACES TOTAL 8.5 9.5 103 11.5 1,014 1,100 1,100 1,187 % INCREASE IN STAFF 12 % 11 % 10 % SPECIAL AREAS AREAS NCIC Computer WS 64 128 128 128 128 SUBTOTAL 128 128 128 128 CIRCULATION 25% 32 32 32 32 AREAS TOTAL 160 160 160 160 ROOMS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 160 160 160 160 TOTAL RE D STAFF 8 ASF e_5 93 103 113 1,174 1,260 t,260 1,347 NOTES: SWORN 7 B 9 ]0 CIVILIAN 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 NOTES 62 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES -INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS CURRENT LOCATION: 300LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN ICURRENT'PROJECTED 11 STAFF i REQUIRED STAFF I UN1Tj EXIST AREA REQUIRED i SF ' SF 2000 2005 2013 2020 I I 12000 2005 1 2013 2020 iWORK PLACES OFFICES (Sergeants 1 1 2 2 0 300 300ISUBTOTAL 1 1 2 201 F6�444 300 3CIRCULATION 25 % 8 75 75OFFICES TOTAL WORKSTATIONS 1 1 2 2 375 375 1Investigators Svcs. Coordinator 6 7 9 17 576 704Vinims Vinims Svcs. Advocate 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 64 64 Clerical 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 48 48 48 48j 48 48 48 46 48 48 SUBTOTAL 8 9.5 11.5 13.5 I 512 64D 640 768 CIRCULATION35% 179 224 224 269 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 691 864 864 1,037 WORK PLACES TOTAL 9 103 13. 15.5 879 1,052 1,239 1,412 % INCREASE IN STAFF 17% 29% 15% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Reception File Storage. 90 90 90]288 Coffee F60 80 SUBTOTAL 60 60 60 60 60 CIRCULATION25% 230 230 230 AREAS TOTAL 58 288 58 2118 58 288 ROOMS Conference 200 0 0 0 0 Monitor Room General Storage 1 10 7 1 1 00 Equipment Storage 80 8 80 80 93 1220 0 138 Interview 80 80 93 120 138 Soft Interview 100 200 200 200 200 Coat Closet 150 ISO 150 150 150 COPY/Fax/Supplies 15 15 15 15 15 120 120 120 120 120 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25 % 745 772 815 861 ROOMS TOTAL H186 193 206 215 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 431 965 1,037 1,07 1,219 1,252 1,379 1 363 I TOTAL REQD STAFF & ASFE 9 10.5 135 15.5 2,097 2,304 2,558 2,775 NOTES: SWORN 7 8 11 13 CIVILIAN 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 NOTES 63 ENTTTY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT PROJECTED I STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNITEXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 ; 2005 201311 2020 i 20001 2005 12013 12020 NOTES I t 2 � 2 7 I 1 2 2 7 9.5 11.5 13.5 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 0 0 0 0 8.5 11.5 13.5 15.5 9.5 12.5 153 175 32% 24% 13% SPECIAL AREAS ARFAS Reception 18 0 0 0 O File Storage Coffee 20 60 79 98 111 Video Imaging Work Station 60 60 60 60 60 64 64 64 64 64 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25%F 184 203 222 235 AREAS TOTAL 46 51 55 59 230 254 277 293 ROOMS Equipment Storage Conference Room / War Room 80 80 80 80 80 Interview 200 40C 400 400 400 Monitor Room 100 2D0 200 200 200 100 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25 % 680 680 680 680 ROOMS TOTAL 170 170 170 170 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 850 850 850 850 1,080 1.104 1 177 1,743 TOTAL RE D STAFF & ASF 9.i 125 755 173 2,434 2,630 2,842 3,030 NOTES: SWORN 8 10.5 13-5 15.5 CIVILIAN 12 2 64 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES CODE: COMMON FACILITIES CURRENT LOCATION: HQ PROPOSED LOCATION: DOWNTOWN CURRENT I PROIECTED I STAFF REQUIRED STAFF UNIT EXIST AREA RE UIRED AUTH SF SF2020 2005 2013 2020 00005 12000 2203 2020 I WORK PLACES OFFICES 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SUBTOTAL 0 01 0 01 CIRCULATION 25% 0 0 0 u OFFICES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0' WORK STATIONS SUBTOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CIRCULATION25% 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 0 WORK PLACES TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% 0% 0% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS 5wom Lockers 10 990 1,155 1,435 1,665 Civilian Lackeys 5 245 258 290 315 Trainee Lockers 10 200 200 200 200 Mens Toile[/Showers 250 250 250 250 250 Womens Toilet/Showers 250 250 250 250 250 Defensive Tactics 3844 0 0 0 0 Exercise 1000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 SUBTOTAL 2.935 3,113 3,425 3,680 CIRCULATION 25% 734 778 856 920 AREAS TOTAL 3,669 3,391 4,281 4,600 ROOMS Break Room 300 300 300 300 300 Break Roam Support 150 150 ISO 150 150 Community Room 1700 0 0 0 0 Mens Sleep Rooms 120 120 120 120 120 Women Sleep Rooms 120 120 120 120 120 SUBTOTAL 690 690 6901 690 CIRCULATION 25% 173 173 173 173 ROOMS TOTAL 863 863 '863 863 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL C531 4,753 5,144 5,463 TOTAL R D STAFF &NSF 0 0 0 0 4,531 0,753 5,144 a,463 NOTES: NOTES 65 Site Analysis Site evaluation for each of the two alternatives is based on the following assumptions: • Police services will continue operating a fleet system and Patrol and Investigative Services personnel will take their cars home with them. Parking requirements are thus reduced by personnel cars and represent the two largest consecutive daytime shifts. • 2/3 of all other employees are assumed to drive personal cars to work on any one day. • Parking includes the addition of the Narcotics Unit (DTF). • Infrequent parking requirements of the Training Room are included in the total parking count. • Site size calculation does not include the footprint of the Police facility because the number of floors will vary the footprint. • Planning and Zoning requirements are not included due to possible site variations. Site Calculation Summary Assuming an average footprint of 35,000 SF for each of the alternatives, site size calculation is as follows: BUILDING FOOTPRINT PARKING SITE SIZE ACRES SINGLE FACILITY- 35,000 159,500 194,500 4.5 SPLIT/HARMONY-35,000 91,253 126,253 2.9 SPLIT / DOWNTOWN - 35,000 90,227 125,227 2.9 66 SINGLE FACILITY SITE CONCEPT I E%IS7 200, 2013 202C REMARKS SITE VEHICLES / POLICE Patrol, 0 0. 0 350 Parml vehicles am personal tors Tnuffie Motors 0 0 0 250 ;Momrcveles al stored in sire (budding l5ce oelp v, Unmarked Police Cars; 350 Unmarked police ors are 1 persona Cars Pool Vehicles 6 2,100 6 2.100� 6 2,800 350 Oversized Vehicles 2 1,000 2 1.000 2 1,000 500 Subtotal : 0 8 3.100 8 1 3,100 70 31800 SITE VEHICLES / PATROL SHIFT Patrol 50 Vehicles 26 9.100 31 10,85W 36 12,600 350 Late week day & swing shifts Day Shift Motors' 0 0 D D. 0 0 250 Night Shift Motors; 0 0' 0 0' 0 - 0' 250 Subtotal j 0 36 9,700 ! 31 70,850 36 12,600 OTHER STAFF & MISC. VEHICLES Staff Cars; 118 41,2.59i 154 1 53,963' 175 1 61,422; 350 ! Off shift wtml ors arc Ideducted from staff Cars and 12/3 of remainder is used m size start parking lot Seizune / Impound 2 700'. _ 700-2 700' 350 IEaenarsrorage Public Visitor Parking, 90 31,500; 90 31,500, 90 i 31 500, 350 (Includes Training Room - loaning mquimnenu ADA Parking 6 2,70Di 6 2,700: 6 2.7W 450 Outside Agency, 4 1,400; 4 1,400' 6 2100 350 IDTF outside agency parking Subinal ADD ITIONAU REQU I REMENTS 1 Large Property Storage; 15 . of total parking area projects Site building; 1 400: 400' 400 Entry / Exit Control. 350' 3501 350' Landscaping! 18,132' 21,023 23.144j i 2P8, of total parking area Planning & Zoning I Setback requirements I Subtotal 0 ! 1 35,112 1 1 40,170 , 1 1 43779 Total Site Am Requlmment 125,770 745,253 759,500 67 SPLIT FACILITY / HARMONY SITE CONCEPT I EXIST 2005 2013 2020 REMARKS V U < < L✓- < U > > < > < SITE VEHICLES / POLICE Patrol 0. 0. 1 0 350 I Patrol whicles am personal I cars Traffic Motors 0, 0. 0 250 1 Motorcycles am sword in spe I building 6m boor , Unmarked Police Can 350 Unmarked poke. can am (personal can Pool Vehicles 3 1.050 3 1.050' 4 1,400 350 '.. Oversized Vehicles! 2 1,000 2 ! 1.000 2 i.—WT 500 Subtotal 1 0 S 2,050 5 2.a50 6 2,4W SITE VEHICLES / PATROL SHIFT Patrol Staff Vehicles. 14 4,900'.. 16 5.600 18 6,300 350 Ii-atosveokday6swingshi% Day Shift Motors' 0 0 0 0'. 0 0 250 Night Shift Motors 0 0' 0 a' 0 0 250 5ubtptal ' 0 14 4,900 16 S,600 18 : 6,300 OTHER STAFF & MISC. VEHICLES Staff Can, 43 15,035, 51 17,9491 59 1 20,M 356 Off shift patrol ors arc deducted from sub can and 1213 or remainder is used tosize I staff parking lot Seizure / Impound 2 i 700' 2 1 700' 700' 350 1 Exterior storage Public Visitor ADA Outside Subtotal ADD)TIONALREQUIREMENTS Circulation Emergency Crenerato Trash Remova K-9 Kennel! Large Property Stomp Vacuun Site building Entry / Exit Contra Landscaping Planning & Zoning Subtotal Total Site Area Requirement 11360 8,902 9392 1 600 1 600� 1 I 6001 1 6001 1 1 6W! 1 1 60011 96 96' 196: 1.000i I 11001) I 1,0001 /W' 400j 40D' 350' 350 350 11,557i 12,280 13,0031 !�. I 0 I 1 23,763 1 125,028 i 26,240 at'saa 116f27 91,753 Includes Training Room parking requirements Included in Public Visitor Parking 15%of tonl parking area Includes special projects storage 20'1"0 of tool parking ama Setback requimrnents 68 SPLIT FACILITY/ DOWNTOWN SITE CONCEPT I EXIST 2000 2010 2020 REMARKS _ v < > G > < > < c SITE VEHICLES / POLICE Patrol: 0 0, 0. 350 Pmml vehicles am personal Traffic Motors ', Q cars 250 Motwavdes amstared in sue (Wilding ISee bclm.- Unmarked Police Cars,- 1 350 Unmarked police can are Pool Vehicles I personal can 350 6 2.100. 6 2.100 8 v 800 Oversized Vehicles_; 2 11000 2 1.0130 2 1.000 500 Subtotal . 0 1 SITE VEHICLES / PATROL SHIFT e .7100 a i 3,100 1d 3800 Patrol Staff Vehicles 12 4.200' 15 5.250' 18 6,300 350 iLam week day & swing shins Day Shift Motors o 0'. 0 0. 0 0' 250 Night Shift Motors 0 • 0j a 0 0 0. 250 Subtotal 0 OTHER STAFF & MISC. VEHICLES ]] 1,7001 IS ! 5,250- 10 6300' ! Staff Can : 88 30,769, 105 i 36,713i 119 1 41,608� 350 I Off shift ylml ors am l deduRed Imm cuff ars and 12/3 or remainder is used to Seizure/Impound 0 0, 0 isize staff Parking am 0; 0 0� 350 I Exterior storage Loading. 2 9001 - 9001 500 Public Visitor Parkm ADA Parkin Outside Agenc 5ubtoal ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS Circulation Emergency Generator Trash'Removal K-9 Kennels Large Property Storage Vacuum Site building Entry / Exit Control Landscaping Planning & Zoning Subtotal Total Site Anea Regsuserllmt g' 20 : 7,0001 20 7,ODDI 20 7,660' 350 g� 6 2.7001 6 2,700�1 6 2,7001 450 y' 4 I 1400' 4 1400I 6 1001 350 1 i 1 10 I 130 1 42,7691 137 48713 1 1S3 S4308 ' 7.045' 1 8,094, 1 9.091: I l 1 6001 1 600, 1 600i 1 600 1 600, 1 6001 1 0 1 96 0 T, 0 1 961 1,000i 1,OW; 'I" I ' 2 800, 2 800; 2 BOOT if 400. 400, 400: 3501 3501 350� 10,014:' 11,413; 12.882�-1: i I j 0 1 I 70.905 1 33,3531 1 ' 358}91 I M,227 Visimr parking only DTF outside agency parking 5%of mul parking area ncludes special projects wrage !0%of total parking area ':eMack requirements 69 ATTACHMENT CURRENT STAFFING PLAN (To be used in conjunction with the SPACE PLAN) P954 Police Services Facility-Design/Build C ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - SUMMARY For ONE FACILITY SECTION ALL SECTIONS CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS (�ta_-1.1'1 OIL' Zed 'CURRENT; PROJJECTED STAFF - gEVARIERSTAFF EXIST,. AREA REQUIRED �j �e�AL7S 2000 200s'. 2o13i xoxol SF 2000 2005 2013 2020 DIVISION !j 14 _i Administration 1 11.0 46di•I 22.51 26.0 4,130 51136 51911 6,409 S - Patrol / Commander - 4.0 1 4.0 , 4.0 I,499 1,41". 1,49 1,a99 q1 - ' Patml aa.0 400A' 118.01 137.0 12,"1' 14,340 ISMS 15,576 7 _ I Patrol / Dist. 1 ! 5.0 Yab ! 6.0 1 6.0 2,199 2,295 7,199 2.205 1 - i Patml / Traffic ! 6.0 orb 1 11.0 ; 14.0 , R1 922 1,002. 1,122. 1,002 1,320 1.359 1,771. 1 �I Patrol / P.O.P. 7.0 I R 1.0 1.0 1 225 225, 225 22S _1 Information Services / Director 1 1 2.0 ! •a•.e• ! 2.0 2.0 1 350. 350, 350 353 3.S -LInformation Services / Symms ! 3.5 1 3•S 6.0 I 6.0 ! t,tetj 1,141 1.e00. 1,573 jL - Information Services I Dispatch j 27S 1 9"' 365 I 41.0 4,051, 4,79a 4,623 a,]351 a,OS. 4,259, e� �I Information Services / Records 2t.0 0a:e 2a.D ]0.0 I a,0301 a,t0f .� -a Information Services / PdE 6.3 ii. 10.0 I 77.0 7,350: 0,093, 9,053! 10,490 '-i Investigative Services / Commander 1 1 4.0 I s• s 1 5.0 5.0 1,0s0l 1,075; 1,0751 110751 -1 YlrrsTsligative Investigative Services / DTF Services / Youth School 7.0 I 70.0 1 4.0- aa.0. 10.0 ; 15.0 12.0 77.0 1 ' 1,017, 11200 1.9S4; 1,200, 2,267: 1,396 2,440. 1,796. 9 Investigative Services / Crim. Impact 1 9.5 : 4w. I 10.5 I, 11.5 ! 1,174i 1.260 1,2601 1,347i ►o S Investigative Services / Person Crimes) I 9.0 ae5 1 13.5 15,5 l,o»! 2,304 2,5501 2,7751 it. -.i . Investigative Services / Prop. Crimes I 9.5 11-3 15.5 17.S 1 2,a3a' 7,67i, 2,N2. 7,030. I Common Facilities 0.0 0.0 I 0.0 0A 12,5W 12,997 13,57T1 14,1111 ID (1Msalned SUBTOTAL! 1 229.7 i iWAI 333.5' i 2715 I I 39,9a1j 65,001 69A56! 74,2191 BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25%I ! j j 1a,90S� 16,2621 17,464 u• 62 STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL 229J 200l1 322 s 37L5 i 7a.9361 $1,31111 87,3201 92,313 1 Area louts do not include District 1 SECTION BY DIVISION CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS CURRENT1-PROIECTE STAFF UI TAFF 1 EXIST'I AREA REOUIRED I SF I I I ! 2000 1 20051 20131 20201 I i 2000 1 2005 1 2013 1 2020 i I DIVISION ! I 1 I Administration 11.0 •f5:9 223 36.0 i1 4,170j S,t]iII 5.91t1 i,109II Patrol 110.0 1 126.01 148.0 173.0 16,5p 10.31{1 19,2021 20,1931 Information Services 60.3 b9.0 a2.5 9L0 I 16,OK 10,2711 19,7691 21,a75, Investigative Services 1 411.0 57.5 j 69.5 7as 9,770; 10,1331 11.397� 13,0 Common Facilities 0.0 0.0 I 0.0 OA 12sa 12,993I 131577 16,111 �6U1p00>,s1Cd � SUBTOTAL; 229.25 1 -i40•; 322.5 i 371.5I I . I 59.9411 65,Oa9ii 61,05{I 7a,3 BUILDING GROSS FACTOR 25%1. !. ' /a,90S; 16,262' 17,464j ta,562 STAFF AND GROSS AREA TOTAL I 229.3 !� ii0rRl 322.5 ! 371.5 1 74,9261 01,311, 07,320 92Jil STAFFING SWORN & CIVILIAN CURRENT LOCATION: ALL LOCATIONS CURRENT! PROI �'6�ak' 2td STAFF LIKED STAFF I I 2000 1 20051 201312020 ! 11.3 - sworn 142.a tees 207.01 243.5! lao•S -' Civilian 87.3i a0P0 115.51 12e.01 j I TOTAL' ! 22l.2s� --760. 322s 77ts riL3.S Notes: 1 District 1 area is not included in the foul required area for the new facility. Fort Collins Police Services APP ARTIST EXHIBIT 3 OWNER COMMISSIONING GENERAL CONTRACTOR A/E I I PLANNING TEAM CONSULTANT CONSULTANT CONSULTANT CONSULTANT CONSULTANT CONSULTANT CONSULTANT GC SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR Page 25 of 27 ENTITY: SECTION: CURRENT LOCATION: ! WORK PLACES OFFICES Police Chid I Deputy Chief Prof. Standards Lt. Exec Staff Prof Mgr. Staff Psychologist ►� I. A. Sergeant Training Sergeant 3 Training Officer Budget Coordinator .�S Budget Tech Legal AL4h0(b z-f J FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVIC • ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATION 300 LAPORTE :. CURRENTS ► ECIED STAFF RE IRED STAFF UNIT EXIST; AREA REQUIRED AUTN I i ! SF SF 2000 ! 2005'' 20131 30201 ! ) 20"' 2005' 2013 2020 NOTES 1 i I! i 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 -i16-I 3 3 1 I 21s5-) 5.5 7 1 1 2 2 j 0.5 -1- 1 1 0 0 1 1 1I SUBTOTAL` j y, CIRCULATION 25%1 OFFICES TOTAL 8.5 j-Mr 1 184 21 I WORK STATIONS 1, Admin Aide III (Chiefs Sec.) I I CIT ' Training Supply Technician • r� . Supply / Range Tech ' I Planning Tech j SUBTOTAL] CIRCULATION 35%11 WORK STATIONS TOTALI WORK PLACES TOTAL!, j % INCREASE IN STAFF' !SPECIAL AREAS I. I AREAS I Waiting and Reception 1 i Library / Media I Exec Staff Wk Room 1 I Volunteer Work Area j I I 1 SUSTOTALI CIRCULATION 2S%1 AREAS TOTAL i i ROOMS i Conference. j Files Training Files i Copier(Fax/Supplies Coat Closet I Rest Rooms IA File Storage 1 Personnel Files i Uniform / Equip. Storage Coffee 1 i SUBTOTALI CIRCULATION 25%1' ROOMS TOTAL; 0. 15 , 11 ; 1 I 1 2, 0.75 I -1- 1 t 025 I 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 D 2.5 .4= I 4 I 5 I I 14@ S'i 22.5 26 225 1 263 ! 225, 225 225 225 200 0' 0 200. 200.. 200. 177 200 200 200' 2001: ISO- 123 180 ISO, ISO Ieo: 200 ! Oi Oi Ol 0' ! 1501 127 1501 30DI 450! 450 ISO! 1551 1SO' 1501 150i 300 1 120I 1 120, 660,, 660, 840: 120I 120 116I 1201 1201 120' 120i 240! 120'- 240I 150 Oi Oi 1501 120' 1501 1 ; 1 1 1265 1,95512,575j 1,9051 316, 4691 644. 726, I ASS 12,M413,2191 3,6311 160 64 192 160I 1601 160I 1601 64 1 j 312I 641 641 641 641 641 1281 641 64 64 I 641 DI " nl 64 n 64 n 3201 3521 3521 41 1121 123' 123, 14 4, ^TOTAL REOD STAff L ASF' 11 1 49-31 22.5 ' 26 i i f 11301 S 736 5 917 i b�l 1 �I SWORN 1 5 1 12.515 1 15� CIVILIAN! i 66 ! 10 i 11i 11 Fort Collins Police Services 6 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL COMMANDER F7 i� ILA al CURRENT LOCATION: 3DO LAPORTE CURRENT FROIC�F[ Chan� 1^ STAFF RED RED STAFF UNIT I EXIST AREA REQUIRED d00 2000 2005: 2013 26301 SF SF 2000 200S'. 2013 2020'NOTES 1 WORK PLACES OFFICES . Commander 1 1 1 1 200 : 211 200 200 200: 200 Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 180 180 ISO ISO 180 � Operations Lt. 1 1 1 1 ISO 150; I SO:: ISO ISO SUBTOTAL:''. 530; 530'. 530 530 CIRCULATION 25%, 1 133 133. 133 133 OFFICES TOTAL' 3 3 3 3 663 663 663 663. 1 WORK STATIONS 2---�Admin. Aide 80 80 80 80 ' Volunteer ! 64 j 128' 129 129 80 128. SUBTOTAL 208 208' 208 208; CIRCULATION 35%; ! 73 73 . 73. 73' WORK STATIONS TOTµ: �X 261 281 201 281 WORK PLACES TOTAL] : 1 1 ♦ 913 913, 9/3 9131 % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% I 0% 0% - SPECIAL AREAS i AREAS Coffee ! 60! i 60' 60. 60� 601 Copy I Fax I Supply I 120' j 120' 120; 120, . 120: SUBTOTAL 180 180. 180 180: CIRCULATION 25%' I j 63; 63i 63, 63' ... AREAS TOTAL i i 243, 2/3.,' 243i 213� i ROOMS Conference Room f I i 250� 250j 25Di 250� 2501 SUBTOTAL 250' 250 2501 2501 CIRCULATION 25%I ! 63� 63., 63' 63� ROOMS TOTAL! ! 1 3131 313' 3131 3131 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL ! SS6 5561 556' SSb TOTAL REOD STAFF S, ASF' : ♦ '.. ,Y ♦ 1 j ! 1.19911./9911 199- i 199' NOTES: SWORN i 3 3 3 3 CIVILIAN' 1 Z l 1 Fort Collins Police Services 7 ENTRY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: DISTRICT I CURRENT LOCATION: OLD TOWN SQUARE CURRENT PRO' D Chan � STAFF' JI STAFF I i UNIT, EXIST! AREA REQUIRED AUTN /; II SF SF �1 V ay 2000 2003 ! 20131 2029 � 1 2000' ZOOS 2013 2020 • NOTES WORK RACES 1 OFFICES Sergeant1 7 1 1 120 120.' 120; 120I 120 1 SUBTOTAL' - 1 120' 120� 1201 120• CIRCULATION 25%j 1 1 ! j 30!. 30�. 30 30 OFFICES TOTAL 1 1 l l 1 150', 150! 1S0' 150� f WORK STATIONS p —i cur i i 0 I t i l I I I I 64 I 0 64' 0' 64 to J Officer 4 j -4- III,/7 07: 87, 0T, SUB TOTAL!1 CIRCULATION 35%I 1 4 1 (0.1 S 5 1 1 1 0;' 0', 64' 22 0.. 64; 0 1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL' 1Z' 1 0 t61 ! 0 2Y /6i j WORK RACE 1 S TOTAL; 1 S Y 6 f I i50i 23fi ISO j 2361 % INCREASE IN STAFF 20% 1 0% 1 OX i I SPECIAL AREAS i , j AREAS il ! 1 Open Office SUBTOTAL I 1 900: 900I 90M 9001. j ! I 1 9001 9001 9001 9D01 CIRCULATION 25%I AREAS TOTAL' I 1 315 1,215 315 1,2131 315j 315 i 1,2151 1,215, I ROOMS j Community Roam ! ,' 347j 347, 347 3471 I Bicycle Storage 1 I 320i 3201 320 320I SUBTOTAL!' CIRCULATION 25% 1 1 671 1 67 6767 1 671 67 ROOMS TOTAL t 1 1 1 i 3M 8341 i 167 034 1 67' 6341 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' 12.OH 2,0491 2,0491 2,049 Ar ! TOTAL REOD STAFF L ASF S y 6 f 12.199 i 2.28512 199 2,245 NOTES: , -- SWORN' 1 S ! A' S d —! CIVILIAN! 0 1 1 1 1 1 Staff counts am included in staffing and projections. Area is not included in building requirements. Fort Collins Police Services 8 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: PATROL CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE CLli�61a�Q.. Zfr.1 0-N( CU112ENT, PROIF G n5Po STAFF RO IR STAFF : UNIT. EXIST AREA REQUIRED ! sF ! SF 0 oo`� 2000 2003 i 2013 2000 20052013 3020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES 4 +Lieutenant 3 ff� 3 3 180. 540 540S40 540 :Crime Analyst 2 2 2 2 150 110 300, 300 300 300 R&D Manager 1 1 1 1 I 150 ! 150 150: 150 150 I SUBTOTAL!- 990. 990 990 990 CIRCULATION 25%' �, , - 248 248': 248 248 OFFICES TOTAL 6 F 6 6 1,230 1,238 1,238 1,234 I WORK STATIONS 1 - 10 -- Sergeant 7 -i•1-j 13 : 15 80 I 560 880 1,040 1,200 1 Early Week DAY SHIFT 10 Officers 10 +1 14 j 17 0 ' 0!. 0' 0 0 C50 2 1 2 2 2 0 0' 0' 0 0 Late Week DAY SHIFT ' LO Officers 10 -H- 14 !. 16 I C50 2 2! 2 2 EARLY WEEK SWING SHIFT ! j 12 -�08icers 10 Fr 14 ! 16 0 0' 0 0 01 I C50 2 2 1 2 I 2 ! 0 0. 0 0 Oi EARLY WEEK MIDNIGHT SHIFT Officers 9 10 1 12 15 0 0l 01 0' Oi i CSO 0 10 0 O i O 0! 0' D! 0 I LATE WEEK SWING SHIFT Officers 13 4-5-1 17 1 20 j 0 01 0', 0. 01 CSO i 2 2 j 2 2 i 0 Oj 0!. 01 01 ! LATE WEEK MIDNIGHT SHIFT 9—rOHiters j ! 10 ! 9 j it^I 11 j 13 I Oi 0; 01 O CSO 0 0 1 0 0 ! 0 0 0 0I O POWER SHIFT ! ! ! Officers 6 —r! 9 1 it SUBTOTAL] 82 ! JW 112 131 i 5601 88011,040: 1,200I CIRCULATION 35%j '.' I j 1 196! 308; 3641 420 WORK STATIONS TOTAL: ; PLACES all � 1 137 ! 1,31612,06812,444I 2,1201 12,554! 3,11" 3,682! 4,1138 XOINK CREASE N STAFF, , low 1 j I SPECIAL AREAS j AREAS 1. I Patrol Reception ''i ` ! 181 j 14411 1441 1N� 1441 1 Report Writing i 28 280 318 375 436 36 4250 I Evidence Preparation ! I 250 210 250I I Gse File Layout, 1 1501 150 1501 1 SO 150 I File Storage ! ! 150I 150 1701 170 170 jCoffee 1201 120� 120! 1201 1201 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25%. 1 i ! 950j 1,009I 1,0661 1,126I ! AREAS TOTAL' j ! 333� 353% 373: 394 11,283; 1,362' 1,4391 1,521 I I ROOMS i Inimiew Roam I ; ! I 100 I 1001 2001 200; 200) j Soft Interview Room i 1 ! 150I Sol1501 150! 1so Suspect Interview1001 Ilwe. Interview ! 1001 2001 2001 2001 200 2001 200 2001 200I Fort Collins Police Services 9 Roll Call 18 367 738 839 900 900 ' FTO Training Room 12C 120 120 120 120 1 Conference 200- 0 0 0 0 Swwms Conference 100. 100 100 100 too Equipment Distribution 200 200 200 200 200 Swat Storage - 400 25• 400: 400 400 400 1 Armory - 150, 0: 0 0 0 !Training ! 600 574 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700: — Training Room EOC Components ! 216 216 216 216: Bicycle Storage 350. 350 350 350 350 i Sally Pon I, 100 1,1M 1,100 1,1001,100 Suspect Processing 150 300 300. 300 300 1 Booking 2S01 372' 250' 250, 250' 250, I Prisoner Property - 251 25i 25. 25 25 ;fur. Prisoner Property 2S! 25' 25 25 25 Bb • Maz Clean up 80'j 80 160: 160- 160 j Into: 60: 60�. 68 120 120� I DR Room j 601 60 60 60 60. Adult Holding Cells 70 50. 280, 42or 560; 560- i luwmile Holding Cells j 70� 280. 280 280 280 1 Safety Cell 70;. 70 70, 70 70 First Aid 601 60' 601 60 60, Line Up j j 2521 1 252i 252� 2521 252j SUBTOTAL, 17,316'- 7,7451 7,998,. 7,998: CIRCULATION 25%I : 1,8291 1,936, 2,000{ 2,000 ROOMS TOTAL! ' 1 9,14S: 9,6811 9,9901 9,990 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL! I i 10.420' 11,043,11.436 11510'. TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASF' 88 i0F 1t8 ! 1371 1 12,901114]411115,110, 1S57G NOTES: SWORNI 12161 I 77 1 .49—I 107 1 CIVILIAN 11 1 11 1 11 11 Fort Collins Police Services 10 �(�g0o7 � 00 ENTRY: SECTION! CURRENT LOCATION: ! WORK MACES I OFFICE i Sergeant SUBTOTAL' CIRCULATION 25%1 OFFICES TOTAL I WORK STATIONS 3 —�ofric—, DUI Officer SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 35% WORK STATIONS TOTAL WORK PLACES TOTAL' SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Work Sutions ! SLIEST CIRCULATION AREAS T I ROOMS 1 Traffic Storage Conference j i SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25% 1 ROOMS TOTALI SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL NOTES: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES • PATROL SERVICES TRAFFIC UNIT 300 LAPORTE I CURRENT I ►ROJIMID STAFF RFQMWID STAFF i UNIT! EXIST. AREA REQUIRED ' SF SF 29" 200S12013 202C 200012005I2013120281NOTES I t 1 1 1 2 150 I 1S01 1501 150 216' I 150 1S01 150 216; ! 381 38. 38' 54' 1 1 1 2 180 1801 111 270 3 X 8 10 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 2 I 2 1 O j 0 0, 0, 0' 1. 5 10 12 ! 0,, 0. & 01 to 1 0; of 01 & I I I 0'1 01 6 ! � • , 11 14 i 10/Oi 1, usO i 11121 270 33% 138% 1 27% 1 1 28i 8411 I 1121 i 1101 I 1681 I ae''', nzl uo' 16e1 291 39I 49 591 1131 151 189 2371 200 2001 267 300 300 200i 200 200 200 200 400 467 500 500 100 117 125 125 1 500 583 625 625 613 735 814 ITAL RE -OD STAFF k ASFI 1 6 -r 11 1 14 i 1 ! 5011 92211,00211,1221 V SWORN' I 6 ! -'0" 1 11 14 1 �I IVI IAN I 0 „0.- I 0• 0 Fort Collins Police Services 71 un I f- dl Ss131 L) ed E FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES S ON: SELECTIVE DUTIES UNIT CU LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE CURRENT►ROIECTEO - STAFF REOUIRED STAFF UNIT, EXIST. AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2M ' 7005' 2013! 2030! ' 1000 2005: 2013 2020, NOTES ' WORK PLACES .` . , OFFICES `\.� ;Sergeant 1 1 1 2 ISO 90 150 ISO 150 216 SUB49TAII ISO 150 150 216 CIRCULATION 25%, : 38 38 78. 54 OFFICES TOTi1�'. 1 1 1 2 1e8 128 148 270 I WORK STATIONS v1 . Officers I •�•t. 5 6 7 9 64 - 320: 394 448' 576; Intern Work Stations {� 0 :, 0 0 0 1 6464. 64. 64 64.,, \ I SUBTOTAL 5 N 1 6 7 9 I 320, 3841 448 576'. I I CIRCULATION 35% V' �'• 1 1121 134I 157, 2021 1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL i 432 SIB' 6051 7701 WORK ACES TOTAL 6 1 %7 ' 0 11 1 j R 1 6201 706' 792, 7,048 % INCREASE IN STAFF, 17k : 14% 130% I I SPECIAL AREAS 1 AREAS SUBTOTAL; I 1 i t O; 01 O I Oi CIRCULATION 25%I 0, 0. OI 01 AREAS TOTAL, O 0t 01 O it t 1� I ROOMS l+., 1 Crime Prev. Storage 1 1001 117I 133I /831 I SDU Stor. ; ' Copier/Fad Supplies j 150 1 1201 112' 1 150�1 120' 175; 1201 200 1201 27SI 1201 1 I SUBTOTAL! i 1i - 1\370412I 4531 578 1 CIRCULATION 25%- 1 103i113I 145ROOMS TOTAL 1 SPECIAL AREAS TOTALI! sis 5151 547 567 72 3j 723 TOTAL READ STAFF k ASU 6 7� 8 1 71 1 0821 1 2 1 7S t 771 NOTES: SWORN, j 6 1 7 8 1 11 1 CIVILIAN, 0 0 0 1 0 Fort Collins Police Services 12 ENTITV: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - PATROL SERVICES SECTION: P.O.P. UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: l 300 LAPORTE AL1-}�10M'Z-!GI CURRENT: PR D STAFF : 1 D AFF UNfT' EXIST. AREA REQUIRED SF SF _ 2000 20051 2013 : 2020 i - 2000' 2005' 3013: 2020 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES Lieutenant 1 1 1 1 jT 180 1a01 too 190 180 SUBTOTAL j I leo lao. lao leo. CIRCULATION 25%:. 45, 15 45 45 OFFICES TOTAL', 1 1 1 l d 225. 225 225, 225 WORK STATIONS �j SUBTOTALi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; 0� CIRCULATION 35%1 j ' 0� 0. 0 0 WORK STATIONS TOTALI i ! D- 0 0� WORK PLACES TOTAL! 1 / 1 1 225: 22S 225 22S, % INCREASE IN STAFF 0% I OX 0% I SPECIAL AREAS I AREAS ' SUBTOTAL!; 0 0 0: 0, CIRCULATION 25%; ! j I • 0 0: 0' 0; AREAS TOTAL 0 0. 0� 0 !ROOMS Con(ercnce I 200� 0'. 0' OI 0; I SUBTOTAL! j CIRCULATION 25%1 j • 0I 0' of o; ROOMS TOTAL! I 0 0, 01 EAS SPECIAL ARTOTALI j i I_ I 0 Oi 0 0; g j TOTAL REOD STAFF Y ASF' 1 1 1 1 2251 2251 225i 2251 NOTES: SWORN'. 1 1 1 1 CIVILIAN! 0 0 0 0 Fort Collins Police Services 13 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DIRECTOR CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE /. AuArh a(U Zed CURRENT PROIFG D STAFF"STAFF UNIT: EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 12005. 2013. 1020 : 2000' 2005! 2013 2020 NOTES I WORK PLACES 1 OFFICES i Director 1 1 1 1 200 200 200 200 200 SUBTOTALi l 200, 200: 200 200 CIRCULATION 25%i j 50 50, 50 SO OFFICES TOTAL; 1 1 I 1 250; 250 250 250 1 WORK STATIONS Admin. Af1t. 1 1 1 1 00 80 80. W 80. SUBTOTALI 1 1 1 1 80 80, 80-: 80 CIRCULATION 35%i 211 28, 28 28' 1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL'' 108: 108; 108 108. WORK PLACES TOTALI 2 i l 3 2 3501 350. 358 3581 % INCREASE IN STAFF, 0% 0% 0% I SPECIAL AREAS i AREAS 1 SUBTOTAL, 1 ! 0. 0,, 01 01 CIRCULATION 25%� j O 0' Oi d j AREAS TOTAL, ! i pl, p 01 p' ROOMS SUBTOTAL, j !I 0 0;' Oi 0! CIRCULATION 25%; I - 1 01 D' ROOMS TOTAL; O 0; Oi 01 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL, ! pi 0; 01 0: TOTAL REOD STAFF & ASP I 2 2 ! 2 3 I ! 3581 is$; 3381 3S01 NOTES: SWORN0 0 ' 0 0 CIVILIAN : 2 2 i 2 1 2 Fort Collins Police Services 74 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: SYSTEMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE Ak 4h o R1 Zeal ! CURRENT, PRO D STAFF ! RED AFF UNIT' EXIST AREA REOUIRED ! SF SF 2000 2005. 20171 T020' ! : 2000; 2005'. 2913; 2020, NOTES WORK PLACES I OFFICES SUBTOTAL! j 0, 0 0 0 CIRCULATION 25%f 0 0 0 0' OFFICES TOTAL! 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 WORK STATIONS i Volunteer 1 ; 0 0 0 0 , 64 64 64. 128 12& Systerns Manager 1 1 I 1 so so so'. eon So; 'Systems Mnlyst I 1 2 4 ! 61 6/' 64 ize'. 2s6i CC,Aer 1 ! 1 l I l i 64 ! 64F 64'. 64' 6/: Prgect Mgr. `Y'V TtrA.i 0.5 0.5 1 I 64 64. 64' 64, 641 Radio Teth 0 O I I 1 64 0; O! 64, 64. ! SUBTOTAL! 3.5 3.5 ! i 6 ! e I 336; 336� 5281 656i CIRCULATION 3S% 118i 118i 185, 230j j WORK STATIONS TOTAL. ! 4541 4541 7131 886' WORK PLACES TOTAL! i % INCREASE IN STAFF' 3.5 3.5 b 0% 71% e 33% IS/i I51'' 717; e86! SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL! I I 0 01 OI 0� CIRCULATION 25% I Of 0. 01 AREAS TOTAL! I ROOMS Computer Room Computer Storage / Receiving CIRCULATION ROOMS T I TOTAL REDD STAFF 8; ASF' 3.5 3.5 1 6 8 1 1.111 1 1111 1 AOOI 1 5731 NOTES: I� SWORN! i 0 0 0 0 i_ CIVILIAN 3.5 ! 3.5 I 6 8 Fort Collins Police Services 15 EXHIBIT 4 MILESTONE SCHEDULE NEW POLICE FACILITY Timberline Site North of Drake ITEM 1. ROW Work Closed on Timberline Site Issued: August 19, 2003 Revised: September 11, 2003 Revised: February 19, 2004 Revised: August 2, 2004 ESTIMATED COMPLETION DATE: 3. Financing City Council Approves Issuance of Bonds and Appropriates Project Funding 4. Design and Construction Start the Preparation RFP for Design/Build Team Solicit Design/Build Proposals Receive Design/Build Proposals Select Design/Build Team and Notice to Proceed Start Off -Site Improvements (Engineering) Finish Off -Site Improvements (Engineering) Complete Preliminary Design Begin Final Design Complete Final Design Notice to Proceed Construction Complete Construction Occupy New Facility file: milestone schedule police July 20, 2004 July 6, & 20, 2004 August 1, 2004 October 1, 2004 November 1, 2004 January 1, 2005 April 1, 2005 October 1, 2005 February 1, 2006 February 15, 2006 July 1, 2006 August 1, 2006 December 31, 2007 January 31, 2008 Page 26 of 27 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: RECORDS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE A L,;-�h o Tl i'LC.1 CURRENT PROIE STAFF KEOUMED STAFF UNIT EXIST AREA REOUIRED T� v 2000 ' ZOOS 2013' 2020 j ' 20002005 : 2013 2020' NOTES I WORK PLACES 1 OFFIXS j Records Manage, SUBTOTAL�� 150 137 /50 ISO I50 150. CIRCULATION 25%I ! j 150 150 150 150 38' 38 38, 38; OFFICES TOTAL' 1 i 1 1 I in: 1BB: m 108. I WORK STATIONS 3 �Supeviwr ! - - 2 +t 3 3 80 j 160 240 240' 240: (� Police Report specialists 9 tT ! 15 17 j 64 576I 6/0 6401 640 1 ubaaiData 1 Public Info ro Database worksniion 0 0 .0 0 B 0 8� 0 64 64 512; 5121 512; 512i 64; 6.4 64' 64, j Desk Officer 1 1 1 j 1 i 64 64 j 64; 641 64' SUBTOTAL 20 21 I 27 29 I I 1 11,376! 1,52W 1,520j 1,520 CIRCULATION 35% i 4821 5321 532; 532- WORK STATIONS TOTAL j I ASB i 2,052 i 2,OS2 i 2,0S2 WORK PLACES TOTAL 1 % INCREASE IN STAFF 21 .3h 14% 117% 28 30 7x 2,045' 2,2/0! 2,3402,240 1 SPECIAL ARFAS AREAS SUBTOTAL'' CIRCULATION 25%1 j AREAS TOTAL' - I � I I' I I ROOMS I Conference I 200i 200 2001 2001 200 1 Records File Storage200� 200� 229 267i 286 Mail Room I 200 2001 200 200 200 I Central Supply 600I 3801 6001 600 6001 600 Press Room I Copier / Fax / Supplies / MF j 150 1301 150 1501 150 ISO I Rest Rooms I I I 1 401 65I 90� 80 80 80 CoOee Break j 100: 213' 100 100 100 100 SUBTOTAL: 11,610 1,639 1,677 1,696 CIRCULATION 25%'. j I I 403 410 119 124 ROOMS TOTALI I 12,013 2,Ot0 2,096 2,120 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' i12,013' 2,048 2 096 2 120 1 TOTAL REDD STAFF i ASK 1 21 2& 20 30 4,OSBI4,2BBI4.335' 4 3591 NOTES: SWORN ! O O j O j 0 1 2t CIVILIAN;; 21 ?M' 28 30 Fort Collins Police Services 16 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION: DISPATCH 1 L CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE AweF*1J�i,l'ZCaL CURRENT PRqwCTED STAFF "IRED STAFF UNIT EXIST' AREA REQUIRED Chanan , _ ) SF SF L,�E i w9r�/y 2000 2005'' 2013' 2020� 200W 2005'. 2013' 2030 NOTES 2O�J i WORK PLACES ! OFFICES Communications Manager 180 180 180 180 180 .S AwA AdC SUBTOTAL- CIRCULATION 25% ! OFFICES TOTAL] 1 1 1 !, 1 I WORK STATIONS 1 Supervisor 5.5 1 9-11 ! 5.5 : 6 �l Dispatchers / Call Takers 21 E9' 30 ! 34 Call Taker Consoles 1 1 1 SUBTOTAL! 26.5 979i 35.51 40 1i CIRCULATION 35%1 j WORK STATIONS TOTAL' III WORK PLACES TOTAL! 27.5 31.51 36.5 i 41 ! % INCREASE IN STAFFi ! 15% 116% !. 12% !SPECIAL AREAS AREAS 911 Telephone Radio / Phone UPS / Swilchgear SUBTOTAL! CIRCULATION 25%! 1 AREAS TOTAL ROOMS j Conference I I Kitchen / Break 1 I Training Work Roan 1 Copier / Fax / Supplies 1 Dispatch Lockers ! ! Rest Rooms - i i SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25%! ROOMS TOTAL: SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL! ISO 180 ISO,, ISO, 45: 45� 45' 45 725,' 225;. 2251 225, i 80 MOj 4401 440: 4801 80 1 80 560; 500] 960:. 960 64 32W 3201 320, 320', ! 1,320i1 1,56011,7201 1,7601 462i 546, 602i 616i j 1,78212,106! 2,322' 2,376' 2,007; 2,3311 2,347, 2,601 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 120� 5001 2171 500 500j SOOT SOOj 2001 1 200I 2001 200i 200i j 820 820 8201 820I 205 2051 2051 205, 1 1,025. 1.0251 1,0251 1,02511 200' 2001 200 2001 2001 200 200 2001 1 150I ISO! 150 150I 1 1201 120 120 1201 1 SI 651 80, 90 1 III 2101 21 1,050.1,0E TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASF' 27.5 31.5 36.5 ALJ I 14,05114.39414.6221.469S� NOTES: ! SWORN; ! 0 ! 0! 0 1 0 ! CIVILIAN! 27.5 131.5 1 36.5 41 Fort Collins Police Services 17 1±0� ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION PROPERTY / EVIDENCE / LAS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE a OFF SITE Auk -hart' Ztd CUMENT: PROI!pEff,! j STAFF RE 1 D STAFF '- UNITS EITISTL AREA REQUIRED I SF SF , 2000 1 2805 : 20131 2020 i ! 2000' 2005 2013 2020 NOTES ! WORK PLACE ! . I OFFICES Supervisor j 1 l 1 2 1! ISO 150- 150. 150 216 SUBTOTALI CIRCULATION 25%I 150 150' ISO 216, 38 38 36 54 OFFICES TOTAL. 1 1 1 2 Uti 1tB- 1q' 270 1 WORK STATIONS', ! 3�! Property /Evidence Technicians 2 -it. 3 4 I 61 ! I 1I6 1281 192 256 Crime Scene Investigators 2 d� ! 4 5 I 64 128i 192: 256 320' T —I AFIS Tech. 0.5 t 1 1 100 ! too; 100.. 100: too-, �S .Lab Clerical ! 0.75 -t-! 1 1 i 61 641 W! 64 W'. SUBTOTAL! 5.25 IP -9-' j 9 11 i ' 1201 4B4! 6121 740i CIRCULATION 35%i ! 1471 169� 214! 259I WORK STATIONS TOTAL!, WORK PLACE TOTAL: 6.25 �- i I j 5671 653!, 82C 9"! ., 1 % INCREASE IN STAFF' 4- 10 13 i 1 29% 23% ! 30X 7SS'I $41: 1,014, 1,269', ! I SPECIAL AREAS 1 l i AREAS 1 PIE Storage j 1,1 Si 1,151 1151 1,47311,64212,394 Narcotics Storage! j 150 150' IS01 150 !SDI Secure Storage i Large Property Storage 1 I 150I 5471 I ISO I so; ISO 547! 5471 700' 67511,138I 150 I Evidence PrvmssinR Vehicle Processing ! 1,1001 1501 192! 210� ! 1,10011,10011,100' 312� 1,ID0� I Dry Boom BO', 72 80, 102I 1281 1661 Sio - Clean Up _ ! 40 40j 51l; 64 831 I AFIS/Lry can ' 80i 80I soi 80i 801 SUBTOTAL! 1! I 3,446 3,9991 4,6291 5,577� CIRCULATION 25%! AREAS TOTALI I I 862I 1.00011,15711,3931I 4,7/41 4.9r 3,7161 6,96 !ROOMSConfae 200 200 200 2001 200 ForensicFce ileRoom Photo Room j 120I 120 168 168 168 !� 1 Change Room60 100 95 100 100 100 100 60 Cnme Lab �I ! 430I 430 4301 1 0 4 0 I Latasa Tram Evidence too 100 100I too 100 I Digital Imaging I 115 120 115 115 Its 120 120 120 115 120 Crime Lab Storage I 1 70I 70 70 70I 70 Evidence Packaging /Storage ! ! ( 120, 1 120 j 120 120, 120 Viewing Room !'. Copier Fax i 200 200 200 200I 200 ! 120j 981 120 120, 120 120 SUBTOTAL!. 1 ! 1 i 1,755 1,803I 1,1103 1,803 . CIRCULATION 25X� j 1 4391 4511 451 451 ROOMS TOTAL; I SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL: j I 2,194 2,254 2,254 2,254 6 7 1 9.221 TOTAL REOD STAFF At ASF' ! 6.25 4 - 10 73 I I j 7,251 10l71 9 tl71 14 M0 NOTES: 0 SWORN! 1 0 i O O j 0 T CIVILIAN;6.25 ! -0--1 10 ! 13 Fort Collins Police Services 18 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION: COMMANDER CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE / ALAAKanr zeal G^lCURRENT 11 La PR STAFF R D RED STAR . UNIT, EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF eZ17O 2000 2805 2013' 2020! 2000 2005' 2013 2020: NOTES 'WORK PLACES OFFICES .Commander 1 1 1 1 200. 213 200 200 200 200 Lieutenant 0 - 1 1 1 180 0 180 180 180 SUBTOTAL, 200. 200 200 200 CIRCULATION 25% S0- 50 50 SO OFFICES TOTAL. 1 2 1 2 2 - 2S9. 2S0 250 2S0 WORK STATIONS Admin. irr11niaM180 94 8080 80' 80 Admin. Clerk _ 2 2 2 2 64 128. 128 128 128 SUBTOTAL; .; 3�. 3 3 3 208: 208' 208 208, CIRCULATION 35%1 73 73 73 73: WORK STATIONS TOTAL;• 1 281. 191 201. 281: WORK PLACES TOTAL 4 5 S S S31 531, S31 531 % INCREASE IN STAFF 25% 1 0% -. Im SPECIAL AREAS AREAS SUBTOTAL, '. � 0; Oi 01 0;,. CIRCULATION 25% AREAS TOTAL; ! ! 01 0 0, 0' ROOMS :Conference 1 200' 2061 200 200� 200' 200' Files 80i 80'. 100 100i 100', Copier/Fax/Supplies 1201 120! 120 1201 120' . Coal Closet - 15� 151 15 15'; 15. SUBTOTAL' i '' I 415:. 435! i 435, I 435�1 CIRCULATION 25'/a j 101i 109' 109' 109! ROOMS TOTAL SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL: iI I�! 579! 1 SIT' S41i SNP 5191 SIT! 5441 SIT' TOTAL Ill STAFF i ASF - 4 S S : 5 ! i 1,05011,07SI 1,07511,0751 SWORN'S ;- 1 �. 1 2 2 CIVILIAN'3 ! 3 3 3 Fort Collins Police Services 19 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION DRUG TASK FORCE CURRENT LOCATION: OFF SITE A k)rh O IU Ze d �^Q'n CURRENT PROI D Q co) STAFFUW STAFF i! UNIT' E%ISF; AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 2005 2013' 2020 12000 2005 2013 - 2020 NOTES WORK PLACES OFFICES : Lieutenant I 1 1 1 . 1 ISO ISO Igo 180- 180 I Sergeams 1 i 1 2 2 150 150 150 150 150 SUBTOTAL,, 2 2 3 3 �� ISO' 1S0 ISO ISO j CIRCULATION 25%, . 38 38 38 38 OFFICES TOTAL; 2 2 3 3 : 181 101 188 181 WORK STATIONS (p ..LOKcers 4 —rl 6 1 8 64 256 320 384 511 Secretary • I 1 1 1 1 64 64 64 64 64 I' SUBTOTAL i ! 5 1-0 7 ! I 9 1 320� 384; 1{8 576' CIRCULATION 35%1 WORK STATIONS TOTAL] 1 5 i 0 7 9 112' 134 157 432 202' WORK PLACES TOTALI 7 1} 9 i 10 12 - $18 605 620 706 792. 778� 965- % INCREASE IN STAFF ! 1 14% ' 25% 20% SPECIAL AREAS AREAS Monitor Room j 1 100 I 1001 100, 100 100, - Telephone Room 80� g01 DO! BOi. 80; 1 Conference / Training j l l 1001 1001 100; 100 I00,' SUBTOTAL ' ! j i 2801 2801 280 2801I CIRCULATION 25%: I 701 70' 70 70: AREAS TOTAL! ! I 350i 350� 350 1501 ROOMS 1 I Interview i 2001 200i 3001 300I Equipment Storage �I 1 12Oj, 2001 200 Personnel Locker 11 101 150l 150j 150j 150j Compmd / Fik Room 200,' 200I 2501 250; 250 SUBTOTAL, 670' 720i 9001 900j j CIRCULATION 25X, ! 1681 1801 225 22S' ROOMS TOTAL! 831 90011,12511,125 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 1,1"i 1,250 1 A7511175' TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASF! 7 Y 10 12 ,807' 1.93C 2 26712 4401 NOTES: 6 �I 9 CIVILIANI ! 1 I 1 I j 1 Fort Collins Police Services 20 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION YOUTH SCHOOL TEAMS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE �A�,h,M2tEf CURRENT' PR IED Chin STAFF !RED STAFF UNIT EXIST AREA REQUIRED n SF SF d 0 ! 2000 ! 2085 ; 201320201 j _ 20001 2005 i 2013 2020 NOTES I WORK PLACES ! OFFICES i Sergeants SUBTOTAL!' CIRCULATION 25XI OFFICES TOTAL! I WORK STATIONS b i School Resource Officer I D.A.R.E. Officer I Patrol Officer W.S. Imem / Volunteer t SUBTOTALIi ! CIRCULATION 35R1 ! WORK STATIONS TOTAL, 1 WORK PLACES TOTALI % INCREASE IN STAFF: I SPECIAL AREAS AREAS ROOMS Conference Interview Dam Storage CIRCULATION AREAS T CIRCULATION ROOMS TI 1 i 1 2 I —a- 0 0 0 0 9 / I 1 10 -t4- I 2 2 j,' 150 109 150' 150 300, 300 j ' 150; 1501 300' 300 1 2 2 i! 38 188; 38 198, 75 375 75 375 11 2 13 2 I I i I ! 48 1 288: 288' 288! 288. 0 0 1 48 ! 48 481 96, 481 96! 48, 96�� 48. 96' O 0 i 36 72. 721 72' 72 13 15 4321 432j 432; 432! 151: 151, 1S1� 1S11 15 5% 17 13% j 583' 7711 5831 771 5831 9581 5831 950 TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASF' j 10 Y! 15 17 i ! 1.20{I i 208 1 396I 1 396 NOTES: ii �' SWORN] 10 1 -Fr-I 15 17 1 CIVILIANI 0 1 0 � O I 0 1 _ Fort Collins Police Services 21 ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMINAL IMPACT UNIT CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE C ALA,{hMa 2fd CURRENT' PR D to STAFF RE IRED STAEE UNIT'. EXIST AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 ! 20051 2013 2020 :1 20002005, 2013 20201 NOTES WORK PEACES ! OFFICES 1 Setgeam I 1 1 1 I ! ISO 150'. ISO 150� ISO, I•, SUBTOTALI 1 1 1 1 Iso; ISO: 1S0 15na'. (0— .S CIRCULATION 25141 38 38- 38 38 OFFICES TOTAL; 1 1 1 1 i 1aY: leas lea. lag WORK STATIONS ! i Warrant Clerk Officers 1.5 6 1 1.5 -iF— 1.5 1.5 a 9 i 64 1 64 128; 448! 128. 512; 128! 512� 128 576 Volunteer WS 1 j 36 36' 36� 361 36 CledicAl Aida g 1 SUBTOTAL ! CIRCULATION 35%� 7.5 .arr 9.5 10.5 612; ' 2741 6761 2;71 676:, 2;7! 7401 2ggl WORK STATIONS TOTAL] 9 j 826! 913! 913; "9WORK PLACES TOTAL! a.5 �t.T ! 10.5 1 11.5 j 1 ! 1,014, 1,100! 1,1001. 1,137'i % INCREASE IN STAFF 12% 1 11 % . 1 O% ! SPECIAL AREAS ! AREAS NCIC Computer WS j I I 64, 128i 1281 1281 128 SUBTOTAL CIRCULATION 25%1 I I 128 128! 128! 128 AREAS TOTAL ' j 32, 1 160� 32 160 321 160 32. 160, ROOMS 1 SUBTOTALI CIRCULATION 2S%1 1 I i 0! I 0 0 0 OI 0 0 0 ROOMS TOTAL) ! I O 0 0 0 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 1601 160, 160 160 TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASF B.5 -0e9• 10.5 — I 1 ! ! 1.17411.260i 1,2601 1 347' NOTES: r+ SWORN] ! 7 11 8 ' 9 10 1 'a — CIVILIAN I i 1.5 1 *-.9-� 1.5 I 1.5 Fort Collins Police Services 22 u ENTITY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE L1LA�Et'lrlj 2t d CURRENT FROI"D STAFF RE 1 M STAFF UNIT' EXIST, AREA REOUI IED SF SF 2000 20051 2013' 2020 2000 2005 2013. 202W NOTES WORK PLACES I OFFICES Sergeants 1 1 ! 2 2 150 150' 150, 300' 300' 1 SUBTOTAL' 1 1 - 2 ! i 2 150; 150 300 300' CIRCULATION 25% 38 38 75• 75 OFFICES TOTAL; 1 ' 1 2 2 f lea lae' 375 375 WORK STATIONS Investigators 1 6 .T 9 1 11 I 64 ! 448' 576. 576 704: Victims Svcs. Coordinator 1 1 1 1 ! 64 64 64 64 64 S —6Victims Svcs. Advocate 0.5 ! t 1 / 48 48 d8- Ia 18: Clerical 0.5 0.5 Os 0.5 1 48 481 48; 48, 48j l0 SUBTOTAL' 8 11 11.5 i 13.5 512, 6401 6401 768 CIRCULATION 35% 1 j 1 179i 2241 2241 2691 WORK STATIONS TOTAL U4. 1 ! 1 6911 e61� 86111,037! i WORKPLACES TOTAL 9 13.5 15.5 1 679,1,05211,23911,412i % INCREASE IN STAFF' 17% i 29% 1 15% SPECIAL RFA9 ecep ,I Reception is, 90 90 901 90I File Storage 20i I Coffee 1 60' 801 60 so; 601 801 60I 80 60 SUBTOTAL' ! 230 2301 230! 230 CIRCULATION 25%I I 1 1 58 58 58 s8 AREAS TOTAL, 1 I 1 288i 288 288 2881 ROOMS ! Conference j 200 OI of cal p Monitor Room 1 1 100 i General Stange1 801 100 1 80' 100 93 100 120 100 138 j Equipment Storage 1 801 801 93 120 138� I lnlemew ! 1 1001 200i 200 200 2001 I Soh Interview 1 ISO Coat Clmet 151. ISO' 15 l so 15 150 ISI f 50 15 Cop7/Fav/Supplift !j I I 120I 120 120I 1201 120 SUBTOTALI I I I 715 772 a25 861 1 CIRCULATION 25% 186' 193 206 215 ROOMS TOTAL; 1 931 965 1,031. 1,076 SPECIAL AREAS TOTALS I i 1 219 1.252 1! 1.363 TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASIF 1 9 NB 13.5 75.5 1 2.09712,30412,55812,775 NOTES: SWORN, 1 7' —Bh 11; 13; CIVILIAN' i 2 .742.51 2.51 Fort Collins Police Services 23 ENTTTY: FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES - INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES SECTION CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY ^,. , CURRENT LOCATION: 300 LAPORTE �7�'Ch1��j Zf-rA CURRENTPRO ED CV-VAA � STAFF RE RERED AFF I UNIT' EXIST, AREA REQUIRED SF SF 2000 1 20031 2013 2020I 2000'. 2005 i 2013 2020 NOTES I WORK PLACES I OFFICES Sergeants 1 1 2 2 150 SUBTOTAL! ! li CIRCULATION 25%! I OFFICES TOTALi 1 j 1 I 2 2 8 �!OfliC WORK STATIONS 7 ys-I 1 11.5 ! 13.5I 1 64 1 IfMieaRYsrF� w ftAlaal SW.' 1 1! 1 1 I 64 . $ �impawn Entry CIer4 Spec. j 0.5 -F- 1 I 1 64 I Volunteers / Interns 1 0 I 0 0 0 64 1 I .$ - C"-LG4 4icAC, I I j SUBTOT kt) 8.S i4 t 13.5I CIRCULATION 35%1 1 WORK STATIONS TOTALI ! WORK PLACES TOTAL9.5 lid 115.5 % INCREASE IN STAFF 31% 1 24% 1 15.5' 1 ! 17.51 13% ! 1 (SPECIAL AREAS j I AREAS Reception file Storage Coffee Video Imaging Work Station SUBTOTAL�� ' CIRCULATION 25%, I Ij AREAS TOTAL! i I i I ROOMS i1 1 1 1 Equipment Storage Conletence Room / War Room Interview Monitor Room I SUBTOTAL'( CIRCULATION 25%i 1 ROOMS TOTAL( SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL' TOTAL REOD STAFF i ASFI !.5 15.5 17.51 NOTES: 9 -} SWORN] 8 +"1 13.5 15.5 1 CIVILIAN! 1.5 2 $ 2 2 1 I 150! 1501!. 300 300' 150 150. 300 300 38 38 75 75 in 189 375., 375 I 1 608I 7361 736' 864- 1 64' 641 64! 64; 64� 641 64i 641 128' 128'I 128i 128' I I , 864 992I 992I 1,120I 3021 3471 347' 3921 1,166I 1.3 391 1,3391 1,5121 11,35411,527i 1,74 1,887: 1 12,43412.63012.M217.0301 Fort Collins Police Services 24 FORT COLLINS POLICE SERVICES FNFT` .COMMON FACILITIES CODE: HQ CURRENT LOCATION: 'CURRENT FROIECTiD STAFF { U'RED STAFFSF SF UNIT EXIST, AM AUTH 1 2000 2005'. 2017' 20201 2000. 2005 2017 2020'.NOTES i WORK PLACES - •1. .I 0, 0 0 0 OFFICES 0 0 0 0 0, 0. 0. 0 SUBTOTAL!! 0,, 0 p: 0 0' 0. • CIRCULATION 25%i 0 I 1 0 0' I 0 jj 0'. 0 OFFICES TOTAL' ! I WORK STAnoN5 . 0- 0. 0: 0. SUBTOTAL', 0 p 0 0 , .1 0; 0, 0,. 0� CIRCULATION 2M ! ! t 01 0 0 0 0. 0 • WORK STATIONS TOTAL, WORK PLACES TOTAL! : 0 0 I I ! B. 0 - % INCREASE IN STTTTAFF1 0% tl% I SPECIAL AREAS I 5I 1 1,420; 1,80'2,0, . AREA 5wom Lakers - Si -, 1 i 436' S00- 570' 64V 200 200•, M 200, I Civilian Lockers Trainee Lockers j 1p, 575 II 575' 575i 575 575 575• 575, 575'. 575, Mem Toilet / Shoversli 1 5751 13844 3,844 3,844' 3.B44'. 3,844' Women, Toilet / Showe" i 12,000; 2,0001 2,00012001 Delemive Tactics 2000I j I I I Exercise I I ! 1 37419,842i 10,269 9,0501 9, 1 - SUBTOTAL! I�, I I ' 2,263; 2,344I 2,460', 2,567'1 I CIRCULATION 35%i i I I � /1.717i 11,7/8 1T,]03113,Or, I AREAS TOTAL; i ! ,1 j 1 530' S301 5301, 530'I ROOMS' Break RoomI. 530I1 1 250 I 2501, 2501 2501 2501 0', 0 0, 0, I Break Roan Suppers �.. 1126 120, � 120 1201 12011, Community Room Me Sleep Roorm 1 ! 120' ,' •i j 120� 120� 1201 lI0'I 120!1 Women, Sleep Rooms 1,020' 1,020, 1,020j 1,020, •1 SUBTOTAL, I !• 255�1 255 2551 255• CIRCULATION 25%; - I ! 11,2751 7,275I 1,27511,275 ROOMS TOTAL` 1' 12 3N113!!e13S 14111 SPECIAL AREAS TOTAL 5714111 TOTAL ROD STAFF i NSF Fort Collins Police Services EXHIBIT 5 Citizens of Fort Collins City Council 11 City Manager 11 Chief of Police Services Sudgett Human Information �� Investigative' Purchasing Services Services Services Recaeri 4.1u;i; Uri Task Fi;rrp Crsi*iss AgairiS<, Per a s EE [14�1 'y�titzi Urit systam. Ym1h 1E GrAra�s Against Team Pr4G�y Pa( {rol Servicas POP Tr.affw Urt QIS[F0.:t 01Y Day STAR Ear#y Week svo4'hGhnigh'-. Earry Week Prnevx Ship rate Week S.rVN40nigjx Late Vrxaek Po 5M: Professional'[ Projectl and Standards ( Public Information bevelofu �:.._... Manager In»snal MfFaYis r Trairkrg SuP{Ny Range Page 27 of 27 «D» ATTACHMENT PRELIMINARY SOILS REPORT (Dated July 28, 2000 prepared by CTL Thompson) P954 Police Services Facility-Design/Build N GEOLOGIC AND PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION CUMBERLAND PARCEL NORTHWEST OF DRAKE AND TIMBERLINE ROAD FORT COLLINS, COLORADO Prepared For: THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. 6300 SOUTH SYRACUSE SUITE 293 ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80111 Attention: Mr. Brock Chapman Job No. FC-1447 July 28, 2000 CTVTHOMPSON, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 375 E. HORSETOOTH RD, ■ THE SHORES OFFICE PARK ■ BLDG. 3, SUITE 100 • FT. COLLINS, CO 80525 (970) 206-9455 cs=, TABLE OF CONTENTS SCOPE 1 SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1 SITE CONDITIONS 2 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 2 SITE GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGIC HAZARDS 3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 6 SITE DEVELOPMENT T Overlot Grading 7 8 Utility Construction RESIDENTIAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 9 Floor System and Slab -on -Grade Construction 10 Basements 10 11 Surface Drainage RECOMMENDED FUTURE INVESTIGATIONS 11 LIMITATIONS 12 FIG.1 - LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIG. 2 - ESTIMATED DEPTH TO BEDROCK SURFACE FIG. 3 - ESTIMATED BEDROCK SURFACE ELEVATION FIG. 4 - ESTIMATED DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER SURFACE FIG. 5 - ESTIMATED GROUNDWATER SURFACE ELEVATION FIG. 6 - ESTIMATED AREA OF COLLAPSING SOILS FIGS. 7 THROUGH 11 - SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS APPENDIX A - LABORATORY TEST RESULTS APPENDIX B - GUIDELINE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTLlT FC-1447 :SCOPE This report presents the results of our preliminary geotechnical investigation for the Cumberland Parcel located northwest of the intersection of Drake Road and Timberline Road in Fort Collins, Colorado. It is our understanding that this parcel will include single and multi family residential construction, and some light commercial construction. Our investigation was performed to evaluate the subsurface conditions to assist in planning for the site. The report includes descriptions of the subsoil and groundwater conditions found in exploratory borings and our opinions, conclusions and recommendations regarding the proposed residential development and construction as influenced by geotechnical considerations. The report was prepared based on engineering analysis of field and laboratory data and our experience with subsurface conditions in this area. The criteria presented in the report are intended for preliminary planning purposes only. Additional investigations will be required to design residential and commercial structures, and roadway pavements. A summary of our conclusions is presented below. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1. Subsoils identified in our borings generally consisted of sandy clays underlain by silty, clayey sands and gravel over claystone (predominant) and sandstone bedrock. Bedrock was penetrated in 11 of the 20 borings at depths of 18 to 29 feet below the existing ground surface. Samples of the sandy clays and clayey sands generally exhibited low swell in laboratory tests. In the southeastern portion of the site a zone of collapse -prone silty clays was encountered at depth of 0 to 4 ft. and claystone samples exhibited slight consolidation to low swell. The silty sands and sandstone are considered non - expansive. 2. Ground water was measured in each of the 20 borings at depths of 7 to 21 feet below the existing ground surface. We expect groundwater may cause problems for basement construction in some parts of the property and utility trenches may require dewatering. 3. The subsoil conditions are generally favorable for the proposed residential construction. We believe the geotechnical issue that will THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES. INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 1 CTUT FC4447 CL' most affect the:proposed development is the presence of collapsing soil beneath approximately 45 -percent of -the site. Shallow groundwater in isolated areas will also likely be a concern for the site. 4. We expect the residences can be founded with footings bearing on the natural soils. Special design considerations such as minimum deadloads, low pressure footings and over -excavation of collapsing soils may be recommended in portions of the site. Ifexpansivesoils are encountered near foundation levels during the design -level geotechnical investigation, drilled piers may be required. 5. We anticipate the swell potential will be nil to low for lots where bedrock is deeper than about 10 feet below finished grades. Higher swell potential is expected for areas where grading results in bedrock that is shallower than about 10 feet. Collapse potential of soils below shallow foundations and slab -on -grade floors will be a concern. 6. Overall surface drainage should be designed to provide rapid run-off of surface water away from the proposed structures. Water should not be allowed to pond near the crest of slopes, on or adjacent to pavements, or adjacent to the structures. SITE CONDITIONS The Cumberland Parcel is located northwest of the intersection of Drake Road and Timberline Road in Fort Collins, Colorado (Fig. 1). The site is currently undeveloped and is irrigated, agricultural land. At the time of our investigation, the property is currently planted with corn on the north and alfalfa on the south. Some parts of the property were inaccessible to our drill rig because of the corn crop (see Fig.1). The topography of the site is relatively level. Several irrigation ditches run through the property. The subject property is bordered on the south and west by residential development, on the north by commercial development, and agricultural land to the east. PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT A conceptual plan provided to us shows that the development will include of single and multi family residential development, and light commercial development near the southeast corner of the property. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 2 CMFC-14T Paved streets and driveways will be constructed to provide access. Buried sanitary andstorm sewers and water lines will be constructed beneath the streets. We anticipate the residences will be one or two-story wood framed structures with basements. Basement excavations are expected to be 5 to 7 feet deep. We assumed the light commercial development will include one and two-story retail and office type construction. SITE GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGIC HAZARDS The site geology was investigated by reviewing geologic maps, field observations by one of our engineers and geologists, and by drilling of 20 exploratory borings. The approximate locations of our borings are shown on Fig. 1. This section is intended to discuss concerns related to a geologic hazards review that occurs during planning and zoning for land use changes. Specific requirements of Colorado House Bill 1041 "Areas and Activities of State Interest" and Colorado Senate Bill 35 "County Planning and Building Codes" are addressed. The geology and existence of geologic hazards on this parcel were evaluated by one of our engineering geologists using a review of available literature and field reconnaissance. Mapping by L. A. Hershey and P. A. Schneider (USGS Miscellaneous Geologic Investigations Map 1-887, Geologic Map of the Lower Cache La Poudre Basin, North-Central Colorado, 1972) indicates the surface of the site is mapped as pediment and alluvial fan materials including reddish clays, and arkosic gravel and sand. The underlying bedrock consists of the Middle and transition zones of the Pierre Shale, which generally consists of olive -gray, sandy, claystone-shale and fine-grained sandstone. We believe the Pierre Shale dips gently to the east at about 10 degrees in the area. Our field exploration generally confirmed the conditions described by published mapping. Overburden clay soils and claystone (shale) portions of the bedrock are often expansive, which can result in damage to improvements or structures when moisture increase occurs. Engineered design of pavements, foundations, slabs -on -grade and THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 3 CTLIT PC-1"7 N surface drainage can mitigate the effects of .expansive -soils and .bedrock. Our preliminary investigation -shows samples of the overburden clays :and claystone bedrock tested showed low swell potential when the samples were flooded under pressure. The site characteristics suggest swell potential will be variable over the site when the design geotechnical investigations are completed. Some areas of the parcel were underlain by silty clays with significant collapse potential. These soils are discussed below in the SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS and SITE DEVELOPMENT sections. Site soils and bedrock are not expected to be unusually corrosive to concrete or metal. Natural slopes are very gentle and stable. Significant faulting and structural discontinuities are not expected in the bedrock at this site. The soil and bedrock units are not expected to respond unusually to seismic activity. The area is considered by the most recent editions of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) as Zone 1, its least active zone designation. Maximum bedrock accelerations at 4 percent of gravity are probable during major earthquakes in the area. Only minor damage to relatively new, properly designed and built residences would be expected. Regarding the potential for radioactive substances on the parcel, it is normal in the Front Range of Colorado and nearby eastern plains area for radon gas to accumulate in poorly ventilated spaces (i.e., full -depth residential basements) in contact with soil or bedrock. The City of Fort Collins addresses the radon issue in Ordinance No. 45, 1997 and other publications that recognize radon as a health hazard. The amount of radon gas that can accumulate in an area is a function of many factors, including the radionuclide activity of the soil and bedrock, construction methods and materials, soil gas pathways and accumulation areas. Typical mitigation methods consist of sealing soil gas entry areas and periodic ventilation of below -grade spaces. Radon rarely accumulates to significant levels in above -grade living spaces. Fort Collins has addressed "Radon Reduction Systems" in their book of amendments to the 1997 Uniform Building Code. The site is probably not flood prone. There are no highly -developed, natural incised drainages on the site. The very gentle topography of the site indicates that THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 4 CTLIT FC-i"7 N very little, if any, :water would be expected to (flow onto the -sitefrom :outside the boundaries. "During peak precipitation events, some accumulation of surface,sheet flow in drainages is expected. Development typically increases the relative amount of impervious surfaces, which can lead to drainage problems and erosion if surface water flow is not adequately controlled. Evaluation of flooding potential and surface drainage design should be performed by a civil engineer as part of the project design. Erosion potential on the site is considered low, due to the gentle slopes. Erosion potential can be expected to increase during construction, but should return to pre -construction rates or less if proper grading practices, surface drainage design and revegetation efforts are implemented. Groundwater was encountered in our borings at approximate depths of 7 to 23 feet during drilling and 7 to 21 feet several days after drilling. Groundwater levels will likely increase in the wetter months and during wetter years. If groundwater levels increase to foundation levels, related problems will occur. The rise in groundwater to the foundation level will tend to soften the compressible soils, would cause expansion of soils with swell potential if present, and cause persistent wet or moist conditions in "crawl" spaces and basements. Mitigation includes underdrains or interceptor drains to lower the groundwater level, ground improvement techniques to increase the strength of soft soils, and special foundation selection and design criteria if swelling soils are present. We do not believe the site is located above underground mines or is located in a subsidence hazard zone. Site soils and bedrock are not considered subject to ground subsidence related to natural or mining processes. The bedrock below the site is the Pierre Shale formation which does not contain significant coal beds. There is no evidence of past mining activities on the site. We do not believe the site is an economic source of gravel. No other economically important mineral deposits are expected on this site or are known to occur nearby. No geologic hazards which would preclude the proposed development were noted on the subject tract. We believe the geologic hazards can be mitigated with proper engineering design and construction practices, as discussed in this report. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 5 CTL/T FC•1"7 N SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions were investigated by drilling 20 borings to depths of 15 to 35 feet at the approximate locations shown on Fig. 1. The borings were drilled using a truck -mounted drill rig and 4-inch diameter continuous flight auger. A representative of our firm observed the drilling operations, logged the soils and obtained samples for laboratory testing. Graphical logs of the soils identified in the borings drilled for this investigation and results of field penetration resistance tests are presented on Figs. 7 through 11. Samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory where they were visually classified and samples were selected for testing. The results of laboratory testing are presented in Appendix A and summarized on Table A-1. The subsoils identified in our borings consisted predominantly of sandy clays underlain by clayey sands and gravels over claystone and sandstone bedrock. Groundwater was measured at depths ranging from 7 to 21 feet below the existing ground surface when measured several days after drilling. Soils above the bedrock consisted primarily of silty and sandy clays, silty sands and gravel. Field penetration resistance tests indicated the clays are predominantly medium stiff to very stiff, with a few widely scattered deposits of soft clays. In the northern part of the properties the near surface clays were comparatively moist and dense, and generally have a low swell potential. Dry density of these clays ranged from 101 to 111 pcf and natural moisture content ranged from 13 to 22 percent. In the southeast part of the property the shallow clays were less dense, drier and siltier. They exhibited a tendency to collapse when wetted under a pressure of 1,000 psf in our swell/consolidation apparatus. Natural dry density of these samples ranged from 81 to 93 pcf and moisture contents ranged from 8 to 13 percent. Atterberg limits were similar for the two soil groups suggesting the collapse -prone soils may have been more widespread but wetting and densification by natural processes may have occurred in some areas. Penetration tests in the sand and gravel deposits showed them to be medium dense to dense. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES. INC. s CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTL/r FC-1447 N Sandstone and claystone:bedrock were identified in 11 of the 20 borings at depths ranging from 18 to29 feet below the ground surface. Contours of estimated depth and elevation of the bedrock surface are presented on Figs. 2 and 3, respectively. Our borings indicate claystone is the predominant bedrock material. However, sandstone was encountered in two of the borings. Field penetration resistance tests indicated the bedrock is hard to very hard. Samples of the claystone bedrock exhibited slight compression to low swell (-0.4 to 0.70 percent) when wetted under an applied pressure of 1000 psf. The sandstone is fine-grained, silty to clayey and weakly cemented, and is considered non -expansive. Ground water was encountered in all 20 of the borings at depths of 7 to 21 feet below the existing ground surface during drilling and when checked several days later. The general direction of groundwater flow appears to be from northwest to southeast. Groundwater levels are expected to vary seasonally and may rise after development as irrigation for landscaping begins. Contours of estimated depth and elevation of the groundwater surface are presented on Figs. 4 and 5, respectively. SITE DEVELOPMENT Grading plans were not available at the time of this report. We assumed that cuts and fills will be minor. Deep cuts will increase the influence of the bedrock and groundwater on the proposed construction. If significant cuts are planned, we should be contacted to review our recommendations. The ground surface in areas to be filled should be stripped of vegetation, scarified, moisture -conditioned to within ± 2 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). We anticipate stripping will require cuts of 6 to 12 inches for the majority of the site. In areas where grading will result in undisturbed collapse prone soils within 2 ft. of final grades, the soils should be thoroughly scarified, moisture THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. 7 CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTL/T FC-1"T CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. #1 P954 Police Services Facility- Design/Build SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: P954 Police Services Facility- Design/Build OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. October 8, 2004 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: Following the Pre -proposal meeting on September 17, 2004, all questions should be in writing and be submitted to Project Manager Ron Kechter, P.E., rkechteKcD_fcgov.com or fax (970) 221-6534. Page 20 of 27. Paragraph #10 of the Conceptual Review Comments: "Sanitary sewer service for this site will be in the south street (Mansion Parkway) and will be installed as part of the `off -site" development work for this project. DELETE: Page 19 of 27. Paragraph #2, last sentence of the Conceptual Review Comments: - "In any event...." •90 Page 22 of 27. Paragraph #26 of the Conceptual Review Comments: Delete "paragraph #26". List of prebid attendees (attached). Chapter 7, Agreement (attached) RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. N treated to •within 2 percent of optimum moisture content and recompactedto,at least 95 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density. The on -site soils or similar low or non -swelling soils can be used as site grading fill. The on -site clays and sands or similar imported materials should be moisture -treated to within two percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum ASTM D 698 dry density. Higher plasticity clays should be moisture treated to between optimum and three percent above optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 95 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). Clays with moderate or higher swell potential should not be imported to the site as site grading fill. The placement and compaction of site grading fill should be observed and the density tested by a geotechnical engineer during construction. Guideline site grading specifications are provided in Appendix B. Groundwater was measured as shallow as 7 feet below the existing ground surface in two of our borings (TH-10 and TH-15) and at approximately 8 feet in TH-1- The groundwater is shallower along the western edge of the property and near the southeast corner. if it is feasible to raise site grades in those areas, basement construction may not be restricted by the groundwater condition. If site grades in the southeast corner and along the western edge remain at their current level or lower, a subdrain or interceptor drain system may be needed to lower water levels sufficiently to permit basement construction. Basement excavations should be at least 4 feet above the measured groundwater level. We believe the excavations for utility installation can be performed with conventional trenchers or backhoes. Groundwater will likely be encountered near the eastern and western boundaries of the site. Temporary dewatering will be required during utility installation. In shallower excavations, dewatering may be accomplished by sloping the excavations to occasional sumps where water can be removed by pumping. The sumps should be several feet below the bottom of the THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. 6 CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTLrr FC-1"7 excavations so that water is pumped down throughthesoils ratherthan .up'through the bottom of the excavations, which will have a tendency -to de -stabilize the floors of the excavations. Deeper excavations may penetrate the sand soils where water infiltration will be greater and the soils will cave to flatter slopes. In those situations, more extensive dewatering may be required. Utility trenches should be sloped or shored to meet local, State and Federal safety regulations. Based on our investigation, we believe the clays and sands are Type B and C soils based on OSHA standards. Excavation slopes specified by OSHA are dependent upon soil types and ground water conditions encountered. For type C soils OSHA specifies a 1%:1 (horizontal:vertical) slope. Seepage and groundwater conditions in trenches may cause the soils to cave to a flatter slope. Initial trench excavations may be unstable and require flatter slopes than required by OSHA. Contractors should identify the soils exposed in the excavation and refer to OSHA standards to determine appropriate slopes. Excavations deeper than 20 feet should be designed by a professional engineer. Water and sewer lines are usually constructed beneath paved roads. Compaction of trench backfill can have a significant effect on the life and serviceability of pavements. We believe trench backfill should be placed in thin, loose lifts, moisture -conditioned to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95.percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). The placement and compaction of fill and backfill should be observed and tested by a geotechnical engineer. RESIDENTIAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION The near -surface soils identified during our investigation consist of low - expansive clays; non -expansive sands and gravels; and non to low -expansive claystone and sandstone. Laboratory test results indicate that some of the near surface soils exhibit significant collapse potential when wetted. Volume changes up to 10 percent were measured when samples were wetted under an applied pressure of 1,000 psf. These soils should not be used as a be strata unless mitigative THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 9 CTLIT FC-1447 measures are undertaken. A design4evel soils and foundation investigation should be performed after site -grading has been completed to;provide lot -specific design recommendations. We believe design level investigations may indicate special foundation recommendations are needed to mitigate the collapsing soils for approximately 40 percent of the site. A map of the approximate area we believe may be underlain by collapsing soils at upper level footing elevations is shown on Fig. 6. Shallow foundations may require deeper footings or subexcavation and recompaction of the site soils. Deep foundations such as drilled piers will be complicated by caving soils and comparatively shallow groundwater. We anticipate the swell potential will be nil to low for lots included in this investigation, unless site grading results in bedrock within about 10 feet of finished grades. Slab -on -grade floors are typically used in unfinished basements and commercial structures for soil conditions similar to those we encountered in our investigation. Ground water was measured in all 20 of our borings at depths of 7 to 21 feet below the existing ground surface. Groundwater was shallowest in the southeast corner of the property and along the western border (specifically near TH-10 and TH- 15). We do not expect groundwater will cause problems for basement construction for most of the site. Site grading should be planned to set basement excavations at least 4 feet above groundwater. We recommend foundation drains be installed around basements. Foundation drains should lead to a sump pit where a pump is installed to remove water or to the subdrain system if such a system is constructed. Comparatively shallow groundwater and softer soils may result in soft and unstable excavations when construction equipment repeatedly travels over the excavation. In such cases the subgrade can be stabilized by over -excavation and replacement or by crowding coarse, crushed aggregate into the soft areas. In some THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 10 CM FC-1447 situations -excavation using track -mounted equipment may be more effective than tire mounted machinery. Basement walls should be designed and constructed to resist lateral earth pressures. The ground surface around the structures should be graded to provide for rapid run-off of surface water away from the structures and off of pavements. We recommend slopes of at least 12 inches in the first 10 feet for the areas surrounding residences, where practical. Roof downspouts and other water collection systems should discharge well beyond the limits of all backfill around the residences. Water should not be allowed to pond between residences or on or adjacent to pavement. We believe the erosion potential of the near -surface soils at this site is relatively low. Proper control of surface run-off is important to control erosion of surface soils. Sheet flow should not be directed over unprotected slopes. Water should not be allowed to pond either on, or adjacent to, pavements or at the crest of slopes. Permanent overlot slopes should be seeded or mulched to reduce erosion. RECOMMENDED FUTURE INVESTIGATIONS Based on the results of this investigation and the proposed development, we recommend the following investigations be performed: 1. Review of final site grading plans; 2. A pavement and subgrade investigation after grading and utility installation; 3. A design -level soils and foundation investigation after grading; and 4. Testing and observation for site development and residential and commercial building construction such as compaction of grading fill, utility trench backfill, and foundations. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 11 CTL/T FC-i"T LIMITATIONS Our borings were widely spaced to provide a general characterization of subsurface conditions for preliminary assessment and planning of residential and light commercial construction. Conditions between borings may vary. We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily used by geotechnical engineers practicing in this area at this time. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. When we can be of further service in discussing either the contents of this report or the analysis of the influence of subsurface conditions on the design of the proposed development or to conduct the final design soils and foundation investigation, please call. CTL/THOMPSON, INC. Q Arenear m Reviewe by�''o , •�yp.S L. ; pTE y a� :•�1e aria•. �` 10�D4 Fe'. t 33848 a ...: � . Thomas A. ( �'�'• >1; C�IIRv ..• �. Project Mana'i s•�•.•����`.``.� aryl •........NPQ�� '''���0 NAII 11{L1P\\\\\\\ /F/F*71 EA.p p�rlt,' IC:nlj (5 copies sent) THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL 12 CTLrr FC•1447 TH49 TH•18 O TH-20 APPRCX. SCALE: 1._300 TH-22 • TH-17 � TH-z1 • TH-15 • TH-16 0 TK-13 • TTH-8 • TH-6 * TH-14 • TH-11 Tlt-9 TH-T • TH-11 TH-10 0 TH.S •TH3 • TH.4 TH-1 TH-2 The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL Job No. FC-1447 VICINITY MAP (Four o SCALE LEGEND: • T" APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORING O TH-21 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF FUTURE EXPLORATORY BORING TO BE COMPLETED AFTER CROPS ARE HARVESTED TBM TEMPORARY BENCHMARK ESTABLISHED AT MANHOLE AT THE INTERSECTION OF DRAKE ROAD AND TIMBERLINE ROAD (ASSUMED ELEVATION =100 FEET) Locations of Exploratory Borings Fig. 1 7.. ❑'1 Q' 01 .J CU U. 0 Q a z 0 z The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL Job No. FC-1447 APPROX.SCALE: 1' = 300' 13 -. INDICATES ESTIMATED DEPTH TO BEDROCK SURFACE (FEET) TOTE: DATA FROM OUR BORINGS AND OUR EXPERIENCE WERE USED TO SUBJECTIVELY ESTIMATE THE .ESTIMATED DEPTH TO BEDROCK SURFACE' Estimated Depth to Bedrock Surface Fig. 2 The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL Job No. FC-1447 19 APPROX. SCALE: 1' = 300' INDICATES ESTIMATED BEDROCK SURFACE ELEVATION (FEET) )TE: DATA FROM OUR BORINGS AND OUR EXPERIENCE WERE USED TO SUBJECTIVELY ESTIMATE THE 'ESTIMATED BEDROCK SURFACE ELEVATION' Estimated Bedrock Surface Elevation Fig. 3 G.. The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL Job No. FC-1447 APPROX.SCALE: 1" = 300' VD: 6 INDICATES ESTIMATED DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER SURFACE (FEET) )TE DATA FROM OUR BORINGS AND OUR EXPERIENCE WERE USED TO SUBJECTIVELY ESTIMATE THE 'ESTIMATED DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER SURFACE' Estimated Depth to Groundwater Surface Fig. 4 The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL AZODA APPROX. SCALE: 1' = 300' INDICATES ESTIMATED GROUNDWATER SURFACE ELEVATION (FEET) NOTE: DATA FROM OUR BORINGS AND OUR EXPERIENCE WERE USED TO SUBJECTIVELY ESTIMATE THE 'ESTIMATED GROUNDWATER SURFACE ELEVATION' Estimated Groundwater Surface Job No. FC-1447 Elevation Fig. �?IJchael Chc�i�� $c, arj U Kks DbN SIVIS&bS Sa eir 0 'e �a.�lrna�ea1 ��L I'aIk1-111✓el - r„eQr"z Wft&JNM rwvsrAiflW Ate wicTs 4.30� �a rrtan� P� I134 E. 5?cca�� 5f, 5+e . Zo4d F`ILAO 00SZ'r-7 -F.-aI r4K 97o/Z � 3 - 3/S 1 9 x°�?z WhWih •�ovlt7�so✓r�•�.. �R1o)47Z-895ft C`�'lo�7z-Q,955 in icha e/�I /a�r�(i males inc . com -7N cc: K 6F�+++'•¢ f) S'Tt 2-70c) Glgx rc 0 Vl+.Ln"c r GJ Q:6 S 1 t 1441 Awe."rof- AVF_ - FT. GetLr.Ur GO SOSZ4 �ZZ3 5.�rnj� l+- 7-Z o a P vro�d-; e o pop I !y► iiA.'t£� hi97,� r ! !C ++e� -.^!IC -a��- .,,q r"Q �`• �: '' ' ` '', �* y t Ji..l.. �1�t. --1 ,;,;''i.. ,.�;a. • •� ,,•, `J� . ?i1;'CrJ .�' . �9(.w •L Utt , AP C 7ya -9 3 2- !/75-&/ -Iu--5-x9-s%Z'o 'Czr .�29 SYo1 �rky� • Y11L{C.j (� µ In ��.i+Mf-CVf/�� r C.CM d.KSQ w1architects.c• 72o-Qra-74V 3o7-3yo-Y23.7 ,sGs7rPt *C- TCGA No.-va-y Pc vS. t-em The Cumberland Companies, Inc. CUMBERLAND PARCEL APPROX. SCALE: 1" = 300' END: H5 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORING H-21 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF FUTURE EXPLORATORY BORING TO BE COMPLETED AFTER CROPS ARE HARVESTED INDICATES ESTIMATED AREA OF COLLAPSING SOIL I'E: DATA FROM OUR BORINGS AND OUR EXPERIENCE WERE USED TO SUBJECTNELY ESTIMATE THE 'ESTIMATED AREA OF COLLAPSING SOIL' Estimated Area of Collapsing Job No. FC-1447 Soil Fig. 6 110 TH-1 EL. 97.3 I 52/4 TH-3 TH-4 TH-5 TH-2 EL. 100.9 EL. 100.9 EL. 99.5 EL. 100.2 4 2 2 2 5/12 7/12 8/12 50/8 50/3 5/12 9/2 �zy 15/12 50/12 50/11 9/12 6/12 V F17/12 10/12 �z 14 � ,j]10/12 40/12 8/12 50/6 U10/12 110 90 80 w w w z 0 H F w 70 w PN 40 SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS JOB NO. FC-1447 FIG. 7 S TH-7 TH-10 TH-6 TH-9 EL. 99.7 EL. 99.3 TH-8 EL. 98.8 EL. 98.0 EL. 97.5 r--A 8/12 00, 4/12 40 oll Q_ 11/12 5/12 / =ol 10/12 1}• 49/12 _°D 39/12 = ci"• 50/5 6/12 4/12 17/12 50/12 50/5 10/12 Q 23/12 50/1 5/12 14/12 8/12 30/12 35/12 110 60 50 40 30 SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS JOB N0. FC-1447 FIG. 8 Lm- 110 TH-16 EL. 98.4 100 TH-17 10, 12/12 EL. 92.7 TH-19 EL. 88.4 90 o 6/12 6/12 TH-18 TH-20 EL. 85.5 7/12 EL. 84.1 9/12 6/12 12/12 ol ol le 3/12 3/12 60 LL 20/12 =_ 11/12 6/12 -' 00, ol 3/12 40 0 x? 35/12 5/1 4/12 13/12 3/12 = 19/12 70 w =oe j032/12 =1 4/12 40 = 19/12 8/12 Q 40 8/12 60 50/10 EK 30 SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIG. 10 JOB NO. FC-1447 7H-21* TH-22* SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS 07 J 19 30 —{ w JI w w w 403 50 80 JOB NO. FC-1447 LEGEND: FlCLAY, SANDY TO VERY SANDY, SOFT TO VERY STIFF, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO VERY MOIST, YELLOW BROWN, BROWN, RUST, RED BROWN (CL). SAND, CLAYEY, MEDIUM DENSE, LIGHTLY MOIST TO WET, BROWN El (SP). SAND, CLAYEY, GRAVELLY, VERY LOOSE TO DENSE, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO WET, BROWN (SC). GRAVEL, SANDY, OCCASIONALLY CLAYEY, MEDIUM DENSE TO VERY DENSE, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO WET, BROWN, RUST (GP). CLAYSTONE, SANDY, HARD TO VERY HARD, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, GRAY, DARK BROWN, OLIVE (BEDROCK). SANDSTONE, HARD TO VERY HARD, VERY MOIST, BROWN, OCCASIONAL CEMENTED SANDSTONE LENSES (BEDROCK). DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 3/12 INDICATES THAT 3 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5 INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES. INDICATES WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT THE TIME OF DRILLING. INDICATES WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING. NOTES: *. BORINGS WERE NOT POSSIBLE DUE TO CROPS AND IRRIGATION. BORINGS WILL BE DRILLED AT A LATER DATE AFTER CROP HARVEST. 1. BORINGS WERE DRILLED BETWEEN JUNE 22 AND 28, 2000 USING A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG AND 4-INCH DIAMETER, CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER. 2. ELEVATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE AND BASED ON A TEMPORARY BENCHMARK SHOWN ON FIG I. 3. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN THIS REPORT. FIG. 11 0 TH-11 100 EL. 97.3 ol 00 00, s/10 90 12U4/10 15/12 TH-12 EL. 99.0 TH-13 TH-14 TH-15 EL. 96.7 EL. 97.9 EL. 97.0 100 10/1 9/12 7/12 o� 9/12 15/12 la s 90 o 9/12 e/12 01' 100 7/12 15/12 = trZ? 4/12 Q 4/12 — : � 28/12 36/12ol 80 gEjl 28/12 o 44/12 50/5 49/12 H150/4 tr� 70 w 50/2 50/2 LL 50 40 30 SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS JOB NO. FC-1447 FIG. 9 APPENDIX A LABORATORY TEST RESULTS THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTLfT FC-l"T 3 2 1 z o O a X -1 W e Z .2 O N N W W -3 IL 2 O U .4 -- ----- --- --- --- - -; -t-r-,-------------------,--r-----,-.-;--------.------------I-r-,-- ::: : 'EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT: -----:_-__-__-__ ------ ---.PRESStJREDUET OWETTI4VG,_;_ _ 1 _ J- 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE From TH- 2 AT 24 FEET 3 2 1 z O 0 55 z X -1 W e z _2 0 W Lo LU W -3 G. E O 0 -4 NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 119 PCF NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 4-8 % ------ --- -- ADDITIONAL COMPRESSION UNDER CONSTANT;PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF 10 100 Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 93 PCF From TH- 3 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.0 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-1 -2 -3 K W .5 e Z 0 -6 N N W IY a 2 O fU -g �xPANS`ION UNDER CONSTANT P,R�$,50RE DUE TO WETTINQ Ir 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 107 PCF From TH- 3 AT 14 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 16.9 °% Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER1................................................................................................................ 4-6 CHAPTER2................................................................................................................ 7-8 CHAPTER3...........................................................................................I....................... 9 CHAPTER4................................................................................................................. 10 CHAPTER5............................................................................................................ 11-12 CHAPTER6............................................................................................................ 12-15 CHAPTER7................................................................................................................. 16 CHAPTER8................................................................................................................. 17 Page 3 of 27 ATTENDANCE RECORD PREBID CONFERENCE Project: Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 Time: 10-12 Date: 9/17/04 Location: 300 West LaPorte/City Council Chambers NAME FIRM NAME ADDRESS TELEPHONE FAX # E-MAIL ADDRESS / - 9 Owt. C11r�ts�-- /v� ��"i�- S'SaC • ,/ � lUl S[7/�•e� %'o�Ni ,G� �ziaS<o aaia s-w,.crar{�loc� r I0 tt-" P -;% 54 6,-1 S 3 -�Lz „. �P.Ac6bQ'x� t l�L T ois zt-M Z.o4- o(oo gto 2t�a ozcb J Ju ,� '�`Q n Donougn �1gwS �ncor� E�ec�r:cl� al07 was+edljese En fewooc� CC). 90/) 303-9SL)-/13N 303-937 d3 �nco ee)ec� tor-. 22 z 0 .4 a x w -5 e z O • N6 N W IX a 2a 0 0 -- -- - - - - - -- - , At)DITIONAL:COMPRESSION UNDER -------r_-__;---r--;--;- -;;- ------ __cof�TAKTP- E;SsL1RE_DUET0:WE[TlNQ- ----------- -- ; ------ -- ------- --- , -- - -- - -- 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 81 PCF From TH- 4 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.0 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-3 z 0 0 U) z 4 IL .1 X W e Z ,2 O N N W M -3 a 0 U .4 ------�----,---,----i i'i-T-------;---;--�--;-i-f-i-,- ------,--------- ---T--i-- ADDITIONAL COMPRESSION UNDER C_ONS_TANTI_P_NE5SURE DUE WETT�ING: L _J _L L _L _______ 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE From TH- 6 AT 24 FEET 3 z 0 O fN a I- -1 w a z .2 0 U) U) W x -3 a 2 0 0 .4 10 NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 100 91 PCF 19.8 % -- - - -- - -- - -- -- - -- - -- - -- ----- -- -------------------------------- I ADQDITIONAL COMPRESSION UNDER I - CONSTANT;PR�---- -_ ----- ------ ------- I I , ESSURE DUE TO WETTINq 1 , ,,, 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 89 PCF From TH- 7 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.4 % JOB NO. FC-1447 Swell Consolidation Test Results FIG.A-4 -3 Z 0 F5•4 Q a x W.5 o Z 0 N •6 N W W IL 2a 0 0 .g 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 113 PCF From TH- 7 AT 14 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 16.0 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-5 .2 -3 Z O N -4 a x W .5 e Z 0 @ -6 N W IX a 2a O U -8 CL' AbDITIONAL:COMPRESSION LINDEa UREA T : , CpR$TgNj PP,ES;S UE D V�CETTCN ------------------------------ -------*----,---,----r------------------ - -�- *-�--------------,----- 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 86 PCF From TH- 10 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.2 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-6 6 5 4 3 0 -1 -2 -3 z O VS Z .4 4 IL x w.5 e z 0 -6 y W W a 2a O U .8 AbDITIONAL:COMPRESSION UNDER ---------- ----- - --- CON�Tg tP'-F'E,,SSLRE-DU,ETO-:WETTtN�-,__, -- --''-r--"---_.---- " _i_,'-"_----'-I---- r-"----'____-'-----,--,--,--� 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 81 PCF From TH- 12 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.8 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-7 2 1 z 0 O N Q a .1 x w e z .2 O U) rn LU W -3 IL 2 O V -4 wcc NO MOVE-M,ENT:DUE TO WETTING I P _ L _ J ; - L L 1 _ L ! _ L L l 1 - - _ _ _ _ - J _ _ _ _' _ _ , f ' I - L 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE -KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 111 PCF From TH- 12 AT 9 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 17.3 % 2 1 z 0 O U5 z a x -1 w e z -2 O W W LU W -3 IL 2 O U 4 ADDITIONAL COMPRESSION UNDER -- -- '--,------------ ; CONSTANTIPRESSURE DUE TO WETTINGS----------------------------------------------- U.1 1-0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL From TH-14 AT 4 FEET NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 87 PCF NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 11.0 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-8 Z O rn Q a w e Z 0 N N W EY a 2 O U - --- -- - --- — ; ------------- -- - -, �xPANSION UNDER CONSTANt P,RE�$ORE DUE TO W;ETTINP ; ------------ ' 1 3 -- - -- - ---------- ----- 4-------------- -- ----------------------------- --- ------; 5 ------- -- 1 -------, --- ----i -; -----; ---- -- --1,--; -,-,,-1---------'' --- -7 a 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE From TH- 15 AT 24 FEET , ,,r iu NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 110 PCF NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.9 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test ResUlts FIG. A-9 x w1 0 Z 01 N N w W a 0 0 tea: _L___ _ _L -L L r r AWITIONAG COMPRESSION UNDER ; URE -T - -,- - -' C,QN�TAN� PRF$S L2lJE Q, �L/FTT�N� _______r_ _r___ 1 r 1 I r' 2------- -- - ---------,--- ', 3 ------ , -------- I T. I I :-------,---- -; S 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF 10 Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) NATURAL DRY UNIT WEIGHT= From TH- 16 AT 4 FEET NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT= 83 PCF 7.8 % Swell Consolidation JOB NO. FC-1447 Test Results FIG. A-10 HYDROMETER ANALY IS U.S. STANDARD SERIES TIME READINGS 7NR. '30 •16 '10 '8 '4 318- 314' 1'/+' 3- 0 25 79 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 •100 •50 '60 I jI 65 MI MIN. 15 MIN. 60MIN, j I� 20 I 30 D Z (7 70 I 40 I a 60 I - , I 50 U 50 60 a - - .I - 70 40 .. _ .. _ -� 30 .... - ... 20 .. ..� _ .. 1D ; - t.19 2.0 2.38 476 9.62 0 0 0.002 .005 .009 .019 037 .074 t49 .297 OA2 OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS DIAMETER GRAVEL SANDS COARSE FINE COARSE COBBLES CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC) FINE MEDIUM GRAVEL 1 % SAND 64 n % Sample of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) SILT & CLAY 35 % LIQUID LIMIT 29 � From TH - 3 AT 14 FEET PLASTICITY INDEX 9c HYDROMETER ANALTJIJ U.S. STANDARD SERIES 7 HR. TIME READINGS-4 31V 25 HR. 45 MIN. ISMIN, 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. t MIN. •20D 10D 314" 1 %• 3' S' 6' 8' — 0 90- 00 , _ .. -.... .. 70 N i50 _ . CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC) 10 20 30 w aD w z SO u K 60 6 41 % SAND 52 GRAVEL _ Sample of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) SILT & CLAY 7 % LIQUID LIMIT = 0/ From TH - 5 AT 20 FEET PLASTICITY INDEX Gradation Test Results Fig. I Job No. FC-1447 HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS 25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS 45MIN. 1SMIM 60MIN. 19MIN. 4MIN, 1MIN, '200 1100 '50 '40 '30 '16 '10 '8 '4 318' 3/4• 11W '' 5' 100 68 0 go I 110 � I 80 ( I 20 0 70 I 130 m _. w i a BO a 40 w 50 .. r `M U a 50 40 60 30 70 20 - - ... .. .. r - 80 10 90 0 100 .D01 0002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36A 76.2 12152 200 0.42 DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) From TH - R AT Q FFFT GRAVEL 2 % SAND 27 % SILT & CLAY 71 % LIQUID LIMIT - % PLASTICITY INDEX % HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS 25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS 45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 '100 '50 '40 '30 '16 -10 '8 '4 W 314' 11/a' 3' 5' 6' 8' 100 0 90 So , 20 70 ' 30 0 60 :... .. ... _ . _ _ .... .. ....... . .....: :.. a z 50 50 z a 40 .. .. ... . .. 60 a 30 70 20 80 10 Z go 0 100 .001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .590 1.19 2.D 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 2D0 0.42 152 DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC) SANDS GRAVEL FINE I MEDIUM COARSE FINE COARSE COBBLES Sample of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) GRAVEL 22 % SAND 75 % From TH - 10 AT 19 FEET SILT & CLAY 3 % LIQUID LIMIT - % PLASTICITY INDEX % Gradation Job No. FC-1447 Test Results Fig. A-1: ATTENDANCE RECORD PREBID CONFERENCE Project: Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 Time: 10-12 Date: 9/17/04 Location: 300 West LaPorte/City Council Chambers NAME FIRM NAME ADDRESS TELEPHONE FAX # E-MAIL ADDRESS fMArk S-�AL-,<, P1vi6A 0,ovizl7"m gfg5 W, (e+L\ NJ", "e-eLjwd Co. 80215 303-986-46-55 303-98s-5� r�►Q.ks�a sG'''P'�o„„ I� ,LOW- 141oyz-0 '.��r:5"tZ \1 303-98(0- 4555-�( 2o�i �� !✓jELt or2 /nlWiow, Gnu /� ac&5T &At1; o&V�co <:�0 l9'� / �t�ia+pe✓1'��i�'�� 1 1` GG V4 df 14 LL A). Cbj US e-c�x ;'-- 12 7 -, 60 s 970- �)s-6 /o ,-sue t , � ,CiAA ,) Sos 9�o t9t?2gv�nPS I{�orl ECrSo✓t 7Q`7 Veh+ura S�-• AUV-0✓q co ecxx 303-363 71a 3�3-9 scan a�.� (eKS#+UcJ.oN Ca-o dog ✓Zatttfie R70-0q-'766 970-yq9-9770 � ZZ& •Y07y 22L • efte JMC crry neM.p Via. -f— bf✓✓6i... 3�?3 rhrw•, G�..k u- ,off& 06we. BOW 3 3-r7 .? Sop3';•77 10&&I •�v�Hs�e�e�-r< obow v'-. r, PGA De:t Et Ce..s4-rucfreh 2e9 1Zac1L",e+Evs. Cv F} <o Jts2y 170 44t-Fr-?" 470 '14fr`$77o d e,..f Ca efeI11'eo.•tfrusfar.e MACV, l Urg CbOIA► T101 13 5 ga;u AID sT. 222 303 153-QIPOo 303 %5-1.70� k �nnO.0 �'TcC, (AM 13es Ai )GALL !1`lt�+'tW ST W1NaS9}1�C0 $oSS.o 9'10-0q-330o 9"10-47x?-13d3 ra/n;r�11 @ Jnber+►st to (eA SIEVE ANALYSIS HYDROMETER ANALYSIS CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES 25 MR. 7 HR. '200 '10D '50 '40 '30 '16 '70 '8 '4 3/e' 314' 1%- 0" 5'5- E- 0 45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN, 4 MIN. 1 MIN. 100 I I F :j. 90 110 so � 30 Z 70- Z 40 W q � a , m 50 Wa 6040 _ 70 30 _ .. .. 80 90 100 0 1.19 2.0 2.36 4.76 9.52 19.7 38.1 76.2 127� 200 .001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .07d .148 .297 0.42590 DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS CLAY(PLASTIC) TO SILT(NON-PLASTIC) FINE I MEDIUM Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) GRAVEL 2 % SAND 41 % From TH - 17 AT 9 FEET SILT & CLAY 57 % LIQUID LIMIT % PLASTICITY INDEX - % TIME READINGS -"-' 25 HR. 7 HR. .en •v0 -16 -10 •8 -4 W. 314" 11/.• 3- 5' 6" e' 45 M 700 90 60 V, 70 Z N 4 go w 50 U rc n 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 W z 40 w 0: r 50 w u w 60 n 70 80 90 100 .001 0.002 -005 .009 .°19 Mil 0.427- ..._ DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS CLAY (PLASTIC)TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC) Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) GRAVEL 1 % SAND 20 % From TH -18 AT 4 FEET SILT &CLAY 79 % LIQUID LIMIT 31 % PLASTICITY INDEX 16 Gradation Test Results Fig. A-1 Job No. FC-1447 JOB NO. FC-1447 TABLE A-1 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS NATURAL ATTERBERG LIMITS UNCONFINED SOLUBLE PASSING NO.200 SOIL TYPE BORING DEPTH NATURAL DRY SWELL* LIQUID PLASTICITY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SULFATE CONTENT SIEVE MOISTURE DENSITY LIMIT INDEX �0 ft % c % % % sf 0.009 CLAY, SANDY (CL)- . TH 1 9 18.2 111 CL e YSTONE _- - - TH-2 24 -- 119 0.70 39 27 87 CLAY, SANDY (CL) _ TH-3 4 13.0 93 -1,80 33 16 - 35 SAND, CLAYEY (SC) TH-3 14 16.9 _ 107 -0.20 - 29 9 SANDY CL) -� -- _ TH-4 4 13.0 81_ -6.40 _CLAY, 7 SAND, CLAYEY (SC) -- TH-5 4.9 135 71 CLAY, SANDY (CL) -. TH--6 9 21.7� 102 - CLAYSTONE __. TH-6 24- 19.8 _ 91-=0.40 CLAY SANDY (CL) _ - . 134 89 1.50 CLAY, SANDY (CL) TH-7 14_ 16.0 113 0.00 1000 CLAY, SANDY (CL) __ 99 - - - 79 TH-10- 4 10.2 _ — 86 4.20- 32 16 - _ 3 _CLAY, SAND, CLAYEY TH-10 - 19__ _ 119 —,__- - CLAY, SANDY (CL)_. - - TH_12 4. _ _4.5 9.8 -- -_ 81_ -3.40- -. CLAY, SANDY (CL) _ TH-12 _ 9 -- 17.3 111 0.00 - CLAY, SANDY(CL)___--_-.____. --- --_ - _ TH 14 11.0 -.-_--- 87 -0.10 2100 -- CLAY, SANDY (CL)- TH-15 -4 9 21.6 97 CLAYSTONE - _ - --- THA5 - - 24 13.9 110 -0.20 58 - CLAY, SANDY (CL) TH-16 4 ------ 7-8 --- - 83 10 60 35 2 - - 57 CLAY SANDY (CL) TH-17 ---109_ --- 18 -- -----7g -CLAY SANDY (CL) --- TH 18 _9_- __��.5 13 9 - 101 --- - 31 - -- ---- 0.001 SAND CLAYEY (SC) _ _4_ -- --- PAGE 1 OF 1 * - Swell due to wetting at an applied pressure of 1,000 psf. Negative values indicate consolidation. APPENDIX B GUIDELINE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Cumberland Parcel The Cumberland Companies, Inc. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL CTLlr FC-1447 GUIDELINE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Cumberland Parcel Fort Collins, Colorado This item shall consist of the excavation, transportation, placement and compaction of materials from locations indicated on the plans, or staked by the Engineer, as necessary to achieve preliminary street and overlot elevations. These specifications shall also apply to compaction of excess cut materials that may be placed outside of the subdivision and/or filing boundaries. The Soils Engineer shall be the Owner's representative. The Soils Engineer shall approve fill materials, methods of placement, moisture contents and percent compaction, and shall give written approval of the completed fill. The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush and rubbish before excavation or fill placement is begun. The Contractor shall dispose of the cleared material to provide the Owner with a clean job site. Cleared material shall not be placed in areas to receive fill or where the material will support structures of any kind. All topsoil vegetation shall be removed from the ground surface upon which fill is to be placed. The surface shall then be plowed or scarified until the surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features which would prevent uniform compaction by the equipment to be used. After the foundation for the fill has been cleared and scarified, it shall be disked or bladed until it is free from large clods, brought to the proper moisture content (within ± 2 percent of optimum) and compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density as determined by with ASTM D 698. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL B-1 CTUT PC-1447 Fill soils shall be free from vegetable matter or other deleterious substances, and shall not contain rocks or lumps having a diameter greater than six (6) inches. Fill materials shall be obtained from cut areas shown on the plans or staked in the field by the Engineer. On -site materials classifying as CL, CH, SC, SM, SW, SP, GP, GC and GM are acceptable. Concrete, asphalt, organic matter and other deleterious materials or debris shall not be used as fill. For fill material classifying as CH, CL or SC, the fill shall be moisture - treated to within 0 to 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Granular soils classifying as SM, SW, SP, GP, GC and GM shall be moisture treated to within ±2 percent of optimum moisture content as determined from Proctor compaction tests. Sufficient laboratory compaction tests shall be made to determine the optimum moisture content for the various soils identified in borrow areas. The Contractor may be required to add moisture to the excavation materials in the borrow area if, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, it is not possible to obtain uniform moisture content by adding water to the fill surface. The Contractor may be required to rake or disc the fill soils to provide uniform moisture content through the soils. The application of water to embankment materials shall be made with any type of watering equipment, approved by the Soils Engineer, which will give the desired results. Water jets from the spreader shall not be directed at the embankment with such force that fill materials are washed out. Should too much water be added to any part of the fill, such that the material is too wet to permit the desired compaction from being obtained, rolling and all work on that section of the fill shall be delayed until the material has been allowed to dry to the required moisture content. The Contractor will be permitted to rework wet material in an approved manner to hasten its drying. •li- �� 1: Selected fill material shall be placed and mixed in evenly spread layers. After each fill layer has been placed, it shall be uniformly compacted to not less than the specified percentage of maximum density. Fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by with ASTM D 698. At the option of the Soils Engineer, soils classifying as SW, GP, GC, or GM may be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL B-2 CTLIT FC-1"7 N determined by >ASTM D 1557. 'Fill materials shall .be placed such that the thickness of loose materials does not exceed 10 inches.and the compacted lift thickness does,not exceed 6 inches. li ► • •► ►: :1 •. Where natural slopes are steeper than 20 percent in grade and the placement of fill is required, cut benches shall be provided at the rate of one bench for each 5 feet in height (minimum of two benches). Benches shall be at least 10 feet in width. Larger bench widths may be required by the engineer. Fill shall be placed on completed benches as outlined within this specification. Field density tests shall be made by the Soils Engineer at locations and depths of his choosing. Where sheepsfoot rollers are used, the soil may be disturbed to a depth of several inches. Density tests shall be taken in compacted material below the disturbed surface. When density tests indicate that the density or moisture content of any layer of fill or portion thereof is below that required, the particular layer or portion shall be reworked until the required density or moisture content has been achieved. 11. SEASONAL LIMITS No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled while it is frozen, thawing, or during unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy precipitation, fill operations shall not be resumed until the Soils Engineer indicates that the moisture content and density of previously placed materials are as specified. The Contractor shall submit notification to the Solis Engineer and Owner advising them of the start of grading operations at least three (3) days in advance of the starting date. Notification shall also be submitted at least 3 days in advance of any resumption dates when grading operations have been stopped for any reason other than adverse weather conditions. Density tests made by the Soils Engineer, as specified under "Density Tests" above, shall be submitted progressively to the Owner. Dry density, moisture content, and percentage compaction shall be reported for each test taken. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL B-3 CTLIT FC-i"7 N The Soils Engineer shall provide a written declaration stating that the site was filled with acceptable materials, and was placed in general accordance with the specifications. THE CUMBERLAND COMPANIES, INC. CUMBERLAND PARCEL B-4 CTLIT FC-1"7 ATTACHMENT 4 4F 1 PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT P954 Police Services Facility-Design/Build 'Phase -I :Environmental :Site Assessment SC -Group Investments, .LLC Properly Northwest of the South Timberline Road and East Drake Road Intersection Fort Collins, Colorado WALSH Project Number: 5357-010 June 30, 2004 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT SC GROUP INVESTMENTS, LLC PROPERTY NORTHWEST OF THE SOUTH TIMBERLINE ROAD AND EAST DRAKE ROAD INTERSECTION FORT COLLINS, COLORADO June 30, 2004 Prepared for: Mr. Ralph Campano City of Fort Collins Real Estate Services Department P.O. Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 Prepared by: Troy C. Sanders, P.G. Senior Geoscientist Reviewed by: Harold A. Stuber, Ph.D. Environmental Chemist Submitted by WALSH ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS, LLC 2629 Redwing Road, Suite 280 Fort Collins, Colorado 80526-2879 (970)223-5655 WALSH Project Number: 5357-010 ATTENDANCE RECORD PREBID CONFERENCE Project: Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 Time: 10-12 Date: 9/17/04 Location: 300 West LaPorte/City Council Chambers NAME FIRM NAME ADDRESS TELEPHONE FAX # E-MAIL ADDRESS 5 E .7 r/e C 30�- BgRod��° �3u1� , ccri ED 13AIZEL-A s.A.NitRo,�Net. s ^1 -027G �rb�Sat+�iro. oM 41 lrai 7 A0di�ae'�f K�tn. rCocryli•�� CIS IF, Mou �1,i..l lcoo ,76-4&+&1 %Ica -4i4 o 6v.P- erbbgvo', f ���, IrJ/oz (AOZittii 2GaAS �1pt, 5 S .� Loc 2 � ao mo 3 �6o bb 9e,',��1 Q �,• Cl � ktssor �tlr uve 303 �CQ11„�� Sv��ta6041 300 rt,,� Go sozoZ 3- 5_7�0 3-59�•7ogo CadkLsso^@, 6aAa-aw-14&a1s4--, raw QLT01.f 4:552; Afirak 1&2) r-oZ;CtA*T, 4P 2 - S 6JaJ+ch@ dZSttr4l.4Dw+ 7� LOQ-�1-�Jt�Li�� I.`IAA.� L� uinso,v 1E00 Pn ,--t-f l5c--r. 3ei-'444 S k- PIGw-{ .jT•E zs ci- c 22-3 blQ43 41-70 2z3 �trl� n51 F, •i-. c (� Ne-w Strov--• ���1:s /S/I Or-e.L.�ri, pSf- /6s-/, C0 60Sfo( • 303- Z!G Zi/� �o•i Zt G ZZi� )bl c.:1 ®N ow fr ra -d, a..v:3 C�w••� 3o3�30 303 .3 a��'P ' �hn Ye W>° 110 S. Col At. " ,s %1 10-1, %* °�10-1tt�-°l1Rt ard�westa c�aast .wo Cur.rl t,1ot Gttts.� E;acw% 4w 3. >-10�JG-S cr. csx .6 1 caw . 97v 2Zt 4rs8 97o zz 1.4lei i P.no 5" Environmental. Scientists and Engineers, LLC TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................................................1 2 SITE DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................1 2.1 Site Location, Description, and Ownership..................................................................................1 2.2 Physical Setting...............................................................................................................................4 2.2.1 Site Geology......................................................................................................................................4 2.2.2 Hydrology.........................................................................................................................................4 2.2.3 Soils..................................................................................................................................................4 3 HISTORICAL RECORDS REVIEW...........................................................................................5 3.1 Aerial Photograph Review.............................................................................................................5 3.2 Historic USGS Topographic Maps................................................................................................5 3.3 City Directories.............................................................................................................................5 3ASanborn Fire Insurance Maps..........»...........................................................................................6 4 PUBLIC RECORDS REVIEW......................................................................................................6 4.1 Federal Records..............................................................................................................................7 4.1.1 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) Sites ........ 7 4.1.2 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act(RCRA)..........................................................................7 4.1.3 Toxic Release Inventory System(TRIS)...........................................................................................7 4.1.4 Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS)..........................................................................7 4.2 State and Local Records.................................................................................................................7 4.2.1 State -Equivalent Superfund Site Priority List(SPL).........................................................................7 4.2.2 - Landfill/Solid Waste Activities.........................................................................................................8 4.2.3 Leaking Underground Storage Tanks LUSTS ....................................................... 8 4.2.4 Registered Petroleum Storage Tanks................................................................................................ 8 4.2.5 State Spill Sites.................................................................................................................................8 4.2.6 Larirner County Department of Health and Environment.................................................................8 4.2.7 Poudre Fire Authority ....................................................................................................................... 8 4.3 Previous Phase I ESA Report Review...........................................................................................8 5 SITE INSPECTION AND INTERVIEWS ........................................... »....................................... 9 5.1 Subject Site......................................................................................................................................9 5.2 Neighboring Properties..................................................................................................................9 5.3 Interviews................................................................:.......................................................................9 6 CONCLUSIONS...........................................................................................................................10 7 RECOMMENDATIONS..............................................................................................................10 8 QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................... »........................................................... 11 9 REFERENCES..............................................................................................................................12 LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES FIGURE1 SITE VICINITY MAP..........................................................................................................3 TABLE1 PARCEL INFORMATION ..................................... »............ ................................. .......... 2 TABLE2 LIST OF AGENCY SOURCES.........................................................................................6 cldocumrn mW nt inp\,n usen\desk� walah of fort collma*uum 7s\5357-010 ac group ess ropoctdoc.06.30.04 i AMWE" Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX A ENVIRONMENTAL DATA RESOURCES, INC. - ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS SEARCH APPENDIX B PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE SITE APPENDIX C AGENCY/PERSONNEL CONTACT LIST APPENDIX D QUALIFICATIONS OF CORPORATION AND PREPARERS OF PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT APPENDIX E COMPLETED ASTM QUESTIONNAIRE c.Wocwo ft and munp\dl�\ckskwp\wakh docwomu\pmjom\=yoffon collhe\phue tW357-010 se group m rtportAm.06.30.04 II Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC ACRONYMIABBREVIATION LIST The following acronyms and abbreviations have been used in this Phase I ESA report for The SC Group Investments, LLC property located northwest of the intersection of South Timberline Road and East Drake Road in Fort Collins, Colorado. AST Above -ground Storage Tank ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials CCPHE Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act CERCLIS Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System CFR Code of Federal Regulations CORRACTS Corrective Action Sites EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ERNS Emergency Response Notification System ESA Environmental Site Assessment ESRI Earth Science Research Information FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency HWDMS Hazardous Waste Data Management System LCDHE Larimer County Department of Health and Environment LQG Large Quantity Generator LUST Leaking Underground Storage Tank NFRAP No Further Remedial Action Planned NPL National Priority List OIS Colorado Department of Labor and Employment -Oil Inspection Section PINYON Pinyon Environmental Engineering Resources, Inc. PCB Polychlorinated Biphenyl PFA Poudre Fire Authority RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RCRIS Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Inventory System SPL State (Colorado) Priority List SQG Small Quantity Generator TRIS Toxic Release Inventory. System TSD Treatment, storage, and disposal US United States USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture USGS U.S. Geological Survey UST Underground Storage Tank VCUP Voluntary CleanUp WALSH Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC c:tdocm and settmgslag usaaWak op[welah dou U\p- jeculchy of fal eolfaa*hase ist5357-010 =group as scport.doc.06.30.04 3[3 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A Phase I Environmental Site Assessment was performed by Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC (WALSH) at the SC Group Investments, LLC property located northwest of the intersection of South Timberline Road and East Drake Road in Fort Collins, Colorado. The information obtained from a records review, interviews, aerial photograph interpretation, and visual Site inspection indicates that the environmental condition of the Site does not appear to have been impacted by past or current activities on the Site or surrounding areas. The following is a summary ofkey findings: The Site consists of approximately 9.70 acres of undeveloped/vacant land. No permanent structures are located on the Site. • The Site is not and has not been, historically identified as a source of soil or groundwater contamination. No site -specific hazardous materials releases have been documented • Petroleum storage tanks related to the typical farming activities may have been located on the Site. However, no stained or discolored soils, stressed vegetation, or unusual odors were observed during a visual inspection of the Site a No AST/UST, CERCLIS, CORRACTS, ERNS, NFRAP, NPL, RCRA, SPL, SWLF, TRIS, or VCUP facilities were identified in the vicinity of the Site Based on the findings of this Phase I ESA no recognized environmental concerns were identified which would warrant additional assessment or evaluation of soil or groundwater at the subject property. c:Wa�wnnua and scttbwWl u \dwkn plwalsh docUmmuWmJav\,iYoffo wHim\p ='s35357-010 M group eponAmO6.30.04 Iv ��d16i1 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LI.0 PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT SC GROUP INVESTMENTS, LLC PROPERTY NORTHWEST OF SOUTH TIMBERLINE ROAD AND EAST DRAKE ROAD INTERSECTION FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 1 INTRODUCTION This report presents the findings of a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) conducted at THE SC Group Investments, LLC property located northwest of the intersection of South Timberline Road and East Drake Road in Fort Collins, Colorado (the Site). This Phase I ESA was conducted by Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC (WALSH) under contract to the City of Fort Collins. It is WALSH's understanding that the City of Fort Collins has considering acquisition of the property for potential development as a police station. The objective of this assessment is to provide information regarding the environmental condition of the Site. This Phase I ESA consists of a review of available city, county, state, and federal documents; examination of historical aerial photographs; interviews; and a visual inspection of the Site. Listings of the contacts made while conducting this Phase I ESA are included in Appendix C. No sampling of soil, water, or other source material was conducted. This Phase I ESA was prepared for the use of the client and authorized agents only, and was conducted in accordance with the `American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTK Standard Designation E1527-00 for performing Phase I ESAs. 2 SITE DESCRIPTION 2.1 Site Location, Description, and Ownership The Site consists of an approximately 9.70 acre portion of parcel number 87194-00-001. The Site is located on the west side of South Timberline Road, approximately 1,200 feet north of the South Timberline Road and East Drake Road intersection in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1). The Site consists of vacant/undeveloped land. There are no permanent structures located on the Site. Several large cottonwood trees are located on the northeast portion of the property. The remaining portions of the Site are occupied by fallow agricultural fields. c:Waaonmis and boom®WI uscts�laop\walah do�mrnta�pojecls�eity of fort w114n*-1031110 u goup a rcpmtdoc.06.30.04 =Was- Environnnental Scientists and Engineers, LLC The parcel identification number, gross parcel acreage, abbreviated legal description, and owners name on file with the Larimer County Assessor's Office for the parcel is indicated in Table 1. TABLE 1 PARCEL INFORMATION Parcel ID Gross Acreage Legal Description Owners Name Number E 112 19-7-68; LESS 35 AC M/L TO CITY OF FTC, 32 AC UP RR, 10 AC C & S RR, 4 AC DRY CREEK, TR IN NE 114 OF NE 114 19-7-68 LOCATED E OF C & S RR R/W & S OF SPRING CREEK DITCH, 55.21 Acres Total LESS 1162-257, 1401-354 & 355, 1488- 208, 1382-158, 1700-433, 1913-547, 2050- SC Group 87194-00-001 (9.70 Acres - Subject of this 178, 88048248, FTC; LESS ROW PER investments, LLC Phase I ESA) 2001007023 (EX "A" PG 1 OF 4); AKA TR IN SE 19-7-68, BEG S 0 29' 55" W 367.93 FT FROM E 114 COR, S 0 29'55" W 2284.06 FT, S 89 53' 54" W 1056.8 FT, N 0 28' 22" E 2276.85 FT, N 89 30' 30" E 1057.94 FT TPOB c:Ndoaneas W sctunp\a urn\duNop\welsh doawnmt;%projodrubiy of fort wliw\phw 7s\5357A103c group mrWg dac0630.04 L Source: USGS Topographic Quadrangle Map Fort Collins, Colorado 1960, Photorevised 1984 Site Location: 1�T M �atslj ❑SC Group Investments Property 1 V Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC Northwest of S. Timberline Road and E. Drake Road Intersection Fort Collins, Colorado Site Location Map SC Group Investments Properly Fort Collins, Colorado Job: 5357-010 1 Date: 06104 Figure I 5357-010 Figure 1. cdr SC Group Investments Property 06/22/04 3 s..AAT§kI,QQl Environmental Scientists and Engineers, I 2.2 Physical Setting Information concerning the geology, hydrology, and soils of the study area was obtained from a review of readily available published literature. 2.2.1 Site Geology The surficial geology for the Site is mapped as Quaternary Eolium. This unit was deposited in the Quaternary age consists of wind-blown deposits of clay (loess), sand, and granules. Within the Quaternary Eolium, each sedimentary type is noted to have a unique range of thickness. Loess deposits can be as thick as 15 feet, but are commonly less than 3 feet thick. Sand dunes are commonly less than 15 feet thick, but may be up to 50 feet thick (Colton, 1978). The topography at the Site is relatively flat and displays a very slight topographic slope to the east. The site elevation ranges between 4,940 and 4,950 feet above mean sea level (USGS,1984). 2.2.2 Hydrology There are no surface water features on the Site. A small unlined irrigation ditch is located on the northern portion of the subject property. The diversion ditch generally flows in the southeasterly direction until it reaches a culvert which carries water across South Timberline Roa(L The principal surface water feature in the area is the Cache la Poudre River, which is located approximately 0.75 mile northeast of the Site. A detailed wetlands survey was not completed within or adjacent to the boundaries of the Site. The Site does not appear to be located within the designated 100- and 500-year flood plains of any nearby waterways (ESRI/FEMA, 2004). Groundwater in the Site vicinity is mapped as generally ranging from 10 to 20 feet below ground surface (Hillier and Schneider, 1979). The general groundwater flow direction is mapped to the east-northeast towards the Cache la Poudre River drainage basin (Robson et al, 2000). The altitude and configuration of the water table in the shallow alluvial aquifer system is affected by the surficial topography, the altitude of the underlying bedrock surface, the transmissivity of the aquifer, and the rate and distribution of recharge and discharge. Local groundwater flow direction may vary depending on local hydrogeologic conditions. 2.2.3 Soils The surficial soils on the Site are mapped as the Nunn series, 0 — 3 percent slope. The combination of surface deposits and subsoil is about 35 inches thick. The Nunn soils are composed of well drained clay loams which were formed in alluvium. Surface water run ,Ndoormimts and Mt.WW1 u \dcskwp\wa6A docurr t \pwjmts\ci y of tort coihm\phew fO357A10 n goop mrcpon.doc0630.06 4 i { `aWi Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC off is referenced as slow to medium, with a slight to moderate occurrence of water erosion (USDA, 1980). 3. HISTORICAL RECORDS REVIEW 3.1 Aerial Photograph Review Available historical aerial photographs were reviewed for the years 1974, 1981, 1987, and 2002. These images were obtained from the Larimer County -Information Management Division in Fort Collins, Colorado. The 1974, 1981, and 1987 aerial photographs show that the northeastern portion of the Site was occupied by a residential structure and a detached (out -building) structure. The remainder of the property appears to have been cultivated for agricultural use. Undeveloped/vacant land was located on the adjacent parcels to the north, south, east (across South Timberline Road), and west of the Site. The 2002 aerial photograph indicated the Site was occupied by undeveloped/agricultural land. No significant changes were observed o the adjacent parcels to the north, south, east (across South Timberline Road), or west. The review of aerial photographs did not indicate the presence of any structures, land uses, or other activities on the Site or neighboring properties that would be considered to likely have had an impact on the environmental condition of the Site. 3.2 Historic USGS Topographic Maps Historic topographic maps were reviewed for the years 1906, 1960, 1969, and 1984 obtained from the U.S. Geological Survey Library in Lakewood, Colorado. The 1906, topographic map snows that there was a single structure located on the northeast portion of the property. The remaining portions of the property and adjacent parcels located to the north, south, east (across South Timberline Road), and west were occupied by undeveloped land. The 1960 maps show the structure indicated on the 1906 map was no longer present. No other changes were noted for the Site or adjacent parcels on the 1960, 1969, or 1984 topographic maps. The topographic maps did not indicate the presence of any land uses, mining, or other activities that would be considered likely to have had an impact on the environmental condition of the Site. 3.3 City Directories There is no known street address associated with the Site; therefore it was not possible to effectively research the published city directories. c \docwvrt.. md.Uomg.Wl us Vk k1p\'wA h dOCW 1=\PWi=h,\Cdr of fon wgm.\phm M5357-010 se group e.arepon.doa0630.04 �—Kwwsh Environmentai Scientists and Engineers, LLC 3.4 Sanborn Fire Insurance Maps There was no Sanborn Fire Insurance Map coverage for the subject property and surrounding area. The lack of Sanborn map coverage indicates the area is not within a historically developed area of any local municipality. 4 PUBLIC.RECORDS REVIEW An environmental record search of pertinent agency records was conducted using the Environmental Data Resources, Inc. database system. Table 2 lists the agency records searched. A copy of the environmental database report is included in Appendix A. TABLE 2 LIST OF AGENCY SOURCES �YiM"i�Ay'Q^"�1��(�aIp��1 fi✓1��� &.T � . n r �• �q �'.. �R 1 •l° vkw'^ . (y -. 1 , Np S Nri l. Yr ' . � � RT^u�T _tii T:i National Prinritv List 1.0 mile ] M i1r.Y.�SY e: h1..�.},.. 4/04 NPL Sites SPL Sites Voluntnry ripsniln List 1.0 mile 3/04 RCRA Corrective Action RCRIS database 1.0 mile 4/04 Sites CERCLIS and NFRAP CERCLIS Site Event List 0.5 mile 2104 RCRA TSD Sites RCRIS database 0.5 mile 4/04 CDPHE current landfills 0.5 mile 11/03 Landfills CDPHE inactive landfills 0.5 mile 11/03 Colorado Transfer Stations List 0.5 mile 11/03 Leaking UST list 0.5 mile 4/04 LUST Sites Trust Fund List 5 mile 0;30.25mile 4/04 Re istered AST Sites OPS AST List 4/04 Re istered UST Sites OPS UST List5 mile 4104 RCRA Violations RCRIS 5 mile 4/04 Toxic Release Invento IRIS 5 mile 12/01 RCRA Generators RCRIS 5 mile 4/04 ERNS S ills ERNS 25 mile 12103 AST = Above Ground Storage Tank CDPHE = Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment CERCLIS = Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System ERNS = Emergency Response Notification System LUST = Leaking Underground Storage Tank NFRAP = No Further Remedial Action Planned NPL = National Priority List OIS = Colorado Department of Labor and Employment, Oil Inspection Section RCRA = Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RCRIS = Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Inventory System SPL = Colorado Priority List TRIS = Toxic Release inventory System TSD = Treatment, storage, and disposal UST = Underground Storage Tank VCUP = Voluntary Cleanup r.\doo,meers and w m plan us=Wwktop\WaM documente\peoiCCtS`C" of fort Mfl=\ph= fs\5357-010 = group =MPM.aoo.os.3o 04 6 ATTENDANCE RECORD PREBID CONFERENCE Project: Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 Time: 10-12 Date: 9/17/04 Location: 300 West LaPorte/City Council Chambers NAME FIRM NAME ADDRESS TELEPHONE FAX # E-MAIL ADDRESS =°� {;1,1�'f`f i�llt(�1 �� ('1r+�ST ��g��c� ?�3,�I�i,�i�� �a? �"r,�,�'r �M�rx-,;:ae�•;-.; �=-, leer C C.tilernii wvf( icy, �br�• L.J1� \. �,1 J7AUT'6't lfjlJav t-t'1 NL �O. �i'K. •�12U+/\ U7, -51zz- `'CU Z- o Sk-; Nt4I BG. ssenba er �ra�,-�--CfS (0 2 3 i Co go zo7- 303 53e(.7001 303 53q.7127- 11ILroi•I'sL'A p pnrd i t, e�9;t( I"he(P5 � o Co , T+.Q- f�,., o rarcc c)o 9 02 Q . 2 wi,'(dwr(? 6e t u 14 �� // �/�i✓S�< �.•/�y�s �G /� f�� o ,7 fPzj/ /a70, � VL. % 2. 21o% 3114-%iD h/AFhaSa&Sa4.t/ Fw- 712WsWA#W ,Ct rvrt(:w!lns r=(i©67 It<gC � om 5L0TT Z5rr-W &4A VB5�n /nc. 4&3 /nnovKh6� %r4 C4U,.;, Co 605zs (470)223- 7t-7-7 (970) 2aJ-/E,z� SS nn 0bh�c(c5 l:Ar�,lJ�// Po X111c�r .rs� v r,R/rJt�r!^.•a Bo,s-.Sti� 33 �/o 1e74 39�3 Pro✓eno�o L� W1 PL'i K' 9 i2w y C-�qe., ra,.�...�\ �wec� w M • VAM=1F (m%%Ws. (D zz,.► t 22 j . s�aI .Cora ing Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC 4.1 Federal Records 4.1.1 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) Sites The National Priorities List (NPL) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Inventory System (CERCLIS) inventory of potential Superfund sites were reviewed. There are no NPL sites within 1.0 mile and no CERCLIS or No Further Remedial Action Planned (NFRAP) sites within the search radii used. 4.1.2 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) The RCRA Hazardous Waste Notifiers List is an inventory of transporters; bumerlblenders; and large, small, and very small quantity generators of hazardous wastes. Large quantity generators (LQGs) generate more than 1,000 kilograms (2,205 pounds) of hazardous waste per month. Small quantity. generators (SQGs) generate 100 kilograms (220 pounds) to 1,000 kilograms per month, and very small quantity generators generate less than 100 kilograms of hazardous waste per month. The RCRA Hazardous Waste Notifiers List; Treatment, Storage, and Disposal (TSD) Sites List; and the RCRA Corrective Action Sites (CORRACTS) List were reviewed. There are no RCRA Notifiers, CORRACTS, or TSD facilities identified within a 1.0 mile radius of the Site. 4.1.3 Toxic Release Inventory System (TRIS) Facilities in certain categories which manufacture, process, or use -listed chemicals in excess of established thresholds are required to report releases to the environment in a biennial report. These reports are maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in the TRIS. There were no TRIS reports identified within a 0.25 mile radius of the Site. 4.1.4 Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS) Spill reports received by the EPA regarding hazardous materials incidents are maintained in an on-line database called ERNS. When a reportable quantity of a hazardous substance is released, the National Response Center must be notified within 24 hours, and these reports are also included in ERNS. No ERNS reports were identified within a 0.25 mile radius of the Site. 4.2 State and Local Records 4.2.1 State -Equivalent Superfund Site Priority List (SPL) The Colorado Priorities List of potential Colorado Superfund sites and the Voluntary Cleanup (VCUP) site list were reviewed. No State -equivalent Superflmd sites or VCUP sites were identified within a 1.0 mile radius of the subject property. c.%docmnmu and =WngaWl ww%=klop\wuhh do�gaoj*MV ity of ron collies" se P915357-010= group m mpoa.doc.06.30.06 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, L, C 4.2.2 Landfill/Solid Waste Activities Records from Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) and the Larimer County Health Department were reviewed and no landfills were located within a 0.25 mile radius of the Site. 4.2.3 Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUSTS) The LUST database and trust fund list compiled by the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment were searched for LUSTS in the vicinity of the Site. The lists identify locations where releases have been reported; where closures were conducted; where spills, overfills, or upgrades have occurred; and where contamination or tank leaks have been reported. No LUST facilities were located within a 0.5 mile radius of the Site. 4.2.4 Registered Petroleum Storage Tanks The Colorado Department of Labor and Employment also maintains lists of registered above -ground and underground storage tanks (AST/UST). These lists were searched for registered ASTs and USTs in the vicinity of the Site. No registered AST or UST sites were identified within a 0.25 mile radius of the Site. 4.2.5 State Spill Sites The Colorado Spill Events list maintained by CDPHE was reviewed and no spill sites were identified within a 0.25 mile radius of the Site. 4.2.6 Larimer County Department of Health and Environment The Larimer County Department of Health and Environment (LCDHE) was contacted to determine whether any hazardous material incidents/spills had occurred at the Site. There is no known street address associated with the Site; therefore it was not possible for the LCDHE to effectively research their records. 4.2.7 Poudre Fire Authority The Poudre Fire Authority (PFA) was contacted to determine whether any fires or hazardous material incidents/spills had occurred within the confines of the Site. There is no known street address associated with the Site; therefore it was not possible for the PFA to effectively research their records. 4.3 Previous Phase 1 ESA Report Review WALSH reviewed a historic Phase I ESA report prepared by other researchers for the entire 55 acre property. The report concluded that no evidence of a recognized environmental condition is associated with the property (PINYON, 2000). c.\dxuayya yid Zm PWI u ,Aa"\WSM doconc *Ojen ,* of fort conuu\pb— M5357A10 m poup ue tepomdoc.06.30.04 6 �Za1S11 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC 5 SITE INSPECTION AND INTERVIEWS 5.1 Subject Site The Site was inspected by WALSH personnel on June 22, 2004. Photographs of the Site are included in Appendix B. The Site consists of approximately 9.70 acres of undeveloped/vacant land. The Site is located on the west side of South Timberline Road, approximately 1,200 feet north of the South Timberline Road and East Drake Road intersection in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1). There are no permanent structures located on the Site. Several large cottonwood trees are located on the northeast portion of the property. The remaining portions of the Site are occupied by fallow agricultural fields. The Site is located to the northwest of the intersection of East Drake Road and Timberline Road in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1). The visual inspection did not reveal evidence of improper hazardous material use or disposal. No stained or discolored soil, stressed vegetation, or unusual odors were noted during the inspection of the subject property. There were no pole- or pad -mounted electric transformers observed within the confines of the Site. The site inspection did not reveal the presence of any recognized environmental conditions at the Site. 5.2 Neighboring Properties North — The Site is bounded to the north by undeveloped/vacant land. South — Undeveloped/vacant (agricultural) land bounds the Site to the south. East — The Site is bounded to the east by undeveloped/vacant (agricultural) land. West — Undeveloped/vacant (agricultural) land bounds the Site to the west. 5.3 Interviews An ASTM questionnaire was completed by Mr. Brock Chapman, Vice-president/SC Group Investments, LLC member and is included in Appendix E of this report. This questionnaire was submitted to Mr. Chapman in order to obtain information about current and historic activities at the Site. According to Mr. Chapman, farming activities have been historically conducted on the Site. Mr. Chapman indicated that petroleum storage tanks related to the typical farming activities may have been located on the Site. According to Mr. Chapman's knowledge, the property and adjacent properties to the south, east, or west have not been used for industrial purposes, and was not aware of any c\doson and f fan -ffi-\phmc 7s\5357-010 sc groW m fqp dmO6.30.04 9 _y--=c1�S�1 Environmental scientists and Engineers, LLC environmental violations. He indicated that a metal pipe coating operations were formerly conducted on a parcel located to the north of, but not adjacent to the Site. This facility is not considered to be located hydrogeologically upgradient, and is not expected to impact the environmental condition of the Site. 6 CONCLUSIONS WALSH's conclusions for this Phase I ESA are based on information provided by available public records, discussions with selected personnel associated with the Site and government agencies, and the general site conditions determined by a visual inspection. Environmental legislation passed in the 1970s and 1980s initiated the current practice of maintaining environmental records and facility inspection reports. Prior to the 1970s, activities may have adversely impacted the area without being documented by government agencies. However, there is also no guarantee that the current record -keeping requirements are adhered to by all facilities. The information obtained from a records review, interviews, aerial photograph interpretation, and visual Site inspection indicates that the environmental condition of the Site does not appear to have been impacted by past or current activities on the Site or surrounding areas. The following is a summary of key findings: • The Site consists of approximately 9.70 acres of undeveloped/vacant land. No permanent structures are located on the Site. • The Site is not and has not been, historically identified as a source of soil or groundwater contamination. No site -specific hazardous materials releases have been documented • Petroleum storage tanks related to the typical farming activities may have been located on the. Site. However, no stained or discolored soils, stressed vegetation, or unusualodors were observed duringa visual inspection of the Site • No AST/UST, CERCLIS, CORRACTS, ERNS, NFRAP, NPL, RCRA, SPL, SWLF, TRIS, or VCUP facilities were identified in the vicinity of the Site 7 RECOMMENDATIONS Based on the findings of this Phase I ESA no recognized environmental concerns were identified which would warrant additional assessment or evaluation of soil or groundwater at the subject property. o:\dxummb vd SMUW\a ouo,\dCqaoptWShb d000uoova\p,ojoc&eay offm cntlms�phnvo NM57-010=srouP= rcpoMdm06.30.04 10 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC 8 QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS WALSH conducted this Phase I ESA in accordance with the guidelines set forth by ASTM. The qualifications of the personnel preparing this assessment are included in Appendix D. The sources of information obtained to perform this assessment include documents, oral statements, and other information from parties outside of WALSH's control. The accuracy of the information cannot be guaranteed by WALSH. This assessment was limited and did not include: • Collection, testing, or chemical analysis of any samples of soil, groundwater, surface water, wastewater, building materials, or other material which was or could have been on -site, except those specifically mentioned in this report • Interviews, except as specifically noted in this report, with past owners, tenants, employees, or neighboring landowners regarding past site use, waste generation and disposal practices (including disposal at remote sites), or manufacturing processes which may have contributed to environmental contamination at the Site • Evaluation of the potential risks associated with identified concerns from records searches with incomplete addresses, location listings, or sites where no records were available for review • Ecological evaluation of potential wetlands, waters of the U.S., or threatened and endangered species If additional information concerning site environmental conditions becomes available, the conclusions presented in this report will not be considered valid unless this information is reviewed and the conclusions and recommendations of this report are modified and approved in writing by WALSH. It is possible that additional reports or investigations could alter the conclusions of this assessment. This report was prepared for the use of our client and his agents only. c:Woeonnma rd swt pWj mnsldesktop\wabh d�lp qoj City offon mlli w*m W357-010 u group mrcpon.dw.0b.30.04 11 �r�6i1 Environmental Scientists and Engineers- LC 9 REFERENCES American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2000. Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process. American Standards for Testing and Materials Standard Designation El527-00. Colton, Roger B. 1978. Geologic Map of the Boulder — Fort Collins - Greeley Area, Colorado. U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Investigations Series Map I-855- G. Earth Science. Research Information/Federal Emergency Management Agency (ESRI/FEMA). June 24, 2004. Flood Hazard Map. Hillier, Donald E. and Schneider, Jr., Paul A. 1979. Depth to the Water Table (1976- 1977) in the Greater Boulder — Fort Collins - Greeley Area, Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado. U.S. Geologic Survey Miscellaneous Investigations Series Map I-855-1. Pinyon Environmental Engineering Resources, Inc. (PINYON 2000. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, Vacant Land, Northwest Corner of Drake and Timberline, Fort Collins, Colorado, dated April 26, 2000. Robson, S.G., Arnold, L.R., and Heiny, J.S. 2000. Geohydrology of the Shallow Aquifers in the Fort Collins - Loveland Area, Colorado. U.S. Geologic Survey Hydrogeologic Investigations Atlas HA-746-B. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). 1980. Soil Survey of Larimer County Area, Colorado. U,S. Geological Survey (USGS). 1906. Fort Collins, Colorado. Topographic Map. USGS. 1960. Fort Collins Quadrangle, Colorado. 7.5 Minute Series (Topographic) Map. USGS. 1960, Photorevised 1969. Fort Collins Quadrangle, Colorado. 7.5 Minute Series (Topographic) Map. USGS. 1960, Photorevised 1984. Fort Collins Quadrangle, Colorado. 7.5 Minute Series (Topographic) Map. c:Woam¢no and ammgaWlo \cksktopWnM dodo \prcjeculcltY of fort w1m5lpkmeiW357.010 cc VwpmrzporLdx.0630.04 12 Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC APPENDIX A ENVIRONMENTAL DATA RESOURCES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS SEARCH c:\donurcnts and su gs\ag o \dmhop\welsh docurt "%4'orm\aq of fort callhn\phm i'et5357-010 ac group a artpon.d=06.30.04 The EDR Radius Map with GeoCheck® SC Group Investments Property S. Timberline Rd./E. Drake Rd. Fort Collins, CO 80525 Inquiry Number: 01217067.1r June 22, 2004 W Environmental Data Resources Inc The Standard in Environmental Risk Management Information 440 Wheelers Farms Road Milford, Connecticut 06460 Nationwide Customer Service Telephone: 1-800-352-0050 Fax: 1-800-231-6802 Internet: www.edrnet.com SECTION PAGE Executive Summary -----------------------------------------------------ES1 Overview Map---------------------------------------------------------- 2 DetailMap------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Map Findings Summary-------------- __-_------- 4 -------------------------- MapFindings------------------- —------------------------------------- 6 Orphan Summary------------------------------------------------------- 7 Government RecordsSearchedlDataCurrencyTracking-------------------------- GRA GEOCHECK ADDENDUM Physical Setting Source Addendum----------------------------------------- A-1 Physical Setting Source Summary------------------------------------------ A-2 Physical Setting Source Map----------------------------------------------- A-g Physical Setting Source Map Findings--------------------------------------- A-9 Physical Setting Source Records Searched------------------------------------ A-53 Thank you for your business. Please contact EDR at 1-500-352-0050 with any questions or comments. Disclaimer - Copyright and Trademark Notice This report contains information obtained from a variety of public and other sources. NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IS MADE WHATSOEVER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS REPORT. ENVIRONMENTAL DATA RESOURCES, INC. SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE MAKING OF ANY SUCH WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE. ALL RISK IS ASSUMED BY THE USER. IN NO EVENT SHALL EDR BE LIABLE TO ANYONE, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF ERRORS OR OMISSIONS, NEGLIGENCE, ACCIDENT OR ANY OTHER CAUSE, FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. It can not be concluded from this report that coverage information for the target and surrounding properties does not exist from other sources. Any analyses, estimates, ratings or risk codes. provided in this report are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to provide, nor should they be interpreted as providing any facts regarding, or prediction or forecast of, any environmental risk for any property. Any liability on the part of EDR is strictly limited to a refund of the amount paid for this report Copyright 2004 by Environmental Data Resources, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any media or format, in whole or in part, of any report or map of Environmental Data Resources, Inc., or its affiliates, is prohibited without prior written permission. EDR and its logos (including Sanborn and Sanborn Map) are trademarks of Environmental Data Resources, Inc. or its affiliates. All other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners. TC01217067-1r Page 1 1 A search of available environmental records was conducted by Environmental Data Resources, Inc. (EDR). The report meets the government records search requirements of ASTM Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments, E 1527-00. Search distances are per ASTM standard or custom distances requested by the user. TARGET PROPERTY INFORMATION ADDRESS S. TIMBERLINE RD./E. DRAKE RD. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 COORDINATES Latitude (North): Longitude (West): Universal Tranverse Mercator. UTM X (Meters): UTM Y (Meters): Elevation: 40.557900 - 40' 33' 28A" 105.040300 - 105' 2' 25.1" Zone 13 496588.1 4489471.5 4946 ft. above sea level USGS TOPOGRAPHIC MAP ASSOCIATED WITH TARGET PROPERTY Target Property: Source: TARGET PROPERTY SEARCH RESULTS 40105-E1 FORT COLLINS, CO USGS 7.5 min quad index The target property was not listed in any of the databases searched by EDR. DATABASES WITH NO MAPPED SITES No mapped sites were found in EDR's search of available ( "reasonably ascertainable ") government records either on the target property or within the ASTM E 1527-00 search radius around the target property for the following databases: FEDERAL ASTM STANDARD NPL ------------------------ National Priority List Proposed NPL -------------- Proposed National Priority List Sites CERCLIS-------------------- Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System CERC-NFRAP-------------- CERCLIS No Further Remedial Action Planned CORRACTS----------------- Corrective Action Report RCRIS TSD------------------ Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System RCRIS-LQG ------------------ Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System RCRIS-SQG----------------- Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System ERNS ------------------------ Emergency Response Notification System STATE ASTM STANDARD SHWS----------------------- This state does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list and Federal NPL list. TC01 217067.1 r EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 ATTENDANCE RECORD PREBID CONFERENCE Project: Police Services Facility-Design/Build Proposal No. P954 Time: 10-12 Date: 9/17/04 Location: 300 West LaPorte/City Council Chambers NAME FIRM NAME ADDRESS TELEPHONE FAX #E-MAIL ADDRESS Oils 0L.Jfoj G s�..�pc. Vr� d.=,r 3sss s�..fwJA9 2.26 go74 Cj�►r,S / -G� Y s �Cy G✓ —1 e % ice- �` r y / � �,� 1 / / Y�I.�Y� �NY 3� n� 6Z - - 9b r a &uo c 09 '2 T `avAWM I-XI-0522 667438t ?�C-Axsota Gas�z MEP kleAA, Luis "61 k.. t4cO Ave '303 660 LOW -9'7 Mo (005-RlD — at(6A.. w. rnsr% a 4 Lic1t ✓e7e, 97o c��f� - . s ?. Aq t �6w SWFILF---------------------- Solid Waste Sites & Facilities LUST________________________ Leaking Underground Storage Tank List CO TRUST ------------------- Lust Trust Sites UST_________________________ Underground Storage Tank Database INDIAN UST_________________ Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land INDIAN LUST_______________ Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land VCP_________________________ Voluntary Cleanup& Redevelopment Act Application Tracking Report FEDERAL ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL CONSENT_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Superfund (CERCLA) Consent Decrees ROD_________________________ Records Of Decision Delisted NPL_______________ National Priority List Deletions Facility Index System/Facility Identification Initiative Program Summary Report FINDS_______________________ HMIRS_______________________ Hazardous Materials Information Reporting System MLTS________________________ Material Licensing Tracking System MINES_______________________ Mines Master index File NPL Liens___________________ Federal Superfund Liens PADS ----------------------- PCB Activity Database System DOD_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ Department of Defense Sites US BROWNFIELDS__________ A Listing of Brownfields Sites INDIAN RESERV------------- Indian Reservations FUDS______________________ Formerly Used Defense Sites RAATS______________________ RCRA Administrative Action Tracking System TRIS------------------------- Toxic Chemical Release Inventory System TSCA .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Toxic Substances Control Act SSTS________________________ Section 7 Tracking Systems FTTS INSP__________________- FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System - FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, & Rodenticide Act)1TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) STATE OR LOCAL ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL HISTORICAL LANDFILL____ Historical Landfill List AST_________________________ Aboveground Tank List CO ERNS____________________ Spills Database METHANE SITE_____________ Methane Site investigations - Jefferson County 1980 Methane Investigation.___-_. Methane Gas & Swamp Findings EDR PROPRIETARY HISTORICAL DATABASES Coal Gas____________________ Former Manufactured Gas (Coal Gas) Sites BROWNFIELDS DATABASES US BROWNFIELDS---------- A Listing of Brownfields Sites AUL ------------------------ Environmental Real Covenants List VCP......................... Voluntary Cleanup & Redevelopment Act Application Tracking Report SURROUNDING SITES: SEARCH RESULTS Surrounding sites were not identified. Unmappable (orphan) sites are not considered in the foregoing analysis. TC01217067.tr EXECUTIVE SUMMARY =30 f Due to poor or inadequate address information, the following sites were not mapped: Site Name TUCKER FACILITY ROBERTS FACILITY LONE STAR STEEUFT. COLLINS PIPE I Database(s) SWF/LF SV� FILF VCP TC01217067.1r EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3 y Target Property Sites at elevations higher than or equal to the target property Sites at elevations lower than the target property 1 Coal Gasification Sites E3 National Priority List Sites Landfill Sites Dept. Defense Sites Indian Reservations BIA Power transmission lines _ Oil & Gas pipelines 100-yearfood zone 500-year flood zone TARGET PROPERTY: SC Group Investments Property CUSTOMER: CONTACT: Walsh Env. Scientists&Engin.LLC Troy C. Sanders ADDRESS: CITY/STATE/ZIP: S. Timberline Rd./E. Drake Rd. Fort Collins CO 80525 INQUIRY #: 01217067.1r LAT/LONG: 40.55791105.0403 DATE: June 22, 2004 2:10 pm Target Property Sites at elevations higher than or equal to the target property • Sites at elevations lower than the target property A Coal Gasification Sites Sensitive Receptors National Priority List Sites Landfill Sites Dept Defense Sites Indian Reservations BIA Oil & Gas pipelines 100-year flood zone !' 500-year flood zone TARGET PROPERTY: SC Group Investments Property CUSTOMER: CONTACT: Walsh Env.Scienbsts&Engin.LLC Troy C. Sanders ADDRESS: CITYISTATEIZIP: S. Timberline Rd./E. Drake Rd. Fort Collins CO 80525 INQUIRY #: 1 01217067.1r LAT/LONG: 40.55791 105.0403 DATE: June 22, 2004 2:10 pm Target Database Property FEDERAL ASTM STANDARD NPL 1.000 Proposed NPL 1.000 CERCLIS 0.500 CERC-NFRAP 0.250 CORRACTS 1.000 RCRIS-TSD 0.500 RCRIS Lg. Quan. Gen. 0.250 RCRIS Sm. Quan. Gen. 0.250 ERNS TP STATE ASTM STANDARD State Haz. Waste State Landfill LUST CO TRUST UST INDIAN UST INDIAN LUST VCP FEDERAL ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL CONSENT ROD Delisted NPL FINDS HMIRS MLTS MINES NPL Liens PADS DOD US BROWNFIELDS INDIAN RESERV FUDS RAATS TRIS TSCA SSTS FTTS STATE OR LOCAL ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL Historical Landfill AST Total Plotted 0 0 0 0 NR 0 0 0 0 0 NR 0 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0 0 NR NR NR 0 0 0 0 0 NR 0 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0 0 NR NR NR 0 0 0 NR NR NR 0 NR NR NR NR NR 0 N/A NIA N/A N/A NIA N/A N/A 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0.250 0 0 NR NR NR 0 0.250 0 0 NR NR NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 0.250 0 0 NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 NR 0 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR 0 TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 TC01217067.lr Page 4 K iy x `pp Y r ': £ Y y Search Total Target Distance Database Property (Miles) < 118 1/8-1/4 1/4-1/2 112 - 1 > 1 Plotted CO ERNS TP TP NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0 0 Methane Site Methane Investigation TP NR NR NR NR NR 0 EDR PROPRIETARY HISTORICAL DATABASES Coal Gas 1.000 0 0 0 0 NR 0 BROWNFIELDS DATABASES US BROWNFIELDS 0.500 0 0 0 NR NR NR NR NR 0 0 AUL 0.250 VCP 0.500 0 0 0 0 0 NR NR 0 NOTES: AQUIFLOW - see EDR Physical Setting Source Addendum TP = Target Property NR = Not Requested at this Search Distance Sites may be listed in more than one database N/A = This State does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list. TC01217067.ir Page5 Map ID sFJIAPFINQ1N�iS Direction ...` .: c. .. Distance EDR ID Number Distance (ft.) Elevation Site Database(s) EPA ID Number Coal Gas Site Search: No site was found in a search of Real Property Scan's ENVIROHAZ database. NO SITES FOUND TC01217067.1r Page6 City EDR ID Site Name FORT COLLINS 8105854480 TUCKER FACILITY FORT COLLINS S105858349 LONE STAR STEEL/FT. COLLINS PIPE I LARIMER COUNTY S105854479 ROBERTS FACILITY ORPHAN SUMMARY Site Address SECTION 15. TOWNSHIP 9, RANGE 68, APPRO) 518 1925 TIMBERLINE DR. ADJ TO S W i 14 OF S W 1/4 OF SECT 26, TOWNSHIP 10 Zip Database(s) SWF/LF VCP SWF/LF TC01217067.1 r Page 7 To maintain currency of the following federal and state databases, EDR contacts the appropriate governmental agency on a monthly or quarterly basis, as required. Elapsed ASTM days: Provides confirmation that this EDR report meets or exceeds the 90-day updating requirement of the ASTM standard. FEDERAL ASTM STANDARD RECORDS NPL: National Priority List Source: EPA Telephone: N/A National Priorities List (Superfund). The NPL is a subset of CERCLIS and identifies over 1,200 sites for priority cleanup under the Superfund Program. NPL sites may encompass relatively large areas. As such, EDR provides polygon coverage for over 1,000 NPL site boundaries produced by EPA's Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center (EPIC) and regional EPA offices. Date of Government Version: 04/27/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 05/04/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 05/21/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 17 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 05/04104 NPL Site Boundaries Sources: EPA's Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center (EPIC) Telephone: 202-564-7333 EPA Region 1 Telephone 617-918-1143 EPA Region 3 Telephone 215-814-5418 EPA Region 4. Telephone 404-562-8033 Proposed NPL: Proposed National Priority List Sites Source: EPA Telephone: NIA Date of Government Version: 04/27/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 05121/04 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually EPA Region 6 Telephone: 214-655-6659 EPA Region 8 Telephone:303-312-6774 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 05/04/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 17 Date of Last EDR Contact: 05/04/04 CERCLIS: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System Source: EPA Telephone: 703-413-0223 s CERCLIS contains data on potentially hazardous waste sites that have been reported to the USEPA by states, municipalities, private companies and private persons, pursuant to Section 103 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA). CERCLIS contains sites which are either proposed to or on the National Priorities List (NPL) and sites which are in the screening and assessment phase for possible inclusion on the NPL. Date of Government Version: 02/26104 Date Made Active at EDR: 04/02/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 03/22/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 11 Date of last EDR Contact: 03122/04 CERCLIS-NFRAP: CERCLIS No Further Remedial Action Planned Source: EPA Telephone: 703-413-0223 As of February 1995, CERCLIS sites designated "No Further Remedial Action Planned" (NFRAP) have been removed from CERCLIS. NFRAP sites may be sites where, following an initial investigation, no contamination was found, contamination was removed quickly without the need for the site to be placed on the NPL, or the contamination was not serious enough to require Federal Superfund action or NPL consideration. EPA has removed approximately 25,000 NFRAP sites to lift the unintended barriers to the redevelopment of these properties and has archived them as historical records so EPA does not needlessly repeat the investigations in the future. This policy change is part of the EPA's Brownfrelds Redevelopment Program to help cities, states, private investors and affected citizens to promote economic redevelopment of unproductive urban sites. TC01217067.lr PageGR-1 Date of Government Version: 02126/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 03/22/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 11 Date Made Active at EDR: 04/02104 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Last EDR Contact: 03122/04 CORRACTS: Corrective Action Report Source: EPA Telephone: 800-424-9346 CORRACTS identifies hazardous waste handlers with RCRA corrective action activity. Date of Government Version: 03115/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 03125/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 04/15/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 21 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/08104 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually RCRIS: Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System Source: EPA Telephone: 800-424-9346 Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System. RCRIS includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Conditionally exempt small quantity generators (CESQGs): generate less than 100 kg of hazardous waste, or less than 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste per month. Small quantity generators (SQGs): generate between 100 kg and 1,000 kg of hazardous waste per month. Large quantity generators (LQGs): generate over 1,000 kilograms (kg) of hazardous waste, or over 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste per month. Transporters are individuals or entities that move hazardous waste from the generator off -site to a facility that can recycle, treat, store, or dispose of the waste. TSDFs treat, store, or dispose of the waste. Date of Government Version: 04/13/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 05/13/04 Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 04/20/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 23 Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/20/04 ERNS: Emergency Response Notification System Source: National Response Center, United States Coast Guard Telephone: 202-260-2342 Emergency Response Notification System. ERNS records and stores information on reported releases of oil and hazardous substances. Date of Government Version: 12/31/03 - Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 01/26/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 03/12/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 46 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/26/04 FEDERAL ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL RECORDS BRS: Biennial Reporting System Source: EPA/NTIS Telephone: 800-424-9346 The Biennial Reporting System is a national system administered by the EPA that collects data onthe generation and management of hazardous waste. BRS captures detailed data from two groups: Large Quantity Generators (LQG) and Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities. Date of Government Version: 12/01/01 Database Release Frequency: Biennially Date of Last EDR Contact 03116104 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06114/04 CONSENT: Superfund (CERCLA) Consent Decrees Source: EPA Regional Offices Telephone: Varies Major legal settlements that establish responsibility and standards for cleanup at NPL (Superfund) sites. Released periodically by United States District Courts after settlement by parties to litigation matters. Date of Government Version: N/A Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Last EDR Contact: N/A Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A TC01217067.lr Page GR-2 CHAPTER 7 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated of the day of , 200 by and between the CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO, a municipal corporation (hereinafter called OWNER) and , a [fill in entity form and state of formation] (hereinafter called DESIGN/BUILDER). OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK 1.01 DESIGN/BUILDER shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Owner-Design/Builder Contract Documents, as set forth in Section The Work is generally described as follows: design and construction of a Police Administration Facility. Article 2. THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as the design and construction of a Police Administration Facility.. Article 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment The Work will be substantially completed within 375 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2.02.A of the General Conditions and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 13.09 of the General Conditions within 405 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. DESIGN/BUILDER and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of the Agreement and the OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.01 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) DESIGN/BUILDER shall pay OWNER Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 OWNER shall pay DESIGN/BUILDER for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents a sum equal to the Cost of the Work plus a DESIGNBUILDER's Fee for overhead and profit, both of which shall be determined as provided below. Article 5. COST OF THE WORK 5.01 Cost of the Work shall be determined as provided in paragraphs 10.01 of the General Conditions, but, in addition to any limitations therein set forth, it shall not include costs in excess of any Guaranteed Maximum Contract Price as set forth in Article 7 hereof. ROD: Records Of Decision Source: EPA Telephone: 703-416-0223 Record of Decision. ROD documents mandate a permanent remedy at an NPL (Superfund) site containing technical and health information to aid in the cleanup. Date of Government Version: 04/08/04 Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/05/04 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/05/04 DELISTED NPL: National Priority List Deletions Source: EPA Telephone: NIA The National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) establishes the criteria that the EPA uses to delete sites from the NPL. In accordance with 40 CFR 300.425.(e), sites may be deleted from the NPL where no further response is appropriate. Date of Government Version: 04/27/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Last EDR Contact: 05/04104 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08102/04 FINDS: Facility Index System/Facility Identification Initiative Program Summary Report Source: EPA Telephone: N/A Facility Index System. FINDS contains both facility information and 'pointers' to other sources that contain more detail. EDR includes the following FINDS databases in this report: PCS (Permit Compliance System), AIRS (Aerometric Information Retrieval System), DOCKET (Enforcement Docket used to manage and track information on civil judicial enforcement cases for all environmental statutes), FURS (Federal Underground Injection Control), C-DOCKET (Criminal Docket System used to track criminal enforcement actions for all environmental statutes), FFIS (Federal Facilities Information System), STATE (State Environmental Laws and Statutes), and PADS (PCB Activity Data System). Date of Government Version: 04/08/04 Dale of Last EDR Contact 04105/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/05/04 HMIRS: Hazardous Materials Information Reporting System Source: U.S. Department of Transportation Telephone: 202-3664555 Hazardous Materials Incident Report System. HMIRS contains hazardous material spill incidents reported to DOT. Date of Government Version: 02/17/04 Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/20104 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/19/04 MILTS: Material Licensing Tracking System Source: Nuclear Regulatory Commission Telephone: 301-415-7169 MLTS is maintained by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and contains a list of approximately 8,100 sites which possess or use radioactive materials and which are subject to NRC licensing requirements. To maintain currency, EDR contacts the Agency on a quartedy..basis. _„ ... . Date of Government Version: 04/19/04 Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/05/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact 07I05/04 MINES: Mines Master Index File Source: Department of Labor, Mine Safety and Health Administration Telephone: 303-231-5959 Date of Government Version: 03105/04 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03130/04 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/28/04 NPL LIENS: Federal Superfund Liens Source: EPA Telephone: 202-564-4267 Federal Superfund Liens. Under the authority granted the USEPA by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, the USEPA has the authority to file liens against real property in order to recover remedial action expenditures or when the property owner receives notification of potential liability. USEPA compiles a listing of filed notices of Superfund Liens. TC01217067.tr Page GR-3 Date of Government Version: 10115191 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/12/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/24/04 PADS: PCB Activity Database System Source: EPA Telephone: 202-564-3887 PCB Activity Database. PADS Identifies generators, transporters, commercial storers andlor brokers and disposers of PCB's who are required to notify the EPA of such activities. Date of Government Version: 03/30/04 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 05/12/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08109/04 DOD: Department of Defense Sites Source: USGS Telephone: 703-692-8801 This data set consists of federally owned or administered lands, administered by the Department of Defense, that have any area equal to or greater than 640 acres of the United Stales, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Date of Government Version: 10/01/03 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually STORMWATER: Stone Water General Permits Source: Environmental Protection Agency Telephone: 202 564-0746 A listing of all facilities with Stone Water General Permits. Date of Government Version: N/A Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Last EDR Contact'. 02102/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05110104 Date of Last EDR Contact'. N/A Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A INDIAN RESERV: Indian Reservations - Source: USGS Telephone: 202-208-3710 This map layer portrays Indian administered lands of the United States that have any area equal to or greater than 640 acres. Date of Government Version: 10/01/03 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 02/02104 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/10/04 US BROWNFIELDS: A Listing of Brownfields Sites Source: Environmental Protection Agency Telephone: 202-566-2777 included in the listing are brownfields properties addresses by Cooperative Agreement Recipients and brownfields properties addressed by Targeted Brownfields Assessments. Targeted Brownfields Assessments-EPA's Targeted Brownfields Assessments (TBA) program is designed to help states, tribes, and municipalities —especially those without EPA Brownfields Assessment Demonstration Pilots —minimize the uncertainties of contamination often associated with brownfieids. Under the TBA program,. EPA provides funding and/or technical assistance for environmental assessments at brownfields sites throughout the country. Targeted Brownfields Assessments supplement and work with other efforts under EPA's Brownfields Initiative to promote cleanup and redevelopment of brownfields. Cooperative Agreement Recipients -States, political subdivisions, territories, and Indian tribes become BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients when they enter into BCRLF cooperative agreements with the U.S. EPA. EPA selects BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients based on a proposal and application process. BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients must use EPA funds provided through BCRLF cooperative agreement for specified brownfields-related cleanup activities. Date of Government Version: 04/14/04 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 03115/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/14/04 RMP: Risk Management Plans Source: Environmental Protection Agency Telephone: 202-564-8600 When Congress passed the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, it required EPA to publish regulations and guidance for chemical accident prevention at facilities using extremely hazardous substances. The Risk Management Program Rule (RMP Rule) was written to implement Section 112(r) of these amendments. The rule, which built upon existing industry codes and standards, requires companies of all sizes that use certain flammable and toxic substances to develop a Risk Management Program, which includes a(n): Hazard assessment that details the potential effects of an accidental release, an accident history of the last five years, and an evaluation of worst -case and alternative accidental releases; Prevention program that includes safety precautions and maintenance, monitoring, and employee training measures: and Emergency response program that spells out emergency health care, employee training measures and procedures for informing the public and response agencies (e.g the fire department) should an accident occur. TC01217067.1r PageGRA Date of Government Version: N/A Date of Last EDR Contact: N/A Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A Database Release Frequency: N/A FUDS:. Formerly Used Defense Sites Source: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Telephone: 202-528-4285 The listing includes Iodations of Formerly Used Defense Sites properties where the US Army Corps of Engineers is actively working or will take necessary cleanup actions. Date of Government Version: 10/01/03 - Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/26/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/05/04 Database Release Frequency: Varies RAATS: RCRA Administrative Action Tracking System Source: EPA Telephone: 202-564-4104 RCRA Administration Action Tracking System. RAATS contains records based on enforcement actions issued under RCRA pertaining to major violators and includes administrative and civil actions brought by the EPA. For administration actions after September 30, 1995, data entry in the RAATS database was discontinued. EPA will retain a copy of the database for historical records. It was necessary to terminate RAATS because a decrease in agency resources made it impossible to continue to update the information contained in the database. Date of Government Version: 04/17/95 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/08/04 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06107/04 TRIS: Toxic Chemical Release Inventory System Source: EPA Telephone: 202-566-0250 Toxic Release Inventory System. TRIS identifies facilities which release toxic chemicals to the air, water and land in reportable quantities under SARA Title III Section 313. Date of Government Version: 12/31101 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/23/04 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/21/04 TSCA: Toxic Substances Control Act Source: EPA Telephone: 202-260-5521 Toxic Substances Control Act. TSCA identifies manufacturers and importers of chemical substances included on the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory list. It includes data on the production volume of these substances by plant site. Date of Government Version: 12131/02 Database Release Frequency: Every 4 Years Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/05/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/07/04 FTTS INSP: FIFRA/ TSCATracking System - FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, & Rodenticide ActyTSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) Source: EPA Telephone: 202-564-2501 Date of Government Version: 04113/04 Date of Last EDR Contact 03/22/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/21/04 SSTS: Section 7 Tracking Systems Source: EPA Telephone: 202-564-5008 Section T of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended (92 Stat. 829) requires all registered pesticide -producing establishments to submit a report to the Environmental Protection Agency by March 1st each year. Each establishment must report the types and amounts of pesticides, active ingredients and devices being produced, and those having been produced and sold or distributed in the past year. Date of Government Version: 12131101 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/19/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/19/04 TC01217067.1r PageGR-5 FITS: FIFRAI TSCATracking System - FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, & Rodenticide Act)/TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) Source: EPAIOffice of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances Telephone: 202-564-2501 FfTS tracks administrative cases and pesticide enforcement actions and compliance activities related to FIFRA, TSCA and EPCRA (Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act). To maintain currency, EDR contacts the Aqency on a quarterly basis. Date of Govemment Version: 04/13/04 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly STATE OF COLORADO ASTM STANDARD RECORDS Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/22/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/21/04 SHWS: This state does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list and Federal NPL list. Source: EPA Telephone: 703-413-0223 State Hazardous Waste Sites. State hazardous waste site records are the states' equivalent to CERCLIS. These sites may or may not already be listed on the federal CERCLIS list. Priority sites planned for cleanup using state funds (state equivalent of Superfund) are identified along with sites where cleanup will be paid for by potentially responsible parties. Available information varies by state. Date of Government Version: WA Date Made Active at EDR: N/A Database Release Frequency: NIA Date of Data Arrival at EDR: NIA Elapsed ASTM days: N/A Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/22/04 SWFILF: Solid Waste Sites & Facilities Source: Department of Public Health & Environment Telephone: 303-692-3300 Solid Waste Facilities/Landfill Sites. SWF/LF type records typically contain an inventory of solid waste disposal falities or landfills in a particular state. Depending on the state, these may be active or inactive facilities ci or open dumps that failed to meet RCRA Subtitle D Section 4004 criteria for solid waste landfills or disposal sites. Date of Government Version: 11/04/03 Date Made Active at EDR: 12/31/03 Database Release Frequency: Annually Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 12/08/03 Elapsed ASTM days: 23 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/11/04 LUST: Leaking Underground Storage Tank List Source: Department of Labor and Employment, Oil Inspection Section Telephone: 303-318-8521 Leaking Underground Storage Tank Incident Reports. LUST records contain an inventory of reported leaking underground storage tank incidents. Not all states maintain these records, and the information stored varies by state. Date of Government Version: 04/06/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 04/06/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 04/28/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 22 Database Release Frequency:, Quarterly Date of Last EDR Contact. 04/06/04 TRUST: Lust Trust Sites Source: Department of Labor and Employment, Oil Inspection Section Telephone: 303-318-8521 The listing tracks the reimbursement of costs approved and paid to eligible applicants. Date of Government Version: 04127/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 04127/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 05/12/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 15 Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/27/04 UST: Underground Storage Tank Database Source: Department of Labor and Employment, Oil Inspection Section Telephone: 303-318-8521 Registered Underground Storage Tanks. USTs are regulated under Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and must be registered with the state department responsible for administering the UST program. Available information varies by state program. TC01217067.1r PageGR-6 Date of Government Version: 01106/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 01/06/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 01/20/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 14 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/06/04 INDIAN UST: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land Source: EPA Region 8 Telephone: 303-312-6137. Underground storage tank locations on Indian land. Date of Government Version: 01/08/04 Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 01113/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 01/22104 Elapsed ASTM days: 9 Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Last EDR Contact: 02123104 INDIAN LUST: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land Source: EPA Region 8 Telephone: 303-312-6271 LUSTs on Indian land in Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah and Wyoming. Date of Government Version: 02/05/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 03/24/04 Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Data Arrival at EDR: 03104/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 20 Date of Last EDR Contact: 01127/04 VCP: Voluntary Cleanup & Redevelopment Act Application Tracking Report Source: Department of Public Health and Environmental Telephone: 303-692-3331 The Voluntary Cleanup and Redevelopment Act is intended to permit and encourage voluntary cleanups by providing a method to determine clean-up responsibilities in planning the reuse of property. The VCRA was intended for sites which were not covered by existing regulatory programs. Date of Government Version: 03119/04 Date Made Active at EDR: 04/14/04 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually STATE OF COLORADO ASTM SUPPLEMENTAL RECORDS HISTORICAL LANDFILL: Historical Landfill List Source: Department of Public Health & Environment Telephone: 303-692-3300 Abandoned/Inactive Landfills. Date of Government Version: 01131193 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned AST: Aboveground Tank List Source: Department of Labor and Employment, Oil Inspection Section Telephone: 303-318 A521 Aboveground storage tank locations. Date of Government Version: 01/06/04 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually CO ERNS: Spills Database Source: Department of Public Health and Environmental Telephone: 303-692-2000 State reported spills. Date of Government Version: 04/28104 Database Release Frequency: Quarterly Date. of Data Arrival at EDR: 03122/04 Elapsed ASTM days: 23 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03122/04 Date of Last EDR Contact: 09/05/96 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A Date of Last EDR Contact: 04/06/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/05/04 Date of Last EDR Contact 05/03/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08102/04 TC01217067.1r Page GR-7 METHANE SITE: Methane Site Investigations - Jefferson County 1980 Source: Jefferson County Health Department Telephone: 303-239-7175 The objectives of the study are to define as closely as possible the boundaries of methane producing solid waste landfills. Date of Government Version: 12/31/60 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27/96 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A METHANE INVESTIGATION: Methane Gas & Swamp Findings Source: Department of Health Telephone: 303-640-3335 The primary objective of this study was to assess methane gas related hazards at selected landfill sites in Colorado. These sites were selected by the Colorado Department of Health following evaluation of responses received from County and Municipal agencies about completed and existing landfills within their jurisdiction. Date of Government Version: 03/15179 Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27/95 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A LOCALRECORDS ADAMS COUNTY: Summary Report on Methane Gas Hazards and Surveys Conducted on Domestic and Demolition Landfills in Adams County Source: Tri-County Health Department Telephone: 303-761-1340 As of May 8, 1978, all known landfills or dumping sites in the Adams County area have been surveyed. Date of Government Version: 05/08/78 Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27/95 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A ARAPAHOE COUNTY: A Survey of Landfills in Arapahoe County Source: Tri-County Health Department Telephone: 303-761-1340 A survey of Arapahoe County was conducted from August through November, 1977, of all open and closed landfills and dumpsites in the county. Each of the sites found was classified as domestic or demolition. Dale of Government Version: 12/31/78 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned BOULDER COUNTY: Old Landfill Sites Source: Boulder County Health Department Telephone: 303-441-1182 Date of Government Version: 05/01/86 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned DENVER COUNTY: Landfills in Denver County Source:- City and County of Denver Telephone: 303-436-7300 Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27/95 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: NIA Dale of Last EDR Contact: 01/30/98 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: NIA TC01217067.1r PageGR-8 to • - 4.-S 'i Wn '. G..' •.. Date of Government Version: 12/01/94 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned DOUGLAS COUNTY: Douglas Counter Landfill Key Source: TO -County Health Department Telephone: 303-761-1340 Date of Government Version: 06112/91 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned PUEBLO COUNTY: Date of last EDR Contact: 12/18/94 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: NIA Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27/95 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: NIA Designated Disposal & Landfill Sites Source: Pueblo City -County Health Department Telephone: 719-583-4300 Only inert materials. Asphalt, cement, dirt & rock unless otherwise specified. These sites are no longer active. Date of Government Version: 04/30/90 Date of Last EDR Contact: 11/13/95 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: NIA TRI COUNTY: Tri-County Area Solid Waste Facilities List (Adams, Arapahoe and Douglas Counties) Source: TO -County Health Department Telephone: 303-761-1340 Closed Domestic Landfills in Adams -County, Closed Domestic Landfills in Arapahoe County, Closed Demolition Landfills in Arapahoe County, Closed Domestic Landfills in Douglas County. Date of Government Version: 10/15/83 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned WELD COUNTY: Solid Waste Facilities in Weld County Source: Weld County Department of Public Health Telephone: 970-304-6415 Date of Government Version: 03101104 Database Release Frequency: No Update Planned EDR PROPRIETARY HISTORICAL DATABASES Date of Last EDR Contact: 01/27195 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A Date of Last EDR Contact: 03108104 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/07/04 Fortner Manufactured Gas (Coal Gas) Sites: The existence and location of Coal Gas sites is provided exclusively to EDR by Real Property Scan, Inc. ®Copyright 1993 Real Property Scan, Inc. For a technical description of the types of hazards which may be found at such sites, contact your EDR customer service representative. Disclaimer Provided by Real Property Scan, Inc. The information contained in this report has predominantly been obtained from publicly available sources produced by entities other than Real Property Scan. While reasonable steps have been taken to insure the accuracy of this report, Real Property Scan does not guarantee the accuracy of this report. Any liability on the part of Real Property Scan is strictly limited to a refund of the amount paid. No claim is made for the actual existence of toxins at any site. This report does not constitute a legal opinion. TC01217D67.lr Page GR-9 BROWNFIELDS DATABASES AUL: Environmental Real Covenants List Source: Department of Public Health & Environment Telephone: 303-692-3331 Activity and use limitations include both engineering controls and institutional controls. The Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment to approve requests to restrict the future use of a property using an enforceable agreement called an environmental real covenant. When a contaminated site is not cleaned up completely, land use restrictions may be used to ensure that the.selected cleanup remedy is adequately protective of human health and the environment. Date of Government Version: 03/01/04 Database Release Frequency: Varies Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/01/04 Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/31104 US BROWNFIELDS: A Listing of Brownfields Sites Source: Environmental Protection Agency Telephone: 202-566-2777 Included in the listing are brownfields properties addresses by Cooperative Agreement Recipients and brownfields properties addressed by Targeted Brownfields Assessments. Targeted Brownfields Assessments-EPAs Targeted Brownfields Assessments (TBA) program is designed to help states, tribes, and municipalities —especially those without EPA Brownfields Assessment Demonstration Pilots —minimize the uncertainties of contamination often associated with brownfields. Under the TBA program, EPA provides funding and/or technical assistance for environmental assessments at brownfields sites throughout the country. Targeted Brownfields Assessments supplement and work with other efforts under EPAs Brownfields Initiative to promote cleanup and redevelopment of brownfields. Cooperative Agreement Recipients -States, political subdivisions, territories, and Indian tribes become BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients when they enter into BCRLF cooperative agreements with the U.S. EPA. EPA selects BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients based on a proposal and application process. BCRLF cooperative agreement recipients must use EPA funds provided through BCRLF cooperative agreement for specified brownfields-related cleanup activities. Date of Government Version: NIA Date of Last EDR Contact: N/A Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A VCP: Voluntary Cleanup & Redevelopment Act Application Tracking Report Source: Department of Public Health and Environmental Telephone: 303-692-3331 The Voluntary Cleanup and Redevelopment Art is intended to permit and encourage voluntary cleanups by providing a method to determine ciean-up responsibilities in planning the reuse of property. The VCRA was intended for sites which were not covered by existing regulatory programs. Date of Government Version: 03/19104 Date of Last EDR Contact: 03/22104 Database Release Frequency: Semi -Annually Date of Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/21/04 OTHER DATABASE(S) Depending on the geographic area covered by this report, the data provided in these specialty databases may or may not be complets. For example, the existence of wetlands information data in a specific report does not mean that all wetlands in the area covered by the report are included. Moreover, the absence of any reported wetlands information does not necessarily mean that wetlands do not exist in the area covered by the report. Oil/Gas Pipelines: This data was obtained by EDR from the USGS in 1994. It is referred to by USGS as GeoData Digital Line Graphs from 1:100,000-Scale Maps. it was extracted from the transportation category including some oil, but primarily gas pipelines. Electric Power Transmission Line Data Source: PennWell Corporation Telephone: (B00) 823-6277 This map includes information copyrighted by PennWell Corporation. This information is provided on a best effort basis and PennWell Corporation does not guarantee its accuracy nor warrant its fitness for any particular purpose. Such information has been reprinted with the permission of PennWell. Sensitive Receptors: There are individuals deemed sensitive receptors due to their fragile immune systems and special sensitivity to environmental discharges. These sensitive receptors typically include the elderly, the sick, and children. While the location of all sensitive receptors cannot be determined, EDR indicates those buildings and facilities - schools, daycares, hospitals, medical centers, and nursing homes - where individuals who are sensitive receptors are likely to be located. TC01217067.lr PageGR-10 AHA Hospitals: Source: American Hospital Association, Inc. Telephone: 312-280-5991 The database includes a listing of hospitals based on the American Hospital Association's annual survey of hospitals. Medical Centers: Provider of Services Listing Source: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Telephone:410-7B6-3000 A listing of hospitals with Medicare provider number, produced by Centers of Medicare & Medicaid Services, a federal agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Nursing Homes _ Source: National Institutes of Health Telephone:301-594-6248 Information on Medicare and Medicaid certified nursing homes in the United States. Public Schools Source: National Center for Education Statistics Telephone: 202-502-7300 The National Center for Education Statistics' primary database on elementary and secondary public education in the United States. It is a comprehensive, annual, national statistical database of all public elementary and secondary schools and school districts, which contains data that are comparable across all states. Private Schools Source: National Center for Education Statistics Telephone: 202-502-7300 The National Center for Education Statistics' primary database on private school locations in the United States. Daycare Centers: Daycare Listing Source: Department of Human Services Telephone: 303-866-5958 Flood Zone Data: This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR in 1999 from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Data depicts 100-year and 500-year flood zones as defined by FEMA. NWI: National Wetlands Inventory. This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR in 2002 from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. STREET AND ADDRESS INFORMATION ® 2003 Geographic Data Technology, Inc., Rel. 0712003. This product contains proprietary and confidential property of Geographic Data Technology, Inc. Unauthorized use, including copying for other than testing and standard backup procedures, of this product is expressly prohibited. TC01217067.1r PageGR-11 TARGET PROPERTY ADDRESS SC GROUP INVESTMENTS PROPERTY S. TIMBERLINE RD./E. DRAKE RD. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 TARGET PROPERTY COORDINATES Latitude (North): 40.557899 - 40' 33' 28.4" Longitude (West): 105.040298 - 105' 2' 25.1" Universal Tranverse Mercator: Zone 13 UTM X (Meters): 496588.1 UTM Y (Meters): 4489471.5 Elevation: 4946 ft. above sea level EDR's GeoCheck Physical Setting Source Addendum has been developed to assist the environmental professional with the collection of physical setting source information in accordance with ASTM 1527-00, Section 7.2.3. Section 7.2.3 requires that a current USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map (or equivalent, such as the USGS Digital Elevation Model) be reviewed. It also requires that one or more additional physical setting sources be sought when (1) conditions have been identified in which hazardous substances or petroleum products are likely to migrate to or from the property, and (2) more information than is provided in the current USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map (or equivalent) is generally obtained, pursuant to local good commercial or customary practice, to assess the impact of migration of recognized environmental conditions in connection with the property. Such additional physical setting sources generally include information about the topographic, hydrologic, hydrogeologic, and geologic characteristics of a site, and wells in the area. Assessment of the impact of contaminant migration generally has two principle investigative components: 1. Groundwater flow direction, and 2. Groundwater flow velocity. Groundwater flow direction may be impacted by surface topography, hydrology, hydrogeology, characteristics of the soil, and nearby wells. Groundwater flow velocity is generally impacted by the nature of the geologic strata. EDR's GeoCheck Physical Setting Source Addendum is provided to assist the environmental professional in forming an opinion about the impact of potential contaminant migration. TC01217067.1r PageA-1 Article 6. DESIGNBUILDER'S FEE 6.01 The DESIGNBUILDER's Fee shall be determined as follows: A. A fixed fee of $ which shall be subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work as provided in paragraph 8.01 below. B. No fee shall be paid for costs listed in paragraph 10.01.13 of the General Conditions. C. DESIGNBUILDER guarantees that the maximum amount payable by OWNER in accordance with this paragraph 6.01 as a percentage fee will not exceed $ subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work as provided in paragraph 8.01 below. Article 7. GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE 7.01 DESIGN/BUILDER guarantees that the maximum obligation of OWNER for the sum of the Cost of the Work plus the DESIGN/BUILDER's Fee will not exceed $ (the "GMP") subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work. Any unused contingency shall be shared as provided in Paragraph 7.02. 7.02 In the event that the Cost of the Work plus the DESIGN/BUILDER'S Fee shall be less than the GMP, as adjusted by Change Orders, the resulting Savings shall be shared by the OWNER and the DESIGN/BUILDER as follows: A. OWNER shall be entitled to Seventy-five percent (75%) of the Savings; B. DESIGN/BUILDER shall be entitled to Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Savings, at the time of Final Payment. Article 8. CHANGES IN THE WORK 8.01 The amount of any increases or decreases in the DESIGN/BUILDER'S Fee or in any Guaranteed Maximum Price or Fee which results from a Change Order shall be set forth in the applicable Change Order subject to the following: A. Any increase or decrease in the DESIGN/BUILDER'S Fee resulting from net additions or decreases in the Cost of the Work shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.01.0 of the General Conditions. B. In the case of net additions or deletions in the Work, the amount of any increase or decrease in the Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.01.0 of the General Conditions. Article 9. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 9.01 DESIGN/BUILDER shall submit and OWNER will process Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will indicate the amount of the DESIGNBUILDER's Fee then payable. A. Progress Payments; Retainage. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of DESIGNBUILDER's Applications for Payment, on or about the 15th day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 9.0I.A.I and A.2 below. All such payments will be subject to the limitations of any Guaranteed Maximum Price or DESIGN/BUILDER's Fee and will be measured by the acceptable Schedule of Values established in paragraph 2.06 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed). For Cost of Work: Progress payments on account of the Cost of the Work will be made as follows: 01 ..� 1 •.f is .e Y w -h `' `n S "z'4y stliiy.$� .,+hs•r• . '� " ,� s r. +L'ts+s :.,•1 F+� GROUNDWATER FLOW DIRECTION INFORMATION Groundwater flow direction for a particular site is best determined by a qualified environmental professional using site -specific well data. If such data is not reasonably ascertainable, it may be necessary to rely on other sources of information, such as surface topographic information, hydrologic information, hydrogeologic data collected on nearby properties, and regional groundwater flow information (from deep aquifers). TOPOGRAPHIC INFORMATION Surface topography may be indicative of the direction of surficial groundwater flow. This information can be used to assist the environmental professional in forming an opinion about the impact of nearby contaminated properties or, should contamination exist on the target property, what downgradient sites might be impacted. TARGET PROPERTY TOPOGRAPHY USGS Topographic Map: 40105-E1 FORT COLLINS, CO General Topographic Gradient: General East Source: USGS 7.5 min quad index SURROUNDING TOPOGRAPHY: ELEVATION PROFILES a a 0 :a a a a $ m fe n u u m A n m s a a a a a m m m ± � � G IJ N W N m m m W N N N W W �l TP South West I tast TP 0 1/2 1 Miles Target Property Elevation: 4946 ft. Source: Topography has been determined from the USGS 7.5' Digital Elevation Model and should be evaluated on a relative (not an absolute) basis. Relative elevation information between sites of close proximity should be field verified. TC01217067.1 r Page A-2 HYDROLOGIC INFORMATION Surface water can act as a hydrologic barrier to groundwater flow. Such hydrologic information can be used to assist the environmental professional in forming an opinion about the impact of nearby contaminated properties or, should contamination exist on the target property, what downgradient sites might be impacted. Refer to the Physical Setting Source Map following this summary for hydrologic information (major waterways and bodies of water). FEMA FLOOD ZONE Target Property County l ARIMER, CO Flood Plain Panel at Target Property: Additional Panels in search area: NATIONAL WETLAND INVENTORY NWI Quad at Target Property FORT COLLINS FEMA Flood Electronic Data YES - refer to the Overview Map and Detail Map 0801010193D 0801020012C NWI Electronic Data Coverage Not Available HYDROGEOLOGIC INFORMATION Hydrogeologic information obtained by installation of wells on a specific site can often be an indicator of groundwater flow direction in the immediate area. Such hydrogeologic information can be used to assist the environmental professional in forming an opinion about the impact of nearby contaminated properties or, should contamination exist on the target property, what downgradient sites might be Impacted. AQUIFLOW® Search Radius: 1.000 Mile. EDR has developed the AQUIFLOW Information System to provide data on the general direction of groundwater flow at specific points. EDR has reviewed reports submitted by environmental professionals to regulatory authorities at select sites and has extracted the date of the report, groundwater flow direction as determined hydrogeologically, and the depth to water table. LOCATION GENERAL DIRECTION MAP ID FROM TP GROUNDWATER FLOW Not Reported TC01217067.1 r Page A-3 ,. f.m�} F�5 Iira> GROUNDWATER FLOW VELOCITY INFORMATION Groundwater flow velocity information for a particular site is best determined by a qualified environmental professional using site specific geologic and soil strata data. If such data are not reasonably ascertainable, lt may be necessary to rely on other sources of information, including geologic age identification, rock stratigraphic unit and soil characteristics data collected on nearby properties and regional soil information. In general, contaminant plumes move more quickly through sandy -gravelly types of soils than silty -clayey types of soils. GEOLOGIC INFORMATION IN GENERAL AREA OF TARGET PROPERTY Geologic information can be used by the environmental professional in forming an opinion about the relative speed at which contaminant migration may be occurring. ROCK STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT GEOLOGIC AGE IDENTIFICATION Era: Mesozoic Category: Stratified Sequence System: Cretaceous Series: Taylor Group Code: uK3 (decoded above as Era, System & Series) Geologic Age and Rock Stratigraphic Unit Source: P.G. Schruben, R.E. Arndt and W.J. Bawiec, Geology of the Conterminous U.S. at 1:2,500,000 Scale - a digital representation of the 1974 P.B. King and H.M. Beikman Map, USGS Digital Data Series DDS -11 (1994). DOMINANT SOIL COMPOSITION IN GENERAL AREA OF TARGET PROPERTY The U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS) leads the National Cooperative Soil Survey (NCSS) and is responsible for collecting, storing, maintaining and distributing soil survey information for privately owned lands in the United States. A soil map in a soil survey is a representation of soil patterns in a landscape. Soil maps for STATSGO are compiled by generalizing more detailed (SSURGO) soil survey maps. The following information is based on Soil Conservation Service STATSGO data. Soil Component Name: NUNN Soil Surface Texture: clay loam Hydrologic Group: Class C - Slow infiltration rates. Soils with layers impeding downward movement of water, or soils with moderately fine or fine textures. Soil Drainage Class: Well drained. Soils have intermediate water holding capacity. Depth to water table is more than 6 feet. Hydric Status: Soil does not meet the requirements for a hydric soil. Corrosion Potential - Uncoated Steel: HIGH Depth to Bedrock Min: > 60 inches Depth to Bedrock Max: > 60 inches TC01217067.1r PageA-4 --------------- Soil Layer Information Boundary Classification Layer Upper Lower Soil Texture Class AASHTO Group Unified Soil Rate eatill) Soil Reaction 1 0 inches 10 inches clay loam Silt -Clay FINE-GRAINED Max: 0.60 Max: 7.80 Materials (more SOILS, Silts Min: 0.20 Min: 6.10 than 35 pct. and Clays passing No. (liquid limit 200), Clayey less than 50%), Soils. Lean Clay 2 10 inches 47 inches clay loam Silt -Clay FINE-GRAINED Max: 0.20 Max: 8.40 Materials (more SOILS, Silts Min: 0.06 Min: 6.10 than 35 pct. and Clays passing No. (liquid limit 200), Clayey less than 50%), Soils. Lean Clay 3 47 inches Winches clay loam Silt -Clay FINE-GRAINED Max: 0.60 Max: 9.00 Materials (more SOILS, Silts Min: 0.20 Min: 7.90 than 35 pct. and Clays passing No. (liquid limit 200), Clayey less than 50%). Soils. Lean Cla 4 Winches 70 inches sandy clay loam Granular COARSE -GRAINED Max: 6.00 Max: 8.40 materials (35 SOILS, Sands, Min: 2.00 Min: 7.40 pot. or less Sands with passing No. fines, Clayey 200), Silty, or sand. Clayey Gravel COARSE -GRAINED and Sand. SOILS, Sands, Sands with fines, Silty Sand. OTHER SOIL TYPES IN AREA Based on Soil Conservation. Service STATSGO data, the following additional subordinant soil types may appear within the general area of target property. Soil Surface Textures: No Other Soil Types Suificial Soil Types: No Other Soil Types Shallow Soil Types: No Other Soil Types Deeper Soil Types: clay loam very gravelly - sand silty clay weathered bedrock loam TC01217067.1r PageA-5 166, ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORD SOURCES According to ASTM E 1527-00, Section 7.2.2, "one or more additional state or local sources of environmental records may be checked, in the discretion of the environmental professional, to enhance and supplement federal and state sources... Factors to consider in determining which local or additional state records, if any, should be checked include (1) whether they are reasonably ascertainable, (2) whether they are sufficiently useful, accurate, and complete in light of the objective of the records review (see 7.1.1), and (3) whether they are obtained, pursuant to local, good commercial or customary practice." One of the record sources listed in Section 7.2:2 is water well information. Water well information can be used to assist the environmental professional in assessing sources that may impact groundwater flow direction, and in forming an opinion about the impact of contaminant migration on nearby drinking water wells. WELL SEARCH DISTANCE INFORMATION DATABASE SEARCH DISTANCE (miles) Federal USGS 1.000 Federal FRDS PWS Nearest PWS within 1 mile State Database 1.000 FEDERAL USGS WELL INFORMATION LOCATION MAP ID WELL ID FROM TP No Wells Found FEDERAL FRDS PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM INFORMATION LOCATION MAP ID WELL ID FROM TP No PWS System Found Note: PWS System location is not always the same as well location. STATE DATABASE WELL INFORMATION LOCATION MAP ID WELL ID FROM TP Al COW W 148637 118 -1/4 Mile North A2 COW W 148631 118 -114 Mile North A3 COW W 148635 1/4 -1/2 Mile North A4 COWW291023 . 114-112 Mile NNW A5 COWW291188 114 -1/2 Mile NNW A6 COWWO16407 1/4 -1/2 Mile NNW A7 COW W 148636 114 -1/2 Mile North B8 COWW148632 114 -1/2 Mile NNW 89 COWW148633 1/4-1/2 Mile NNW 10 COWW148634 114 -1/2 Mile NNW 11 COW W148630 1/4 -112 Mile North 12 COW W292737 114 -1 /2 Mile ESE C13 COWW292403 1/2-1 Mile North C14 COWW292432 112 -1 Mile North TC01217067.1r PageA-6 STATE DATABASE WELL INFORMATION LOCATION MAP ID WELL ID FROM TP 15 COWW291448 112 -1 Mile SSE 16 COWW293584 1/2 -1 Mile North D17 COWW233210 112 -1 Mile NNW D18 COWW233209 1/2 -1 Mile NNW E19 COWWO16909 112 -1 Mile North E20 COWW236380 12 -1 Mile North E21 COWW291950 12 -1 Mile North E22 COWWO41810 1/2 -1 Mile North 23 COWW291168 1/2 -1 Mile SSE 24 COWWO64470 112 -1 Mile NNE F25 COWW291497 1/2 -1 Mile NNW F26 COWW292414 112 -1 Mile NNW F27 COWW291577 12 -1 Mile NNW 28 COW W290987 112 - 1 Mile NE G29 COWWO32663 112 -1 Mile NNE G30 COWWO99662 1/2 -1 Mile NNE 31 COWW011444 1/2 -1 Mile NNE 32 COWW237702 12 -1 Mile NW 33 COWWO38399 12 -1 Mile WSW 34 COWWO33960 1/2 -1 Mile WNW 35 COW WO07495 12 -1 Mile NNE H36 COW WO07969 1/2 -1 Mile West H37 COWWO07968 112 -1 Mile West TC01217067.1 r Page A-7 g /I I PHYSICAL SETTING SOURCE MAP - 01217067.1 r NOW a PO IIPR V L S L HE �N 6 CO ttTYH i o a• \ O x O \ oy�yCr 1 �. 0 q" �` n •�\ \ � R,gN�'(q ,. �`+vim i v ........r.......—,r Major Roads Contour Lines Airports Earthquake epicenter, Richter 5 or greater Q Water Wells © Public Water Supply Wells • Cluster of Multiple Icons N I® Groundwater Flow Direction c 1 Indeterminate Groundwater Flow at Location cv Groundwater Flow Varies at Location • Oil, gas or related wells 1 Miles TARGET PROPERTY: SC Group Investments Property CUSTOMER: Walsh Env. Scientists&Engin.LLC ADDRESS: S. Timberline Rd./E. Drake Rd. CONTACT: Troy C. Sanders CITY/STATEOP: Fort Collins CO 80525 INQUIRY#: 01217067.1r LATLONG: 40.55791 105.0403 DATE: June 22, 2004 2:11 pm GORY laht ® 2004 EOR. Inc. 0 2rA3 GOT. Inc Rol. OMAN. AN Fights Reservad. Map ID Direction Distance Database EDR ID Number Elevation Al CO WELLS COWW148637 North 118-114Mile Lower Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CO Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0358811H Permit Number: 174170 Suffix Code: Not Reported Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 08/12/1993 Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05107/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: 11/01/1993 ConstructionfTest report Received by DWR: 08/1211993 Well Proposed Yield (GaUMin): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feel): 30 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: 11/01/1995 Abandonment Report Received: 05/06/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 04/08/1996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1st Perforated Casing: 0020 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0030 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 30 Depth to Static Water Level: 23 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Nance of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 05104/1992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractor's License: 1237 Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under. 6023 Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH Water District: 03 Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: 2256N 450E Range: 0680W Township: 070N Section: 19 1/4 Section: NE 1141W SE 1141141/4: Not Reported TC01217067.1r PageA-9 Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Not Reported Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number: Not Reported Approval Engineer: DWR Designation Number: MW-8 Comments: MH-18696; WELL MW-8 Utm_x: 496582.969 Utmy: 4489799 Loc_source: CarteView 2117/2000 Usage: Q, Monitoring Well (Permitted) A2 North CO WELLS COWW148631 1/8 -114 Mile Lower Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CO Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0358811 B Permit Number. 174164 Suffix Code: Not Reported Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 06/1211993 - Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05107/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: 11/01/1993 Construction/Test report Received by DWR: 08/12/1993 Well Proposed Yield (Gal/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 28 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: - Exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: 11/01/1995 Abandonment Report Received: 05/06/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 04/09/1996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of tat Perforated Casing: 0017 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0028 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 28 Depth to Static Water Level: 22 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer. Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 02124M992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractors License: 1237 Pump Installer's License: Not Reported TC01217067.ir PageA-10 tti'�:0� 'ham :i`az y"'�' _n �' ,'I �J�U1. �w it �, '+i•. C:: Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: 6023 Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH W r t District: 03 a e Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: Range: 06BOW Township: Section: 19 114 Section: 1/4 1/4: SE 114 1/4 1/4: Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number. Approval Engineer: DWR Designation Number: Comments: MH-18696; WELL MW-2 Utm_x: 496682.031 Utm.y: 4489822 Loc source: Usage: Q, Monitoring Well (Permitted) A3 North 114 -1/2 Mile Higher Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CO Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 Receipt: 0358811 F Suffix Code: Not Reported Parcel 0 Application Date: 08/12/1993 Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 0510711996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: Construction/Test report Received by DWR: Well Proposed Yield (GaUMin): Well Proposed Depth (Feet): Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): Well Application Type: Well Type: First Beneficial Use Date: Date Statement of Use Received: Date Amended to Include Animals: Permit Expiration Date: Abandonment Report Received: Plugged an Abandoned Date: Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: Depth to Top of 1st Perforated Casing: Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: Water Court Case Number: Yield in Gallons Per Minute: Total Depth of Well: Depth to Static Water Level: Ground Surface Elevation: Acres Irrigated: Totaling Flow Meter Regd., Installed: County Code: Permit Number: Replacement Code: 11/01/1993 08112/1993 0 28 0 Not reported Exempt Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported 11/01/1995 05/06/1996 04/08/1996 0 0018 0028 Not Reported 0 28 23 0 0 N 00 2181N 125E 070N NE Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported MW-2 CarteView 2117/2000 CO WELLS COWW148635 35 174168 Not Reported TC01217067.1 r Page A-11 a. Prior to Substantial Completion, in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 13.03.13 of the General Conditions. (1) 90 percent of Cost of the Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50% completed as determined by OWNER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER, OWNER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. (2) 90 percent of (with the balance being retainage) of the cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 13.02.A of the General Conditions). b. Upon Substantial Completion, in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to DESIGN/BUILDER to 95 percent of the Contract Price (with the balance being retainage), less such amounts as OWNER shall determine that OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 13.03.13 of the General Conditions. 2. For DESIGN/BUILDER'S Fee: Progress payments on account of the DESIGNBUILDER's Fee will be made as follows: a. Payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 90 percent of such Fee earned to the date of the approved Application for Payment (less in each case payments previously made on account of such fee) based on the progress of the Work measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in paragraph 2.06.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work on the number of units completed) and upon Substantial Completion in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to DESIGNBUILDER on account of that fee to 95 percent of the DESIGN/BUILDER'S Fee. B. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 13.08 of the General Conditions and statutorily required procedures as set forth in Section 16.05 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay remainder of the Contract Price. Article 10. DESIGNBUILDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 10.01. DESIGN/BUILDER makes the following representations: A. DESIGN/BUILDER has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including the Addenda) listed in paragraphs 12.0LA through J but excluding the documents described in paragraph 12.01.K and the other related data identified in the Request for Proposals. B. DESIGN/BUILDER has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. C. DESIGN/BUILDER is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. D. DESIGN/BUILDER has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site which have been made available by OWNER. E. DESIGN/BUILDER is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 10 * �i5r g hr.tw Xs v k-_ Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 02/26/1992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractors License: 1237 Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: 6023 Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH Water District: - 03 Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: 1956N 513E Range: 068OW Township: 070N Section: 19 1/4 Section: NE 1141/4: SE - 1141141/4: Not Reported Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Not Reported Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number: Not Reported Approval Engineer: DWR Designation Number: MW-6 Comments: MH-1 8696; WELL MW-6 Utm_x: 496563.813 Utm_r: 4489890.5 Loc_source: CarteView 2/17/2000 Usage: Q, Monitoring Well (Permitted) A4 NNW CO WELLS COWW291023 114 -112 Mile Higher Site Name: TIMBERLINE TUBE CO Mailing Address: Not Reported FT COLLINS, CO 80524 Telephone: Not Reported Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 9038240 Permit Number. 3633 Suffix Code: F Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel 0 Application Date: Not Reported Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05/07/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: Not Reported Construction/Test report Received by DWR: Not Reported Well Proposed Yield (Gal/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 0 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Non-exempt First Beneficial Use Date: 07/30/1962 Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: Not Reported Abandonment Report Received: 05/06/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 04/09/1996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1st Perforated Casing: 0000 TC01217067.1 r Page A-12 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0000 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 60 Total Depth of Weil: 31 Depth to Static Water Level: 16 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: Not Reported Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractor's License: Not Reported Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: Not Reported Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH Water District: - Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 03 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: 00 Range: 0680W Township: 070N Section: 19 SE 1/4 Section: 1/4114114: NE Not Reported 1/4114: Aquifer. GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Filing Number: Not Reported Not Reported Block Number: Not Reported Approval Engineer: Not Reported Designation Number: Not Reported Comments: Not Reported Utm_x: 496522.188 Utmy: 4489882 Loc_source: Carfe�ew 2/1712000 Usage: Industrial A5 NNW 114 -112 Mile . Higher Site Name: Mailing Address: Telephone: Water Division: 1 Receipt: 9038405 Suffix Code: F Parcel: 0 Application Date: Not Reported Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05107/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: Construction/Test report Received by DWR: Well Proposed Yield (GaIlMin): Well Proposed Depth (Feet): Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): Well Application Type: Well Type: SOUTHWESTERN PIPE CO OF COL Not Reported FT COLLINS, CO 80524 Not Reported County Code: Permit Number: Replacement Code: Not Reported Not Reported 0 0 0 Not reported Non-exempt CO WELLS COWW291188 35 6566 Not Reported TC01217067.1T PageA-13 First Beneficial Use Date: 01/06/1965 Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported - Permit Expiration Date: Not Reported Abandonment Report Received: 05106/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 04/09/1996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1st Perforated Casing: 0000 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0000 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 120 Total Depth of Well: 31 Depth to Static Water Level: 21 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: Not Reported Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractors License: Not Reported Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: Not Reported Last Staff Member to Update File: _ NLH Water District: 03 . Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Distfrom Section Line: 00 Range: 068OW Township: 070N Section: 19 114 Section: NE 1/41/4: SE 1/41/41/4: Not Reported Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Not Reported Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number. Not Reported Approval Engineer. Not Reported Designation Number. Not Reported Comments: Not Reported Utm_x: 496522.18E Utmy: 4489882 Loc source: Cartevew 2/17/2000 Usage: Industrial A6 NNW CO WELLS COWWO16407 114 -112 Mile Higher Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL Mailing Address: C/O 1716 HEATH PKWY FT COLLINS, CO 80524 Telephone: Not Reported Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0018696 Permit Number. 18696 Suffix Code: MH Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 0211911992 Application Status: Monitoring hole notice of construction. File number and date entered in permit number and permit date fields Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Record change. A portion of the file was modified TC01217067.1 r Page A-14 Last Action Date: 10/16/2001 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: Not Reported Construction/rest report Received by DWR: Not Reported Well Proposed Yield (Gal/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 0 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Non-exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: Not Reported Abandonment Report Received: Not Reported Plugged an Abandoned Date: Not Reported Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1 st Perforated Casing: 0000 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0000 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 0 Depth to Static Water Level: 0 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: 174163 Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: Not Reported Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractors License: LIC Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: Not Reported Last Staff Member to Update File: KRM Water District: 03 Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: 00 Range: 068OW Township: 070N Section: 19 114 Section: NE 1/41/4: SE 1141141/4: Not Reported Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Not Reported Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number. Not Reported Approval Engineer: Not Reported Designation Number: Not Reported Comments: X-REF 174163-174170 Utm_x: 496522.188 Utmy: 4489882 Loc_source: CarteView 2/17/2000 Usage: Q A7 North CO WELLS COWW148636 114 -112 Mile Higher TC01217067.1r PageA-15 Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CC Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER _ LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0358811 G Permit Number: 174169 Suffix Code: Not Reported Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 08/12/1993 Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 07/26/1995 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: 11/01/1993 Construction/Test report Received by DWR: 08/12/1993 Well Proposed Yield (Gal/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 30 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: 11/01/1995 Abandonment Report Received: 07/21/1995 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 06/30/1995 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1 st Perforated Casing: 0019 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0030 Water Court Case Number: Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 30 Depth to Static Water Level 22 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer. Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 05/D4/1992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractor's License: 1237 Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump Installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: 6023 Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH Water District: 03 Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S - Dist from Section Line: 1931 N 550E Range: 06BOW Township: 070N Section: 19 1/4 Section: NE 1/41/4: SE 1141/4114: Not Reported Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number. Not Reported Block Number. Not Reported Filing Number: Not Reported Approval Engineer: DWR Designation Number. MW-7 Comments: MHA8696; WELL MW-7 Utm_x: 496552.531 Utm_y: 4489898 Loc_source: CarteView 2/17/2000 TC01217067.1r PageA-16 Usage: Q, Monitoring Well (Permitted) B8 NNW CO WELLS COWW148632 114 -112 Mile Higher Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CO Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0358811 C Permit Number: 174165 Suffix Code: Not Reported Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 0811211993 Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05/07/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: 11/01/1993 Construction rest report Received by DWR: 08/12/1993 Well Proposed Yield (Gat/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 28 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: 1110111995 Abandonment Report Received: 05/06/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Date: 0410811996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of 1st. Perforated Casing: 0017 Depth to Base of Last Perforated Casing: 0026 Water Court Case Number. Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 28 Depth to Static Water Level: 24 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Notice of Beneficial Use Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number: 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 0212511992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No Contractors Licenser 1237 Pump Installer's License: Not Reported Pump installation Report to DWR: Not Reported Statute Which Permit Issued Under: 6023 Last Staff Member to Update File: NLH Water District: 03 Groundwater Basin Numb: 00 Basin Mgmt Dist Numb: 00 Principal Meridian: S Dist from Section Line: 2031N 913E Range: 0680W Township: 070N TC01217067.1r PageA-17 Section: 19 1/4 Section: NE 1/4 1/4: SE 1/4 114 1/4: Not Reported Aquifer: GW 2nd Aquifer: Not Reported Sub Division: Not Reported Lot Number: Not Reported - Block Number: Not Reported Filing Number: Not Reported Approval Engineer: DWR Designation Number: MW-3 Comments: MH-18696; WELL MW-3 Utm_x: 496441.875 Utmy: 4489867.5 Loc source: CarteView 2/17/2000 Usage: Q, Monitoring Well (Permitted) B9 NNW CO WELLS COWW148633 114 - 112 Mile Higher Site Name: LONE STAR STEEL CO Mailing Address: LEAH COOPER LEAH COOPER LONE STAR, TX 75668 Telephone: 9036566317 Water Division: 1 County Code: 35 Receipt: 0358811 D Permit Number: 174166 Suffix Code: Not Reported Replacement Code: Not Reported Parcel: 0 Application Date: 0811211993 Application Status: Abandoned Well Permit Status: Not Reported Permit Stat Date: Not Reported Last Action Updated: Abandoned Well Last Action Date: 05/07/1996 Permit, Denial (AD) or Monitoring Hole Issued: 11/01/1993 Construction/Test report Received by DWR: 08/12/1993 Well Proposed Yield (Gal/Min): 0 Well Proposed Depth (Feet): 27 Proposed Annual Appropriation (Acre Feet): 0 Well Application Type: Not reported Well Type: Exempt First Beneficial Use Date: Not Reported Date Statement of Use Received: Not Reported Date Amended to Include Animals: Not Reported Permit Expiration Date: 11/01/1995 Abandonment Report Received: 05/06/1996 Plugged an Abandoned Dale: 04/09/1996 Annual Appropriation in Acre Feet: 0 Depth to Top of tat Perforated Casing: 0017 Depth to Base of last Perforated Casing: 0027 Water Court Case Number. Not Reported Yield in Gallons Per Minute: 0 Total Depth of Well: 27 Depth to Static Water Level: 24 Ground Surface Elevation: 0 Acres Irrigated: 0 Totaling Flow Meter Reqd., Installed: N Cross Reference to Another Well or Record: Not Reported Notice of Well Completion Recvd. for Non-trib Aquifer. Not Reported. Notice of Beneficial Use Reavd. for Non-trib Aquifer: Not Reported Well ID Number. 00000 Well Construction Completed Date: 02/25/1992 Pump Installation Completed Date: Not Reported Geophysical is Required and Received: No TC01217067.1r PageA-18 (.'.tc F;a ['' `✓'.',. C' 0- t AREA RADON INFORMATION State Database: CO Radon Radon Test Results Zip Total Sites Avg % sites<=4 pCi/L 80525 11 8.28 36.36 % sites>4&<10 pCUL 18.18 Federal EPA Radon Zone for LARIMER County: 1 Note: Zone 1 indoor average level > 4 pCi/L. : Zone 2 indoor average level >= 2 pCi/L and <= 4 pCi/L. : Zone 3 indoor average level < 2 pCi/L. Federal Area Radon Information for Zip Code: 80525 Number of sites tested: 10 Area Average Activity % <4 pCi/L Living Area - 1st Floor Not Reported Not Reported Living Area - 2nd Floor Not Reported Not Reported Basement 9.110 pCi/L 30% % sites>=10&<20 pCi/L 36.36 % 4-20 pCUL %>20 pCUL Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported 60% 10% of girPq>9n ncm 9.09 TC01217067.1r PageA-52 TOPOGRAPHIC INFORMATION USGS 7.5' Digital Elevation Model (OEM) Source: United States Geologic Survey EDR acquired the USGS 7.5' Digital Elevation Model in 2002. 7.5-Minute DEMs correspond to the USGS 1:24,000- and 1:25,000-scale topographic quadrangle maps. HYDROLOGIC INFORMATION Flood Zone Data: This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR in 1999 from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Data depicts 100-year and 500-year flood zones as defined by FEMA. NWI: National Wetlands Inventory. This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR in 2002 from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. HYDROGEOLOGIC INFORMATION AQUIFLOWR Information System Source: EDR proprietary database of groundwater flow information EDR has developed the AOUIFLOW Information System (AIS) to provide data on the general direction of groundwater flow at specific points. EDR has reviewed reports submitted to regulatory authorities at select sites and has extracted the date of the report, hydrogeologically determined groundwater flow direction and depth to water table information. GEOLOGIC INFORMATION Geologic Age and Rock Stratigraphic Unit Source: P.G. Schruben, R.E. Arndt and W.J. Bawiec, Geology of the Conterminous U.S. at 1:2,500,000 Scale - A digital representation of the 1974 P.B. King and H.M. Beikman Map, USGS Digital Data Series DDS -11 (1994). STATSGO: State Soil Geographic Database Source: Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Services The U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) leads the national Conservation Soil Survey (NCSS) and is responsible for collecting, storing, maintaining and distributing soil survey information for privately owned lands in the United States. A soil map in a soil survey is a representation of soil patterns in a landscape. Soil maps for STATSGO are compiled by generalizing more detailed (SSURGO) soil survey maps. ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORD SOURCES FEDERAL WATER WELLS PWS: Public Water Systems Source: EPA/Office of Drinking Water Telephone: 202-564-3750 Public Water System data from the Federal Reporting Data System. A PWS is any water system which provides water to at least 25 people for at least 60 days annually. PW Ss provide water from wells, rivers and other sources. PWS ENF: Public Water Systems Violation and Enforcement Data Source: EPA/Office of Drinking Water Telephone: 202-564-3750 Violation and Enforcement data for Public Water Systems from the Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) after August 1995. Prior to August 1995, the data came from the Federal Reporting Data System (FRDS). USGS Water Wells: USGS National Water Inventory System (NWIS) This database contains descriptive information on sites where the USGS collects or has collected data on surface water and/or groundwater. The groundwater data includes information on welts, springs, and other sources of groundwater. TC01217067.1r PageA-53 STATE RECORDS Colorado GIS Well Database Source: Office of State Engineer, Division of Water Resources Telephone: 303-866-3581 The GIS Well database includes all wells that the Division of Water Resources permits. Oil and Gas Well Locations Source: Department of Natural Resources Telephone: 303-894-2100 RADON State Database: CO Radon Source: Department of Public Health & Environment Telephone: 303-692-3090 Radon Study in Colorado Area Radon Information Source:USGS Telephone: 703-356-4020 The National Radon Database has been developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and is a compilation of the EPAIState Residential Radon Survey and the National Residential Radon Survey. The study covers the years 1986 -1992. Where necessary data has been supplemented by information collected at private sources such as universities and research institutions. EPA Radon Zones Source: EPA Telephone: 703-356.4020 Sections 307 & 309 of IRAA directed EPA to list and identify areas of U.S. with the potential for elevated indoor radon levels. OTHER Airport Landing Facilities: Private and public use landing facilities Source: Federal Aviation Administration, 800-457-6656 Epicenters: World earthquake epicenters, Richter 5 or greater Source: Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration TC01217067.1r Page A-54 F. DESIGNBUILDER has correlated the information known to DESIGNBUILDER, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Contract Documents. G. DESIGN/BUILDER has given OWNER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that DESIGNBUILDER has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by OWNER is acceptable to DESIGN/BUILDER, and the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by OWNER is acceptable to DESIGN/BUILDER, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Article 11. ACCOUNTING RECORDS 11.0 DESIGNBUILDER shall keep such full and detailed accounts as may be necessary for proper financial management under the Contract Documents with respect to all materials, equipment and labor entering into the Work. The accounting methods shall be satisfactory to OWNER. OWNER shall be afforded reasonable access to all of DESIGN/BUILDER'S records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and similar data relating to the Cost of Work and DESIGNBUILDER's Fee. DESIGN/BUILDER shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after final payment by OWNER. Article 12. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 12.01 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER concerning the Work consist of the following: A. This Agreement (pages 1 to , inclusive). B. Exhibits to this Agreement (pages to inclusive). C. OWNER's Request for Proposal No. P- along with Conceptual Documents identified therein. D. DESIGN/BUILDER's Proposal in Response to OWNER's Request for Proposal No. P- E. Notices to Proceed. F. Performance, payment, and other Bonds, identified as Section 00600 and consisting of pages. G. Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder (pages 1 to 33, inclusive). H. Supplementary Conditions (pages to , inclusive). I. Addenda numbers through inclusive. I. Trend Log Summary and Other Documentation submitted by DESIGNBUILDER prior to Notice of Award (pages to ,inclusive). K. The following, which may be delivered, prepared or issued after the Effective Date of this Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 3.04.A of the General Conditions. 2. Specifications as defined in Paragraph 1.0l.A.40 of the General Conditions. 3. Drawings as defined in Paragraph 1.0I.A.18 of the General Conditions. 11 ALWah Environmental Scientists and Engineers, L1LC APPENDIX B PHOTOGRAPHS OF SITE Odocmrcnts and sm-p\all usasldwhop\wakA douoneoo�ojecyskhy of Cott coU'sMphsse is15357-010 so group m repon.doo.06.30.04 Photographs of the Site SC Group Investments, LLC Property NW of South Timberline Road and East Drake Road, Fort Collins, Colorado View of property from northeast View of parcel to north View of parcel to east (across S. Timberline Road) View of property from west View of parcel to south View of parcel to west Page 1 of 1 �Ialsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC APPENDIX C AGENCY/PERSONAL CONTACT LIST c:Wonmcaus and setunpull wmXdesk"o .mWh d�lggecubky of fort wHmslpluseT0357-010 sc group a repon.doc.06.30.04 -walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC AGENCY/PERSONAL CONTACT LIST The following agencies/people have been contacted for this Phase I ESA conducted at the SC Group Investments, LLC property located northwest of the intersection of South Timberline Road and East Drake Road in Fort Collins, Colorado. Mr. Brock Chapman, (Vice-president/Member) SC Group Investments, LLC City of Fort Collins Public Library City of Fort Collins Real Estate Services Department — Mr. Ralph Campano Environmental Data Resources, Inc. Larimer County - Information Management Division Larimer County Assessor Larimer County Department of Health and Environment Poudre Fire Authority U.S. Geological Survey Library c' and uatmpWRU a \daktop\wshh docmmo *roteettk¢" of fort colft*hl iW357-010= group as repomdoc.06.30.04 =Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC APPENDIX D CORPORATE AND PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS cldocune:as end SVMnpW u \desia*WaLh down \p,ojecukiq offon w0ev ,k15357-010 sc 1pharc group ceamporLdoc.06.30.00 MWASh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC CORPORATE CREDENTIALS Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC (WALSH) is a full -service, multidisciplinary environmental consulting firm providing environmental . and analytical services nationwide. Founded in 1979 by James P. Walsh, the firm presently employs more than 70 scientists and engineers, including 23 professionals with Master's Degrees and three Ph.D. graduates. With four offices in two states, WALSH has established a reputation for quality and innovation by successfully completing complex environmental projects. WALSH consists of a diverse group of highly qualified and experienced professional personnel with advanced expertise in environmental engineering, geology, geochemistry, analytical chemistry, hydrology, soil science, water science, industrial hygiene and safety, and computer technology. With more than 150 satisfied clients in 21 states, from small business owners to major oil companies, WALSH emphasizes personalized service provided by highly motivated senior professional staff. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING WALSH is dedicated to accurately assessing and resolving complex environmental problems in an efficient and cost-effective manner. Our practical approach to managing the application of remediation technologies maximizes the company's ability to accomplish the goals of its clients. The company's environmental services include: • Phase I and Phase If Environmental Site Assessments • "Superfund" and Hazardous Waste Site Investigations • Underground Storage Tank Removal and Remediation • Soil Boring, Logging, and Sampling • installation of Groundwater Monitoring Systems Groundwater and Surface Water Sampling • Laboratory Testing of Soil and Groundwater Samples • Contaminant Characterization • Solid Waste Landfill Permitting and Closure • Computer Modeling of Environmental Systems • Environmental Impact Assessments/Statements Expert Witness and Litigation Support rtdtw,iaanas and satinp\sll M=\doktop%Wahh doaments "jegslnry offO t so010\phase t}M5357-M se group sae tspart.dm.06.30.04 TROY C. SANDERS, CPG _� District Manager/Senior Geoscientist KEY EXPERTISE ✓ Soil, Ground Water, and Surface Water Investigation and Remediation ✓ Geology/Hydrogeology ✓ Environmental Site Assessments/Audits ✓ Project, Asbestos, and Hazardous Waste Management EDUCATION, CERTIFICATIONS B.S., Geology, Colorado State University, 1984 Certified Professional Geologist, Wyoming #3119 Certified AHERA Asbestos Building Inspector #9364 OSHA 40-hour Hazardous Waste Operations Training OSHA 40-hour Radiation Protection Procedures and Investigative Methods Training OSHA 24-hour Emergency Response Methods Training EXPERIENCE SUMMARY Mr. Sanders has over 19 years of professional experience including 17 as an environmental consultant and geologist. He has specialized in performing and reporting on environmental, geologic, and hydrogeologic investigations at numerous sites within the Rocky Mountain Region. Mr. Sanders primary responsibility is evaluating the presence and/or extent of contamination at sites. He is currently the manager of the WALSH Fort Collins, Colorado office. He provides regulatory, technical, and managerial direction on site assessment, and remediation projects including characterizing sites for hazardous materials contamination using geologic, geophysical, hydrogeologic, and atmospheric sampling techniques. Environmental characterization projects have been conducted at aviation, auto salvage, chemical production, landfill, manufacturing, mining, nuclear, petrochemical/refining, pipeline, railroad, and wood treatment facilities. Mr. Sanders has provided emergency response, site characterization, environmental auditing, information management, litigation support, and technical enforcement consulting services on EPA and DOE projects. He has conducted treatability studies on regulated hazardous wastes and extractive metallurgical research activities on metallic ores for government agencies and.private organizations. He has also provided geologic consulting services in support of bulk -tonnage precious metal projects, as well as petroleum, oil shale, and natural gas exploration projects. KEY PROJECTS FORT COLLINS BROWNFIELDS, DOWNTOWN RIVER CORRIDOR - ENVIRONMENTAL SITE INVESTIGATIONS ✓ Mr. Sanders managed and participated in geologic, hydrogeologic, and hydrologic investigations on City -owned property downgradient of a former manufactured gas plant facility. Site investigation information indicates that a plume of hydrocarbons including benzene and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons have impacted off -site soil, groundwater, and surface water. His primary responsibilities included the preparation of bid specification packages, sampling and analysis work plans, health and safety plans, and sampling/ analytical results reports related to the site investigations. He coordinated and supervised all phases of the design and installation of supplemental ground water monitoring wells. Mr. Sanders directed subsurface investigations utilizing hollow -stem auger drilling methods, handled investigation derived wastes, conducted environmental media sampling, and field screening tests. He presented site investigation findings and recommendations to federal, state, and local regulatory representatives. c:Adowmamts and sarinpWl usasWalnop\welsh docwrmts\edndnismiwe min U004 resume swAm.doc Troy C. Sanders Page 2 ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENTS Mr. Sanders has completed various portions of over 120 Phase I, environmental site assessments (ESAs) and transaction screens on industrial, multi -family residential, retail, warehouse, vacant land, and other commercial properties. These ESAs have diligently followed the American Standards for Testing and Materials standard for performing ESAs, and have revealed hidden contamination of various types. The following projects are typical of Mr. Sanders project management experience: ✓ Phase I Environmental Site Assessments, City of Fort Collins — The ESAs involved assessing potential contamination at approximately 23 industrial, residential, vacant land, and commercial properties within the City of Fort Collins, City of Loveland, and Larimer County area. Primary suspected contaminants of concern identified were asbestos, lead, mercury, PCBs, and petroleum products. In addition, potential indoor air, wetlands, and threatened and endangered species concerns were identified. ✓ Phase I Environmental Site Assessments, Various Locations -These projects entailed performing Phase I ESAs on approximately 65 medium to large multi -family residential communities on a nationwide basis. The assessments were performed in anticipation of purchase or refinancing transactions using Fannie Mae/DUS lending requirements. The typical sampling suite included; suspect asbestos -containing building materials, lead based paint, lead in drinking water, and radon. Mr. Sanders provided numerous recommendations concerning environmental site conditions and prepared operations and maintenance plans for handling areas exhibiting regulated quantities of asbestos and lead based paint. ASBESTOS INSPECTIONS/LEAD-BASED PAINT SURVEYS Mr. Sanders has performed dozens of asbestos inspections and lead based paint screenings of structures following State of Colorado, AHERA, and HUD protocols. He has managed all types of asbestos - containing materials, focusing on identifying hazards yet eliminating suspect materials from abatement. Screening of painted building components for the presence of lead -based paint using spectrum X-ray fluorescence and sampling techniques was performed. These inspections have resulted in recommendations for handling asbestos -containing materials and lead contaminated building components which generated substantial cost -savings for the clients. CHLORINATED SOLVENT INVESTIGATIONS AND REMEmATION (DRY CLEANING ESTABLISHMENTS) Mr. Sanders has directed the field investigations at several chlorinated solvent release sites in the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area. The dense non -aqueous phase liquids released near the source had resulted in significant soil and ground water contamination. Vertical and horizontal extent of the plumes were characterized utilizing drilling, sampling, soil gas and indoor air investigation methods. Due diligence door-to- door residential well surveys were conducted in adjacent neighborhoods. Quarterly monitoring events were implemented to characterize seasonal contaminant concentration fluctuations. Historic information was compiled into a comprehensive Voluntary Cleanup Application for state review/approval. A risk assessment was performed and remedial alternatives were reviewed and selected for implementation at these facilities. Mr. Sanders directed and participated in an environmental compliance audit program for metro area dry cleaning establishments. Facilities were inspected for compliance with applicable federal, state, and local environmental regulations. Summary reports containing relevant findings and recommendations were prepared for facility owners. MONITORING ACTIVITIES FOR LANDFILLS Mr. Sanders performed quarterly ground water and surface water monitoring activities at former solid waste municipal landfills. He designed and installed ground water monitoring well networks, developed and maintained software to perform statistical analysis of analytical data. He prepared post -closure monitoring reports and acted as liaison between state regulators and municipalities. He prepared comprehensive quarterly monitoring and annual data summary reports for an active RCRA hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facility/landfill in California. c:ldowanrnts and swings\all asasldeshtop\walsh dGcwrwm\sdnmdstra w1,=u \20o4 rtsumcsandmAm Troy C. Sanders Paae 3 AST/UST/LUST CLOSURE AND SITE CHARACTERIZATION Mr. Sanders has conducted project management for various municipalities and private sector clients using the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment — Division of Oil and Public Safety guidelines. The projects involved performing AST/UST removal, and closure at multiple sites, characterization of LUST sites, and recommendation/implementation of remedial action, if necessary. Responsibilities of Mr. Sanders have included preparation of work plan and budgets, subcontract preparation, coordination/oversight of field activities, reporting, corrective action plan preparation, and cost reimbursement package preparation activities. UST UPGRADES To comply with revised regulations, tank upgrade work was conducted by Mr. Sanders at several facilities which had USTs supporting emergency power generation equipment. His duties included: project management, proposal and bid writing, preparation of work plans, coordination of subcontractors, oversight of work, and final report preparation. ENVIRONMENTAL SITE CHARACTERIZATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE Mr. Sanders worked on numerous emergency response, pre -remedial, and removal projects under the EPA Technical Assistance Team (TAT) contract. He managed and participated in geologic, hydrogeologic, and geophysical investigations at sites containing regulated substances and hazardous waste. His primary responsibilities included conducting preliminary assessments, site characterization surveys, and regulatory compliance audits. He prepared work plans, health and safety plans, QA/QC sampling plans, and sampling/analytical results reports related to site investigations. As the Regional Subcontract Manager, he prepared bid specification packages for aerial photography, decommissioning and demolition, drilling, and professional land survey subcontracts utilizing code of federal acquisition requirements. He coordinated and supervised all phases of the design and installation of ground water monitoring well networks. He conducted environmental sampling, soil gas surveys, geophysical surveys, and sample field screening tests. Mr. Sanders directed subsurface investigations utilizing direct -push technology, as well as with hollow- and solid stem -auger, percussion, and air rotary drilling methods. Examples of Mr. Sanders project management experience include: ✓ Stapleton International Airport/Runways and Fire Training Sites, Denver, Colorado - After closure of a major regional aviation facility, Mr. Sanders managed site characterization efforts to.delineate nitrate impacts from historic de-icing operations, as well as regional chlorinated solvent contamination in ground water. A total of 85 monitoring wells were installed throughout the site and sampled for both organic and inorganic constituents. He used hydrogeologic contouring software was utilized to create groundwater flow direction and contaminant concentration figures. Information was compiled and presented in a site.characterization summary report. In addition, site characterization activities -were conducted at the former fire training area where diesel fuel was, dispensed on the ground surface and ignited during training exercises. Soil, ground water,'in addition to sediment and surface water samples (from a nearby creek) were collected and analyzed for a variety of organic compounds and metallic elements. ✓ Post and Pole Wood Preserver Site, Black Hills, South Dakota - Site characterization activities were conducted at a major wood treatment facility which utilized pentachlorophenol and chromated copper arsenate as a preservative. Mr. Sanders prepared health and safety plans, project work plans, and QA/QC sampling plans. Field activities included characterizing site soils, ground water, and area surface water impacts. Spectrum X-ray fluorescence field screening techniques were used during the initial phase of the soil contamination assessment. Information was compiled and presented in a detailed site characterization summary report. ✓ Abandoned Refinery Site, Bighorn Basin, Wyoming - Mr. Sanders managed the initial site characterization of an historic oil refinery which resulted in the emergency stabilization and removal of site contaminants. Numerous environmental samples were obtained from soils, surface impoundments, waste oil lagoons, ground water aquifers, and nearby surface water bodies. Bulk asbestos samples were collected from abandoned buildings and machinery remaining on -site. cAdommww and anmgsWi wers%dedaoplwakh a�\a&lir vat V um \2004 � wmns.da Troy C. Sanders Pape 4 ✓ Chlorinated Solvent Investigations, Various Locations - Mr. Sanders has directed and participated in the field investigations chlorinated solvent release sites in Aspen Park, Colorado, Worland, Wyoming, Pierre, South Dakota, and Elrama, Pennsylvania. The dense non -aqueous phase liquids have resulted in significant areas of impacted ground water. Vertical and horizontal extent of the plumes were characterized utilizing drilling, ground water sampling, and soil gas investigative methods. Several sites included the collection of tap water samples from residential drinking water supply wells within the affected areas. INACTIVE MINE IMPACT STUDIES Mr. Sanders worked with Colorado Department of Natural Resources - Division of Mining and Geology, EPA, and U.S.G.S personnel to implement a ground water and surface water monitoring program to determine impacts to human and environmental receptors by inorganic contaminants from the Summitville Gold Mine in southern Colorado. He performed monthly stream gauging and flow measurement activities, and collected sediment and surface water samples from impacted downgradient streams and reservoirs. He collected tap water samples from residential drinking water supply wells from users within the affected area. As part of an EPA criminal investigation team, Mr. Sanders utilized geophysical (electromagnetic conductivity and magnetometer) survey techniques to successfully detect the location of illegally buried electrical transformers in mine tailings within an abandoned mining district near Eureka, Utah. He conducted sampling and immunoassay field screening tests for PCB liquids contained in the unearthed transformers. MILITARY BASE SURFACE WATER USE ATTAINABILITYANALYSIS Mr. Sanders worked with F.E Warren Air Force Base and state representatives to design and implement a structures scientific assessment to evaluate physical, chemical, biological, ad economic factors of several surface water bodies located on the base. He assisted in the preparation of draft and final field sampling plans, sampling and analysis plans, and quality assurance project plans, as well as summary reports. As the project's designated field team leader, he coordinated and performed stream gauging and flow measurement activities, and collected surface water samples for a variety of organic, inorganic, general chemistry, and biological parameters from subject surface water bodies. AUDITING, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT, LITIGATION SUPPORT, TECHNICAL ENFORCEMENT AT EPA AND DOE SITES Mr. Sanders managed assigned personnel, prepared work plans, progress reports, guidelines, and final work products (analytical databases, cost summaries, document inventories, and waste transaction databases) pertaining to Superf ind sites. He performed field investigation evidence audits of EPA contractor sampling tesins at Superfund sites; participated in similar audits at numerous DOE facilities. He conducted sample evidence audits at EPA contract laboratories and prepared potentially responsible party (PRP) search reports. Mr. Sanders conducted RCRA compliance audits at regulated chemical manufacturing facilities. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, Inc., District Manager, Fort Collins, Colorado, April 2001 to present Safety-Kleen Consulting, Hydrogeologist, Boulder, Colorado, January 2001 to April 2001 Environmental Sciences Corp., Manager of Technical Operations, Westminster, Colorado, 1999 to 2000 Earth Sciences Consultants, Inc., Project Manager/Geologist 11, Westminster, Colorado, 1998 Hazen Research, Inc., Senior Engineering/Research Associate, Golden, Colorado, 1996 to 1997 Ecology and Environment, Inc:, Senior Geologist, Denver, Colorado, 1990 to 1995 TechLaw, Inc., Staff Consultant, Lakewood, Colorado 1985 to 1990 Aberford Minerals (U.S.A.), Inc., Geologist, Wheat Ridge, Colorado, 1984 cAdOc0lp,l{-d 4l1O1g6laH—%dakw#maM docum %dn®vueliveVeaumrUW4 RSWOC f x1m.doc 12.02 The documents listed in paragraph 12.01 above are attached to this Agreement (except as otherwise expressly noted). 12.03 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 12. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04.A of the General Conditions. 12.04 In the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict between DESIGN/BUILDER'S Proposal (Section 12.01.13) and the Request for Proposal (Section 12.0l.C), the terms of the Proposal shall be controlling. In the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict among the Contract Documents listed in Section 12.01, the documents listed in Section 12.01.K shall govern, and in the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict among the documents listed in Section 12.0LK, the documents listed in Sections 12.0I.K.1, Section 12.0I.K.2, and Section 12.0I.K.3 shall take precedence, in the order herein listed. Article 13. MISCELLANEOUS 13.01 The Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder are referred to herein as the General Conditions. 13.02. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated therein. 13.03 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents, except that the OWNER may assign all rights and responsibilities of the OWNER under this Agreement to the Fort Collins Capital Leasing Corporation ("FCCLC"), and FCCLC may assign the same to the Bank of Cherry Creek, N.A., as trustee under the terms of a trust indenture between said parties in connection with OWNER's lease Certificates of Participation issued in connection with the Project. 13.04 OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 13.05. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 13.06 The Contract Documents shall constitute public records under the Colorado Public Records Act, and shall be available for public review upon request, except for the Audited Financial Statement of DESIGNBUILDER included in DESIGNBUILDER'S Proposal. 12 Troy C. Sanders Page 5 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS Wyoming Board of Professional Geologists Larimer County Safety Council c: ®d s 95Wl osm\dwk1op\wW6 dacumepa�adrtmysoazivelraumes120D4 resume saMae.doc HAL STUBER, PH.D. Principal Chemist �&Walsh KEY EXPERTISE ✓ Project Management ✓ Site Assessment and Investigation ✓ Environmental Chemistry ✓ Mobility and Fate of Contaminants ✓ Analytical Methods EDUCATION Ph.D., Analytical Chemistry, University of Colorado, 1980 M.S., Organic Chemistry, University of Colorado, 1976 B.A., Chemistry, Macalester College, 1971 EXPERIENCE SUMMARY Dr. Stuber is an Environmental Chemist with over 18 years of professional environmental experience specializing in the fate of chemical species in the environment and in the analysis of ground water, surface water, and soil contaminants. He has consulted on major hazardous waste and Superfund sites, predicting mobility, partitioning, and degradation rates of contaminants and their response to remediation. He has developed both mobile and fixed environmental laboratories that perform U.S. EPA methods as well as other methods for determining organic contaminants in soils, water, and air. Dr. Stuber has also served as an expert witness for litigation on environmental contamination, environmental liability, analytical methods for environmental contamination, and the fate of chemical species. Dr. Stuber is Vice President, and as Principal Chemist oversees both WALSH's analytical laboratory and Chemical Quality Assurance and Quality Control at WALSH. Dr. Stuber manages and oversees projects involving site assessment and other investigations of soil, air and water contamination. He provides expert technical services in environmental chemistry, and provides senior technical review, evaluation and quality assurance on a wide range of WALSH investigations and remediation projects. KEY PROJECTS SITE INVESTIGATIONS, COLORADO, COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION` As program manager for large scale site investigations for the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) since 1989, Dr. Stuber has conducted numerous soil gas investigations, extensive soil boring and monitor well installation programs, and surficial soil sampling and radiation surveys to identify and delineate contamination. His work has involved development of sampling and analysis plans, evaluation of data quality objectives for the programs, assessment of environmental and health risks, and evaluation of applicable standards (including CERCLA applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements), and introduction of image processing and geographic information system into large site assessment projects. Site assessments of hundreds of former industrial properties and landfills for the CDOT have involved development and execution of remediation plans; negotiation with regulatory agencies and property owners; and resolution of financial, environmental, and health risks for large-scale CDOT acquisitions and construction projects. Two typical projects are described below. ✓ Project Manager for Environmental Assessment, Transportation Corridor. Dr. Stuber was responsible for determining the environmental risk for acquisition of over 50 industrial and commercial properties including a portion of an uncharacterized former wood treatment plant, numerous UST 5at1nPWl o Wwiaopk-nWh s ba dm Hal Stuber, Ph.D. sites, industrial drainage ditches, and a portion of a major cadmium smelter site. Feasibility, remedial options, regulatory coordination and cost estimation were involved. Management plans and health and safety plans for hazardous wastes and toxic contaminants in soils and ground waters were also completed. ✓ Project Manager for Site Assessment and Corrective Action Plan (CAP) for former waste solvent handling facility and above -ground storage tanks. Contaminants included TCE, PCE, MEK, fuels, and metals. Soil, ground -water sampling, and mobile laboratory soil -gas analysis was involved. Dr. Stuber directed CAP and waste management negotiations with regulatory agencies. MOBILE LABORATORY PROJECTS Dr. Stuber has managed numerous mobile laboratory projects for federal, state, and private clients including numerous soil gas surveys and on -site soil and ground -water analysis projects under the EPA's Underground Storage Tank Trust Program, administered by the Colorado Department of Public Health and the Environment. He has directed successful on -site laboratory projects which include the following: ✓ On -site gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) analyses for remediation monitoring at a Superfund location in California ✓ Projects at the U.S. Department of Energy's Rocky Flats site in Denver, Colorado, including soil gas surveys by both GC and GCIMS methods, and monitoring of polychlorinated biphenyl remediation ✓ Numerous soil gas surveys and on -site soil and groundwater analysis projects under the EPA's Underground Storage Tank Trust Program, administered by the Colorado Department of Labor, Oil Inspection Section FATE AND TRANSPORT STUDIES Dr. Stuber has extensive experience with soil and ground -water contamination by pesticides, organic solvents, metals, and fuels. At the Rocky Mountain Arsenal in Denver, Colorado, he evaluated the fate and transport of organic contaminants in soils and ground water, used contaminant vertical profiles in soils to quantify pollutant mobility and evaluate transport models, and evaluated new immunoassay methods for pesticide detection. ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY INVESTIGATIONS Dr. Stuber has served as technical and project director for investigations of advanced technologies including immunoassay methods for pesticide determination and assessment of biosensor technologies for environmental applications. ORGANIC CONTAMINANT STUDIES At the U.S. Geological Survey, Dr. Stuber studied the fate of organic contaminants from synthetic fuels processing in soils, ground water and surface waters, and developed new methods for isolating organic species from water. He discovered the reduced sulfur species in oil shale wastewaters. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY STUDIES As a consulting chemist, Dr. Stuber analyzed natural organic compounds in soils and water and performed elemental analysis of humic substances. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Principal Chemist and Vice President, Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, Inc. (WALSH), Boulder, Colorado, 1987 to Present Analytical Chemist, Sievers Research, Inc., Boulder, Colorado, 1985 to 1987 Analytical Chemist, Independent Consultant, Boulder, Colorado, 1983 to 1984 rWogmem� mdmtmgaleil usen�dulnoplwelsh dnamenblWnv�i:uative4u�m�ealroume atuba.doc Hal Stuber, Ph.D. Paee 3 Research Chemist, U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Division, Denver, Colorado, 1977 to 1982 Graduate Student, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, 1974 to 1976. Chemist, U.S. Geological Survey, Isotope Geochemistry Group, Denver, Colorado, 1973. PUBLICATIONS, PRESENTATIONS Stuber, H.A., et. al. "Soil Gas Analysis Using On -Site GC/MS and Sorbent Traps", Environmental Restoration 1995, Proceedings, U.S. Department of Energy, 1995. Huffman, E.W.D., Jr. and H.A. Stuber. "Analytical Methodology for Elemental Analysis of Humic Substances," in Humic Substances in Soil, Sediment, and Water. G. Aiken et. al., Editors. John Wiley, New York. 1985. Stuber, H.A. and J.A. Leenheer. "Selective Concentration of Aromatic Bases from Water with a Resin Adsorbent," in Analytical Chemistry. 55, 111. 1983. Leenheer, J.A. and H.A. Stuber. "Migration Through Soil of Organic Solutes in an Oil Shale Process Water," in Environmental Science and Technology. 12, 1467. 1981. Stuber, H.A. "Selective Concentration and Isolation of Aromatic Amines from Water." Ph.D. Thesis, University of Colorado. 1980. Stuber, H.A. and J.A. Leenheer. "Inorganic Sulfur Species in Wastewaters from In -Situ Oil Shale Processing,: in Environmental Science and Health. A13, 663. 1978. Stuber, H.A. and J.A. Leenbeer. "Fractionation of Oil Shale Re -tort Water for Sorption Studies on Processing Shale," in Proceedings Fuel Science Division, American Chemical Society. 23, 168. 1978. Stuber, H.A. and J.A. Leenheer. 'Evaluation of a Resin -Based Procedure for Monitoring Aqueous Wastes from Oil Shale Processing," in Establishment of Water Quality Monitoring Programs. L.G. Everett and K.D. Schmidt, Editors. American Water Re -sources Association, Minneapolis. 1978. Stuber, H.A. and B.M. Tolbert. "A New Synthesis of Saccharo-ascorbic Acid: A Method for the Protection of the Enediol of Ascorbic Acid," in Carbohydrate Research. 60, 251. 1978. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS American Chemical Society, Analytical Division, Environmental Division, 1974 - Present cAdoameop and seUmpg aH us desktop\waM douvrcNsled,m,itbativebnumesNu�oro steberdnc &WatQh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC APPENDIX E COMPLETED ASTM QUESTIONNAIRE c:ldocumeJa ud satsgsWl uauaWeaktophvah6 doammu\Pmjc=\0V of fon ccllimWwe i'a15357-010 sc gmup = mpoMdoc.06.30.04 Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Questionnaire (to be completed by Owner or Tenant of the Property) Description of Site: (Address including zip code and county) SS+ AcKc ; I7> �Uoc>N[JF�T Ca2�✓�l c/f�F n•',Gcn/� F� CyGL/nls (o t L��t'�nrEr2 CmJ.JTj/ THIS QUESTIONNAIRE WAS COMPLETED BY: Natne: 73RoC/c C .9�o w.an1 Firm (Title): vier �xr{„n T LLL n� Address: 6�00 s, srer9��cF' c�n�� Phone Number: Question Owner Occupant Observed During Notes/Cominents (use addl. (if applicable) Site Visit space on page 4 if applicable) 1. Is the Property or any Adjoining Property used for any Yes No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown industrial use? 2. To the best of our knowledge, has the Property y Y g P i"h' or an Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown P daCF��Gc Adjoining Property been used for any industrial use in the �GC7Ti`G n 144 %y �< 00, �o past? rr+�` tenJ�^rf7p /n1 USE', 3. Is the Property or any Adjoining Property used as a Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown gasoline station, motor repair facility, commercial printing facility, dry cleaners, photo developing laboratory, junkyard or landfill, or as a waste treatment, storage, disposal, processing, or recycling facility? 4. To the best of your knowledge, has the Property or any Ye(NojJriknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown Adjoining Property been used as a gasoline station, motor repair facility, commercial printing facility, dry cleaners, photo developing laboratory, junkyard or landfill, or as a waste treatment, storage, disposal, processing, or recycling facility? Page 1 Occupant Observed During Notes/Comments (use addl. Question Owner (if applicable) Site Visit space on page 4 if applicable) 5. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge have Yes o Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown 77/" E (JSCb 7'r, B< there been previously, an damaged or discarded automotive P Y Y B o�� Win+ 7 a^J 7rC Qi?O/-fR7 , or industrial batteries, pesticides, paints, or other chemicals � p2oPen ry ��5 in individual containers of greater than 5 gallons in volume p7fe4oicV Fn2 or 50 gallons in the aggregate, stored on or used at the Property or at the facility? 6. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge have Ye N Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown been previously, any industrial drums (typically 55-gallon) or sacks of chemicals located on the Property or at the facility? 7. Has Fill Dirt been brought onto the Property which Y No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown originated from a contaminated site or which is of an unknown origin? 8. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge have Ye N Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown there been previously, any pits, ponds, or lagoons located on the Property in connection with waste treatment or waste disposal? 9. Is there currently, or to the best of your knowledge has Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown there been previously, any stained soil on the Property? 10. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge Yes N 'Unknow Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown posstAiy u Sc) /A iIc o n) w/ �� have there been previously, any registered or unregistered f / storage tanks (above or underground) located on the A c n �,6 Gres �� E3CZ yc 5 Property? 11. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge Yes No nknown- Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown have there been previously, any vent pipes, fill pipes, or access ways indicating a fill pipe protruding from the ground on the Property or adjacent to any structure located on the Property? 12. Are there currently, or to the best of your knowledge Ye No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown have there been previously, any flooring, drains, or walls located within the facility that are stained by substances other than water or are emitting foul odors? Page 2 Notes/Comments (use addl. Question Owner Occupant Observed Durine space on vaee 4 if (if applicable) Site Visit applicable) 13. If the Property is served by a private well or non-public Yes No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown water system, have contaminants been identified in the well or system that exceed guidelines applicable to the water system or has the well been designated as contaminated by any government environmental/ health agency? 14. Does the Owner or Occupant of the Property have any Ye No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown knowledge of environmental liens or governmental notification relating to past or current violations of environmental laws with respect to the Property or any facilitylocated on the Property? 15. Has the Owner or Occupant of the Property been Yek No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown informed of the past or current existence of hazardous substances or petroleum products or environmental ,. violations with respect to the Property or any facility, located on the Property? 16. Does the Owner or Occupant of the Property have any Y s No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown knowledge of any environmental site assessment of the Property or facility that indicates the presence of hazardous substances or petroleum products on, or contamination of, the Property or recommended further assessment of the Property? 17. Does the Owner or Occupant of the Property know of Y s No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown any past, threatened, or pending lawsuits or administrative proceedings concerning a release or threatened release of any hazardous substance or petroleum products involving the Property by any Owner or Occupant of the Property!' 18. Does the Property, or land adjacent to the property, Y No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown discharge wastewater other than storm water or into a sanitary sewer system? 19. To the best of your knowledge, have any hazardous Yes No nknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown substances or petroleum products, unidentified waste materials, tires, automotive or industrial batteries, or any other waste materials been dumped above grade, buried, and/or burned on the Property? Page 3 Notes/Comments (use addl. Question Owner Occupant Observed During space on page 4 if (if applicable) Site Visit applicable) 20. Is there a transformer, capacitor, or any hydraulic Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown equipment for which there are any records indicating the presence of PCBs? Yes o Unknown Yes No Unknown Yes No Unknown 21. If there are transformers or hydraulic equipment, have they ever leaked onto the Property or adjacent properties? Notes/Comments Continued: Ouestion Supplemental Notes/Comments Number o rr ,4�,Jjoj- C?U1111e0nlrnC?Lr C- oaf 4PA2/1- ZG, Z000 VAZ43-Ez.T l�oo— �83 0/,330 r r,S .Ptt7rs 'i � aT wAS t12av1 � 7a 71' G,ly o� 7zi . cvG[. ^j /�-�s ea>v� usta.� ere nrfS �sScSSr:�"N'T / wet .a,L �rrioEaxEoF f} R6CEGil112L7� Ex1VrQoh1 r tEaJPFIL cps Jbj77Ani AS5GG*7r2D 4J/ TtPf S')7C° =-Xc V60 A)4Zb COor7% /S T' r►9G ZXMAJ 1 014-( S i,— 70 al 13p4� CHx,WAY! Copies of the completed questionnaire have been mailed or delivered to: f}72J: �T/s141�D�7�S — !y/1051'/ It1y�CoiJr�7E�u7 L . r «t A)s C'oGortAoQ �jGSZG Preparer represents that to the best of the preparer's knowledge, the above statements and facts are true and correct and to the best of the greparer's actual knowledge no material facts have been suppressed or misstated. % Date: Z 3 0 Page 4 CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 4 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: P954 Police Services Facility — Design/Build OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) December 13, 2004 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. A. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The policies and standards provided by the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Activities (CALEA) must be obtained by calling 1-800-368-3757 for a Standard Manual at a cost of $30.00, since they are copyrighted. The updated City of Fort Collins Building Design Standards Manual (2004) is provided as Attachment A. B. COMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY SYSTEMS The revised City of Fort Collins Information Technology Standards are provided as Attachment B. C. SOILS REPORT The City employed the services of CTL Thompson to obtain more site specific soils information. The initial findings that were at the November 161h Pre -proposal Meeting are provided as Attachment C. As stated at the Meeting, the City will work with CTL Thompson further to provide the criteria needed to prepare the Schematic (Conceptual) Design, no later than Monday, November 22, 2004. D. RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS 1. Please clarify what our deliverable is on December 13, 2004. a. Specifically, what level of design information is expected/required? Schematic (Conceptual) Design. b. Is there a particular format or size requirement? No. 2. The question was raised earlier regarding when the GMP is anticipated and the answer in addendum #2 was "at award". We are not clear when this will occur. Are you anticipating a GMP with our proposal on December 13th or later in the design process? Please clarify. We are expecting the GMP with your proposal on December 13cn 3. Addenda #2 states that the proposal bond is for the total amount of the proposal. This is a very unusual requirement for a bid/proposal bond. Typically a bid/proposal bond is for 5% of the total proposal amount. Are you confusing the payment and performance bond with the bid/proposal bond? We require a 5% Bid Bond submitted with proposal. Additionally, the selected Design Build Team will be required to provide 100% Performance and Payment Bond with the executed contract. CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL The City of Fort Collins is seeking qualifications and the best possible combination of design and building construction services for the design and construction of a new Police Facility. Pre -Conceptual design of the Facility has determined the building to be approximately 93,000 sq. ft. located on the west side of Timberline Road north of Drake Road. The Facility will serve the Fort Collins Police Services, which will include administration, patrol, information services, investigative services, and common areas. 2. REQUIREMENTS The City desires the best possible combination of design and building construction services for the project. The successful team will be responsible for ALL disciplines required for the design, engineering, cost estimating, and construction services necessary for completion of the project from conceptual design through project close- out. The successful team will be responsible for meeting all state and local licensing requirements in the design and construction of the facility. The standards referenced and included in this RFP are intended to establish the expectations the City has for this project regarding quality of materials and workmanship. 3. TEAM BUILDING The City desires a successful project for everyone involved. The City would like to create an environment where trust and teamwork prevent disputes, foster a cooperative bond to everyone's benefit, and facilitate the completion of a successful project. City staff wishes to work with the design/build team closely on a day to day basis as members of a project team during design and construction. 4. DESIGN/BUILD SELECTION PROCESS The design/build selection process will be completed in two phases: Step I: Selection by Qualifications The City will issue a "Request for Proposal" (RFP) and select the top three design/build teams based upon the quality and experience of the team. No schematic plans for this project will be considered in Step I. The selection committee will evaluate the submitting Teams' qualifications only, NOT specific architectural proposals. Step II: Selection of the Design/Build Team The City will transmit to the three selected design/build teams the following: a. The "Police Services Space Plan", dated September 2000, as prepared by Roth Sheppard Architect, using the staff projections through the year 2020 for a single facility. (This space plan will be updated by the selected design/build team). b. A detailed list of the City's "Expectations" of the project and any special requirements. C. A site boundary survey showing gross acreage as well as the approximate net acreage after dedication of the proposed streets on all four sides. d. A current topographic drawing of the site. e. A copy of the preliminary soils report, dated July 28, 2000, prepared by CTL/Thompson of the entire site. Page 4 of 27 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and DESIGNBUILDER have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and DESIGNBUILDER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initiated or identified by OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER. This Agreement will be effective on 200. OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS DESIGNBUILDER: Lo City Manager By. By:_ James B. O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP Name: Director of Purchasing and Risk Management Title: Date: ATTEST: City Clerk Address for giving notices: PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 APPROVED AS TO FORM Assistant City Attorney Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: Phone: Facsimile: Date: [CORPORATE SEAL] ATTEST: Address for giving notices: License No. (If DESIGN/BUILDER is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: Phone: Facsimile: 13 4. Is the Design/Build team responsible for all tap, development, permits and fees associated with this project or will these fees be paid (or waived?) by the city? These fees will be paid by the City. 5. It is our understanding that the city is designing the roads on the north, south and west sides of the site which will create a parcel. Would the city be responsible for the ROW dedications or will we need to plat the site with the ROW dedications prior to the roads being constructed? The City will be responsible for the ROW dedications. 6. As part of the city's road construction work, will they be bringing all utilities to the site? Yes. 7. Are we to build out the interiors to accommodate the immediate needs for 2005 or for the needs projected in 2020? The building shall accommodate the needs projected for 2020. 8. There is expansion alluded to beyond 2020 per page 7 of the RFP. How should we address these needs? Design the building to accommodate the needs projected for 2020. 9. There is no space attributed to the Staff Psychologist or the Armory. Please provide. The design shall incorporate space forthe Staff Psychologist and the Armory. The Staff Psychologist should be located in an area that would allow for personnel visits to be discrete. 10. Addendum 3, H.3 states that "..the PDP submission will have been sufficiently prepared and coordinated ahead of time that it will enable us to go to the FDP with one round of comments." Does this mean that there is an outside source (other than the design team) that is doing legwork for the PDP submission? There is not an outside source that is doing legwork for the PDP submission. 11. Will the full PDP process, inclusive of public meetings and P&Z board hearings, be required for this project? Yes. 12. Is the Community Room needed? Yes, the space for the Community Room should come from the deleted SDU space (1700 SF). 13. Is the City planning to have public tours of the Crime Lab? Yes, and we intend to make it a Regional Lab in the future. 14. What will the City cover in their budget? The City will procure the interior furniture by separate contract. The City pay for all Development Fees, Plan Check Fee, Building Permit and Development Construction Permit, as required. 15. Is there a communication tower required for the facility? No. 16. Would the City be agreeable to having private meeting with each of the Design/Build Team proposers? No. 17. Is there an adjacency diagram or clarifying information? No diagram or clarification will be provided at this time. It is requested that each Team utilize their best judgment for the Schematic (Conceptual) Design. 18. Will the City pay the fees associated with LEED Certification? The City will pay all application and certification fees. 19. What is the proportion for the designated lockers? There should be 30% Female and 70%, Male lockers. 20. What Police functions will remain off -site? The Drug Task Force, the Indoor Range and the Outdoor Range will remain off - site. 21. Will the Teams be allowed to submit additional Questions? Any additional Questions should be submitted in writing to Ron Kechter via FAX to (970) 221-6534 or e-mail to rkechterAfcaov.com by December 1, 2004. 22. Can we obtain the layout for the streets surrounding this lot? Yes, from Jim Allen Morley at Stantec (970)-482-5922. 23. Should we use the 1997 Uniform Building Code as the basis for the design? Yes, as augmented by the City of Fort Collins 1997 Uniform Code Amendments. 24. Do we need to include contingency in our GMP, or will the City hold all of the contingency? Each Team needs to include their construction contingency in their GMP. The City will hold additional contingency for other changed requirements. 22. What is the format and schedule for the interviews on December 2151? Interviews will be held in the Community Room at 215 N. Mason. The room will be available 20 minutes before each scheduled interview for set-up and preparation. Resources in the Community Room include: PC with Microsoft Windows and Power Point, PC projector, screen, white board, overhead projector, and VCR. Each Team will have one (1) hour for a formal presentation in response to the requirements of the Request for Proposal and one hour for a question and answer period. The schedule is as follows: 8:00 —10:00 A.M. — Hensel Phelps Design/Build Team 10:30 —12:30 A.M. — Swinerton Design/Build Team 12:30 — 2:00 P.M. — Lunch Break 2:00 — 4:00 P.M. — Neenan Design/Build Team RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. RM 0 k 12 MI mm g E t 6 + i9Jowl i gIs � _ t - - 4" Building Design Standards Prepared By Operations Services Design Standards Team November 2004 Cite of Fort Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS were prepared by the Operations Services Department to assist and guide Architects & Engineers (A&E) and City staff in the preparation of designs and contract documents for projects administered by the Department. All shall try to conform to the Standards as applicable to the specific project. This manual includes minimum criteria for specific materials and equipment along with sole -source City standardized systems. The department responsible for revisions to these Standards is Operations Services. Any individual or department can propose a change to these Standards. Changes should be submitted in writing, along with the justification for the change, to the Director of Operations Services. The proposed change will be presented to the Committee, consisting of representatives from PMPD, Facilities Maintenance, Systems Control, and the Director of Operations Services. If the majority agree, the change will become part of the Standards. Revised 11/04 FACILITY SERVICES' BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS PART TITLE PAGES I. GENERAL......................................................................... 3- 8 II. SITE DEVELOPMENT...................................................... 9-28 III. BUILDING DEVELOPMENT ............................................. 29-55 IV. SPECIFICATIONS/GENERAL.......................................... 56-58 Division 1 - General Requirement ........................... 59 Division 2 - Site Work .............................................. 60-63 Division 3 - Concrete ............................................... 64-67 Division 4 - Masonry ................................................ 68- Division 5 - Metals (Arch. & Structural) ................... 69-71 Division 6 - Woodwork ............................................ 72-73 Division 7 - Thermal & Moisture Protection ............. 74-78 Division 8 - Doors & Windows ................................. 79-82 Division 9 - Finishes ................................................ 83-90 Division 10 - Specialties ............................................ 91-92 Division 11 - Equipment ............................................ 93 Division 12 - Furnishings ........................................... 94 Division 13 - Special Construction ............................. 95 Division 14 - Conveying Systems .............................. 96 Division 15 - Mechanical ........................................... 97- 98 Division 16 - Electrical ............................................... 99-101 Section 17 - Other Information ................................. 102-103 V. APPENDIX A - Constructibility Review General Guidance .................. Al-A18 B - Life Cycle Cost Sample ............................................... 61 C - Curb Ramp Detail for ADA Compliance ...................... C1 D - Raised Access Floor Delivery ...................................... D1 E - Custodial Closet General Specifications ..................... El-E2 F - Key and Card Access .................................................. F 1-F2 G -Telecommunications Network Standards ..................... (TBD) 2 Revised 11 /04 FACILITY SERVICES' BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS INTRODUCTIOWGENERAL I. GENERAL A. Introduction The planning and design standards are to be used as guidelines when developing a design. They are broken down into basic sections: (11.) Site Development - considerations that affect building location, placement, orientation, access, etc; (III.) Building Development philosophical design and planning commentary to be taken into account; (IV.) Specification Requirements; and (V.) Appendix. Project Design normally progress through three phases: 1. Conceptual design - basic functional layout, community impacts alternatives, site considerations, and estimated costs are developed. 2. Preliminary design -alternatives are developed, limited technical design is done, functional layout is completed, public impact/comments are incorporated into design, and estimated costs are refined. 3. Final design - the technical specifications and drawings are prepared to complete the contract documentation, a final project cost estimate is developed. B. Pumose Of Standards 1. It is not the intent of this Standard to cover in detail all types of buildings. However, the Standards established herein are to be used as a design reference for buildings constructed by the City of Fort Collins. This is not to be a substitution for the technical competence expected of a design or engineering professional; therefore, any recommended changes should be provided to Operations Services Staff. 2. This standard deals with new construction, alterations/remodels, and repairs to existing buildings. 3. For each specific project only the applicable portions of the standard are to be used. C. Design And Construction 1. Design and construction shall conform to or exceed the minimum applicable standards of the City of Fort Collins Zoning and Building Codes, the Fort Collins' Energy Code for commercial, industrial and high-rise residential buildings, Fort Collins' City Plan, and the ADAAG 3 Revised 11/04 2. With respect to additional governing jurisdictional authorities, they shall be referred to as supportive and/or in addition to the City Building Code requirements when applicable. The following authorities shall be considered in any given project design: Poudre Fire Authority Larimer County Health Department City of Fort Collins Community Planning and Environmental Services City of Fort Collins Utility Services City of Fort Collins Cultural Library and Recreation Services City of Fort Collins Transportation Services 3. Specific Code requirements are to be adhered to when referring to kitchen facilities, restroom facilities, fire fighting access and fire exiting/life safety aspects, swimming/wading pools and WAC systems. 4. Abbreviations ACI American Concrete Institute ADA Americans with Disabilities Act ADAAG ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities AIA American Institute of Architects ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning & Refrigerations Institute ASA American Standards Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refigeration & Air Conditioning ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects ASM American Society of Metals ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials CSI Construction Specifications Institute IES Illuminating Engineering Society NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association PCA Portland Cement Association UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code 4 Revised 11 /04 D. Environmental Policies 1. Prohibited Materials. The use of the following materials is prohibited on all projects: • Products containing asbestos. • Products containing urea formaldehyde. • Products containing polychlorinated biphenyls. • Solder or flux containing more than 0.2 percent lead and domestic water pipe or pipe fittings containing more than 8 percent lead. • Paint containing more than 0.06 percent lead. 2. Lead -Based Paint in Alteration or Demolition Projects. When alteration or demolition requires sanding, burning, welding or scraping painted surfaces, test the paint for lead content. If lead is found, implement the controls required by OSHA in 29 CFR 1926.62. 3. Recycled Materials. Architects and Engineers should use recycled materials to the maximum extent practical and economically viable within the project requirements. 4. Prior to occupancy, run a purge cycle of 100% outside air for several days. E. Demolition Prior to commencing any exterior building demolition and removal, either a "Demolition -Removal" permit or a "Demolition -Construction" permit must be issued by the City of Fort Collins Building and Zoning Department. Contact the Building and Zoning Department of the City of Fort Collins at 221-6760 and obtain a copy of "Demolition Permits, Policy & Procedures* Memo #59, revised dune 15, 1998. F. Life Cycle Costing (L.C.C.) 1. Life cycle costing is an important analysis used in the selection of systems that generate significant operating costs and/or replacement costs. In designs for new buildings and major alterations, life cycle cost analyses shall be performed to assist in the selection of various systems and is required in the A/E's scope of work. An example of an WAC life cycle cost analysis is provided in Appendix B. Cost Elements The life cycle cost analysis should use present value calculations. 5 Revised 11/04 00410 Proposal Bond 00610 Performance Bond 00615Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 1 It is important to note that present value calculations are only meaningful for design decision comparisons. Present value costs should never be used to make budgetary projections of actual costs. Notations. The following terms are used within present value life cycle cost formula: FV = future value PV = present value TV = today's value d = real discount rate e = real growth escalation rate (the differential escalation rate that exists after removing the influence of general inflation) n = number of years to occurrence or the analysis period, as appropriate 2. Sustainability: Additional considerations to L.C.C. is the material's environmental appropriateness and ecological sensitivity when analyzed on a cradle -to -grave basis. The complete life -cycle energy, environmental, and waste implications of each building material must be examined. This cradle -to -grave analysis is the tracing of a material or product, and its by-products, from its initial source availability and extraction through refinement, fabrication, treatment and additives, transportation, use, and eventual reuse or disposal. This tracing must include the tabulation of energy consumed and the environmental impacts of each action and material. • Source of raw ingredients (renewable? sustainable? pally available? nontoxic?) Raw material extraction (energy input? habitat destruction? topsoil erosion? siltation/pollution from runoff?) • Transportation (most local sources? fuel consumption? air pollution?) • Processing and/or manufacturing (energy input? airhaater/noise pollution? waste generation and disposal?) • Treatments and additives (use of petrochemicals? exposure to, and disposal of, hazardous materials?) • Use and operation (energy requirements? longevity of products used? indoor air quality? waste generation?) 6 Revised 11/04 Resources recovery/disposal (potential for recycling/reusing materials? disposal of solid/toxic wastes?) Selection Priorities When the source is sustainable: • Natural materials are less energy -intensive and polluting to produce, and contribute less to indoor air pollution. • Local materials have a reduced level of energy cost and air pollution associated with their transportation, and can help sustain the local economy. • Durable materials can save on energy costs for maintenance as well as for the production and installation of replacement products. In selecting building materials, it is helpful to prioritize them by origin, avoiding materials from nonrenewable sources. Primary - materials found in nature such as stone, earth, flora (hemp, jute, reed, wool), cotton, and wood • ensure new lumber is from certified sustainably managed forests or certified naturally felled trees. • use caution that any associated treatments, additives, or adhesives do not contain toxins or off -gas volatile organic compounds that contribute to indoor air/atmospheric pollution Secondary - materials made from recycled products such as wood aluminum, cellulose, and plastics • verify that production of material does not involve high levels of energy, pollution, or waste • verify functional efficiency and environmental safeness of salvaged (reused) materials and products from old buildings look closely at the composition of recycled products, toxins may still be present • consider cellulose insulation; it is fireproof and provides a greater R- value per inch thickness than fiberglass 7 Revised 11/04 Specify aluminum from recycled material; it uses 80% less energy to produce over initial production • evaluate products containing recycled hydrocarbon -based products; they may help keep used plastics out of landfills but may do little to reduce production and use of plastic from virgin resources • keep alert for new developments; new environmentally sound materials from recycled goods are coming on the market every week Tertiary - man-made materials (artificial, synthetic, nonrenewable) having varying degrees of environmental impact such as plywood, plastics, and aluminum • avoid use of materials and products containing or produced with chlorofluorocarbons or hydrochlorofluorocarbons that deteriorate the ozone layer • avoid materials that off -gas volatile organic compounds, contributing to indoor air/atmospheric pollution minimize use of products made from new aluminum or other materials that are resource disruptive during extraction and a high energy consumer during refinement Factors Considered in Choosing Products and Materials Energy efficiency Energy -efficient production methods Energy -efficient use Use of renewable source of energy Resource responsibility Minimal need for other materials Lower maintenance, durability Efficient use of resource material Recycled content Recyclable Social/Public health responsibility Avoidance of harmful chemicals in production Reduction of off -gassing Avoidance of harmful chemicals in disposal And reuse Economic/functional responsibility Cost effectiveness Availability Acceptability Qualities of supplier on manufacturer Local resource Local manufacture Local economic benefit In-house environmental programs 8 Revised 11 /04 FACILITY SERVICES' BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS SITE DEVELOPMENT II. SITE DEVELOPMENT A. Professional Competence All design and/or consulting work for any full or partial site development is to be done by, or under, the supervision of a Landscape Architect, or site planner. City projects need to go through the City Plan process. B. Site Analysis Conduct a study to document all the site factors that physically, environmentally, and aesthetically affect the site. See Figure 1. The physical aspects of the site analysis should include the following: 1. Climatic information; soils report indicating existing site soils condition for structural foundation design, geologic hazards, flood plain information, topographic and legal survey plan 2. Land use survey of proposed site(s) and adjacent sites 3. Site utilities services information, location, size and capacity 4. Topography 5. Site drainage 6. Orientation 7. Traffic data affecting access to the site with respect to bikes, pedestrians, cars, service vehicles and firefighting equipment 8. Transit routes that service the site 9. Traffic data affecting access to the city traffic network 10. External site noise impacts 11. Visibility views from the site 12. Considerations regarding long term planning impacts with respect to adjacent land development, roads and public transit 13. Recreation areas, i.e. golf course, trails, lake, park, etc. 9 Revised 11 /04 14. Existing vegetation (trees & shrubs) 15. Wildlife habitat and natural areas AOZ aid aMVVLWOcs The aesthetic aspects of the site analysis should include the following: 1. A basic understanding of the lay of the land, to determine the site's uniqueness 2. A philosophy on how one would either preserve, enhance, or advantageously use existing conditions 10 Revised 11 /04 3. A determination whether the site itself has any redeeming qualities that should be retained and/or reinforced - how the community/environment may be used to enhance the site developmentibuilding design 4. The identity of natural or man-made elements that may contribute to physical aspects of the site design with respect to orientation, sun and shade, weather protection, energy conservation, drainage, access and approach to the sitelbuilding C. Zoning Requirements Conduct a study to determine all requirements governing lot coverage, setbacks, height restrictions, land use, etc., and how they may impact long-term considerations with respect to future expansion and alternate uses as applicable. D. Jurisdictional Requirements All governing jurisdictional authorities must be contacted and their requirements satisfied in their respective area of input. E. General Design (See Figure 2.) The general design of the landscaping layout is subject to the approval of the City of Fort Collins Parks and Recreation Department; general site work to follow Storm Drainage Department's standards; and overall design to follow City Plan. 2. The proposed building and its location on the site should present a positive image to the community and the environment. It should present a design image that is compatible with and is sensitive to the requirements of the users and the public alike. The site elements need not be excessively rich in feel and construction. 4. Entry to the building is to be approachable and friendly. It should also relate to the "center of gravity" where the most of users would come from; either pedestrian or vehicular. Design for universal access (ie: disabled as well as able-bodied people). The entrance to the building should be oriented if possible southward. The entrance should be visible from the public thoroughfare. Provide a point of orientation for persons visiting the building 11 Revised 11 /04 No Text The building should not present a "back wall' to the neighborhood. Figure 2 S. Xeriscape landscaping should be incorporated into the site development as a means to conserve water usage and lower maintenance costs. 6. Consider future horizontal expansion for buildings such as administration facilities. Consider vertical expansion of buildings to preserve open space or adjacent buildings. Vertical expansion of buildings tends to be more costly and disruptive to existing building operations than horizontal expansion and requires the provision of adequate structural design, future parking and utilities. 12 Revised 11/04 F G In either case, the site design should accommodate future building expansion with minimal disruption and cost. Location of site utilities should be determined with expansion plans in mind. Consider conversion of surface parking lots to multi -level parking structures to provide for building expansion when land is scarce and the intensity of new development can off -set the additional costs of the parking structure. Existing Features 1. Preserve existing site features and integrate them with the new site design. This pertains not only to the use of existing trees, shrubs, rock and water, but also includes those elements, vistas, other buildings, outside the property lines which may have influence on the total space composition. 2. Insure preservation of all useful topsoil and the protection of all areas, grades, etc. which should not be interfered with during construction operations. 3. The use of existing trees must depend on their health, life expectancy and risk of damage during construction. Their root systems, and the immediate grade above, should remain undisturbed. If changes of grade are required close to a tree, provide the proper measures for its continued health. Impact on Neighborhood 1. The surrounding neighborhood, if residential, should be buffered from noise and light created by automobiles on the roadways and in the parking lots and roadway/parking lighting. 13 Revised 11 /04 2. Orient service areas away from public view. Develop service traffic routes so as to minimize conflict with automobile traffic. 3. Without reducing the ability of the building to function properly, the site should be developed to emphasize the provision of open space and minimize the intrusion of the building design. 4. Orient the areas of the building which have more potential for visual interest towards the public streets. 5. Use a planted earth berm or a dense evergreen buffer for site edges where visual screening is needed, such as between incompatible facilities and land use areas or between parking areas and a building or street. 6. The development should be compatible with and sensitive to the immediate environment of the site relative to architectural design; scale, bulk, and building height; identify historical character; disposition and orientation of buildings; and visual integrity. H. Site Layout 1. Design the site layout simultaneously with that of the building to insure optimum compatibility. Take into account all services, and areas scheduled for future building expansion or future connections to other buildings and proposals. 2. Use hard and soft landscaping to create desirable space organization, open and close areas, privacy, enclosure, exposure or emphasis of certain site aspects, views, etc. Coordinate the character and massing of grading, trees, shrubs, site structures, etc. with that of the building and adjacent property. 3. Take into account climatic factors, orientation, prevailing winds, snow drifting and the microclimate. 14 Revised 11/04 SECTION 00410 PROPOSAL BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS as Principal, and Surety, are hereby held Collins, Colorado, as OWN the payment of which, well severally bind ourselves, that we, the undersigned E and firmly bound unto the City of R, in the sum of $ and truly to be made, we hereby jointly successors, and assigns. as Fort for and THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Proposal and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Proposal shall be rejected, or (b) If said Proposal shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Proposal) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Proposal, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Proposal; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 4. Provide proper access and clearances to suit Poudre Fire Authority requirements. 5. The site landscaping should be developed in a manner which will allow visual and active enjoyment by the building personnel. 6. Locate any building loading docks and dumpsters oft -street and out -of -sight of main roads and building entrances; employ appropriate fencing and/or planting to screen docks and other areas of low visual interest from public view. 7. Create out -door open spaces between buildings that relate buildings together and convey an appropriate scale, character and quality for their intended use. auc,ou�c, AVetirp.T�`� cL1,M.� 77 T C ,u.tr mF Site Maintenance 1. Design to assure easy economical maintenance to suit an equipment oriented maintenance program. 2. Arrange grading to insure positive drainage, but avoid steep sk)pes. If these are inevitable, use a ground cover that reduces maintenance to a minimum. Avoid deep ditches with steep sides. 3. Where possible arrange planting, screening, etc. to inhibit snow drifting that may occur across walkways, roads and parking areas. 4. Arrange parking areas to allow maneuvering of snow plows. 5. Allow sufficient room for tractor power mowers, snow removers, etc. to maneuver. Keep grass areas large and simple with no awkward inaccessible corners. 6. Consider the use of mowing strips adjacent to all buildings, fences, etc. Edging must be provided around all plantings and have a weed control blanket underlaying of polyester. 15 Revised 11 /04 7. Provide adequate watering facilities. Underground sprinkler systems should be used where justified by the design, importance of the project, drought possibilities, etc. 8. Provide proper access for maintenance, repair, and delivery vehicles. 9. If due to site constraints, a building entry is facing north to northwest, provide for an ice melt system at the entry and along routes to the entry. J. Circulation 1. Pedestrian connections between buildings should be safe, avoiding walkways that cross roads or parking lots. 2. Distance from parking spaces to building entrance should be convenient. 3. Distance from public transit and automobile drop-off points to building entrance should be convenient. 4. The pedestrian routes from drop-off points and parking areas should be sheltered from winter winds by planting or shielding and, if possible, provide protection from rain and snow. Care should be taken not to create a personal security problem. 5. Design the site circulation to provide for: a. Pedestrian movement; including the disabled b. Visible movement; unloading and parking, convenient roadway access C. Illumination; using current IES recommendations for average, minimum and uniformity d. Service vehicles; convenient roadway access; unloading/loading; turning; and short term visitor parking 16 Revised 11 /04 e. Bicycles 6. If the site is adjacent to an existing or future public park, public open space, public trail system, or the like, provision should be made to allow public access through the site to these areas, as appropriate and needed. 7. Public transportation: the City encourages the use of public transportation among employees and visitors. The need for a bus stop should be considered early on and discussed with Transportation Services. ,1Mrz+Ms+Ar4w YWOW K. Roadways 1. Keep the road system for vehicles to a minimum and avoid unnecessary paving of large areas. Provide visitors parking near main entrances, with convenient drop-off zones. Public transportation loading zones should preferably be close to building entrances. Bus traffic, when planned for on the site, should not interfere with peak traffic flow from parking areas. 2. Road construction shall be designed to accommodate heavy vehicles (i.e. service and firefighting) where applicable. 3. Roadways must interface with the adjacent public streets in a manner which will minimize disruption at existing intersections and yet allow for the most efficient exit and entry of building personnel. 4. Locate and develop roadways and parking in such a manner as to facilitate cleaning, snow removal and other associated maintenance and repair operations. 5. Planting of shoulders and medians should be of low maintenance plant materials. L. Walkways 1. Walkways, including pedestrian ramps, shall be of non -slip concrete, asphalt or interlocking paving stones, minimum 5'-0" wide and 6'-0" wide where mechanical snow removal equipment is to used. Limit ] cross slope to 1 /4 inch per foot. 17 Revised 11 /04 2. Provide adequate access for disabled persons to each building. 3. Avoid the use of walkways intended for occasional shipping, receiving or service vehicles. Provide deliberate loading bays or convenient curbside access. Do provide emergency vehicular access where required or directed. 4. Provide ample hard surfacing at building entrances. Consider the use of alternative surfacing such as hard -baked bricks, asphalt, paving blocks, concrete slabs with colored or textured finishes. Surfaces shall stand up to snow removal operations and de-icing agents. 5. Curb ramps shall be designed to avoid cross slopes over 1/4 inch per foot along a walkway. See Appendix C -1. M. Parking 1. Conform to City zoning requirements/Guidelines. 2. Provide adequate parking for staff, visitors including disabled and service vehicles. Arrange for disabled parking and access aisles to be as close as possible to main entrance of building. Include disabled van accessible parking and access aisles at a rate of 1 for every 8 disabled parking spaces. Comply with ADAAG for disabled parking space sizes and access aisle requirements. 3. Locate parking areas where they will not detract from the aesthetics of the building and landscaping, but will still be easily accessible and functional. The walking distance to the building entrance is governed by the specific uses of the building. As a rule of thumb, limit the walking distance to building entrances to 5W. Up to 78V may be approved in extreme circumstances. 4. Avoid large single parking lots. Use landscaped islands, screen planting and trees. Insure they do not interfere with driver's vision or with snow removal and storage. Locate walks clear of the overhang of cars parked up to curbs. Use hard surfacing under such overhangs. 5. Provide service areas large enough to maneuver trucks without excessive pavement. Minimize the need for backing up. 6. The service area should also be isolated visually and physically as much as possible from circulation patterns to minimize impact/traffic crossovers and noise. 18 Revised 11/04 7. Small parking lots are usually preferable to large lots, as they enhance the visual environment by increasing the percentage of landscaped area to paved area and allow more conformance to natural topography. The unrelieved monotony of large parking areas may be altered by developing alternative designs, such as curvilinear plans. 8. When islands are used to separate parallel parking bays, the minimum width should be 12' to provide a margin between over hanging bumpers and plants. 9. Earth beams can effectively screen parking lots from street view. Planted earth berms along the perimeter of the lot facing a street should be designed relative to the 52" viewing height, or eye level of a motorist. N. Snow Clearing Design for ease of snow removal Incorporate adequate snow storage areas, clear of low planting and graded for good run-off. Locate them, preferably, at one or both ends (not sides) of the parking lot and/or grass -covered islands. Where snow storage space is limited, design lots slightly oversize to allow for temporary snow storage. Artificial mounds should not aggravate snow drifting problems, particularly across walks or paved areas. O. Grading and Drainage 1. Design finished grades to provide positive drainage of all lawns and paved areas. Allow no drainage of surface water towards buildings, pools, or onto neighboring property. 2. Slope of grass lawns should be between 1-1/2% and 6%. 19 Revised 11/04 3. Slopes in excess of 6% are considered berms or hillsides and are to be approved by Parks and Recreation Department. 4. Treat unpaved slopes steeper than 4:1 (25%) with ground cover, riprap, retaining walls or some other means. Grass is not recommended. 5. Consider the design value of grading to enhance visual effects and to achieve economy in the use of on -site material, although this may not be the prime consideration. Try to avoid the need to move large volumes of soil. Grading in the vicinity of existing trees to be retained should be avoided. 6. On -site material may be used to create visual barriers or mounds, acting as screens for the deflection of wind and noise, and for the guiding of traffic in desired directions. Use mounds only if the site is large enough to permit long naturally blending slopes. Round off the tops and bottoms of all slopes to avoid sharp transitions. Do not place material on areas of potential and/or future development. 7. Design for fast drainage of areas where snow will be stockpiled. Direct the drainage towards gutters to minimize the effect of de-icing agents on lawns. Minimize drainage over sidewalks. Avoid the use of culverts. 8. Avoid the use of ditches and flumes. Design swales to handle maximum run-off, allowing for snow build-up but make them as shallow as possible for ease of maintenance. Where depth is excessive, use catch basin. 9. Design swales to have a minimum grade of 1-112% with side slopes not in excess of 4:1. Minimum swale depth to be 6". Maximum swale depth is variable, but, in any event, swale depth is not to exceed 20". 10. Design drainage to the naturally lower edge of a parking lot rather than the center of the lot. P. Retaining Walls Maintain a realistic cost relationship between foundation and above -ground construction of low retaining walls and walls for planters. Consider alternatives such as dry stone walls, concrete cribbing, treated wood, flat foundation on gravel filled trench. Riprap may be used if compatible with the project. Avoid using small and/or loosely placed members susceptible to being dislocated. Q. Art in Public Places (APP) The City has an APP Program. Contact the Director of Cultural, Library, and Recreational Services for specific requirements. 20 Revised 11 /04 R. Topsoil, Lawns, and Planting Existing site topsoil shall be re -used. 2. Plant material must be from areas with similar dimatic conditions to the site. Planting plans should incorporate plant types best suited to the site, and most likely to transplant successfully and giving vigorous growth within the second year following transplant. The use of native container stock is encouraged. 3. Street trees should be located between the sidewalk and buildings, leaving the strip between the sidewalk and curb free for installing and servicing underground utilities. City Forestry office needs to review types of trees proposed. S. Instant Landscaping 1. This is preferred and is the special use of plant material to achieve an immediate landscaped effect as follows: a. By planting trees and shrubs sufficiently large to guarantee quick establishment and vigorous growth. Do not, however, specify trees of such sizes that cost becomes prohibitive and survival doubtful. b. By mass -planting of limited varieties. C. By close -spacing plants, which can be thinned out later. d. By planting fast growing trees in combination with slower growth more permanent varieties. The faster growing trees may be thinned out or removed in later years when the permanent planting is large enough. T. Miscellaneous Site Features 1. Design miscellaneous site features to complement the overall site treatment and relate their design and use of material to the building. 21 Revised 11/04 a. Site Structures Coordinate the design, location and elevation of all supporting site structures such as transformers, gas valves, bus shelters, etc., to ensure compatibility with all project features as well as the entire site. Planters / Seatina Walls These may be included on large paved areas near entrances and in courtyards. Where they form part of a permanent structure, specify sufficient insulation to reduce frost penetration from the sides. Provide positive drainage by means of granular, weeping tiles, drainage holes. The best method would be to provide for a 6" layer of clean gravel and drainage holes. Locate holes to avoid staining wails or pavement and specify a 1/4" layer of fiberglass filter mat to separate gravel and topsoil. Planters should be heavily planted to reduce hand weeding. Specify the application of a water proofing coating. Pitch the seating surface 1/8" per 12" to allow surface water to drain back into the planting bed. The seating surface should ideally have a 4" overhang from the planter wall for heel space and facilitate rising from a seating position. Provide 2'-0" for leg space in front of the seat edge to avoid impeding pedestrian traffic. Use dull and light colored materials for seating surfaces that will be in direct sunlight to keep them cooler. Use dark and shiny surfaces only in shaded locations so they do not become uncomfortably hot in the direct sunlight. 22 Revised 11 /04 Vegetation near seating walls should not conflict with pedestrians or people sitting; avoid species that are invasive, injurious or that shed excessive or staining debris. V�` laiAMA dPae= to -Mim Fla 3. Fencing and Walls rrr� �a�•,-� '� s uriir+rt S@b�is� 9 . ki' . I w A.z_L a. Coordinate the design of perimeter fencing, walls, site screens, decorative walls, etc. with the general landscaping treatment. Walls and fencing should be used appropriately for the following functions: Security Boundary definition Visual screening Wind Screening Pedestrian and vehicular traffic control Retaining soil (grade change) Recreational ball screens (tennis, etc.) Walls and fencing should be of appropriate design and materials to fulfill their function harmoniously with the character and appearance of their setting. 23 Revised 11/04 Chain link type fencing should generally be limited to uses such as security fencing, general boundary fencing or tennis court fencing. All fences shall have an 19' concrete mow strip (9" from fence center -line). City Plan may overrule these requirements. Wood or masonry walls and fencing are generally the most compatible and harmonious materials for use in residential environments. Trash containers should be screened effectively with opaque fences or walls of appropriate design and materials compatible with the architectural character and setting. Earth berms and plant materials are preferable to either walls or fencing when screening parking lots, loading and storage areas, or similar functions from view along main roads. 4`1:i•.fCc4 cs.ri�� txf'•� •'SG•t�c:. �raiiesc.�� FC. w.G t.+c clCf1 b. Unless specifically designed for security purposes, fencing should not present any unnecessary dangers for people who might be tempted to climb over. Support posts should be adequately strong and properly anchored to the ground so that the fence will not collapse under either high winds or the weight of a climber. The fence material should be well -secured to all posts. Fencing should be free of all dangerous appendages or projections that would be injurious to persons on an adjacent walkway or play field; all exposed fastening devices and material edges should be rounded off, knuckled or capped to prevent cuts and abrasions. All slatted fences and railings should avoid horizontal or vertical spacings where c hildren's heads might easily be caught between members. 24 Revised 11 /04 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20_, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name: Address: By: Title: ATTEST: By: (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 SURETY By: Title: (SEAL) Seat surfaces should be pitched or slotted to shed water. Seats should be constructed to support a minimum of 250 pounds for each person they are designed to accommodate. Seat surfaces should be smooth and constructed of materials that do not tend to either retain heat or cold, or splinter. The recommended wood seating surface is Redwood. Recycled plastic/vinyl products also should be considered. Seats should have no sharp edges or protruding hardware. All wood should be non -splintering and have rounded edges. All metal should have rounded edges and be rustproof. All mounting hardware should be concealed, recessed and/or plugged. Seating in areas subject to vandalism should be selected with care for firm anchoring to the ground and durable materials. 1 %.•.... ��S.tiYW Tr�Y eorcN aMws�ws Ttv N$_1 Cor+rounao eeMcwes I 71p�VAUG SEATNC� AR6A5• . . 26 Revised 11 /04 5. Signage The goal of a well designed site should be to use as few signs as possible. Follow City's standards and: Provide signs only where a need exists. • Ensure that the placement of signs relate to their function. • Provide signs that are visible and designed to attract viewer's attention. • Provide signs that are harmonious with their architectural and natural setting. • Ensure that all signs are legible. • Provide a hierarchy of information that conveys information in the sequence most beneficial to the viewer. • Conform to the ADAAG sign requirements for persons with disabilities. • Facilitate changes or incremental additions and deletions to the sign as need arises. • Consider a sans -serif type style of lettering such as Helvetica medium as it is easily read. • Building address signage shall conform to Poudre Fire Authority standards. 6. Outdoor Lighting Provide outdoor lighting at strategic points, near entrance steps, walkways, loading ways, parking areas, and at those locations where regular evening traffic can be expected. Lighting adjacent to a residential zoned area should be shielded from that area. 7. Flagpoles (If designated or required) Location: Flagpoles must be located in prominent positions clearly visible to the public and generally related to the main entrance - at grade or attached to the face of the building directly above or near the main entrance. Lighting of the flag should be included in the design. 27 Revised 11/04 8. Special Features Any special design features such as fountains, pools, elaborate courtyards, etc., require justification in terms of the project size, importance, prestige value, location and use, etc. 28 Revised 11 /04 FACILITY SERVICES' BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS BUILDING DEVELOPMENT III. BUILDING DEVELOPMENT A. Design Principles 1. The City of Fort Collins expects the architect to maintain a high standard of architectural design, based upon recognition of contemporary design principles. All design elements; planning, architectural, engineering, and landscaping must be fully coordinated, and consistent in adherence to good design principles. The design should be based upon quality environmentally sensitive materials to provide a facility having a useful fife of 40 years or longer. 2. All primary entrances, that are required to be ADAAG accessible shall have automatic doors. 3. Design strictly within the budget and in accordance with sound investment economics and operating/maintenance expenditures. 4. Design for the optimum ratio of net useable space to buildings gross areas with a minimum being 75%. 5. Design for future expansion as determined by the project program statement such that pennanent built-in space functions such as service rooms, duct spaces, etc., are sized and located for ease of future additional capacity and construction. 6. Quality of materials and construction methods shall be commensurate with the type of building and the budget. Avoid experimental materials. Take into account the total life cycle of the building. Use renewable, indigenous building materials to the greatest extent possible. Use cradle -to -grave analysis in decision making for material selection and construction techniques. 7. The City expects imaginative design and good aesthetic expression throughout all projects. Design shall be compatible with adjacent buildings, or with the existing building in extension work. 8. The overall philosophy of the building design should be trend setting in compliance with the latest general aims of the City. 9. It is the City's goal to build buildings that accommodates the latest advances in office technology and communication. Flexibility to accommodate the future evolution of technology is necessary. 29 Revised 11 /04 Making this concept a reality requires comprehensive design for architectural and engineering systems. In the interest of building system integration, it is mandatory to develop the design work of all disciplines simultaneously with the architectural concept rather than retrofitting engineering systems into a solidified architectural design. 10. Use of raised Access Floor Delivery of power and communication lines is highly desirable to maintain flexibility in modifying office areas. Minimum of 2 inches. See Appendix D. 11. Where possible and practical, designed space functions should be adaptable and flexible for alternative uses or multi -purpose functions in order that maximum usage may be derived from those spaces. 12. All entrance areas require an entry removable mat and drainage system to prevent the tracking of dirt, melting snow and rain water into the building. 13. Entrance lobbies have high levels of visibility and public use, this warrant the highest degree of visual detail and finish. 14. Design lighting levels for the projected area use. Indirect lighting with floor to ceiling heights of 10 feet should be considered in Administrative spaces. 15. Indoor Air Quality follow ASHRAE standard 62 "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality" to provide good indoor air quality. Check the "Indoor Air Quality" prior to moving into the facility. Use of Indoor Air Quality sensors tied in with the HVAC control system are to be considered in extreme use areas (I.E. community rooms, council room, training rooms). 16. Provide restroom facilities, particularly women's, commensurate with the building's function (i.e., a performing arts facility would have a high usage over a short time (intermission) thus would need more stalls/urinals than normal design standards). Floors shall be sloped to the floor drains. 17. The City requires that the drawings be done in AutoCAD format. The A & E will provide the City a disk(s) containing "Facility Record Management Record Drawings" as delineated on page 44 of the CAD LAYER GUIDELINE (1990) published by the AIA 18. Custodial spaces - see Appendix F for requirements. B. Building Code Requirements Prior to the commencement of concept design, a review and understanding of all City building code requirements as they are applicable to the type of building being designed is desirable so as to prevent future designations and restrictions as they may develop through further development of the project. 30 Revised 11/04 C. Natural Light and Outdoor Awareness The provision of fenestration and skylights to allow the penetration of natural light into interior spaces and the creation of exterior views is a mandatory requirement for quality of space values when inhabited by visitors or working people. In addition, exterior views will allow visitors and users a greater perception of outdoor awareness for the purposes of orientation with respect to the interior and a means of visual relief. Natural light and exterior views would be required for most areas. Direct sunlight penetrating the interior space should be avoided. Coordination between the electric lighting system and the daylight system should create brightness rations no greater than 5:1. D. Circulation and Functional Orientation 1. The system of public movement in the building should encourage the use of the building and penetration into its areas. Provide the public with access to and activity on various levels of the building to permit familiar and routine use of the entire building. 2. The ground plane should be the principal level of public activity and all other levels and systems of circulation should be related to it. The public circulation system should be a fine grain extension of the principal public space and should structure the building in a clear and comprehensible manner. Where possible, it should refer the user back to the ground plane and/or the lobby by means of selective views. 3. For areas requiring a high degree of public accessibility, the design of the circulation space should provide some visibility from the main circulation spine or ground plane. 4. The public image of the building will be determined to a large degree by the characteristics of the circulation system. The quality of the space, the ease of orientation, the availability of locational cues all contribute to the impression of the visitor. As a public oriented building, the circulation system must also take into account the requirements of disabled persons. 31 Revised 11/04 E. Fine Art Focus For the benefit of a facilities user, visitors and the public at large, a focal point in the building should be created whereby art or public information displays, temporary or permanent, may be erected. F. Orientation 1. Take advantage of natural light, heat gain and minimizing exposure to northerly winter winds. 2. Allow the indirect penetration of sunlight into the inner spaces by possible means of atriums and skylights. 3. Design wall systems to maximize the impact of natural energy conservation measures along southerly and westerly facing perimeter areas through concepts as overhangs/sun shades to minimize and maximize heat gain at various seasons. 4. Keep glazed areas to a minimum in pools, ice rinks and other high humidity areas. Use insulating glass and framing systems with themaal breaks. 47F4 ray=- = _ NORTH 5. Locate structures to take advantage of passive energy technologies for human comfort. 6. Energy efficiency related to site, architecture, electrical and mechanical systems should be considered during programming and conceptual design for the project, especially the site and architecture. The conceptual site planning and architectural design can dramatically reduce the energy loads, providing more opportunities for the electrical and mechanical systems. The key energy loads and operating costs that can be responded to in the site planning and building design are heating, cooling, and lighting. Through proper site layout, architectural form, orientation, and building envelope characteristics, the thermal loads can be reduced substantially over a typical building that meets current energy codes and standards of practice. In other words, through design, the building will gain little solar heat in the summer, appropriate amounts of solar heat in the winter, and receive daylight throughout the year. 32 Revised 11/04 Daylighting strategies are suitable and cost effective techniques. Daylighting--the use of natural light to effectively reduce electric lighting requirements —can improve the visual quality of the interior environment and lower operating costs. The energy use and cost is reduced not only for the electric lighting, but doling needs are reduced too, since there is less heat given off with daylight than with electric light. Further, daylighting often works best at times of summer peak demands and therefore reduces the demand and use charges. Proper daylighting includes solar control, a benefit for both cooling and heating as well. The common architectural "form givers" for daylighting are building form or geometry, sun control, surfaces, and glazing strategies. The architectural treatment of the facades should vary as it relates to different orientations. For example, the south and north orientations are going to be the best overall performers. The north should be relatively unobstructed to achieve a good exposure for a relatively stable, cool color north light. The south should have controls through landscape and/or architectural features (i.e. overhangs, light shelves, etc.) To best respond to year around conditions. This is relatively easy to do on the south. The southern orientation gives the most amount of daylight so that a little bit of glazing goes a long way. Deeper effective lighting can be achieved, but is must be controlled. The east and west orientations are the least effective for daylighting and the most difficult to control due to the low sun angles throughout the year. Again, the size and type of glazing, along with control strategies, are important to achieve comfort conditions and use daylight when desirable. This can be done through landscape, architectural features, and glazing characteristics, each of which should be different than southern and northern exposures. G. Security 1. The design of the proposed facilities must achieve a balance between a desired image of openness and a necessary degree of security. It should be possible to maintain security without excessive reliance upon locked doors. Use proximity card readers for controlled access. The Security philosophy is to have access control on all parameter entrances minimally, with Department areas as a second level of access control if funds available. Integrated into this is use of the city primus key hierarchy on all exterior doors, with Depar trnent areas that are on access control also having primus cylinders on entry doors. 2. Light walkways and parking areas through the night hours so as not to create any personal security problems. Follow IES current standards for average, minimum and uniformity illuminance levels. 33 Revised 11/04 3. Design Facilities so as to not create hidden comers, overhangs or visual black holes that may invite surreptitious behavior or vandalism. 4. A minimum number of doors opening to the exterior should be provided in order to preclude forced entry. Exterior doors should be readily visible. H. Enoineerina General Engineering Design Approach: Each of the Engineering disciplines involved in designing structural, mechanical and electrical services for the City of Fort Collins buildings and/or site services should approach the design in the following overall manner. a. Attend the City's project pre -design briefing and receive requirements, design philosophy and parameters to followed. They should understand the purpose, usage goals of the building and the people who will occupy structure. b. Each discipline shall study the design criteria provided at the initial and subsequent meetings and as presented here for full consideration as a general approach. Generally, principles of design shall; 1) meet the performance requirements with the least life cycle costing; 2) be designed to use a minimum amount of energy consistent with required performance standards; 3) include safety to personnel during operation and maintenance; 4) have ease of maintaining equipment and the facility itself; 5) have flexibility and reliability; and shall 6) comply with all applicable Codes and Standards. c. Together with the preliminary design drawings and specifications each discipline shall submit preliminary cost estimates for their portion of the work outlined. As the cost changes during the design and working drawings, the Architect and Engineer shall inform the City of these changes in writing stating the reason for the change. 34 Revised 11 /04 d. When the City has studied and approved a preliminary design, the Architect and Engineer shall proceed with the final design and contract documents. e. Working drawings shall be prepared on Mylar film with separate systems on separate drawings. Submit drawings at end of preliminary design and at 95% review and at 100%. f. Specify "As -Built' Mylar drawings reflecting all field and change order changes, Operation Manuals, and equipment operating procedures to be provided by the Contractor. g. Specifications shall be prepared with the same format as outlined for the architectural work. All equipment specified shall consist of at least there equivalent manufacturer's products with full catalogue numbers, ratings and full description to allow a clear understanding of what is required. Alternate products should be allowed to be proposed stating a money difference but not carried in the base bid. Equivalent products requirement does not apply fors ecific items denoted in Section IV. (Specifications) h. Construction administration or review by each discipline shall be as spelled out in the Architect and Engineer/City contracts. This should list the responsibility undertaken, frequency of visits, report writing, changes to the contract, etc. 1. Computer -aided drawing is required (AUTO -CAD or compatible). The City requires an AUTO -CAD compatible copy of the facility floor plan(s). Structural Svstems 1. General Aoaroach a. During the life span of a typical City building, many minor and major alterations are necessary as the missions of department change. The capability to accommodate alterations must be incorporated into the building from the outset. In some cases structural systems should be designed to provide some leeway for increase in load concentrations in the future. They should be designed to facilitate future alterations, e.g., the cutting of openings for new vertical elements, such as piping, conduit and ductwork. b. The structural framing system should combine economy with a minimum overall story height. Preferred systems enable services to run within the depth of the framing. 35 Revised 11/04 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND :.510007 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred penal sum of the United States, for made, we bind ourselves, firmly by these presents. held and firmly bound unto Collins, Colorado 80522 a to as the "OWNER", in the in lawful money of the payment of which sum well and truly to be successors and assigns, jointly and severally, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 C. Multiple story buildings should be designed to eliminate all floor vibration. 2. Future Expansion J. Roofs Perimeter building elements should be designed and detailed to facilitate future building expansion when this is required. When it is possible at the design stage to define the direction of future expansion, only those elements that will be affected by the expansion need be proportioned to facilitate the expansion. Roofing design should follow the recommendations of the National Roofing Contractors Association as contained in NRCA publication, NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. The design of metal flashing, trim, and roofing should follow the recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA) publication, Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 2. Roof Drainage. Dead level roofs are not permitted. Roof drains or scuppers are the only low points permitted. Provide a minimum slope to drains of 1/4" per foot. 3. Access to Roof. An interior permanent stair would be first priority to access the roof, the second priority would be stairs with no less than 45° slope with handrails. 4. Roof -Mounted Equipment. Roof -mounted equipment should be keep to a minimum and must be housed in penthouses or screened by walls. Penthouses and screen walls should be integrated into the building design and constructed of materials used elsewhere in the building exterior. Some roof -mounted equipment, such as antennae, lighting rods, flagpoles, etc., does not have to be screened, but these elements must be integrated into the building design. K. Acoustics The design must consider the acoustical environment as a whole; integrating ceilings, masking sound, furniture, panels, and carpeting to obtain optimum acoustical privacy. For open offices the following guidelines apply: Ceilings - should have a noise reduction co -efficiently (NRC) of.85 or higher; have articulation class (AC) rating from 180 to 200; a Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC) minimum of 35 and a minimum Light Reflectance (LR) of .83. 36 Revised 11 /04 2. Partitions - should have a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 20 or higher; have a NRC of .70 or higher; and a speech frequency sound absorption average of .80 or greater. Recommended height of partitions is 65 inches. 3. Walls - have NRC of .80 or higher. 4. Carpeting - have a NRC of .30 or higher. 5. Sound Masking System - use to bring ambient noise level to 40 to 45 decibels, as necessary. L. General Mechanical System Design 1. Principles of Design: a. Use the latest available, proven technologies to provide energy efficient and cost effective heating, cooling, lighting, and hot water. Use the most current solar heating technologies for hot water heating that are suitable for the facility. Select systems based on consideration for maintenance, operation and availability of spare parts. System and equipment shall be failsafe and of a quality consistent with anticipated building life. b. Consideration must be given to expansion, contraction and vibrates control. Floating isolation floors or pads under the mechanical equipment are recommended for all major mechanical rooms. C. Design separate HVAC systems to serve areas expected to operate on widely differing operating schedules or design conditions. Use CO2 sensors to control outside air in spaces of high occupant load. Separate systems are also recommended for buildings where perimeter zones have heating and/or cooling loads very different from interior zones. When a single system serves a large floor, provisions should be made to shut off or set -back the heating and cooling to each area independently. Telecom and computer rooms to have controlled HVAC for ambient conditions. d. Large air handling units serving multiple floors are not practical for buildings with scattered loads after normal office hours. Consider multiple air handlers or floor by floor systems, Where practical, a cooling/heating loop dedicated to operation after hours should be considered. 37 Revised 11 /04 FA e. Spaces with relatively constant and weather -independent loads should be served with systems separate from those serving perimeter spaces. Areas with special temperature or humidity requirements, such as telecom and computer rooms should be served by separate supplementary or auxiliary systems. f. The supply of zone cooling and heating shall be sequenced to prevent the simultaneous operation of heating and cooling systems for the same space. Where sequencing is not possible due to ventilation or air circulation requirements, air quantities should be reduced as much as possible before reheating, re -cooling, or mixing hot and cold air streams. g. Supply air temperature should be reset to extend economizer operations and to reduce reheating, cooling or mixing. h. Adjustable frequency drives/variable speed drivers permit optimum operation on fan and pump systems. These shall be used whenever possible. An HVAC System Commissioning will be conducted and should follow the current ASHRAE Guidelines 1 on commissioning. In new construction, commissioning will follow sustainable design requirements and be completed by a third party. Duct detectors for fire shall be installed as needed. Cooling Systems a. Chilled Water Systems Chilled water systems include chillers, chilled water pumps, piping and cooling towers. Select the chilled water temperature differential to minimize life cycle cost of the system. Larger temperature differentials will reduce pumping and piping costs but may increase coil sizes. Specify Chillers in accordance with Air-conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARQ ratings procedures in ASHRENIES 90.1. Microprocessor -based controls shall be used. They shall have self - diagnostic capability, set point displays, run time, and output/input (COP) information. 38 Revised 11/04 All chiller systems must consist of multiple machines. Generally, machines should be of equal size and be controlled via the lead -lag control method. No single machine should run for more than 160 consecutive hours. Environmental Protection. The design of refrigeration machines must comply with Clean Air Act amendment Title VI: Stratospheric Ozone Protection. Refrigeration machines must be equipped with isolation valves, fittings and service apertures as appropriate for refrigerant recovery during servicing and repair. Protection systems including low electrical voltage or loss of one phase shall be provided. Chillers must also be easily accessible for internal inspections and cleaning. Design mechanical equipment rooms in accordance with the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 1..5, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration Conned chiller leak detection and remote alarming to the building automation system if installed. Chiller! Water Pumps: Select pumps to operate at 1750 RPM. Both partial load and full load must fall on the pump curve. The number of primary chilled water pumps should correspond to the number of chillers, and a separate pump should be designed for each condenser water circuit. Piping. Reverse return piping is appropriate for systems with many terminal units of similar pressure drop. Direct -return piping system should be used where non -uniform pressure drops through equipment must be accommodated. For all systems, proper consideration must be given to location of balancing valves. Freeze Protection. Propylene glycol is typically used for freeze protections, primarily in low temperature gilled water systems. Keep the concentration of antifreeze to a practical minimum because of its adverse effect on heat exchange efficiency and pump life. Cooling coil heat transfer de -rating can be about two to three times that of chillers. Condenser Water. Condenser water circuits must always be recalculating systems. Once -through applications using domestic water are not permitted. Water Treatment. Water chemistry may cause corrosion and/or scaling in recalculating systems, such as chillers, condensers and 39 Revised 11 /04 hot water systems. A complete water analysis is essential to the proper design of corrective measures. Since improper addition of chemicals to make-up water is likely to be more harmful than leaving the water untreated, water treatment for all hydronic systems should be designed by a qualified specialist. Cooling Towers. Cooling water sizes should be based on the 1 percent column of the wet bulb temperature of ASHRAE weather data. Multiple cell towers and isolated basins are required to facilitated operations and maintenance. Piping should be manifolded to allow for any combination of equipment use. Cooling towers should have ladders and platforms for ease of inspections and replacement of components. Consider dual speed fans. Induced draft is preferred since forced draft uses twice the amount of energy and requires multiple fan arrangement towers run continuously to avoid short circuiting. Induced draft towers must have a clear distance equal to the height of the tower on the air intake side)s) to keep air velocity low. Forced draft towers require a clearance of twice the tower width on the intake side(s) to minimize air recirculation. Glean -outs for sediment removal and flushing from basin and piping should be provided. Place doling towers on the site so as not to interfere with the appearance of the building. Screen walls and planting may be used to conceal the tower. Locate cooling towers to prevent drift or plume fogging on the building or surrounding building. If located on the ground they should be kept away from any building wall or parking lot to prevent corrosion of finishes. The effect of start/stop noise and radiated noise on occupied spaces in the vicinity must also be considered. Start/stop noise can be mitigated by specifying A/C invertors. Install cooling towers having corrosion resistant materials. If the cooling tower is located on the building structure, provide vibration and sound isolation. Design supports to permit re -roofing under the tower. Give special consideration to deicing cooling towers if they are to operate in sub -freezing weather. Provide a manual shut -down for the fan. If cooling towers operate intermittently during sub -freezing weather, make provisions for draining all piping during periods of shut -down. For this purpose indoor drain down basins are preferred to heated wet basins at the cooling water. 40 Revised 11 /04 b. Special Cooling Applications Water -side Economizer Cycle. In certain climate conditions cooling towers are capable of producing condenser water cold enough to cool the chilled water system without chiller operation. Consider this option in life cycle cost comparisons of water cooled chillers. Computer Room Air -Conditioning Units. Mainframe computer rooms may be cooled by self-contained units for loads up to 280 kW. They should be sized to allow for 50 percent redundancy, either two units at 75 percent load or three units at 50 percent. For loads above 280kW, chilled water air handling systems shall be used. A group of dedicated chillers is preferred, unless other parts of the building also require 24-hour cooling. It should consist of three chillers, each capable of handling 50 percent of the sensible load. Connections should be available for the future addition of a fourth unit. Heat rejection should be of recalculating type, such as cooling towers or evaporative condensers. Use of once -through domestic water is prohibited. 3. Air Distribution Systems a. Constant Volume Systems Single Zone Systems. Single zones air handlers may be considered for systems with relatively constant loading. Multi -zone Systems. Multi -zone systems should be considered for small buildings. Multi -zone units should be of the three deck type to minimize reheat. Reheat. Reheat permits close control of temperature and moisture levels but it is a high energy consumer. Its use should therefore be limited to computer rooms or similar spaces. Dual Duct Systems. Conventional dual duct systems use high reheat and thus are high energy consumer and should not be used. Where dual dud designs are used, two supply fans, one for the hot deck and one for the cold deck, are recommended. The design should allow all return air to pass through the hot deck where it recovers heat from internal loads for heating. The heating coil should operate only when additional heat is required. Outside air should pass through the cold deck. This configuration limits energy consumption for both heating and haling, while maintaining excellent temperature and humidity control. 41 Revised 11/04 b. Variable Air Volume (VAV) Systems Simple VAV without reheat should be considered for interior zones of office buildings that require year-round cooling. Perimeter Zones. Designers are encouraged to consider the use of an entirely separate perimeter system, which may be central air or water type. Volume Control. VAV systems depend on volume modulation to achieve the required ventilation and temperature, which makes volume control critical to the successful operation of the system. Rooms loads must be calculated accurately to avoid excessive throttling of air flow due to oversized fans and terminal units. Diffusers should be high entrainment type (3:1 minimum) to maximize air velocity at low flow rates. Also, the minimum volume setting should equal the larger of the following a) 30 percent of the peak supply volume. VAV terminal units must never be shut down to zero when the system is operating. Also the fresh air requirements must be maintained under minimum flow conditions. In building where simultaneous heating and cooling are required (heating in some zones and cooling in others), two separate systems should be considered. Terminals. VAV terminals should be pressure dependant unless there is a compelling reason to use pressure independent units. Terminal ceiling diffusers or booted -plenum slots should be specifically designed for VAV air distribution. Noise Control in VAV Systems. System sound levels need to be checked at maximum flow. Inlet vanes and fan discharge dampers should be evaluated for noise in their most restricted position. Duct noise control should be achieved by c ontrofling air velocity and by the use of sound attenuators not by over sizing terminal units. Mixing Boxes. Mixing dampers should be placed across the full width of the air handling unit. Thorough mixing of outdoor and return air is essential for good coil performance and to prevent chilled water coils from freezing. 42 Revised 11/04 Filtration. Air filtration should be provided in every air handling system. The air handling unit should have a disposable pre -filter and a final filter. Filter media should be rated in accordance with ASHRAE 52. Pre -filters should be 30 percent to 35 percent efficient. Final filters should be 80 percent of 85 percent efficient and housed in a factory fabricated frame with a maximum bypass leakage of 0.5 percent. The filter change -out pressure drop, not the initial clean filter rating, must be used in determining fan pressure requirements. Differential pressure gauges should be placed across filter banks to allow quick and accurate assessment of filter dust loading as reflected by air loss through the filter. Cooling Coils. The preferred configuration consists of no more than six row coils with fins spacing to allow for easy coil cleaning. If a higher cooling performance is required, a second cooling coil should be installed. The two coils can be piped in series making them in effect one coil that is easier to clean. Heating Coils. As with cooling coils, heating coils with fins spaced for easy coil cleaning are preferred. Humidification. Humidification should be limited to building areas requiring special conditions. General office space should not be humidified unless severe winter conditions are likely to cause indoor humidity to fall below 25 percent. Where humidification is provided, vapor barriers should be provided and the dew point of walls and windows must be documented. Supply Air Fans. Vane -axial fans are preferred All fans should be isolated. Thrust arresters should be designed for horizontal discharge fans operating at high static pressure. An air -side economizer cycle should be provided if feasible. Enthalpy economizer controls are not recommended because they drift out of calibration easily and may cause energy use to increase. Dry bulb sensors are recommended for use in this area. Economizer cycles should not be used for humidified spaces because of the increased difficulty of maintaining space humidification and control. 43 Revised 11/04 4. Special Systems a. Heat Recovery Heat Reclaim Chillers. Consider heat recovery chillers for buildings that will require cooling year round. If used in conjunction with air - side economizer cycles, a careful controls design is required to present the two approaches from working against each other. Heat Exchangers. The condenser water system or a separate 24- hour critical load system can be connected via heat exchange to the hot water healing system. b. Solar Heating and Cooling For each new project, consider renewable energy sources for heating, cooling and domestic hot water heating. If cost effective, use renewable sources (solar energy, wind, water). 5. Layout of Mechanical Spaces a. Generally locate mechanical equipment within the building in an enclosed mechanical room (s). Room shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all equipment (present and future) and with sufficient clearances to permit servicing and replacement of all components. All equipment must have isolating valves, unions for removal and service; thermometers; pressure gauges liquid filled where applicable; valved bypasses to be provided on all control devices. All mechanical rooms to have floor drains to accommodate condensate drainage from equipment. Where maintenance requires lifting of heavy parts, hoists should be installed. b. Lighting. Lighting in equipment rooms should be laid out so as not to interfere with equipment. C. Housekeeping Pads. Housekeeping pads should be at least 3 inches larger than the mounted equipment on all sides. d. Piping. Layout piping in an orderly fashion. Access to the underside of the stricture should not be completely cut off. e. Ductwork. Layout ductwork with a minimum of bends. Access to piping and the underside of the structure should not be obstructed. 44 Revised 11 /04 f. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Provide documentation on all building systems for the guidance of the maintenance staff. This should show the actual elements that have been installed, how they performed during testing, and how they operate as system in the completed facility. Included in the manuals shall be a defined maintenance schedule with maintenance task deluteated in the schedule. Provide the maintenance staff with the following: Record drawings and Specifications. Operating manuals with a schematic diagram, sequence of operation and system operating criteria for each system installed. Maintenance manuals with complete information for all major components in the facility. g. Operating Instruction. Provide operating instructions for maintenance staff at the time of commissioning the mechanical systems. The amount of instruction time provided should be commensurate with the complexity of each system. 6. Control Svstems a. Automatic Temperature and Humidity Controls All controls must be compatible with Johnson Controls Metasys Controls. Use pre-programmed single or multiple loop controllers to control all HVAC and plumbing sub -systems. Temperature Controls. Control heating and cooling energy in each zone by a thermostat located in that zone. Independent perimeter systems must have at least one thermostat for each facade of the building with a different orientation. Night set -back controls for the heating season for summer conditions must be provided for all comfort conditioned spaces, even if initial building occupancy plans are for 24-hour operation. Morning warm-up must be part of the control systems. 45 Revised 11/04 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four (4) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20 . IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: IN PRESENCE OF: (Surety Seal) (Title) (Address) Other Partners M By: Surety By: By: (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 2 b. Air Systems. Systems supplying heated or cooled air to multiple zones must include controls that automatically reset supply air temperature by representative building loads or by outside air temperature. Temperature should be reset by at least 25 percent of the design supply -air to room -air temperature differential. Zones that are expected to experience relatively constant loads, such as interior zones, may be designed for the fully reset supply temperature. Hydronic Systems. Systems supplying heated and/or gilled water to comfort conditioning systems must also include controls that automatically reset supply water temperatures by representative building loads (including return water temperature) or by outside air temperature. C. Testing and Balancing Equipment and Systems Testing Stations. Provide permanent or temporary testing stations to permit testing of building systems. Design connections so temporary testing equipment can be installed and removed without shutting down the system. Water flow measuring devices are required for each refrigeration machine and for chilled water lines serving computer rooms. Thermometers and Gauges. Provide instrumentation at each measuring point to verify capacities, temperatures, flow rates and any other critical parameters. Provide duct static pressure gauges for the air supply fan or in individual duct runs, if multiple pressure measurement is used. Place pressure gauges on both sides of filters in the air handling unit. Provided a static pressure gauge to measure building pressure. A temperature gauge is required at the outside air intake. 7. Building Automation System (HAS) a. A BAS is not required for every project but is mandatory on large, new buildings and major modernizations. The City uses Johnson Control's Metasys as its standard equipment controllers. 46 Revised 11/04 b. Energy Measurement Instrumentation. The capability to allow maintenance staff to measure energy consumption and monitor performance of system specific loads (i.e. HVAC separate from lighting). is critical to the overall success of the system. Electrical values, such as V, A, KW, KVAR, KVA, PF, KVAH, Frequency and Percent TDH, should be measured. installation of a G.E. Power Management Control System is highly desirable. C. Control fans in restrooms automatically so they do not operate during unoccupied periods. M. Plumbina Systems a. Provide water pressure reducing valves to limit water distribution pressure to 80 psig. Minimum pressure during heavy usage not to be less than 60 psig. b. Provide sufficient domestic hot water storage tanks to accommodate peak load demands of building. Locate tanks close to point of application to minimize hot water and recirculation water requirements. Hot water recirculation to be provided for distribution systems over 50 feet from heater. Provide floor drain within 5 feet of hot water heater to accommodate pop -off and any water leaks. C. Provide plumbing systems with sufficient shut-off/isolation, and drain valves to permit localized repairs without need to shut down complete systems. Place unions at all equipment, etc. that may require removal or replacement. d. Domestic hot water systems should be capable of maintaining 90-105 degrees F. Where higher temperature is required provide local reheaters. e. For shower rooms provide a thermostatic temperature control or individual shower mixer cabinet and pipe tempered water to shower fittings. Use flow restrictors on showers to reduce water consumption. Consider use of push- button or automatic shower controls. Maximum flow rate: 2.00 g.p.rn. f. Locate exterior frost proof keyed hose bibbs around perimeter of building to permit watering of all landscaped areas with a standard 100 foot hose. Also provide frost proof hose bib on roof to allow for cleaning HVAC units .Each should be equipped with a pressure vacuum breaker. g. Use commercial grade, vitreous china plumbing fixtures. Water closets shall be wall mounted to permit cleaning of floors. Where building is unattended provide vandal proof fixtures and fittings. 47 Revised 11/04 Toilets are to be water conserving or low -consumption (1.6 gallons/flush) types. Install automatic flush valves on all water closets, urinals and sinks. Use of waterless urinals should be considered. h. Provide floor drain in each restroom. I, Consider feasibility of heat recovery and solar hot water preheat where large volumes of hot water is required. j. All pipes (including roof drains) in mechanical rooms, shafts, ceilings and other spaces accessible to maintenance personnel must be identified with color coded bands indicating type of material piped and direction of flow. Gas piping and sprinkler lines must be identified as prescribed by NI=PA. Apply at every point of entry/egress through walls/ceilings. Valves and other operable fittings must be tagged. k. All non-metal underground piping shall have a trace wire to aid in location. N. Insulation 1. Insulate all piping that will result in an increase in energy consumption for the building if not insulated. 2. Insulate all cold water piping and cold air duct work with sufficient insulation with vapor barrier to prevent surface condensation. 3. Insulate all hot air supply duct work. 4. Insulate all hot air and cold air duct work located outdoors or in unconditioned spaces. 5. Insulate underside of roof drains and any horizontal rainwater piping. 6. Label all insulated pipe in hot water supply system. 7. Roof and ceilings shall have R-30 or greater thermal resistance; walls shall have R-19 or greater rating. O. General Electrical System 1. Service a. Primary service should be based on the estimated demand load plus 35 percent spare capacity. 48 Revised 11 /04 b. Provide the following: 1) For loads up to 175 KVA, use a 120/208V 3 phase 4 wire 600A service if possible 2) For loads greater than 175 KVA, use a 480/277 3 phase 4 wire service C. If a vault is required, plan for a first floor location on an outside wall for natural ventilation and road access but not at the front of the building. If a transformer pad will be required check Code required clearances from the building and building openings as windows, doorways, etc. Verify with Fort Collins Utilities, Project Engineering any other clearances that may be required. d. Motors: Specify high efficiency motors. Refer to the latest Consortium for Energy Efficiency (CEE) — CEE Premium Efficiency Motors Initiative. 2. Distribution a. Except for the small services (175 KW and below) use 480/277V power for all motors '/Z HP and larger, all fluorescent and HID lighting loads and all electric heating loads. This will minimize copper, conduit and equipment sizes. b. Locate the service panelboard adjacent to the service transformer and as close to the load center as possible. A centrally located distribution center will reduce feeder length, voltage drop and costs substantially. C. Power elevators from a shunt trip circuit breaker located in the elevator equipment room. See ANSI A17.1. d. Panelboards shall use circuit breaker protection. Allow for 25% spare capacity or more if future additions are known. Maximum 42 poles per panel board. Panelboards serving personal computers, computer terminals or dedicated work stations should have an isolated ground bus. The service to the electronic panelboard should be supplied from an isolation transformer. Size equipment with consideration given to higher harmonic currents in the neutral wire. e. Motor controls shall be provided in centralized motor control centers (MCC's) or grouped motor control modules - located in mechanical rooms where there is the greatest concentration of motor loads. 49 Revised 11/04 Protection and control for motors operating heating equipment, pumps, boilers, hot water systems, sump pumps, food and refrigeration systems and other critical loads should be designed to be automatically turned "ON" in timed sequence when power is restored after a power failure. Motor controls and power wiring to motors and equipment should generally be specified by the Electrical Consultant and work done by Division 16. Control wiring should be specified and installed by Mechanical Division 15. f. Branch wiring within the buildings shall be specified as THHN-R90 copper conductors (minimum No. 12 gauge) run in EMT above grade and in rigid PVC below grade or below slab on grade. Underground branch wiring outside the building shall be RWU-90 installed in rigid PVC at 30 inches below grade. Splices made on #10 wire or smaller shall have conductors twisted together before placing warrant connectors on splices. Splices made on #8 and larger shall utilize either mechanical- or compression -type lugs; wirenuts shall NOT be used. All wiring beneath a raised access floor should be routed in metal conduit or cable to underfloor distribution boxes. Flush mounted access floor service boxes should be attached to the underfloor distribution boxes by means of a plug-in modular wiring system to facilitate easy relocation. g. Wiring devices shall be "Specification Grade" with matching steel plates. h. Mark or identify panel and circuit number on all J-Boxes. 3. Lighting System Illumination for the parking areas, roadways and walkways shall be designed according to the City plan lighting requirements and the latest version of ASHRAE / IES90.1. Building lighting shall be designed in accordance with LEEDS requirements..1. Lighting gyft also needs to be given high priority in occupied spaces. a. Illumination design shall be based strictly on the task(s) and confined to the task areas, to be carried out in the space and the level of performance set by the user, i.e. do not light a hockey rink to professional standards when only amateurs will play. Likewise, provide additional illuminance for senior citizens engaged in close or detailed work in a hobby shop. Indirect lighting in office areas shall be provided if feasible. 1) Design circulation areas to one third the task illuminance level in that room. 50 Revised 11 /04 2) Walls, ceilings and other room surfaces should be lit with either direct or indirect light so that the overall room luminance ratios are approximately 5:1. An example of poor luminance ratios would be from a low glare troffer system or from an area lit with only down lights. The floor and working surfaces are bright, yet the walls and ceilings are dark. Another example would be the luminance ratio between a window and the wall where it is located. The wall should be lighted and also painted a light color. 3) Lamps used for interior use should have at least a color rendering index equal to 80 or greater and a minimum average lamp efficacy of 80 lumens per watts. Different lamps within a same area should have similar color temperature and color rendering index. 4) Minimize reflected and direct glare. Luminaire selection and locations should be coordinated with particular tasks in an area. An example of this would be to specify low glare fluorescent in an office where computer terminals are used. The fluorescents should be located such that the luminaire image cannot be seen in the screen. 5) Vandal resistant use luminaires in all outdoor area lighting with IES recommended cut-off distribution. Shield luminaires so that there will be no light trespass or pollution. b. In the interest of energy savings and operating economics, incorporate the following principles: 1) Use the highest efficiency lighting sources available considering color rendition and cost. Sources shall be energy efficient fluorescent (with few if any, 2 feet, 3 feet, or U-bent lamps), 4 ft. T8 rapid start lamps where possible, metal halide (MH), or high pressure sodium (HPS). If HPS lamps are proposed indoors, only lamps with acceptable color rendition should be specified, otherwise use MH. All outdoor lighting is a good candidate for HPS. Twin tube and double twin tube fluorescent compact lamps with high power factor ballasts, and double ended metal halide lamps should be used in lieu of incandescent located in down lights and wall sconces. Metal halide lamps may be considered outside when color rendering is important. 51 Revised 11 /04 2) Use 18,000 to 20,000 hour life lamps wherever possible for lower maintenance costs. When twin tube, double twin tube florescent and low wattage metal halide lamps are used, then longer service life (compared to incandescent) will be acceptable. 3) Avoid incandescent luminaires due to their low efficiency, very short life and high power and heating content. Limit use to special areas. If incandescent lamps are used, specify 125V-130V 2,000 hours life, standard "A" type lamp for area lighting. Use low voltage MR-16, Par-36 or quartz in framing projectors for artwork and display lighting systems and limited area lighting. All incandescent systems should be dimmed in order to lengthen the lamp life. 4) Ballasts shall be electronic unless otherwise approved by the City. Ballasts for outdoor usage, ice arenas, outdoor parking, etc., shall be low temperature-30F type (with appropriate lamps). 5) Luminaires shall be chosen for high efficiency consistent with good lighting quality i.e., low brightness and low glare rating. They should be selected and located for the anticipated teals and ambience in the area. 6) Good quality fth*V stfould produce the required illumination with an overall maximum connected load of 1.75 watts/square foot. Maximum power densities allowed by ASHRAE 90.1 by space type using the building area method. However, depending upon the type of building, lxwer wattage densities can be achieved and designs should be based on the latest I.E.S. Energy Management Series of publications (LEM's). Higher watts/square foot may be allowed if automatic light level controls are installed. This would include the design of using higher wattage lamps that are dimmed down to a desired light level in order to maximize lamp life. 7) interior wall and ceiling finishes should have a high reflective, matte finish. 8.) Use premium efficiency motors whenever possible. See attached premium — efficiency motors initiative. 4. Luminaire Tvoes a. Specify high efficiency luminaires - fluorescent troffers at least 70%. All luminaires should have well designed optical systems with 52 Revised 11/04 reflectors and refractors which distribute the light where it is required. An example of a poorly designed luminaires would be a post top globe luminaires designed for outdoor use where the majority of the light goes up into the sky versus down on the pavement where it is needed. b. Specify wire guards and/or lexan diffusers for all luminaires where units will be exposed to the public as washrooms, change rooms, athletic facilities and outdoors. HID luminaires shall have hi -stress glass gasket enclosure. C. Select luminaires with good maintenance characteristics. Maintenance procedures to be reviewed by City Maintenance staff I.E. ease of cleaning, repair 5. L.itohtina Control and Energy Consumption Limiting or managing energy consumption (i.e. connected wattage x time of usage) is the only effective key in reducing energy usage and thereby cut operating costs. Accordingly the design of the lighting controls must be thoroughly studied and proposed to provide a three to five year life cycle payback for the capital investment over a "standard" system. The fo lovAV controls shall be considered: a. Provide switching in every room preferably two level where usage changes. Consider multi -level (electronic) ballasts and dimming controls for spaces requiring different levels of lighting. b. Consider automatic dimming devices for perimeter or skylight areas separately from interior areas. Consider automated daylight controls for perimeter or skylight areas. C. Control outdoor lighting by photo cell "ON" and time switch and/or photocell "OFF". Only security lighting shall be left "ON" all night. d. Consider infrared or ultrasonic sensors for small, enclosed office spaces and toilet areas. Each occupancy sensor should control no more than 12 fixtures. Each occupancy sensor should be market by a label identifying the panel and circuit number. Occupancy sensors should not be used in open office areas, spaces housing heat producing equipment or corridors. e. Consider photoelectric sensors for fixtures adjacent to glazed areas and for parking structures. f. Consider lighting control panels for complete building lighting system control with network compatibility to centralized computer system. 53 Revised 11 /04 6. Emergency/Exit Lighting Provide certified emergency battery sources for remote high efficiency quartz heads to meet the Codes for emergency lighting. For larger buildings, i.e., office complexes, consideration should be given to a diesel generator or a UPS to supply emergency power for lighting and essential loads and as covered by Code. 7. Fire Alarm System Provide a fire/visual alarm system as required in a facility in strict accordance with the current Codes and ANSI A 117, 1-92. 8. Communication Services After requirements are known, coordinate design for this service with the City's CTS Division. See Appendix G. 9. Wiring and Grounding Technioues Wiring recommendations for proper operation of computers/programmable controllers/microprocessor-based electronic equipment of all types are: A. Distribution systems must be designed around the harmonics problems. (Double neutral size, de -rating transformers, etc) B. True R.M.S. metering for voltage and current must be utilized. C. Earthing conductors should be CAD welded (chemical bond) to the earth/grounding rod. D. Earthing conductor (from Main Distribuion Panel to earth/ground rod) should be at least 500 mcm, or larger as determined by actual need. E. Grounding conductors (from load and sub -distribution panels) should be sized parity (same size) with the phase conductors feeding that panel. Sensitive load panels should have grounding conductor run uninterrupted to the MDP main building ground bus. F. Avoid ground loops by avoiding multiple grounding points. G. Use a SINGLE REFERENCE POINT for all GROUNDING. H. Ground woe should ONLY BE TO THE BUILDING SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND BUS (usually at the MDP panel.) 54 Revised 11 /04 Use only insulated grounding conductors (to avoid multiple ground references inadvertently to steel, conduit, etc.) This will also avoid RFI introduced through the "antenna" of the building steel and conduit. J. Up size conductors by one size for each 75 feet of run from distribution point. Computer circuits will operate better when #10 awg is minimum size for a 15-20 amp circuit. K. No more than 2 or 3 (preferably 2) computers should be fed by a single circuit. L. Neutral conductors feeding a three phase distribution (or a three phase electronic power supply load with a single neutral) should be TWICE THE SIZE OF THE PHASE CONDUCTORS. M. DERATE TRANSFORMERS due to high peak current crest factors (HARMONICS) with computer and electronic power supplies of all types (UPS or other rectifiers, VFD motor controllers, etc.) Specify high efficiency transformers. Refer to the latest Consortium for Energy Efficiency (CEE) High -Efficiency Commerciall and Industrial Transformers Initiative. N. Plan wiring/circuit breaker loading at 50%. O. For electric loads DO NOT "DAISY CHAIN" OR RUN "HOME RUNS" WITH SINGLE NEUTRAL TO THREE PHASE LOADS. P. Transeb t- $41 CIVSS) 6*dpr1WWt SHOULD BE INSTAUM WITHIN 6" OF LOAD PANEL WHENEVER POSSIBLE for nuLmmum effecliv+eness. InsWN as hose as possillIe to the load bus bars or food wining when 6" is not possible. 55 Revised 11 /04 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), referred to as the (a Partnership), (a Corporation), "Principal" and Bond No. hereinafter (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/GENERAL IV. Specifications A. Purpose of Specifications: Specifications are used as a basis for tendering, as a contract document and for direction in construction. They should not be used to define the amount of work required since this can usually be better shown on the drawings. Reference to the drawings is necessary in order to make them part of the legal Contract Documents. Specifications should not attempt to define the extent of the work to be performed by a subcontractor since it is the contractor's prerogative to assign work. B. Fundamentals of Specification Writing: 1. Use rear, precise definitions stated in sufficient detail to permit only one interpretation. 2. Consider each word, phrase, sentence and punctuation mark since the specification may come under the scrutiny of a court. 3. Avoid repetition but do not confuse requirements by using similar wording just to avoid repetition. Choose the word which exactly conveys the desired meaning and use it as many times as necessary. 4. Write in the directive style in the imperative mood. This eliminates many words and increases the ease of interpretation. This style can be achieved by simply deleting such phrases as "shall be" and stating the requirement in the imperative mood. 5. Use the CSI (Construction Specification) Format. 6. Write the specification stating only requirements which can be enforced. Do not include requirements which cannot or will not be enforced. Requirements which depend on qualifications based on assessment by the individual rather than qualification against stated facts or standards are useless and only confuse those who use the specifications. 7. Use only designations contained in the Articles of Agreement or general Conditions. For example, use Consultant, contractor, subcontractor, Owner, NOT vendor, purchaser, supplier, tenderer, bidder, etc. 56 Revised 11/04 8. General and Supplementary Conditions are pre-printed forms supplied by the City intended to precede the Specification in the Contract Document package. Check the specifications against the General Conditions to insure that no conflict in instructions or information exists. The City uses the 1990 edition of the EJCDC General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 9. Courts have generally held that in the event of conflict between drawings and the specifications, the specifications, as a written document, govem. Therefore, they must be written dearly and not be conflicting. 10. Staff training on installed equipment must be included. The training requirements shall be coordinated with the facifity user and the maintenance branches. C. Division Format 1. The Division Format shall be the "Master Format" which has been recommended for use by the Construction Specifications Institute. 2. The Specifications Format comprises the following Divisions: Division 0 Bidding and Contract Requirements (provided by City) Division 1 General Requirements Division 2 Site work Division 3 Concrete Division 4 Masonry Division 5 Metals (Architectural & Structural) Division 6 Woodwork Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Division 8 Doors, & Windows Division 9 Finishes Division 10 Specialities Division 11 Equipment Division 12 Furnishings Division 13 Special Construction Division 14 Conveying Systems Division 15 Mechanical Division 16 Electrical 3. In the Specifications Format, two words become very antpgtei t, TtOW words are "Division" and "Section". The word "Section" as used in the Formmat dwwW the "brass v*w section". The word "Division" is used to denote a group of "sections". 4. The "Diviskuis" are the permanent unchanging framework of the Specifications Format. They are fixed in number and name; as titles they appear only in the Index. 57 Revised 11 /04 5. The number system of the Format is very simple. As stated above, the "Division" number and title is fixed. The "Section" is identified by a complete numerical identification system (e.g. Section 03300, Section 07500, Section 09400, etc.) D. Constructibility Review General Guidance Building construction estimated to have a cost of more than $3,000,000 shall have a constructibility review. This will be done by the Architect and by the Project Manager in accordance with the review guidance (Appendix A). NOTE: The following specification format should indude items noted but by no means is all4ndusiv e. 58 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSIDIV 0 & 1 E. General Requirements 1. Division 0 Refer to Division 0 of the City's Standard General Specifications for the Contract. 2. Division 1 Refer to Division 1 of the City's Standard General Specifications for the conbac t. This section will need to be coordinated with the A/E's Division 1. 59 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSIDIV 2 F. Division 2 - Site Work Earthwork a. General 1) Specify protective barriers required for adjacent property, trees, bench marks, trenches, pits, vulnerable exposed surfaces, etc. 2) Specify removal of water from all excavations. 3) Specify compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act. 4) Control soil erosion and tracking dirt onto streets. (See City criteria). b. Products 1) Materials Specify site fill materials, vapor barriers, bedding materials and weeping tile. C. Execution 1) Direct Contractor to visit and closely examine the site so as to be aware of existing conditions. 2) Advise Contractor if a soils report is available and what responsibility the Owner/Architect take for its accuracy. 3) Site Preparation Specify requirements for topsoil removal, erosion control measures and storage (if required). Indicate if any other extraneous materials are to be disposed of. 60 Revised 11 /04 4) Excavation Indicate what excavation is to be done by this trade (i.e. is mechanical and site service work included). State who will approve bearing surface. Insure these exposed surfaces are properly protected. State how excavated material is to be disposed of. Provide warning regarding existing buried services. Specify protection for all exposed critical surfaces from freezing. Specify requirements for dewatering and working below the water table (sumps, well points, etc.). 5) Backfilling Specify when backfilling may begin. Specify materials to be used in speck situations, compaction required and thickness of layers acceptable. Warn against backfilling one side only of walls likely to be adversely affected. All service line trenches shall be mechanically compacted; no water - jetting allowed. 6) Specify special requirements for baakfilling under slabs on grade, paving and buried services. 7) Specify precompaction of virgin ground to be built on, that may have been affected by frost or is soft for other reasons. 8) Specify bedding requirements for buried servkm if included in this section. 9) State what testing is to be done, testing sequence, and who will appoint and pay testing company. 10) Specify quality of rough grading in terms of tolerance and its relation to the proposed surface treatment. 2. Landscaping a. Plant Materials 1) AN plant materials are to comply with the published horftt*t rW stwWards of the American Association of Nurserymen to grading and quality. 61 Revised 11 /04 2) All plants are to be No. 1 Grade, Colorado nursery - grown, under proper cultural practices with respect to fertile soil, ample spacing, regular cultivation, weed, pest and disease control, adequate moisture and pruning, in accordance with good horticultural practices. All such plants shall have been transplanted and/or root -pruned regularly, but not later than one growing season prior to arrival on the site. 3) The sizes of root balls for trees shall be sufficiently large to contain at least 75% of the fibrous root system. 4) For deciduous trees with a caliper of more than 6 inches and for coniferous trees over 18 feet in height, create a unique specification for the approval of the City Forester. Unusually large size specimens require very special handling. 5) Non -dormant, cold storage, frozen balled or large bare -root stock may only be used if approved, in advance, by the City Forester. Tree spade dug material and container stock is generally acceptable although tree ball sizes must be monitored. 6) Substitutions of specified material must be approved by the City Forester. b. Topsoil Friable natural loam with an acidity range 5.5 pH to 7.5 pH, containing organic matter a minimum of 4% for clay loams and 2% for sandy foams, and free of stones and roots over 2 inches in diameter, and subsoil, clay lumps, and other solid materials. (Verify the use of existing topsoil -chock soil report). Stockpile topsoil on site for landscaping purposes. All topsoil intended for use or reuse is to be tested b AM to conform to this specification and to ascertain N.P.K. ratio for fertilizer requirements. Remove excess topsoil from the sine and dispose of as City directs. AN soil stockpile areas are to be restored as part of general site development. C. Seeding Note: Seeding will only be permitted for large areas, such as play fields, and only where approved by Parks and Recreation Department. 62 Revised 11 /04 1) Grass Seed Prepared and mixed by an approved seed house, tested to be within rates for purity and germination specified by government standard. Mixture to be appropriate to site conditions to the satisfaction of the Parks and Recreation Department. 2) Hydro Seeding Hydro seeding and mulching will be permitted in lieu of the usual methods if circumstances warrant, subject to approval by the Parks and Recreation Department. i) Certified No. 1 cultivated turf grass sod, grown and 01898ified in confo(rnance to established standards. It shall have at least two years growth from time of seeding, strong fibrous roots, and no stones, or burned or bare spots. 2) Mixture of grass varieties in sod shall be as specified by the Parks and Recreation Department. e. The specific design of underground sprinkler systems will be done by a designer having proven experience in irrigation design. The design must be approved by the Parks Department. f. All plant material must be warranted for one year. The sprinkler system will be warranted for one year including blowout and tum-on by the contractor. The turf must be warranted for one year. All of these warranties are effective beginning from thecompletion and acoeptance of the specific installation and not neoessarAy at ,substantial oorrq)letion of the facility. A time must be agreed to among the contractor, the A/E, and City staff. 63 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 33 G. Division 3 - Concrete i . Concrete a. General 1) State tolerances required. Reference: Practice for Concrete Form work (ACI 347-78). 2) State responsibility for design of form work. 3) All concrete shall be minimum 3,000 PSI design strength or as determined by structural consultant. 4) For pre -cast concrete the manufacturing plant shall be certified by the pre-cast/pre-stressed concrete institute. 5) Use re -usable forms to reduce waste. b. Materials 1) State materials required in form work panels and columns (rectangular, round). 2) State type of form ties required. Note special requirements. C. Execution 1) Define quality of form work construction required (finish, joints, layout). 2) State responsibilities for supplying and building in of inserts (reglets, anchors, water stops, etc.) 3) State minimum stripping and reshoring requirements. 4) Provide description of various types of formed surfaces required for the project. 2. Concrete Reinforar Wt a. General 1) Statement of proposed inspection and testing 64 Revised 11104 2) State shop drawing requirements not covered in General Conditions, such as scale, standard (e.g. ACi 315-74) and any special items to be covered. 3) Reinforcing shall be grade 60 or as recommended by the structural consultant. Should be coated to prevent corrosion. b. Materials 1) State quality of reinforcement to be used including both rods and welded wire fabric. 2) Define requirements for bending (i.e. standards, shops versus field bending). C. Execution 1) State standards for placing including cover, spacing and chairing. 3. Cast -in -place concrete a. General 1) Require records of all concrete delivered to site including date, delivery slip number, location in project, tests made and weather conditions. 2) Require submittal of concrete mix for approval before work commences. 3) State Ong proposed and who will appoint and pay the testing company. 4) State environmental restrictions to be adhered to (i.e., define "cold" and "hot" weather) and protection required. b. Material 1) State requirements for water, cement aggregate for the project including any special requirements such as white cement, sulfate resisft cement, colored aggregateelm 2) Define admires required such as water reducing, air entraining, etc. 3) Define water stops to be used. 65 Revised 11104 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four (4) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of 20 IN PRESENCE OF: Principal By: (Title) (Address) (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners IN PRESENCE OF: Surety By: By: (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 2 4) Define other products required for this work such as non - shrink grout, curing agents, polyethylene, etc. 5) Concrete Mix - Refine requirements for mix design such as by whom, specified strength versus durability to environment, special density, placing requirements, etc. C. Execution 1) State requirements for placing, including vibrating, suitability of ground/forms to receive concrete, protection from weather, precautions to insure uniform pour to obviate cold joints, honeycombing, etc., and pumping. 2) State requirements for construction, control and expansion joints. 3) Define where water stops are required if not covered on drawings. 4) State any requirements to apply to other trades such as mechanical, electrical and structural steel. 5) C O&* requirements for finishing concrete such as for paint, sandblasting, bushhammering, etc. 6) State re011011101ft for saw cutting such as timing, spacing, depth and finishing. 4. Concrete Finishing a. Finish Tvae Location Screened and Bull Floated Screened, Bull Floated and Scored with Wire Brush Powered Steel Trowel Fthish Powered Steel Trowel Finish With Non -Slip Swirls Skim coats, pits Base slab for the or bonded topping Fkxxs which nxx*m reeNgnt 40oring, +carpet, or future floor Interior exposed sus t 01 Revised 91/04 Wood Float Finish with Brooming Hardened Concrete with Powered Steel Trowel b. Floor Surface Hardeners 5. Curinc 101 Non-metallic natural grey color Exterior exposed slabs Exposed slabs in shipping, receiving and hockey rink slabs Specify method of curing that is compatible with floor finishes to be applied. Do not use curing compound on floors or stairs to be painted. Floor Sealer Use non toxic and V.O.C. free sealers. 67 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSMIV 4 H. Division 4 - Masonry 1. Mortar a. Use materials specified in ASTM C270 b. Add a bonding agent to mortar 2. Masonry Use normal weight concrete block for foundation walls and walls exposed to weather. Do not use lightweight block in these locations. Use bull nosed units for exposed corners. 3. Shrinkaue Control Joints a. Incorporate vertical shrinkage control joints in walls of which concrete Masonry units are a part. b. Provide control joints on line of door opening jambs from head to top of wall. Cut false joints in concrete and block lintels exposed to view, to line up with control joints. C. Provide complete vertical separation through walls incorporating control joints. 4. Jqjflt Reinforcement Reinforce solid and cavity concrete Masonry unit waft and parrs, single Wi h brick wak and walls and partitions where duckness; is reduced by columns, piers, chases, or such. i1.< i1: ' @ 7 « • Provide weather proton for all free standing shuck#nW waft wj #"s WO ownplelle. EaterW 40losomy waft are to be impervious to moisture penetration h om dmri'rrp rain. 6. Cav Walls Provide free draining weep holes at bottom of caves watt anelarrerwavo =0 tr iorpi in 4000rdafte wih ttte Uniform Building Code. 68 Rrviwl • 1/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSIDIV 5 Division 5 - Metals 1. Structural Steel a. General i) State required qualifications for this trade such as experience welding certification, etc. 2) State testing and inspection required and how it is to be paid for and who will appoint the company 3) State special shop drawing requirements such as scale and what special items are to be covered b. Products 1) Materials State requirements for standard hot rolled sections, holbw shucknoll sections, cold rolled sections, plates and fasteners 2) Fabrication a) State workmanship standards b) State welding standards c) State any special items to be noted (e.g., Masonry anchors holes in members, requirenvm to of other trades, base plate setting method, etc.) d) State bolt and anchor requirements 3) Paint State preparation required and paint to be used C. Execution 1) State standard to be adhered to 2) State raSPonsibift for temporary bracing design and how long it is to remain in place 69 Revised 11 /04 2. Open Web Steel Joists a. General 1) State required qualifications for this trade such as experience, welding certification, etc. 2) State testing and inspection required and how it is to be paid for and who will appoint the company 3) State special shop drawing requirements such as scale, camber, materials proposed and calculations required b. Products 1) Materials a) Steel, paint, bolts, etc. b) Design requirements including deflection, special bridging provision for duds and chord extensions C. Execution 1) Requirements for fastening 2) Requirements for bridging 3. Metal Decking a. General 1) State required qualifications for this trade such as experience, welding certification, etc. 2) State testing and inspection required and how it is to be paid for and who will appoint the company 3) State special shop drawing requWenam)s such as scale, roues. sheet layout deck profiles, etc. b. Products 1) Materials a) Specify grade of steel, coating and profiles, (regular, composite or acoustic). 70 Revised 11/04 b) Specify design standard as well as any restrictions on the design such as gauge, deflection, length of sheets. Note special requirements for composite deck to receive concrete. c) deleted 2) Installation Specify details of fastening, restrictions on hole cutting and paint touch-up of welds. 4. Steel Stairs and Railings a. Materials 1) Steel Flat and rolled shapes conforming to Grade 44W; hollow structural sections to Grade 5OW; pipe conforming to ASTM A-53 Grade "B". All material shall be new, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance .and of best commercial quality for the purposes intended. 2) Specify materials, component sizes, gauges of metals, anchorage and fastenings that shall withstand the intended use within allowable design factors, as required by the Building Code. Specify that all work is free of warping, buckling, opening of joints and seams, distortion and permanent deformation. 3) The fabricator shall design the details of the railings and stairs, and the connections to the building structure, to satisfy the requirements of the Uniform Building Code, and shall provide copies of the calculations stamped by a registered Professional Engineer if so requested. Fabricate all components in compliance with these design details. 71 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 6 J. Division 6 - Woodwork 1. Rough Carpentry a. General 1) State requirements/grades of lumber products to be used. 2) Use formaldehyde - free resins in particle board and plywoods in occupied spaces b. Prefabricated Timber Trusses 1) Trusses shall be designed by an Engineer engaged by the supplier and fabricated to safely carry the loads shown on the drawings. 2) Shop drawings shall be signed and stamped by the Supplier's Design Engineer. They shall clearly indicate material grades, connectors, temporary and permanent bridging and connections to the framing. 3) Submit for review, brochures indicating wood connectors and fasteners proposed to connect structural members. If requested, submit samples of connectors together with structural calculations and/or test results with respect to load capacity of each type of connector. 4) Where exposed, fabricate trusses with particular regard to appearance. Connectors must be placed square and without unnecessary overhangs, and shall be visually in keeping with the character of the building. Splices are to be made accurately and chord members straight and parallel. Wood members shall be chosen for appearance with a minimum of small knots. Kiln dry all material. C. Exterior Woodwork 1) Avoid the use of exterior woodwork and timber, substituting materials of greater longevity wherever possible such as, for example, pre -cast concrete units for retaining walls, painted steel for trellises, metal cladding for building walls, etc. 72 Revised 11/04 2) When used, all exposed wood is to be quality cedar and/or quality material pressure treated with an environmentally friendly preservative. Structural and aesthetic qualities which determine wood type are still applicable despite preservative treatment. Material must be sufficiently "cured" before using where direct contact with plant materials is likely. 3) Use paint or stain, if necessary, of a type compatible to preservative material as recommended by manufacturer to prevent non -adhesion and/or blistering. 73 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 7 K. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection 1. Dam moofing a. Confirm with soil investigation report the need to use damp proofing b. Specify emulsified mineral colloid type, unfilled C. Apply to exterior side of foundations against earth when rooms occur below grade 2. Waterproofing a. Confirm with soil investigation report the need to use waterproofing. b. Use either rubberized asphalt waterproofing or asphalt emulsion type including primer together with coated glass cloth membrane. C. Apply on exterior side of vertical faces of all walls which separate interior of building from earth, from grade, down over footings to bearing level. Use two ply system for walls to 10 feet below grade; three plies to 20 feet and four plies to 30 feet. d. Use insulation as a protection board where feasible. 3. Preformed Metal Cladding a. Design Requirements 1) Design cladding to support a positive wind load of 20 psf and a negative wind load of 12 psf at a deflection not to exceed 1/180 of the span. 2) Design wind loads specified in above clause shall apply to surface or part of surface located up to 40 feet above grade. For surface or part of surface located more than 40 feet above grade, these design loads shall be multiplied by appropriate exposure factor, as listed in the Uniform Building Code. b. Use rolled steel C. Paint Finish (baked -on enamel or porcelain enamel can be considered) 74 Revised 11/04 1) Precoated paint finish shall be selected from standard color range. 2) The paint film shall meet the standards for precoated galvanized sheet steel based on exterior use. 4. Caulking a. Materials Specify materials designed for use on surfaces encountered, and as specified by the compound manufacturer, to assure adhesion of compound and to prevent staining of substrate material b. Application Perform work in accordance with compound manufacturer's specifications, under his supervision, and using pressure guns and other equipment as provided by him. Finish joints so that they are smooth, and free from ridges, wrinkles, air pockets, and embedded foreign materials. 5. Roofs - Class A and Complying With Class 90 Wind Uplift Resistance Verify minimum. slope requirements with laser transit before final roofing coverage. a. Built -Up Bituminous Roofing 1) Conform to manufacturer's details. Material and workmanship warranty for the total system should be for full value for fifteen (15) years. 2) Minimum construction shall consist of: a) Deck sloped minimum 1/4" per foot (1:50) to roof drains. b) Roof drains located at 40 foot on centers maximum c) Vapor barrier d) Minimum insulation value of R20 e) Perimeter mechanical fastening of insulation 75 Revised 11/04 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. 7/96 Section 00630 Page 1 b. Modified Bitumen Roofing 1. Material and workmanship warranty for the total system should be for full value for 15 years. 2. Minimum construction shall consist of: a) Deck sloped minimum 1/4" per foot to roof drains b) Roof drains located at 40 foot on centers - maximum c) Vapor barrier d) Minimum insulation value of R20 e) A finish coat such as "acrylic coating" or aluminized asphalt coating C. Single -ply Roofing 1. Material and workmanship warranty for the total system should be for full value for 15 years. 2. Minimum construction shall consist'of a) Deck sloped minimum 1/4" per foot to roof drains b) Roof drains located at maximum 40 foot on centers c) A EPDM Roofing System that is fully adhered and non -ballasted. A minimum of a 15 year warranty from time of installation. d) Non -penetrating mechanical attachments e) Minimum insulation value of R20 d. Asphalt shingles: 1.) Should be installed over an iced and water shield where necessary. 2.) A minimum of a 15 year warranty from time of installation. 76 Revised 11/04 6. Insulation a. Thermal barriers should be provided by locating service areas such as washrooms, stairs, corridors, etc. along the perimeter, especially the northern one, where possible. b. The most efficient orientation of the building and its parts, such as windows and doors should be selected. C. Use berming and other forms of windbreaks when feasible. d. The building envelope's thermal insulation shall be as continuous as possible and comply with the City's non-residential Energy Code. e. For site work specify insulation, particularly to protect services where necessary or warranted. f. Foam insulation should be made without CFC's or formaldehyde components. Molded Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) or cellulose insulation should be considered. Products should have at least a 15 year R-value warranty. 7. Vapor and Air Barriers a. Where a building assembly is to be subjected to a temperature differential and a differential in water vapor pressure and will be adversely affected by condensation, the assembly shall be designed to prevent condensation by providing a continuous vapor and air barrier in the assembly on the high vapor pressure side of the material that has the major thermal resistance. b. Where a material or combination of materials that have a resistance to water vapor flow equivalent to that of a vapor barrier are used on the low vapor pressure side of the material that has the major thermal resistance in a building assembly: 1) A continuous vapor barrier, for use in above -grade building construction, shall be installed on the high vapor pressure side. 2) An air space ventilated to the outside or other method of equal effectiveness shall be provided for removing the water vapor that may pass from the high vapor pressure side through the material with the major thermal resistance. 77 Revised 11 /04 8. Walk Treads All roofs shall have walking treads to equipment on the roof. These shall be compatible with the roof system. 78 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSIDIV 8 L. Division 8 - Doors and Windows 1. Windows a. Glazing shall be energy efficient (ie; Low-E) and have a insulated glass certification council markup of "CBA". b. Use thermally broken sections if metal window frames are used. Do not use steel windows. C. Consider pivot type, wrench operated windows to allow emergency ventilation, window crank location shall not interfere with window coverings. 2. Doors a. Provide vestibules for all entrances. b. The glazed portions shall be of sealed insulated double glass units. Consider Low-E glass. C. Exterior doors need not be protected with a vestibule where: 1) The door is used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling 2) The door is not intended to be used as a general entrance door 3) The door opens directly from an enclosed space of less than 1,650 square feet in area 3. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames a. Construct fire -rated doors and frames of ratings indicated, in accordance with IAO 80 "fire doors and windows", as adopted by Insurers Advisory Organization, and as otherwise required by Jurisdictional Authorities. b. Insulate exterior doors and frames C. Fabricate frames of not less than 16 gauge wire coated cold rolled furniture steel and doors of not less than 18 gauge 79 Revised 11/04 d. Prepare frames and doors for specked finishing and security hardware with mortises and reinforcement. Provide 10 gauge steel plate reinforcement for hinges, electric strikes and electric contactors, and 12 gauge for pushes, pulls, lock and latch sets, and panic devices. Drill and tap to template information. Reinforce for surface -mounted hardware and for door closer brackets. Provide for concealed door closers where specified. Install 22 gauge metal mortar guards at cutouts and reinforcing plates in frame. For cylindrical locks, install reinforcing units to lock manufacturer's specification. For mortise locks provide a suitable internal bracket to hold the lock rigidly in the center of the door. 4. Wood Core Doors a. Cores may be 28 lb. high density particle board (Formaldehyde free). b. Fabricate doors of solid core construction minimum 1-3/4" thick C. For plastic facing use 0.045" to 0.050" thick General Purpose Regular 5. Store Front Systems a. Store front systems shall be equal to Kawneer Trifab 450 system Systems shall have minimum 4" styles and rails. 6. Glass and Glazing a. Conform to all applicable requirements of "Glazing Manual" published by The Flat Glass Marketing Association, Topeka, Kansas. b. Glass shall conform to the following: 1) Safety Plate Class - to ANSI, minimum 1/4" - use either fully tempered or laminated, minimum thickness of vinyl 0.015" C. Use double or triple glazing when necessary to provide consistent "R" ratings for energy efficiency and to prevent undesirable condensation. d. Low-E glazing shall be used. e. Use Firel-ite fire -rated glass as appropriate. 80 Revised 11 /04 7. Door Hardware a. Hinges 1) Types Provide the proper types to suit door and door frame requirements. For doors with closers, provide ball -bearing butts. For all other doors, provide plain bearing butts. b. Locks and Latches 1) Types All lock/latch sets, including cylinders, shall be Schlage primus series. Latch sets to have lever handles. 2) Keying a) Provide 5 temporary construction keys to the project manager. All cylinders shall be grand master keyed to the City of Fort Collins keying system. b) City will provide knox box. Mount as directed by the Poudre Fire Authority. c) Contractor will provide key cabinet for building keys as needed. C. Closers 1) Shall meet ADA criteria. 2) Public exterior entries identified as handicap accessible routes shall have automatic door openers. d. Door Stops 1) Types Provide the proper type of stop to all doors to prevent damage to hardware, doors, and walls. In general: a) Where doors open against a wall, provide a wall - mounted stop. 81 Revised 11 /04 b) Where doors are unprotected, vulnerable to high - frequency use or wind conditions, on all exterior doors, provide overhead stops. Do not use door closer arms as door stops, unless it is specifically manufactured as a door stop arm type. c) Where other stops will not suit the condition, floor - mounted stops may be accepted. 2) Finishes To match door hardware 3) Weather stripping Provide replaceable weather stripping at exterior and vestibule door openings. 4) Smoke seals, etc. as required by UBC. 8. Electronic Access Controls Card reader system and door hardware shall be Motorola Indala proximity access readers with Continental Controls access controller field terminal units. See Appendix F for complete access control standards.. 82 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 9 M. Division 9 - Finishes 1. Drywall Construction a. Steel Studs Fabricate from appropriate gauge hot -dip galvanized sheet steel with holes or knock -out panels for services to ULC requirements. Provide with all matching runners and accessories complete. Provide extra bracing in recreational areas. b. Gypsum Wallboard Where gypsum wallboard ceiling and wall finishes are used, provide minimum thickness of 5/8" - type 'W'. Use water-resistant/proof board for wet areas. C. Application Secure wallboard by screws directly to metal furring. d. Joint Treatment Fill joints by means of three -coat tape and plaster method e. Hangers for Drop Drywall Ceilings Anchors to be drilled, not shot f. Building must be made water proof, including window installation, before drywall is brought into the building. g. Sound Attenuation Batts Provide mechanical fasteners to secure baits in position h. Main corridors shall have surface mounted corner protection for wallboard. 2. Ceramic Wall Tile Tile shall conform to established standards. Grout to be pigmented dark color and sealed. Epoxy grout is to be used in restrooms and shower areas. Tile wall in restroom to extend to minimum of three -fourths (3/4) wall height. Consider specifying recycled materials (ie; Stoneware Traffic Tile). Use thin set master application. 83 Revised 11 /04 3. Resilient Floor Tile a. All resilient the shall be at least 0.080" thickness, except in public traffic areas, where 1/8" shall be used. Use of "solid" vinyl file over VCT should be considered in a life cycle cost analysis. Adhesive to be water based.. b. Center all joints between floor finishes directly under the door C. Provide an extra supply of each type and color of tile for future replacement purposes. d. Install all tile with pattern running one way only, parallel with longest wall, staggered one-half tile. e. All white or all black vinyl composition tile should be avoided. Medium tone colors preferable. 4. Bases a Resilient bases shall be coved bottom, grooved back, preformed external corners, 4" high, minimum 1/8" thick, rubber. Burke brand is preferred. 5. Interior Concrete Floors and Steps a Machine trowel all interior floors and steps. Seal floors and steps not scheduled to receive a further finish such as resilient flooring with a transparent polyurethane coating. b. Provide each set tread with two inset carborundum strips, running full width of tread and landings. Stairway nose guards shall be solid and "dark" in color. 6. Quarry Tile a. Provide all main entrances, vestibules, and lobbies with quarry tile flooring, with integral bases. b. Adhere quarry tile with thin -set Portland Cement adhesive with appropriate additives for durability, etc. Grout joints with waterproof cement grout. C. Slope floors 1/8" per foot from the walls to floor drains. d. Quarry tile to have non -slip finish. 84 Revised 11104 7. Carpeting a. Carpet shall have a minimum 10 year performance/wear guarantee and be of commercial grade. b. Carpet tiles (thirty-six inch) are first choice unless other considerations dictate broadloom use. Must be compatible with access floor system if used. Carpet tile to be recyclable. C. Carpeting shall have the following minimum construction and performance characteristics: Type Face Yarn 100% Fourth generation nylon Yarn Dye Solution dyed preferred Coloration Multi -colored tones camouflage soil, avoid light colors Pile Height Between 0.187 (3/16) and .5 (%) inches Stitches 8 Stitches per inch Tufts 80 Tufts per square inch Tuft Bind Greater than or equal to 20 lbs. Gauge 1/10 (270 pitch) Static Resistance Below 3.2 kilovolts as tested under AATCC-134 (for computer rooms -less than 1 KV with charge delay of less than 2 seconds) Pile Weight 28 oz./sq.yd. Primary Backing Min. 3.5oz./sq.yd. spunbonded polypropylene Laminate Backing 30 oz./sq.yd. Secondary Backing Min. 7 oz./sq.yd. Total Weight 62 oz./sq.yd. d. All carpet shall exhibit outstanding stain, abrasion resistance. Shall be loop pile construction. 85 Revised 11 /04 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER DATE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. By: CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER 7/96 Section 00635 Page 1 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE e. Carpet tile yarn should be fusion bonded. State the extra supply of each color/type desired for future replacement. f. Carpet must display the Carpet and Rug Institutes' (CRI) Indoor Air Quality Testing label showing that the carpet has been tested and meets the criteria for low emissions. Adhesive must show that it met CRI Indoor Air Quality Adhesive test. 8. Painting a. Products All paint products to be high quality and have Low VOCs. Aqua Fleck multi -color system should be considered where applicable. A minimum of a low sheen, such as eggshell or statin, for all interior wall finishes. b. Interior Schedules Paint all interiors throughout with sufficient coats to provide adequate coverage and uniform sheen, but in no case less than the number of coats specified. (Minimum DFT (dry film thickness) for prime and finish coat is 5 mils.) C. Contractor to proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first-class job. Surfaces must be inspected and approved by project manager or his representative just prior to each coat application. d. Preparation 1) Concrete a) Test surfaces for alkalinity with pink litmus paper or other recognized method. b) Where extreme alkalinity occurs, wash surface with 4% solution tetra potassium pyrophosphate (5 oz./gallon of water) where latex -base paint is to be used and with zinc sulfate solution (3 lb./gallon of water) where other paint bases are to be used. c) Etch normal concrete surface to receive alkyd paint with muriatic acid solution (1 part commercial 31.45% with 3 parts water). 86 Revised 11 /04 2) Metal Clean unpainted and shop -painted metal, removing loose rust. Prime bare metal with zinc chromate primer, feather out edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous. 3) Galvanized Surfaces Phosphatize galvanized metal surfaces using pre-treatment or prime with galvanized metal primer. 4) Woodwork a) Inspect mill work to assure surfaces are smooth, free from machine marks and that nail heads have been countersunk. Seal all knots and sapwood in surfaces to receive paint with a sealer compatible with finish specified. b) Sand smooth all woodwork which is to be finished and clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat. In the cast of painted woodwork, fill nail and screw holes, splits and scratches, with non -shrinking filler after first coat is dry. When these occur on a surface to receive a transparent finish, use putty tinted to match local grain condition. Between coats, sand lightly with NO. 00 sandpaper and remove dust. e. Hardware Remove finish hardware, electric plates and accessories, mask any that are not removable. Replace these when paint is dry and dean them. Do not clean hardware with solvent that will remove permanent lacquer finish. f. Preprimed pumps, motors, and similar equipment Prior to painting preprimed pumps, motors, and similar equipment, remove paint protective coating such as silicone, to insure good paint adhesion. g. Protection 1) Provide metal pans or adequate tarpaulins to protect floors in areas assigned for the storage and mixing of paints. 87 Revised 11 /04 2) Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for the full protection of floors, furnishings, and work not being painted. Protect mechanical, electrical, special equipment, hardware, and all other components of the building which do not require painting, from spot painting and other soiling during the painting process. 3) Leave above areas clean and free from evidence of occupancy upon completion of painting. 4) Protect paint materials from fire and freezing. 5) Keep waste rags in metal drums containing water and remove from building at end of each working shift. h. Workmanship Work shall be applied: 1) By skilled tradesmen working under direction of a capable foreman and according to manufacturer's directions 2) In a workmanlike manner, with suitable clean equipment in good condition 3) In dust -free and suitable conditions for production of best results 4) By even uniform, brush marks; free from sags, crawls, runs, or other defects detrimental to sheen, color, and texture 5) In a manner to prevent splattering or spilling over finished surfaces I. Paint Schedule Painting contractor must be familiar with the painting products bid and the performance characteristics of the products. Specified number of coats of paint products is to be regarded as minimum; bid shall include additional coats as necessary to achieve a quality installation. Consider paints/finishes that use a citrus oil solvent. 88 Revised 11 /04 1) Priming SURFACE Plaster Wallboard, concrete Wood surfaces 2) Finishing AREA Walls/ceilings/woodwork- kitchen, washrooms Walls/ceilings/woodwork- Service type rooms Doors/woodwork scheduled to be painted Ceiling for public spaces Walls/woodwork; corridors and stairwells Hardwood floors and stairs Concrete floor sealer Concrete stair treads Doors and trim suitable for natural finishes All exposed piping COATS MATERIAL 1 Oil -base sealer 1 Latex sealer block, concrete 1 Enamel undercoat MINIMUM COATS MATERIAL 1 Alkyd gloss enamel 1 Alkyd glass enamel 1 Alkyd low -lustre Semi gloss, 34-45 sheen 1 Latex flat 1 Alkyd semi -gloss 1 Polyurethane -stairs urethane varnish for rails and thresholds (thinned 15%) 1 Polyurethane 1 An approved finish and non -slip nosing inserts 1 Urethane varnish (thinned 15%) 1 Primer 1 Alkyd finish 89 Revised 11 /04 a NOTE: Prefinished cabinetwork, integrally -colored stippled ceilings, etc., need not be painted. For high humidity or corrosive environments such as pools and arenas, obtain recommendations from Paint Manufacture. 3) Exterior Schedule SURFACE COATS MATERIAL Ferrous metals 1 Oil alkyd primer 2 Exterior gloss alkyd Galvanized steel frames, 1 Galvanizing primer doors, grilles, flashing 2 Exterior gloss alkyd Painted wood doors, 1 Exterior wood frames and trim 2 primers. Exterior gloss alkyd Painted wood fascias 1 Exterior wood soffits, panels, etc. 2 primer. Lead-free stain Parking lots, car spaces 1 Traffic paint alkyd numbers, directional arrows Lintel and shelf angles To be galvanized and paint finished where required (exposed to view) Concrete 1 Oil alkyd primer 2 Exterior gloss alkyd Acoustic Ceiling Panels For administrative offices the following criteria should be met: 1. Sound Absorption Coefficients for stated frequencies 125HZ<.40; 250HZ<.50; 500HZ<.601,000 HZ>.70; 2,OOOHZ>.80; 4, OOOHZ>.90 2. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC) of 35. 3. Light Reflectance (LR) Coefficient - shall be rated .83 or better. 4. Noise -Reduction Coefficient (NRC) - shall be (.85) or better. pill Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 10 N. Division 10 - Specialties 1. Washroom Accessories Provide the following in public restrooms: (verify with City's Custodial Contract Manager) Installed with accordance of all ADA standards. All items to be surfaced mounted. a) Paper towel dispenser - Georga-Pacific Cormatic Vuall P15 Smoked plastic high capacity 13 5/8" x 13" x 9" - minimum one per washroom b) Toilet tissue dispenser — Georgia-Pacific. FJ79T — Eclipse 9' Twin. Smoked plastic 12" x 20 %" x 9" c) Sanitary napkin disposal bin - one per each female water closet Rubbermaid #6140 with Rigid liner. d) Sanitary napkin vendor - one per female washroom e) Equip toilet compartments for the disabled with peened finish type 304 stainless steel grab bars, lengths to comply with ANSI A117.1-92 f) Liquid soap dispenser - Bobrick Impact plastic. — B-40 Classic Series g) Shelves - one per restroom h) Toilet partitions - use of "Resinald 87" solid plastic partitions should be considered. Ceiling or wall mounted preferred only, with self -closing stall door hinges. Provide extra blocking in the walls for solid fastening. i) One large, continuous mirror should be provided in each restroom. j) Faucets to be water conserving and touch- free - Zurn or Sloan. k) Flushometers — Zum or Sloan. 1) Hand dryers - Sloan "optimum". m) Trash Receptacles — Rubbermaid Untouchable square container - #3569, 23 gallon capacity. Untouchable top # 2689. 2. Flagpoles a. Use a secure system whereby flagpole cannot be lowered accidentally or by vandals. 91 Revised 11 /04 b. Provide (if needed) three flag poles for displaying Federal, State, and City flags. C. Flag poles are to be lighted and have timers for on/off operation. 3. Building Sionage ADA Compliant - tactile letters and braille for signs identifying public areas. Include international ADA Symbol of accessibility at restroom signs. 4. Drinking Fountains At least one water fountain should be provided on every floor near restrooms and meet ADA criteria. 5. Fire Extinguishers Provide ULC listed wall mounted minimum 10 lb. ABC type fire extinguishers in all service rooms. In finished areas provide extinguishers in a recessed metal or plastic cabinet. 6. Access floors - consider where possible. 92 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 11 O. Division 11 - New Eauigment Include special equipment based upon the project needs. 2. Access to all equipment shall allow ample room for maintenance. 93 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 12 P. Division 12 - Furnishings 1. Include special furnishings based upon the project needs 2. Provide window coverings (1 inch aluminum slot mini -blinds - Boli, Hunter Douglas or Leveler) 3. Provide recessed entry floor mats with frames. — Milliken — First appearances. Six (6) feet of walk off preferred. Comply with Ansi] A117.1-92 for changes in levels. 94 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 13 Q. Division 13 - Special Construction Include special construction features based upon project needs 95 Revised 11 /04 f. A schematic design interview of two hours will be held with each design/build team and the City's selection committee. g. Phase I Environmental Assessment. h. Construction cost factors. Establish in detail the factors which will be used in determining the final prices of work on time and material projects OR on negotiated guaranteed maximum price construction contracts. These factors shall be comprehensive in establishing all costs to be applied to direct project labor and materials in determining the construction cost. Commitments shall include: ■ Overhead and profit (combined) margin for general office activities on the base bid cost. ■ Overhead and profit (combined) margin for field office activities on the base bid cost. ■ Markup on subcontractor work by the General Contractor. ■ Markup on materials and equipment on the base bid cost. ■ Markup on project labor or materials to determine the final contract price. ■ Change order markup, including supervision allowance, labor and material markups, and overhead and profit percentages, as a percent of labor and materials cost for any changes in the work following contract award. ■ You MUST submit the above requested information. The selection team will consider other methods of contract negotiations that the firm may have experience with. Firms are encouraged to submit basis for contract negotiation. ■ Your firm is expected and required to have a completely open book policy on all pricing of work. Following is the proposed schedule for the selection process: STEPI DATE RFP to Proposers September 10, 2004 RFP Pre -Proposal Meeting September 17, 2004 Received Proposals October 8, 2004 Select Three Design/Build Teams October 25, 2004 STEPII DATE Submit Information to Three Design/Build Teams October 27, 2004 Pre -Proposal Meeting with Three Design/Build Teams November 16, 2004 Receive Design/Build Proposals December 6, 2004 Interviews with Three Design/Build Teams December 16, 2004 Select Final Design/Build Team December 17, 2004 Notice to Proceed D/B Team January 31, 2005 5. PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS The proposer's authorized signature on the proposal assures the team's compliance with City of Fort Collins' purchasing restrictions. A copy of the restrictions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's Office. City of Fort Collins' Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement, or products containing cement, to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as fuel. Page 5 of 27 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen: 20 You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20 the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: 7/96 Section 00640 Page 1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 14 R. Division 14 - Conveying Systems Elevator design shall meet the requirements of the American Standard Safety Code for Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, and moving walls and comply with the minimum passenger elevator requirements for the disabled. (ANSI/ASME A17.1) 2. Provide a flush -mounted communications device and handrails in the car. 3. Floor numbers on cab control panel and at the hoist way jambs shall include braille. 4. Elevator to be Kone. 96 Revised 11/04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 15 S. Division 15 - Mechanical 1. Products and systems a) All underground ductile iron pipe shall have polyethylene encasement IAW. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5. b) Plumbing Fixtures: (Crane/American Standard/Kohler): 1) Water Closets shall be wall mounted or wall hung with automatic flush valves. 2) Urinals - wall type with shields Waterless urinals should be considered when appropriate. Use Falcon or approved equivalent. 3) Lavatories - 20 inch x 18 inch with automatic flush valves faucets. Comply with ADA required clearances and insulation of hot water lines. 4) Service Sinks - roll rim enameled cast-iron with trap standard, chrome strainer, front rim guard, hose end lever handle bibbs 5) Counter Sinks - stainless steel self rimming with swing spout faucet. Shut -offs on supplies 6) Refrigerated Drinking Fountains - wall hung, stainless steel basin, 8 gph of 50 Deg. F. water, shut-off on supply, ADA compliant. (OASIS; ELKAY) 7) Drinking Fountains - wall hung, shut-off on supply, ADA compliant. (OASIS; ELKAY) 8) Showers - Push Button or infra -red, vandal proof, flow restricted shower head; off push-button control. ADA accessible showers require hand-held shower heads. c) Plumbing Accessories 1) Floor Drains - cast-iron body, 6 inch nickel bronze grate, trap primers as required 2) Clean outs - cast-iron body, nickel bronze access plate flush with floor 3) Roof Drains cast-iron body, gravel guard, removable dome, under deck clamp 4) Hose Bibbs (exterior) non -freeze flush mount wall hydrants nickel bronze face and removable key 97 Revised 11/04 5) Water heaters (gas -fired) - storage type glass lined (Rheem or A.O. Smith) thermometer on outlet 6) Water heating Boilers - Rheem/A.O. Smith/Raypak d) Heating/Air Conditioning 11 Equipment a) Oil/Gas furnaces - Lennox with spark ignition and at least 90% efficient with sealed combustion b) Roof -top Heating/A.C. Units with economizers and relief air; CO2 sensors, high pressure and low pressure refrigerate cut-outs; crankcase heaters; and liquid line dryers c) Gas infrared heaters - Modine/Reznor d) Electric infrared heaters - G.E./Modine e) Gas unit heaters - force draft units only f) Electric heating equipment - Reznor g) Gas heating boilers - Rheem/Raypak/Laars/Ajax h) Fans -Quality units with bearings accessible for lubrication and maintenance i) Pumps - Armstrong/Taco (Provide Balance Gauges both sides) j) Controls - Compatible to Johnson Controls Metasys. (ASC controllers, DX9100). k) Thermostats - Honeywell (T7300/Q7300 Programmable) or Johnson Controls sensors 1) Louvres/Grilles - Hart Colleyfritus m) Radiaters/Convectors - Trane/Dunham n) Redundancy cooling or ventilation should be considered in all computer server and PBX rooms. 2. Variable -Speed Drives The application of inverters to air handlers, fans, pumps, etc. should be considered. Protect units from transient electrical phenomenon. 3. The installation of Halon 1301 or Halon 1211 systems or other systems using halogenated hydrocarbons is prohibited. 98 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS/DIV 16 T. Division 16 - Electrical 1. Approved Products and Systems The following list of products and systems shall be used for electrical work. Other products may be considered. a. Panel boards (c/w bolt -on breakers), safety switches and disconnects - Square "D" power management capabilities. (ie, Powerlogic System) Energy monitoring accessories (Current Transducers) shall be provided for building load analysis (lighting, HVAC, misc.) or equals will be considered. b. Power contactors - Allen Bradley or Square "D" C. Wiring devices - Hubbell or Pass & Seymore specification grade. Use of commercial grade wall outlets and switches required. d. Lighting 1) Types of Luminaries Typically Used • Indirect fluorescent - Peerless • Deep cell troffers - Lithonia; Am. Louver; Lightolier • Lensed troffers - Lithonia; Hubbell • Wrap -around surface fluorescent-Graybar; Hubbell • Fluorescent wall sconces - Royalyte • Vapor proof shower lights - Visioneering • Downlighting - Lithonia 2) Parking Lot Lighting - Ruud; Holophane; Wide-Lite. System should include: • HID (HPS) • Automatic energy control system • Cut-off light distribution 99 Revised 11 /04 3) Ballasts • Those located in interior spaces should have an A sound rating. All ballasts should have a high power factor (over 95%) and low THD. • Motorola or Advance Mark VII for electronic ballasts • Advance Mark III or GE optimizer for energy efficient magnetic ballasts • No PCB units permitted 4) Building Exterior Lighting • High Pressure Sodium Lamps - Phillips or G.E. • Have automatic turn-on/turn-off 5) Provide dimmers for lights where practical - Lightolier; Lutron 6) Lamps - Philips • Fluorescent lamps with CRI 80 or greater in occupied area • Color temperatures: General office - 3500 K, drafting areas - 4100 K lamps • Metal Halide lamps should have color consistency • High CRI for HIPS lamps - GE "White Lucalox" e. Fire Alarm Systems - only non-proprietary systems f. Emergency exit lights (Green LED) - Yorklite, or Dual-Lite. g. Occupancy Sensors - Watt Stopper h. Feeders shall consist of copper conductors with XLPER90 insulation run in EMT or corresponding TECk or MIT type cable run on Unistruct channel or cable tray depending upon economics. Aluminum cable shall not be specified. Rust resistant coating to be applied to all galvanized rigid conduit in direct contact with earth. Size feeders with 25% spare capacity for future. BX Flex conduit is not acceptable. I. Grounding • Grounded conductor shall be larger then code minimum. • Ground rod connections shall be exothermic. • Dedicated ground required for AC supplied to telecom room. 100 Revised 11/04 Fire alarm & Supervisory Systems - Supplier shall provide internal wiring diagrams and all information needed for owner maintenance of system. k. Motors: units must meet current high efficiency standards. 101 Revised 11 /04 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING STANDARDS OTHER V. Other A. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit for the systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Furnish three copies, bound in hardback binders (8 V2 x 11 - 3 ring) or an approved equivalent. Furnish one complete manual prior to performance of systems or equipment tests, and fumish the remaining manuals prior to contract completion. Inscribe the foliowin identification on the cover: the words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," the name and location of the system, equipment, and name of Contractor. Include in the manual the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each subcontractor installing the system or equipment and the local representatives for the system or equipment. Include a table of contents and assemble the manual to conform to the table of contents, with the tab sheets placed before instructions covering the subject. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawing folded in. The manual shall include, without being limited to, the following 1. Internal and interconnecting wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation, physical location, and control of the system or equipment. Clearly ID where wiring/controls pass to other "systems". 2. A control sequence describing startup, operation, and shutdown, including emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment 3. Description of the function of each principal item of equipment, giving principles and theory of operation 4. Installation and maintenance instructions/ preventative maintenance schedules 5. Safety precautions/personnel hazards 6. Diagrams, illustrations, and assembly drawings 7. Testing and trouble -shooting procedures 8. Performance data/specifications 9. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature range, and frequency 10. Parts list indicating sources of supply, recommended spare parts, and name of servicing organization 11. An appendix listing quaVied permanent servicing organizations for support of the equipment, including addresses and certified qualifications 102 Revised 11 /04 B. POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system and equipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions as directed. Attach or post operating instructions adjacent to each principal system and equipment including startup, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, shutdown, safety precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or equipment. Provide weather -resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures for operating instructions exposed to the weather. Operating instructions shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. C. FACILITY MANAGEMENT RECORD DRAWINGS Provide the shown drawing layers on disks in AutoCAD format Additionally; include lighting and HVAC plans. 103 Revised 11 /04 APPENDIX A CONSTRUCTIBILITY REVIEW GENERAL GUIDANCE BIDDING INFORMATION 1. Correct Bid Item wording and correct annotation on drawings. It is extremely important that the wording of the bid items is reflected on the contract drawings to define what work is included in the basic contract and what work is included in the bid alternates items. 2. Multiple Bid Items correct. Bid alternates should not number more than four. a. When it appears that funds available for a project may be insufficient for all the desired features of a construction project, provide a first (base bid) item covering the major portion of the work. Include one or more additive bid items which progressively add specified features of work in order of Priority (most important first). b. Each bid item must be independent so that award may be made on any combination of items (e.g. item 2 cannot be "addition of a Porch" and item 3 "screening for porch" since award could not be made on the base bid item 3 alone). C. Item 1 shall be specifically identified as the base bid item. 3. Bidding place address correct. Check that the bidding place address shown in the Invitation for Bids is correct. 4. Plan Issue Office address and telephone number correct. The address must be complete with zip code and the telephone number must contain the area code designation. 5. Correct telephone number for bid inquiries. Bid inquiries should be addressed to Purchasing. 6. Pre -bid Site Visitation. Check to see if the proper telephone number is shown and provide specific dates for those visits as deemed necessary. A-1 104 Revised 11 /04 GENERALPARAGRAPHS 7. Adequacy of General Intention and General Description paragraphs. Verify that the General Description of the work is complete and properly describes salient features of the project. 8. Adequate time for completion. Evaluate reasonableness of specified contract time for completion of work taking into consideration the following items: material - delivery schedule, long lead time items (switchgear, generators, etc.), unusual construction requirements, seasonal constraints (i.e., roofing during rainy season, etc.), work in occupied areas, other contractors and/or agencies working in the same area, potential delay on site availability, etc. Contract time must be reasonable - neither too long nor too short. 9. Contract completion dates compatible with phasing/seguencina schedule. Scheduling and phasing of work specified to Suit needs of the user and coordinated with the contract work. Identify a separate completion date for each phase of the work. Include work sequencing schedule in the specifications. Phasing requirements should be practical and clearly portrayed. 10. Provision of liquidated damages for multiple completion dates specified. Check to assure that the contract with multiple completion dates has separate liquidated damages for each completion date. 11. Correct drawing numbers and titles in both specs and drawings. Verify that drawing numbers and titles in both plans and specifications are correct. Insure that all sections of specifications listed in the Table of Contents are in fact included. Verify that the construction contract number on all pages of the plans and specifications is correct. 12. Salvage material and equipment requirements clearly specified. Plans and specifications should properly specify, define, and identify materials and equipment to be salvaged. Which will become contractor's property and which will be turned over to the City? Where are the salvage items to be delivered and who is authorized to receive them? Check requirements for inspection prior to start of removal of all materials and/or equipment specified to be removed and remain City property. 13. Site conditions verified. Conduct a site visit to verify actual existing site conditions for early detection of any obstructions or problems. a. Are all existing manholes, vaults, valve boxes shown? b. In the path of new utilities, are there any obvious interferences (e.g., corners of buildings, sidewalks or curbs, storm drains, paving) not shown on the site plan? A-2 105 Revised 11/04 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: PROJECT: (CONTRACTOR) 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 C. Has someone who has been at the City for a relatively long time, with a "corporate memory," looked at the site plans? d. Do details indicating excavation for trenches or structures include an accurate depiction of known existing pavement thickness? e. The "older" the area (in terms of the City's development), the more likely there are unexpected obstructions. Look for clues of abandoned underground tanks, utilities, foundations, paving, railroad tracks, etc. f. Is the responsibility for providing utility connections (telephone, electric, gas, water, sewer) clearly defined, particularly as to who pays? Again, there are procedural requirements involving advance planning. g. Are special soil conditions identified? 14. Requirement for Network Analysis System. What kind of progress schedule (CPM Network or Bar Chart) is required? Specifications should address the detailed information that is to be incorporated into the specified schedule. Is the specified schedule suitable for the type of work to be performed? On large projects, require contractor to submit an initial progress schedule (CPM Network or Bar Chart) for the first 90 days to allow enough time to prepare a detailed and workable schedule. 15. Special utility outage requirements Specifications should clearly define procedures and restrictions for scheduling outages and the feasibility of utility interruptions. Check against statements made in the General Paragraphs for consistency, and that the two are cross referenced. Specifications should address availability of utility services, and point of, connections should be indicated. Utility rates should be stated, if a charge is to be made. All utilities must be shut off or disconnected unless specified otherwise. Specify who will shut off or disconnect utilities. 16. CFE/CFM requirements clearly specified. City-Fumished Material. (CFM)/City- Furnished Equipment (CFE) should be completely and accurately speci-fied and indicated or scheduled. When CFM/CFE is specified, indicate the place of delivery or pick-up point by the contractor. 17. Restricted working areas and adequacy of working space Access to site: a. Are there any hindrances spelled out on the plans or in the specifications? If not, unrestricted access can be anticipated. b. Are there cars parked in lots or around buildings, which will not be moved? C. Have the conditions or user requirements changed recently? A-3 106 Revised 11 /04 d. If contract includes renovation work indoors, are the spaces presently occupied and will they remain occupied during contract work? e. Is the user (i.e., building occupant) fully aware of the interferences, such as parking, bathroom facilities, utility interruptions, access to occupied spaces, ventilation, dust and noise? f. Is it clear to the contractor which areas must be worked around, such as furniture, partitions, etc.? g. Is the entire work area available at one time, or only portions? If only portions, are they clearly defined in both limits and time duration? 18. Reguirement for Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Provisions (for projects over $2 million). a. Edit CQC provisions properly and tailor to suit the requirements of the project. b. Identify in the specifications the items to be tested (e.g., concrete, reinforcing steel, soil compaction, on -site insulation assemblies, etc.), and frequency of testing. C. What test procedures apply and what is the required level of performance? (e.g., compression test for concrete, tensile strength test for reinforcing bars, etc.). d. Who will perform the test? (i.e. City personnel, Contractor CQC representative, or Private Testing Laboratory Personnel). e. Check requirements for experience qualifications for those specialties (e.g., metal curtain wall, foundation piles, dewatering, pre cast architectural concrete, sprayed -on fire protection, laboratory equipment, mechanical and electrical equipment) in which production capability and competence in performing installations and services requires a substantial amount of experience. f. Check requirements for factory inspection of custom products (e.g., pre- cast concrete structural members). Identify type of inspection to be performed. g. Check if submittal requirements in each technical section appear complete. A-4 107 Revised 11104 19. Environmental Protection requirements. Edit environmental protection requirements properly and tailor to suit project needs. Specific requirements for the following should be included: submittals, protection of natural resources, erosion and sediment control measures, control and disposal of solid waste, dust control and noise control. If burning is permitted on site, contractor must comply with City fire regulations including Federal, State, and County regulations which apply to burning. A-5 108 Revised 11 /04 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Verify all concrete columns and walls against structural. — Verify on site plans that both existing and new work are clearly identified. Verify building elevations against floor plan openings, and check, in particular, roof lines, window and door openings. Verify building sections against elevations and plans. lines, windows, and door locations. Verify wall sections against architectural building sections and structural Verify masonry openings for windows and doors. Verify expansion joints through building. Verify partial floor plans against small scale floor plans. Verify reflected ceiling plan against architectural floor plan to ensure no variance with rooms. Check ceiling materials against finish schedule, check light fixture layout against electrical, check ceiling diffusers/registers against mechanical, check all soffits and locations of vents. Verify room numbers, names of rooms, finishes and ceiling heights. Look for omissions, duplications and inconsistencies. Indicate all finished slab elevations on the drawings. Reinforced concrete elevator pit dimensions should be with the overall dimensions of the specified elevator. Verify column lines on structural and architectural. Verify that all column locations are same on structural and architectural. Verify perimeter slab on structural matches architectural. Verify that all depressed or raised slabs are indicated. — Verify roof framing plan column lines and columns against foundation plan column lines and columns. A-6 109 Revised 11 /04 Verify perimeter roof line against architectural roof plan. Verify all columns and beams are listed in column and beam schedules. Verify length of all columns in column schedule. _ Verify all sections are properly labeled. Verify all expansion joint locations against architectural. Verify overall dimensions of mechanical equipment (i.e., air handling units, compressors, steam generators, etc.) to insure that it will fit in the space provided. Also, what electrical, piping, sprinkler, structural, architectural items are within limited spaces. Verify all plumbing fixture locations against architectural equipment and electrical plans. Verify all plumbing fixtures against schedule and/or specifications. Rehabilitation and Repair Taylor specifications sections and edit to suit the work; and clearly delineate the new work, repair work, and existing work. Verify that new materials to match existing materials are properly described, and acceptable sources specified (if necessary). Quantities for bidding purposes should be specified or indicated, where appropriate. Replacement of existing materials with new: Specification should detail what should be done on adjacent work to remain which may require cleaning and refinishing; i.e., existing suspended grid system to receive new acoustical panels, existing frame/trim to receive new doors and windows. On repainting jobs, plans and specifications should clearly identify which walls or ceilings will be painted. Plans and specifications should delineate where new work will start. A-7 110 Revised 11 /04 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Borrow and waste area including truck routes to the construction sites should be clearly indicated on the drawings. Drawings should clearly indicate clearing and grubbing limits. Horizontal and vertical surrey control monuments must be shown. Specifications should have proper and sufficient sheeting and shoring requirements for the job and state that those materials are on the site prior to starting excavation operations. Has provision been made in the specifications for positive control temperature of the bituminous material? Test results on samples of asphalt, aggregate, sand, and mix should be obtained from the plant prior to placing any bituminous concrete. Locations and elevations of existing underground obstructions should be clearly indicated on the drawings (e.g., cables, abandoned pipes, old foundations, logs, etc.). Drawings must include boring logs and soil classification along with ground water level. — Verify line and grade of ditches particularly on "Match Line" (i.e., often the line and grade of the same ditch are erroneous and will not match). Check project drawings for location and extent of the various types of pavements. Know location of all hand holes, manholes, observation risers and other structures or features to be installed within the pavement area. Drawings should indicate total thickness of each base course type (check pavement details). Verify cross-section indicated to insure that it agrees with specifications for base and sub -base courses, and wearing course. When Test Piles and Pile Load Tests are specified, verify that drawings show number and locations of these piles. Check fence line and grade for conflict with existing structures (e.g., sewer manholes, electrical manholes, water or gas meters, etc,). Verify property line dimensions on site plan against architectural. A-8 111 Revised 11/04 Sewers should be below water lines if they are within 10 feet horizontally. Sewer and water line crossing details should be included in the drawings. Allowable clearances between water and sewer lines under the building should be clearly shown in detail drawings. Do not install water and sewer lines in the same trench side by side. Profile of underground works (sewer lines, water lines, electrical and communication lines, vaults, etc.) should be shown. _ The specification should also establish criteria for maintenance of landscaping such as frequency of irrigation; mowing and fertilizing. In phased work, can irrigation system be provided in phases to new and/or existing landscaping? _ Check the number of trees and shrubs shown on the landscaping planting plan with their corresponding quantities shown on the "Plant Legend or "Trees and Shrubs Schedule." _ Do not plant trees over sewer or other underground utility lines. Types of fertilizer, times of application and the amount to be applied each time should be included in the project specifications. _ Specifications should require that before planting trees and shrubs, contractor must investigate the possibility that the site may have previously been treated with herbicides or soil sterilants and make sure that soil condition is suitable for planting. Existing trees to remain within an area should be protected from accidental damage with barricades or wooden planks strapped around their trunks. Check schedule of availability of the areas to be demolished. Notice to City prior to demolition, how much time needed? Demolition requirements should address the following: (a) phasing -work (salvage operations, demolition, disposal) and (b) coordinating with other phases of the construction. Dump Sites: If excavation is included in the project, is a dump site clearly identified in the plans and specifications? Is a distance given? Is it correct? Check possible requirements for dewatering operation at proposed excavation areas. Verify all new electrical, gas, water, sewer, etc., lines connect to existing. 112 Revised 11/04 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Review specifics on concrete mix design, placement, curing and - finishing. Include concrete testing requirements. All Portland cement to be used in the concrete for any individual walk, curb or gutter should be of the same brand and type. Project specifications should specify a minimum curing period for cast -in -place concrete before permitting the application of primer and subsequent work for built-up roofing. Specifications should require that all reinforcement should be supported and wired together before pouring concrete. Is there enough room for reinforcing bars and other embedded items? Specification should state the type of finish needed to achieve a functional slab. Important points of the specifications are: slope floors to drains; bleed water should be removed only by dragging with rubber hose over the surface and not by dusting with dry cement to absorb water. When there is a requirement to test the cement, a sample from the mill which supplies the job, or preferably from the job itself, should be shipped in air -tight containers. Specification should state within how many days (minimum) or percent of concrete strength removal of forms will commence on different types of concrete structures. Minimum required cover over reinforcing steel for concrete surfaces and exposed to the weather and for interior concrete surfaces not exposed to weather conditions should be stated in the specifications. Specification should include the recommended/acceptable Casting and Erection Tolerances of precast panels. Prestressed concrete shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: bed layouts, cable tensioning data, sequences for stressing and detensioning (releasing). When prestressed products are factory fabricated, specifications require the adherence to catalog guarantees as to capacities, dimension, tolerances, and permissible alterations in field, such as coring for utility lines. _ Plans and specifications should limit the number of cut strands in the members during coring or cutting planks. Drawings must include reinforcing bar splicing details. A-10 113 Revised 11/04 Strand ends of pre -cast panels must be recessed and backfilled or otherwise carefully protected to avoid corrosion. DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Specifications should identify all the requirements if a sample masonry wall is needed. Is full-time inspection by special inspector required/necessary on masonry work? DIVISION 5 - METALS Make sure that stud types, sizes and spacing are spelled out in the plans and specifications. Are miscellaneous metal items described adequately? The specifications should clearly identify which materials or components (e.g., steel trusses, beams, girders, etc.) are to be factory inspected. All welders that will be assigned to the project should possess a certification that he/she passed the qualification tests in accordance with the appropriate section of the American Welding Society Standard D1.1 within the past 12 months. Make sure that detail of all major structural steel connections in the project are shown in the drawings. DIVISION 6 - WOOD WORK Specifications should indicate that oversize cuts and holes will not be permitted during cutting and boring for service runs to minimize strength reduction of structural members. — Specifications should state width, length, method of nailing or fastening and materials to be used for fastening finish carpentry and mill work. — The specifications shall cover such items as grades, moisture content, size and pattern, surface texture and grain of materials for finish carpentry and mill work. Verify all cabinets will fit. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION — Specifications should indicate roofing inspection requirements. — Specification should require that roof insulating materials are to be kept dry before, during, and after applications. A-11 114 Revised 11 /04 The type of expansion joints sealant material must be identified -on both plans and specifications (e.g., asphalt -latex emulsion, hot poured rubber -asphalt, premolded joint filler, etc.). Specification should indicate the acceptable range of moisture contents and surface moisture. Include pre -installation conference requirement in the specifications to make sure the thickness of the roofing insulation, the number of layers, and the method of application are understood by the contractor and workers. The rate of application of the hot bitumen over the top ply should be specified. It is mandatory that the top surface of the exposed roofing be given a glazed -coating if the work stops for any reason; i.e., weather, night fall, or a large volume of work on the roof by other building trades. For safety, bitumen heating kettles must not be put on top of any building. Specifications should include a provision to insure that all items (i.e., drains, curbs, wood cants, vents, pipes, etc.) which penetrate the built-up membrane are in place before laying any plies. Materials at the job site should be properly and neatly stacked with protective covering if necessary to minimize damage. Specification should indicate the items required for test cut (i.e. size of test cut, where it should be taken, how often test cut will be done, etc.). Specifications should indicate sealant amount of coverage per lineal feet on joints of various widths and depths. Contract documents should clearly indicate which surfaces are to be dampproofed. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Keying System requirements should be coordinated with the needs of the using activity. When new system is to be an extension of the existing system, state manufacturer's name of the existing system. Specifications should include provisions on how delivery, storage and handling of doors and windows will be done by the contractor on different types of doors (metal doors and wood doors). A-12 115 Revised 11 /04 materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this 20 by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Notary Public day of 7/96 Section 00650 Page 2 Door hardware schedule should provide the following information for each item of hardware: model number, finish, sizes, types of fasteners, including any designation of optional features or accessories. Glass and glazing specifications should address the following items: sash preparation, glazing clearances, glass selection, glass Preparation and glass positioning. Specifications for glass and glazing should indicate that installation of glass and glazing materials should not be attempted when the temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit to avoid moisture being trapped which will cause failure of the weather tight seal Verify measurements of doors and windows as soon as they are delivered on site. Make sure that all "Detail Numbers" for doors and windows as shown on the floor plans have a corresponding detail on the architectural drawings. Verify all door schedule information including sizes, types, labels, etc. Look for omissions, duplications, and inconsistencies. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Compare architectural finish schedule to specification index. Insure that all finish materials are specified. There should be provisions in the specifications for exterior and interior plastering concerning temperature and ventilation control for proper curing and drying. _ _ Surfaces requiring waxing and buffing should be spelled out in the contract documents. Specifications should indicate what surfaces require no field painting, what surfaces come to the job site already primed and require no field priming, what surfaces are to be field primed and painted, how many coats each surface is to receive, the type of primer and intermediate and finish coatings each surface is to receive, and the color and gloss of the finish coat to be applied to each surface. Specifications should indicate the paint minimum and maximum coverage per gallon or the dry film thickness for each type or kind of paint material. Specification should indicate whether patched/repaired areas are to be painted. Provide color schedule. Plans and specifications should address which method of carpet installation ("tackless strip" method or "glue down" method) will be used. Check drawings to determine which walls terminate at the underside of the construction above ceilings. These walls should be clearly identified. A-13 116 Revised 11 /04 Areas in plenum or attic which are to be plastered as required for fire protection or sound barriers should be clearly marked in the drawings. (This area is often overlooked by contractors and inspectors.) All fire rated walls should be clearly identified on the drawings (floor plans, sections and wall schedule.) Check floor and wall finish schedule with that of the floor plans and elevation to determine which areas will receive tile. Height of wall tile should also be shown. (Finish schedule occasionally is not consistent with what is called for in the floor plans and elevation). DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Structural drawings should include detail of wood backing and supports for wall or ceiling mounted items (often omitted or overlooked). Check locations of chalkboards, tackboards, directory and bulletin boards, etc.; should be addressed in the plans and/or specifications. Make sure that toilet partitions and urinal screens supported only on walls, or units supported on wall and overhead construction are not secured to plaster or gypsum board alone, but are secured to solid wood or steel backing material which is, in turn, secured to joists, studs, or other structural elements of the framing system. Mounting heights and locations of all toilet and bath accessories should be indicated in the plans. Verify also handicapped toilets and access route requirements. Items that project out from the wall in general , and grab bars in particular, should be mounted directly to the wall framing system or to the built-in anchorages attached to the framing system. Windows that will receive venetian or vertical blinds should be clearly identified in the plans and specifications. Plans and specifications should include a suitable drapery schedtile which include information such as areas and rooms to receive draperies, size and placement of each, type and location of rod and track, type of fabric, etc. DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT This is a speciality Division. When it is material/methods should be checked against facility for space, interconnection, etc. A-14 117 Revised 11 /04 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS This is a speciality Division. When it is material methods should be checked against facility for space, interconnection, etc. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION This is a speciality Division. When it is material/methods should be checked against facility for space, interconnection, etc. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEM This is a speciality Division. When it is material/methods should be checked against facility for space, interconnection, etc. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Requirements for submission of Operation and Maintenance manual for major mechanical equipment should also be included in the specifications. Specifications should require Contractor to train operating personnel to operate the newly installed mechanical equipment (e.g., air conditioning system, boiler plant, etc.) underthe direction of a manufacturer 5 representative. Verify HVAC floor plans against architectural, especially for size. Verify that adequate ceiling height or attic space exists at major duct intersections. Spacing of pipe hangers and supports for each type of pipe should be addressed in the plans and specifications. Asbestos removal specifications should be included in the General Paragraphs if there is asbestos on equipment to be removed. Check specifications requirement for necessary spare parts and tools to be provided by the Contractor for all of the equipment. Specifications should indicate that all Fire Sprinkler System submittals will be subject to review and approval of the Fire Department coordinated with fire alarm specifications and Mechanical/Electrical drawings. Specifications should include a required period of operation before the equipment turnover to the City. A-15 118 Revised 11 /04 Specifications should indicate who will perform the cutting and patching/repairs when installing on existing buildings. Check major items of equipment and verify if they are coordinated with contract drawings. Pay particular attention to horsepower ratings and voltage requirements. Gas lines should be above other utilities which cross or parallel. Insure that roof drains are not going to be placed higher than surrounding roof. Verify discharge point. Cross-check against architectural drawing locations. Make certain that access panels are provided for valves located behind ceilings and walls. Insure that in large structures, water service is such that portions of the system may be isolated for repairs without interrupting service in entire building. On existing building, check piping for possible interference with other existing utilities above ceiling and other parts of the building. Floor drains should be provided for equipment blow -off. Check ceiling height and size of doors of areas where mechanical equipment (AHU, compressors, steam generators, etc.) will enter into the building to make sure that there will be enough space and passage for the equipment. Provide access doors at all fire dampers, automatic dampers, coils filters, heaters, thermostats, or at any item that requires servicing. Doors are to be airtight, securely fastened and accessible and able to be fully opened. Are fire dampers shown? Verify that all fixtures are connected to the sanitary system and that pipe sizes agree. Verify dampers are indicated at smoke and fire walls. Verify diffusers against architectural reflected ceiling plan. Verify all roof penetrations (ducts, fans, etc.,) are indicated on roof plans. Verify all Mechanical and Plumbing notes. Verify all air conditioning units, heaters, and exhaust fans against architectural roof plans and mechanical schedules. A-16 119 Revised 11/04 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Requirements for submission of Operation and Maintenance manual for major electrical equipment should be included in the specifications. Specifications should require contractor to train operating personnel to operate the newly installed electrical equipment/facilities (e.g., substation, motor control center, intercom system, fire alarm system, generators, etc.) under the direction of a manufacturer's representative. Specifications should clearly define procedures and restrictions for scheduling outages and the feasibility of utility interruptions. Check against statements made in the General Paragraphs for consistency, and that the two are cross-referenced. Check ceiling height and size of doors of areas where electrical equipment (i.e., transformers, motor control center, etc.) will enter into the building to make sure that there will be enough space and passage for the equipment. Verify overall dimensions of electrical equipment (i.e., switchgear, transformer, etc.) to insure that it will fit in the space provided. Verify sizes (diameter or thickness) of items supposed to be concealed in the wall to make sure they will not protrude beyond the face of the studs (i.e., electrical outlet boxes, sanitary pipes, vents, etc.). Proper sag of conductor between poles should be addressed in the plans and specifications. For major transformers and on primary circuit breakers, requirements for factory inspection should be included in the plans and specifications. Specifications should indicate that all fire alarm system submittals will be subject for review and approval by the Fire Department , coordinated with fire sprinkler system specifications and Mechanical/Electrical drawings. Existing City alarm system should interface with the proposed fire alarm system. Check major items of equipment and verify if they are coordinated contract drawings. Pay particular attention to horsepower ratings and voltage requirements. Insure that the required depth of pole holes is shown in the plans and specifications for each type of pole and type of soil. — Transformers shall have a minimum aisle space of 18 inches. Insure that outdoor transformer pads have adequate drainage; check also the area's susceptibility to flooding. A-17 120 Revised 11 /04 Each lighting fixture should be detailed on the drawings to show shape, lamp, diffuser, finish and construction and mounting method, gasketing and dimensions of poles for exterior lighting. Plans and specifications should also indicate lighting fixture mounting heights and specific locations. For underground electrical distribution system, check conduit for possible interference with other underground utilities. On existing building, check conduits for possible interference with other existing utilities above ceiling and other parts of the building. Plans and specifications should clearly address connections between new and existing equipment. Electrical switches should not be put partly within the tile wall and partly within the non -tile wall, especially in bathrooms. Electrical power source for new and old buildings should be clearly shown and explained on the drawings. Verify all light fixtures against architectural reflected ceiling plan. Verify location of all panel boards and that they are indicated on the electrical riser diagram. Verify all Electrical notes. Make sure they make sense when compared with other notes. Verify if there is sufficient space for all electrical panels to fit. Provide general guidance on handling, removal, maintenance, etc. of transformers with Polychiorinated Biphenyls (PCB). Verify if explosive hazard areas are shown/defined. Verify if building frame is to be grounded. Are equipment/computer grounds shown? A-18 121 Revised 11/04 APPENDIX B SAMPLE uPE CYCLE COST ANALYS)S BWMim f Naa7r Badliq Na: Fmjea Na W. J N : , Como" rwa Amlyaia P*i & 23 Yw Rat Dim Rate 4.7% 3nviw(z)c gas Aar I010000KYSkem Care 9MMOM Eaafaa Aharaw qlyMM Coftwntmca 12".961 1Q,997,6i1 0. a D21*he- wadeW NA NA d. Coaab"M appvfaioa N.A. NA a M,ovi" Cad NIL NA L RaiaaimCoab K&133,IOU" F Wlal Tdiaiy CadNAL Odw&aaadr L TVaaapoaptmrPYaR is aaai TV aa:t..,a aOftr, Si213 " as,aao t2s aao f106,19a L PV au aaiaammwasp S)29.101 A29,101 �. TV,arva:a oaaYyaar a PV a�viaoeae (z)s.kadl(frMa) f1,3K190 f3,Q7,d96 v. SMA94. a TV fawm IL PVSKIML M llll,tt3 f111,413 4 TVmlaµvdaa m L FV =kip valaa Did IN" waadt FV fti" walk SO f9 (3) Sakatw (p-r ar q Sl l L413 $i1l,Jl3 s m TMAL LFZ CYCLE COSr (Hh� f6".J433R 340"1 a WA07 tadkac Na 3-iv (NS" ):SA,007 Sav"ary to d.awemt Raw (SBtxv4,* 3.l7 Far Erp Cwmvaiw h9jam EM.W* ) . ft B-1 Another option is the Life Cycle Costing Analysis could be performed using the latest version of the Building Life Cycle Cost (BLCC) computer program developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (MIST). ME 122 Revised 11/04 t v 41 AD A co m p z.-j A ". 61E APPENDEX D Raltcd Access Floor De*Yery E-1 D-1 124 Revised 11 /04 APPENDEX E CUSTODIAL SPACES 1. CUSTODIAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS shall be strategically located on all floors throughout the building for the storage of custodial cleaning equipment. Locate to avoid moving equipment long distances. Minimum size: 55 sq. ft. provide one room per 20,000 gross sq. ft. Typical equipment and sizes are: 1. Mopping cart -2 feet by 6 feet 2. Trash cart (6 bushel) - 2 feet by 3 feet. 3. Vacuum, carpet (upright) - 2 feet by 1 foot 4. Floor machine (buffer) -2 feet x 4 feet + 2. CUSTODIAL WET CLOSETS shall be strategically located on all floors throughout the building; they may be designed in conjunction with Custodial Equipment Rooms and should contain the following: (minimum size: 60 sq. ft.) 1. 32-inch x 32-inch or 30-inch x 24-inch floor basin with approximately 4-inch curb height. 2. Hot and cold water outlet with attached hose (and wall clip) for filling buckets, etc. 3. Three or more dry mop and dust mop hooks or clips on wall away from basin. Use Geerpress "Gripit" tool holders. 4. Three or more wet mop hooks or clips arranged to permit dripping of wet mops into basin. Use Geerpress "Gripit' tool holders. 5. Pad/brush holder. 6. Step ladder -1 foot x 2 feet. 7. Vacuum, wet or dry - 2 feet x 3 feet. 8. Shelving - 1 foot deep x at least 15 lineal feet of adjustable shelving. 9. Electric receptacle, grounding type located approximately 2 feet above the floor and near the corridor door. 3. CUSTODIAL STORAGE ROOMS shall be one room per building for bulk storage of custodial supplies, may require limited shelving, and shall be near the loading dock and an elevator. Minimum size: 100 sq. ft. 4. DRY TRASH/RECYCLE ROOMS shall be located directly off the loading dock and from a corridor. They shall be of fireproof construction and shall be protected with sprinklers. Minimum size: 120 sq. ft. E-1 125 Revised 11/04 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for on bond of (Surety) hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) By ATTACH: Power of Attorney Attorney(s)-in-Fact. and Certificate of Authority of 7/96 Section 00670 Page 1 5. WET WASTE OR HAZARDOUS WASTE ROOMS, if required by the building usage, shall be located directly off the loading dock and from a corridor. Room shall be fireproof and shall provide other protection as determined by the nature of the waste material. Minimum size 60 sq. ft. 6. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS for custodial spaces are as follows: 1. Doors shall swing out and shall be large enough to permit free movement of boxes and equipment. 2. Custodial Wet Closets shall have exposed concrete or painted drywall ceiling, hardened smooth concrete floor, and washable hand smooth finish on concrete block walls. Provide glazed tile walls at basin. Concrete finish on floor to seal the floor area. 3. Finishes in other custodial spaces shall be similar to those for Custodial Wet Closets. 4. Provide positive ventilation. 5. Lighting shall be 75 footcandles, flush in ceiling. 6. No rooms shall contain telephone switchgear, elevator panels, electric panels, metering devices or similar equipment. E-2 126 Revised 11/04 APPENDIX F KEY AND CARD ACCESS 1. New Construction a. ALL exterior entry / exit doors have a card access sytem. (Unless the door(s) is egress only & does not have exterior hardware) b. Card access system must be the following manufacturers and specifications: • Controllers: MFC = Continental Access Control with UL294, UL1950/EN60950, UL1076, compliances. • Card Readers: MFC = Indala Flex Pass Slim Line Reader (M#FP4511A+/10022) or Indala Flex Pass Wall Plate Reader (M#FP4521 A+/10022). • Protocol: Weygand 26bit Open format (10022) • Cards: Card type, facility code, and number sequence to be provided by the City of Fort Collins per project. • Power: Provide minimum of 4 hrs battery backup per reader/controller and separate battery backup & circuit for door strikes or latches. On doors with "Free Access" periods, UPS power may be required. C. Exterior doors with card access or electronic locking shall use Von Duprint 98/99 series (external vertical rods) push pad exit devices with electronic latch retraction (designed for use on flush and wide stile doors, and fit 86 and 161 stock hollow metal cutouts). Set up to normally fail secure. d. All doors off the common areas entering multiple work areas are access controlled. e. Interior doors within the work area or single offices are keyed with the standard Schlage system (levels determined by occupant / PMPD). f. Maintenance rooms are keyed uniquely with the std Schlage system. g. Each building floor has one key box in a maintenance room with a building master and any other specialty keys (e.g. 25 server room). This will be a card access controlled room. h. The key box is secured. F-1 127 Revised 11/04 2. Renovation / Alterations of Existing Building a. Replace major buildings with exterior doors with Primus® key system and interior doors following the standards. b. If they have Card access system retrofit with Continental compatible readers. C. All other buildings can be re -keyed if they have extensive remodel work done. d. Access Control system to be installed as funding allows. F-2 128 Revised 11 /04 APPENDIX G TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK STANDARDS •9 129 Revised 11/04 TELECOMMUNICATION BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS NEW PUBLIC SAFETY BUILDING Revised November 2004 No Text Telecommunications Building Specifications New Public Safety Building Revised November 2004 1.0 Expectations ........................................... 1-1 2.0 Construction ............................................ 1-1 3.0 Design Elements ........................................ 1-1 3.1.1 Spaces ......................................... 3.1.2 Pathways 1-1 ....................................... 3.1.3 Telecommunications Spaces 1-2 ......................... 3.1.3.1 Building Service Entrance Room ............. 1-2 1-2 3.1.3.2 Telecommunication Closet .................. 1-3 3.1.3.3 General Requirements ..................... 1-4 3.1.4 Telecommunications Pathways ...................... 1-7 3.1.4.1 Interbuilding Distribution System ............. 1-7 3.1.4.2 Intra-Building Backbone (Riser) .............. 1-8 3.1.5 Horizontal Cabling ................................. 1-9 3.1.6 Station Outlets .................................... 1-9 4.0 Design Issues ........................................... 1-10 4.1 Office Spaces ...................................... 1-10 4.2 Conference Rooms .................................. 1-10 4.3 Dispatch Center(s).................................. 1-10 No Text TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS SECTION I: NEW CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMMING 1.0 EXPECTATIONS The City Information Technology Telecommunications Project Manager will be the sub- contractor for providing all communication services to the new Public Safety Building. It is expected that all decisions pertaining to communication services for this facility will be addressed through the City Telecommunications Project Manager. The Telecommunications Project Manager will be a member of the design team for this project. He/she will be kept informed of all timeline changes, as they may occur. 2.0 CONSTRUCTION This section identifies the major components of a telecommunications distribution system and provides general guidelines for architects and facility planners. The material contained in this section is designed to assist in the program planning for new construction and remodeling projects. Its focus is on space planning and development in the basic understanding of the structural components necessary for a telecommunications distribution system. 3.0 DESIGN ELEMENTS There are two major aspects of a good telecommunications distribution design: spaces, and pathways. Each of these two aspects consists of multiple components as defined below: 3.1.1 Spaces Building Service Entrance - The room in which voice, data, and video distribution media systems enter the building. Room dedicated solely for network infrastructure and associated equipment. This room often serves the dual purpose of being a Building Service Entrance Room and a Telecommunications Closet. Telecommunication Closet - The space or spaces on each floor of a building which are utilized to interconnect the Building Backbone (Riser) system to station (user) locations on a given floor. In addition, this space is dedicated to housing (supporting) telecommunications systems, which services the building. Such items are voice systems, backbone network equipment, and/or video transmission equipment. All equipment or services stored or housed in the above spaces must be approved by the City's Information Technology Department's Telecommunications Network Manager. 1-1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS 3.1.2 Pathways Interbuilding Distribution System - The conduit, tunnel system, or buried media support structures between buildings. Building Backbone (Riser) - The pathways which connect all telecommunications rooms and spaces throughout an individual building. Horizontal Pathways - The pathways from the Telecommunication Closet to the station (user) locations on a given floor. Station Outlet - The ultimate termination of a voice, data, video, or signal circuit. Every building design must address each of the above areas, as both a stand-alone service and a component of an entire system. Problems occur when the design focuses on only one or two of the components and does not consider how the entire building's distribution system is to be utilized. Examples of potential problems include cable tray designs with lids that cannot be opened, HVAC and water pipes in and through the trays, trays over fixed ceilings, and Telecommunication Closets which are separated from the tray by a fire -rated wall (without a pathway.) 3.1.3 Telecommunications Spaces The term "telecommunications spaces" refers to specific rooms dedicated to telecommunications services and/or equipment. These spaces are the Building Service Entrance and the Telecommunications Closets in the building. Each has specific function; however, all are very inter -dependent. 3.1.3.1 Building Service Entrance Room The Building Service Entrance is a room utilized to terminate and interconnect outside cable/fiber with the backbone (data and/or voice) cable/fiber used throughout the building. It provides facilities for large splice containers, cable termination mountings, and possibly electrical protectors. This space is in addition to any space required for network switching equipment or active system components. This space should be located on the lower level and within 50 feet of an outside wall, allowing direct access by the entrance conduits. Consideration should be given to locating this space adjacent to any equipment rooms or backbone (riser) spaces which might be required. Design and location of room should also take into consideration the route and placement of the City's fiber/copper backbone to and from connecting buildings. No special air handling is required beyond that provided in a standard office of equivalent size. The exception to this, is that air movement is needed 7x24. The minimum floor space requirements are ten (10) feet by 15 (fifteen) feet. If this room is expected to double as both a Building 1-2 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFI DR 0172 (1256) s COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE OEWER O)2322A 66261 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION (303) 232-24'16 FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute SeCJDn 39-26.114(1)(a)pq no NOT WRITE IN THIS SPGrP The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below, This exemption does not include or apply tothe purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part oft he structure, highway, road, street, or other public works awned and used by the exempt organization, Any unauthorized use oft he exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law, A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It Is the responsibility of the prime contractor toissue certificates toeach ofthe subcontractors. (See reverse side), FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. R8; atroNAccow No. to be assigned by DO Period 0170-750 (999) $�A0 ra a nine ner, partner, a corpora a name Mailing address y, tale, ip). C.On act Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number Bid amount for your contract. $ ax um ar Business telephone number. l Colorado withholding tax account number .. yy. /.��.,... �..'{.. /�. �.1 }fir +�+... (..�.. coF7i8$ or �B L4tp4r"(7)1rdpFii1 i1t4- l fri�'�M6ontnM; gj}�KFI$9 V ,1l7FOrp��.=I�1 17 97d# (iy C#tttt61ttp9$Blbam d?l`�dYKGlI17 [( aulaFlNDEt,l78d-. ame or exempt organization (as shown on contact) nxempt organization s number 98 Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip) Principal contact at exempt organizalon-. ri par conacts telephone number hysical location or project site (give actial address when applicable and Cities an or Counties) where project is located) Scheduled M.Nh Day eer Estimatetl Month Jay ear wnstaaion start date: completion date. I dedare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corpora e officer l e of corporate officer: a e UU NU VVKI I E HELUYV I HI5 LINE Section 00670 Page 1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS Service Entrance Room and a Telecommunications Closet, additional space must be provide than what was specified above. The Telecom Project Manager will determine if additional space is needed, during the design phase of this project. In this particular facility, it is expected that we have two separate building entrances into the facility. These building entrances will terminate into a single Building Service Entrance room. 3.1.3.2 Telecommunication Closet The Telecommunications (Telecom) Closet is used to house telecommunications equipment intended to service users throughout the building. This type of equipment commonly includes phone systems, network equipment, video distribution systems, racks, etc. If the building is expected to act as a hub for the voice, data, or video services of surrounding buildings, additional space beyond what is specified here must be provided. The telecommunication closet is the space that also supports the cable/fiber and equipment necessary for transmission between the building's backbone system and user (station) locations Although this space may incorporate the space requirements of the Building Service Entrance (by increasing the size of the room), it must be designed as a true equipment room in terms of its support environment. The optimum temperature for this space is 68 (F). It is important to note that some of the telecommunications equipment, which may be placed in this space, can only function in an environment that is between 60 and 72, with 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. Anything outside of that range will cause damage to those units. It is important to work with the City's Information Technology (I.T.) Telecommunications (Telecom) assigned Project Manager to determine exact specifications required for this space as equipment can vary from one Closet to another. The air handling system for equipment rooms must be designed to provide positive air flow and cooling even during times when the main building systems are shut down. This may require separate air handlers and/or small stand-alone cooling systems. If this room is to be used as a central communications hub, the air handling system should be connected to the buildings backup power generation system. Anytime a PBX will be installed, it will require its own cooling unit, own backup power unit, and own power circuit. The size of this room can vary, depending on the communication requirements of the building. Generally speaking, the new Public Safety facility will require the Telecommunication closets to be 15 (fifteen) feet by 20 (twenty) feet. The number of Telecommunications Closets required will be determined by the layout and design of the building. The Telecommunication Closet should be located near the center of the building, but no farther than 290 feet (cable pathway distance) from the furthest user outlet. The average distance should be in the 100 to 150 foot 1-3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS range. Again, depending on the design of the building, there may be a need for more than one Telecommunications Closet per floor. The Telecommunication Closets must be located directly above one another in a multiple story building. If the entire space cannot be located in -line, provide at a minimum, space for the in -line placement of backbone (riser) conduit. If a multi -story building requires two or more rooms on every floor, each series of rooms must be stacked one above the other. Multiple rooms located on the same floor must be interconnected with conduits. 3.1.3.3 General Requirements — Building Service Entrance and Telecommunication Closets The general rule of thumb is that the Service Building Entrance room is typically located on the bottom floor, and the Telecommunication Closets are located directly above the Service Building Entrance room. Each floor has its own Telecommunications Closet, and the bottom floor Service Building Entrance room can also serve as the Telecommunications Closet. The cost of the advanced electronics required to support technology should be taken into consideration when planning for these spaces. If multiple rooms on a single floor are being considered because it is difficult to find a central space, the costs of installing and operating these rooms should be weighed against the additional construction costs required to locate the room near the center of the building. These rooms must be stacked and should be centrally located within the building reducing the distance from the room to all user locations. This facility will require a separate Telecommunications Closet for the use of just E911 and other dispatching equipment. The Public Safety Project Manager will provide the requirements for this room. Other general Building Service Entrance and Telecommunication Closet specifications are as follows: • The room must be equipped with ceiling space with no water pipes, air conditioning ducts, drainage pipes, or other utilities crossing through. • Limit the possibility of flooding by configuring the surrounding floor area to drain accidental leaks before the equipment room becomes involved. • Utilize a pre -action fire suppression system for coverage of this space. This should be linked to the equipment electrical panel to disconnect power in the event of system activation. • Provide for a minimum floor loading of 200 lb. per square foot (distributed loading.) • Locate the equipment room away from potential sources of interference such as electrical power supply transformers, motors, 1-4 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS generators, or elevator equipment. Equipment rooms must be separate rooms (not shared with janitorial closets, etc). • In this particular facility, the equipment in the telecom closet must be supported by a back-up generator. Network redundancy in this facility is an absolute must! • These spaces must be dedicated to the telecommunications function and cannot be shared with electrical, janitorial, or storage functions. Fire or other alarm equipment must be located in a separate room. Placement of any equipment in these rooms, must be approved by the City's Telecom Project Manager or the Telecommunications Network Manager. • One wall must be covered with 3/4 inch A-C plywood, painted with WHITE fire -retardant paint (not fire -retardant plywood unless required by local fire codes), mounted vertically starting 2" above the finished floor, and secured to the walls. All plywood panels must be mounted in contact with one another leaving no gaps between sheets. • Sufficient overhead lights shall be installed to provide a minimum of 540 lux (50 foot candles) illumination measured 3 feet above the finished floor. These lights must be separately switched (within the room) and must be mounted a minimum of 8.5 feet above the finished floor. • The door to the room must be a minimum of 36" wide by 6'6" high and must be equipped with a separate lock. The lock will be keyed to the level of the City IT Telecom Primus Grand Master. Door will open outward. • An electrical ground (as defined by local codes) must be provided on a six-inch bus bar mounted six inches above the finished floor. This grounding bar should be connected to either building steel (main building ground electrode), a separate concrete -encased electrode, or a buried ring ground with a 00 copper wire using a short feed to actual ground. NOTE: The NEC stipulates that communications cable shields be grounded as close as possible to the entrance into the building (NEC Article 800-4). • A minimum of two 20 Amp, 110 volt AC quad electrical outlets, each on separate circuits, shall be installed in each room. At least one of the two of these dedicated circuits will feed power that is located on the Telecommunications Racks. Circuits providing power to the racks will need to be located in the ceiling, above the racks. Any remaining dedicated circuits, plus one auxiliary duplex outlet shall be placed 6" above the finished floor. Exact locations and specifications for the outlets will be determined during the design phase by the Telecom Project Manager. 1-5 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS All conduits entering the building from outside shall be plugged with reusable stoppers to eliminate the entrance of water or gases into the entrance room. All conduits leaving the entrance room for other portions of the building will be fire -stopped after the installation of cable. • The rooms shall be equipped with a constant positive air flow sufficient to provide a minimum of two air changes an hour. If a room serves as both the Building Service Entrance and a Telecommunications Closet, it may need to be equipped with a separately controlled HVAC. Once the design of the building is known, and customer requirements have been fully developed, the Telecom Project Manager can determine whether additional HVAC equipment will be required. • It is preferred that the rooms have raised flooring, that are anti -static, light in color, and support a minimum of 200 lbs. per square inch, and tiles can be easily removed as needed. There should be a minimum of eight (8)" of space under the raised flooring. If it is impractical to have raised flooring, the flooring will need to be anti -static vinyl compositional tile. Tile should be a light color. The floor structure should support a minimum of 200 lbs. per square foot loading capability. • Do not install a suspended acoustical tile or other false ceiling. • The main Telecommunications Closet shall be situated so as to reduce the potential for electromagnetic interference to 3.0 V/m throughout the frequency spectrum. Consideration should be given to not locating the equipment room near power supply transformers, motors and generators, x-ray equipment, and radio transmitters. • Sufficient heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) sensors and control equipment installed to provide a constant environment for this space. The optimum temperature for this space is 68 (F). It is important to note that some of the telecommunications equipment, which may be placed in this space, can only function in an environment that is between 60 and 72, with 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. Anything outside of that range will cause damage to those units. The equipment housed in this space will continue to generate heat 24 hours a day, 365 days a year regardless of usage, and the room must be equipped with additional air handling equipment in order to maintain the environment in the event the main building system is shut down. 1-6 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS 3.1.4 Telecommunications Pathways Pathways refer to the facilities and supporting structures used to transport telecommunications media from one location to another. It is important to think in terms of pathways as more than simply conduit, to properly design these portions of the distribution system. 3.1.4.1 Interbuilding Distribution System The designer must consider where the distribution system originates and determine what is required to make it meet the needs of the new construction. Although most design projects for individual City buildings do not specifically address communications outside the building, care must be taken in developing plans for making connections. In some cases, a separate construction and/or installation contract might be required to provide adequate pathways up to the point at which the building project can be interconnected. In general, the following points should be observed when developing plans for communication feeder facilities: • Anywhere from four (4) to nine (9) four -inch, conduits are required to feed an average building. • The entrance conduits must be designed to allow the placement of various types of cables including large copper cables, fiber optic cable (within inner duct), and coaxial cables. • Utility vaults must be situated to allow the conduit to enter the building with no more than two (2) ninety degree bends. • The entrance conduits should enter the service entrance spaces either directly from outside, perpendicular to the outer wall at a level above eight (8) feet or through the floor parallel with the outer wall (keeping the conduit bend radius greater than forty-eight [481 inches). The entrance conduits must be protected from potential water damage, and from vehicles running into them. • This particular facility will require two (2) separate building entrances with diverse paths into the building. Each entrance will need several conduits, as specified above. As with all other communication decisions, the City's I.T. Telecom Project Manager should be involved with the design and any decisions pertaining to communication services within this facility. 1-7 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS 3.1.4.2 Intra-Building Backbone (Riser) The term "backbone raceway" replaces both the term "riser" and "tie" conduit to reflect the need for both horizontal and vertical pathways in a building distribution system. In general, this is the path used for placement of telecommunications media between the Service Building Entrance room and the Telecommunication Closets, and Station Outlets. These pathways must typically support copper, fiber optic, and coaxial cables serving equipment and should be cross -connected to end -users located on each floor of the building. All backbone conduits and sleeves must be four (4) inches in diameter. Pathways must be designed with no more than two (2) ninety (90) degree bends. The minimum number of vertical backbone (riser) conduits is five (5). However, that number can and will change as the building customer requirements become known. General requirements are as follows: • pathways shall be designed and installed to meet applicable local and national building and electrical codes or regulations • Grounding/earthing and bonding of pathways shall comply with applicable codes and regulations • pathways shall not have exposed sharp edges that may come into contact with telecommunications cables • the number of cables placed in a pathway shall not exceed manufacturer specifications, nor will the geometric shape of a cable be affected. • pathways shall not be located in elevator shafts. • Sleeves are to be used in backbone riser pathways. Sleeves should extend a minimum of two (2) inches in the empty floor space (underneath the raised flooring), and four (4) inches below the true ceiling in the lower room. All sleeves are placed to provide short and straight pathways between floors. • Conduits used to interconnect the Building Service Entrance and/or Telecommunication Closets should be placed above the ceiling with no more than a total of two 90 degree bends. Do not angle these conduits down into the termination space. Fix the conduit four to six inches inside the room at a right angle to the wall. All metal conduits must be fitted with a collar or end bushing to eliminate damage to the cables during pulling. • Pull boxes shall be placed in conduit runs which exceed 100 feet or in situations which require more than two 90 degree bends. Such pull boxes must be located so as to provide free and easy access, in straight sections of conduit only (pull boxes should never be used for a right angle bend), and must be installed to allow cable to pass through from one conduit to another in a direct line • Two (2) two-inch conduits must be dedicated from a sealed junction box on the roof of the building in a direct line to a specified Telecommunications Closet for use as an antenna access point. In addition, a separate earth ground must be provided at the roof junction box point, and the antenna conduit must be grounded separately from 1-8 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS the isolated ground in the equipment room. A one -inch conduit terminating in a weather-proof duplex box must be provided from the roof to the closest electrical panel for electrical power. NOTE: It is anticipated that several dedicated conduits will be needed from a specified Telecommunications Closet to various locations outside the building to accommodate security and wireless needs. During the design phase, these requirements will become known to the City IT Telecom Project Manager. He/she will share this information with the architect. • All riser sleeves must be fire stopped and sealed following code and manufacturers instructions. 3.1.5 Horizontal Cabling The horizontal pathways between the Telecommunication Closet and the station outlet locations receive the heaviest usage and the most complaints of any component of a telecommunications distribution system. It is an area with a significant number of alternatives and one which frequently fall victim to budget cuts. When working on this issue, the building designer should identify methods for placing and supporting both the initial station cable and future cable additions. Unfortunately, there is no single right answer to the needs of horizontal pathway systems. There are some definite wrong answers. However, the best approach is a review of the distribution needs coupled with a careful inspection of the building's design limitations. The designer should assume the City will install plenum -rated station cables because of the minimal cost difference over non -plenum rated cable, improved electrical characteristics, and the increased flexibility of not installing fixed "home -run" conduits to each user location. Every Telecommunications Closet must provide a minimum of twice the amount of horizontal pathway access as is required to support the initial installation. A closet which is served by four (4) four -inch backbone conduits, should not be equipped with a single two-inch horizontal pathway conduit. Any outlet separated from the main horizontal support system (such as a tray) by a fire or smoke partition must be provided a rated pathway, such as a sleeve which can be fire -stopped after cable is installed, or an enclosed conduit or raceway directly from the outlet to the tray side of the partition. All works associated with this area, are to be addressed through the City's I.T. Telecommunications Project Manager. 3.1.6 Station Outlet All decisions pertaining to this section, are to be addressed through the City's I.T. Telecommunications Project Manager. 1-9 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS 4.0 DESIGN ISSUES In addition to the Telecommunications Industry space and pathway issues, there are a variety of environment -specific issues that must be factored into the design of a new facility. Significant changes are taking place in how information is being delivered and that is reflected byfundamental-changes in information -system-related infrastructure requirements. New facilities simply Cannot be designed using formula and criteria developed twenty years ago. This subsection provides an overview of the minimum telecommunications infrastructure requirements in specific areas of new construction. It is intended to be used during program planning. 4.1 Office Spaces Office spaces range from the standard one -person space to multi -room office suites, and all need to be suitability equipped to access various City telecommunication resources. All offices must be designed to support multiple voice and data outlets situated to allow changes in furniture layouts. All offices must be equipped with a minimum of two (2) duplex communication outlets, preferably on opposite walls and near electrical outlets. Larger offices and open suite areas should have multiple communication outlets (two per 75 square feet) but no fewer than one at every -other electrical outlet. Selected staff and office locations should be provided an additional video outlet. 4.2 Conference Rooms Conference rooms should be equipped with a minimum of one (1) duplex voice/data outlet per wall, two video outlets on opposite walls. 4.3 Dispatch Center(s) Due to the unique requirements of this area, it will be important to provision many outlets in this area. Depending on furniture design, flooring, wireless needs, and any combination thereof, the outlets could be placed anywhere or in anything in this room(s). Customer requirements for this area have yet to be determined. The Public Safety Project Manager and the City's I.T. Telecommunications Project Manager will develop the customer requirements for the Dispatch Center(s). 1-10 FCOM L M1 11/15/04 O �� oOO T z rr- O 0 Ex 0 w 00' ODnr ? mCD jD fj,0 9 z O z T D n F El O X O 0 � o o cn :3 %:� o t*4044r4l4t =Inlaa 3-10HID a3SOdOad r m m ooz v 2D0.. O'> �Zm Oy my 0o O� R Om No Text Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exam ption to subcontractors. Only prime contrac- tors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it. The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor's place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89- 12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeed- ing numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. Section 00670 Page 2 r TH-101 EI.4943 4950 4940 w w U. 0 4910 w w W 10112 40 ol 6/12 .10 le 17 /12 or 7/12 Q 23/12 50/11 TH-102 El. 4944 TH-103 TH-104 EI.4944 EI.4946 7/12 10n2 40 9nz 11112 12/12 00, . 40320/12 20/12 16112 19/12 00, 25/12 16/12 ol 18112 57 16/12 50/7 50/6 23/12 42/12 50/6 50/2 4870 SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS CITY OF FORT COLLINS FORT COLLINS POLICE ADMINISTRATION FACILITY PROJECT NO, FC03384-115 5017 50/4 7 4950 4940 4930 4920 w w w 4910 1 o w w W 4900 4890 4880 4870 FIG. 2 F TH-1 EI.4942 PROJECT NO. 4950 FC03289 op 17/12 WC=30.0 DD=91 40 SW=-0.6 ol 12/12 10 WC=11.3 DD=1DB 4930 00, 40 11/12 100 we=17.9 op 40 DD=116 of o 9/12 4920 Q1 50/12 w w Lt 0 4910 a w W w 4900 4870 TH-2 El. 4945 PROJECT NO FC03289 TH-14 EI.4942 PROJECT NO. FC01447 13/12 WL=7.6 00, DD=too 15/12 WC=17.0 00, DD=116 SW-0.5 10/12op 1 Q 10/12 oll SZ 40112 TH-16 EI.4943 PROJECT NO. FC01447 00, 12/12 9/12 40 DD=83 WC=11.0 DD=87 00, LL=35 PI=21 SIN--ol -200=68 112 6 9112 00, 00, /12 4/12 00, 00, 20/12 44/12 Vl- 35/12 DR' 7 r r %' SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS CITY OF FORT COLLINS FORT COLLINS POLICE ADMINISTRATION FACILITY PROJECT NO. FC03384-115 LEGEND: 4950 � CLAY, SILTY TO SANDY, OCCASIONAL GRAVEL, MEDIUM STIFF TO VERY STIFF, MOIST TO Fl VERY MOIST, BROWN TO DARK BROWN, RED BROWN (CL). J SAND, SLIGHTLY SILTY WITH GRAVEL AND SMALL COBBLE, MEDIUM DENSE TO VERY DENSE, WET, LIGHT TO MEDIUM BROWN (SP, SP-SM, GP, GP -GM). 4940 BEDROCK. CLAYSTONE, HARD TO VERY HARD, SLIGHTLY MOIST, OLIVE, GRAY. DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 17/12 INDICATES 17 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES. 4930 a WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT TIME OF DRILLING. 1 WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING. 4920 I`_ w NOTES: w 4910 O 1. BORING TH-101 THROUGH TH-104 WERE DRILLED NOVEMBER 10 AND 14, 2004 USING 4-INCH DIAMETER CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGER OR 6-INCH DIAMETER HOLLOW STEM > AUGER AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG. BORINGS TH-1, TH-2, TH-14 AND TH-16 WERE w DRILLED FOR PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS. 2. BORING LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WERE SURVEYED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF OUR FIRM REFERENCING THE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK SHOWN ON FIG. 1. 4900 3. WC -INDICATES MOISTURE CONTENT (%). DD - INDICATES DRY DENSITY (PCF). SW - INDICATES SWELL WHEN WETTED UNDER 1 KSF LOAD (%). LL - INDICATES LIQUID LIMIT (%). PI - INDICATES PLASTICITY INDEX (%). -200 - INDICATES PASSING NO. 200 SIEVE (%). 4890 4880 4870 4. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS CONTAINED IN THIS REPORT. P "RAFT T 7 FIGURE This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. City of Fort Collins changes to this document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly by National Society of A C E C Professional Engineers��� American Society dnu nu en Couna, of t:ncweeiurvc ( ,n. gee Professional Engineers to Private Practice of Civil Engineers PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with either one of the two Agreements between Owner and Design/Builder (Nos. D-520 and D-525, 2002 Editions) of the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. The suggested language and instructions contained in the Guide to Use of EJCDC Design/Build Documents (No. D-001, 2002 Edition) is also carefully interrelated with the language of these General Conditions. The Guide also contains comments concerning the use of the General Conditions. Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY.................................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms....................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Terminology..........................................................................................................................................................................3 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS..................................................................................................................................... 4 2.01 Delivery of Bonds.................................................................................................................................................................. 4 2.02 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed........................................................................................................ 4 2.03 Starting the Work.................................................................................................................................................................. 4 2.04 Before Starting the Work....................................................................................................................................................... 4 2.05 Initial Conference.................................................................................................................................................................. 4 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules............................................................................................................................................. 4 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE............................................................................. 5 3.01 Intent...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 3.02 Reference Standards.............................................................................................................................................................. 5 3.03 Resolving Discrepancies........................................................................................................................................................ 5 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents............................................................................................................. 6 3.05 Use of Design Materials...................................................................................................................... 6 3.06 Electronic Data......................................................................................................................................................................7 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS............................................................................... 7 4.01 Availability of Lands............................................................................................................................................................. 7 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................ 7 4.03 Reference Points.................................................................................................................................................................... 9 4.04 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ........ 9 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE................................................................................................................................... 10 5.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds............................................................................................................................. 10 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers............................................................................................................................................ 11 5.03 Certificates of Insurance...................................................................................................................................................... 11 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance................................................................................................................................... 11 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance................................................................................................................................................. 12 5.06 Property Insurance............................................................................................................................................................... 12 5.07 Waiver of Rights.................................................................................................................................................................. 13 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds.................................................................................................................. 13 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace..................................................................................................... 14 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurance............................................................................................... 14 ARTICLE 6 - DESIGN/BUILDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES.......................................................................................................... 14 6.01 Design Professional Services............................................................................................................................................... 14 6.02 Supervision and Superintendence of Construction.............................................................................................................. 15 6.03 Labor, Working Hours......................................................................................................................................................... 15 6.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment.................................................................................................................................... 15 6.05 Progress Schedule................................................................................................................................................................ 15 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.............................................................................................................. 16 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties.................................................................................................................................................... 16 6.08 Permits.................................................................................................................................................................................16 6.09 Laws or Regulations............................................................................................................................................................ 17 6.10 Taxes................................................................................................................................................................................... 17 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas................................................................................................................................................ 17 6.12 Record Documents.............................................................................................................................................................. 18 6.13 Safety and Protection........................................................................................................................................................... 18 6.14 Safety Representative.......................................................................................................................................................... 18 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs....................................................................................................................................... 18 6.16 Emergencies........................................................................................................................................................................ 18 6.17 Submittals............................................................................................................................................................................18 6.18 Continuing the Work........................................................................................................................................................... 19 6.19 Post -Construction Phase...................................................................................................................................................... 19 6.20 Design/Builder's General Warranty and Guarantee............................................................................................................. 19 6.21 Indemnification.................................................................................................................................................................... 19 6.22 Survival of Obli ations........................................................................................................................................................ 20 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 0912004 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER CONSTRUCTION..................................................................................................................................... 20 7.01 Related Work at Site............................................................................................................................................................ 20 7.02 Coordination........................................................................................................................................................................20 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................................................................................. 20 8.01 General................................................................................................................................................................................20 8.02 Insurance............................................................................................................................................................................. 21 8.03 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities............................................................................................................................. 21 8.04 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition.............................................................................................................. 21 8.05 Resident Project Representation.......................................................................................................................................... 21 8.06 Owner's Consultant.............................................................................................................................................................. 21 ARTICLE 9 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS................................................................................................................... 21 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................................................................ 21 9.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work..................................................................................................................................... 21 9.03 Claims..................................................................................................................................................................................22 9.04 Execution of Change Orders................................................................................................................................................ 22 9.05 Notice to Sureties................................................................................................................................................................ 22 9.06 Effect of Change Orders...................................................................................................................................................... 22 ARTICLE 10 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK............................................................ 22 10.01 Cost of the Work............................................................................................................................................................... 22 10.02 Cash Allowances............................................................................................................................................................... 24 10.03 Unit Prices......................................................................................................................................................................... 24 ARTICLE 1 I - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES........................................................... 25 11.01 Change of Contract Price................................................................................................................................................... 25 11.02 Change of Contract Times................................................................................................................................................. 25 ARTICLE 12 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTIONOR WORK........................................................................................................................................................ 26 12.01 Notice of Defects ...............................................................................................................................................................26 12.02 Access to Construction...................................................................................................................................................... 26 12.03 Tests and Inspections......................................................................................................................................................... 26 12.04 Uncovering Construction................................................................................................................................................... 26 12.05 Owner May Stop Construction or Work............................................................................................................................ 27 12.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Construction or Work.............................................................................................. 27 12.07 Correction Period............................................................................................................................................................... 27 12.08 Acceptance of Defective Construction..............................................................................................................................27 12.09 Owner May Correct Defective Construction or Work....................................................................................................... 28 12.10 No Limitation............................................................................ ........................................................................................ 28 ARTICLE 13 - PAYMENTS TO DESIGN/BUILDER AND COMPLETION.............................................................................. 28 13.01 Schedule of Values............................................................................................................................................................ 28 13.02 Application for Progress Payment..................................................................................................................................... 28 13.03 Review of Applications for Progress Payments................................................................................................................ 29 13.04 Design/Builder's Warranty of Title.................................................................................................................................... 29 13.05 Substantial Completion...................................................................................................................................................... 29 13.06 Partial Utilization............................................................................................................................................................... 30 13.07 Final Inspection................................................................................................................................................................. 30 13.08 Final Payment.................................................................................................................................................................... 30 13.09 Final Completion Delayed................................................................................................................................................. 31 13.10 Waiver of Claims............................................................................................................................................................... 31 ARTICLE 14 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION............................................................................................... 31 14.01 Owner May Suspend Work............................................................................................................................................... 31 14.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause...................................................................................................................................... 31 14.03 Owner May Terminate for Convenience........................................................................................................................... 32 14.04 Design/Builder May Stop Work or Terminate................................................................................................................... 32 ARTICLE 15 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION...................................................................................................................................... 32 ARTICLE16 - MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................................................... 32 16.01 Giving Notice.................................................................................................................................................................... 32 16.02 Computation of Times....................................................................................................................................................... 32 16.03 Cumulative Remedies........................................................................................................................................................ 32 16.04 Survival of Obligations...................................................................................................................................................... 33 16.05 Controlling Law................................................................................................................................................................. 33 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 6. THE CAPITAL PROJECTS PROCEDURE MANUAL The City of Fort Collins has adopted the uses of the Capital Projects Procedures Manual. The detailed Scope of Work for this project will relate to this manual. This manual correlates very closely to the phases of work sequence by the American Institute of Architects. It includes site analysis, schematic design, design development, construction documents, bidding, construction administration and project close-out. This manual will be available for use by the selected team. 7. BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS MANUAL The City of Fort Collins has developed a Building Design Standards Manual, dated August 1997. This manual will be available for use by the selected team. 8. STATE TAXATION The City of Fort Collins is exempt from all state taxation including state sales and use taxes. Page 6 of 27 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1. Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Proposals which clarify, correct or change the Request for Proposals or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Design/Builder covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment - The form which is to be used by Design/Builder in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos - Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bonds - Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 6. Change Order - A written order which is signed by Design/Builder and Owner which authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 7. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Design/Builder seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a claim. 8. Conceptual Documents - The drawings and specifications and/or other graphic or written materials, criteria and information concerning Owner's requirements for the Project, such as design objectives and constraints, space, capacity and performance requirements, flexibility and expandability, including those items enumerated in the Request for Proposals which show or describe the character and scope of, or relate to, the Work to be performed or furnished and which have been prepared by or for Owner. 9. Construction - The result of performing or furnishing of labor, the furnishing and incorporating of materials and equipment into the Work and the furnishing of services (other than Design Professional Services) and documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 10. Construction Subagreement - A written agreement between Design/Builder and a construction Subcontractor for provision of Construction. 11. Contract - The entire and integrated written agreement between Owner and Design/Builder concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents - Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price - The moneys payable by Owner to Design/Builder for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14. Contract Times - The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment, as evidenced by Owner's Representative's written recommendation for final payment, and in accordance with paragraph 13.08. 15. Design/Builder - The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 15a. Design Materials - Any and all documents, shop drawings, electronic information, data, plans, drawings, sketches, illustrations, specifications, descriptions, models and other information developed, prepared, furnished, delivered or required to be delivered by the Design/Builder (a) to the Owner under the Contract Documents or (b) developed or prepared by the Design/Builder specifically to discharge its duties under the Contract Documents. 16. Design Subagreement - A written agreement between Design/Builder and a design professional for provision of Design Professional Services. 17. Design Professional Services - Services related to the preparation of Drawings, Specifications, and other design submittals specified by the Contract Documents and required to be performed by licensed design professionals, as well as other services provided by or for EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 licensed design professionals during Bidding/Negotiating, Construction, or Operational phases. 18. Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Design/Builder and approved by Owner consisting of drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which show the scope, extent, and character of the Work. 19. Effective Date of the Agreement - The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 20. Field Order - A written order issued by Owner which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with Article 9 - Changes in the Work: Claims but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence at the Site of Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum Products or Radioactive Materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto on connection with the Work. 22. Hazardous Waste - The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 23. Laws or Regulations - Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 23a. Legal Holidays - Those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collins. 24. Liens - Charges, security interests or encum- brances upon real property or personal property. 25. Milestone - A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award - The written notice by Owner to the successful proposer stating that upon compliance by the successful proposer with the conditions precedent included therein, within the time specified, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 27. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by Owner to Design/Builder fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Design/Builder shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner - The individual or entity with whom Design/Builder has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 29. Owner's Consultant - An individual or entity with whom the Owner may contract to furnish services to Owner with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 30. Partial Utilization - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 31. PCBs - Polychlorinated biphenyls. 32. Petroleum - Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 33. Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 34. Proposal - The documents submitted by Design/Builder in response to the Request for Proposals setting forth the design concepts, proposed prices, and other conditions for the Work to be performed. 35. Radioactive Material - Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 35a. Regular Working Hours - 7.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 36. Request for Proposals - The document prepared by or for Owner specifying and describing Owner's objectives and the procedure to be followed in preparing and submitting a Proposal and awarding a contract. 37. Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of Owner who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 37a. Samples - Physical examples of materials equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work shall be ud ed. 38. Schedule of Values - A schedule prepared by Design/Builder and acceptable to Owner indicating that portion of the Contract Price to be paid for each major component of the Work. 38a. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Design/Builder and submitted by Design/Builder to illustrate some portion of the Work EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 2 39. Site - Lands or other areas designated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which Construction is to be performed, including rights - of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use of Design/Builder. 40. Specifications - The part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Design/Builder and approved by Owner consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 41. Subcontractor - An individual or entity other than a Supplier having a direct contract with Design/Builder or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 42. Submittal - A written or graphic document prepared by or for Design/Builder which is required by the Contract Documents to be submitted to Owner by Design/Builder. Submittals may include Drawings, Specifications, progress schedules, shop drawings, samples, cash flow projections, and Schedules of Values. Submittals other than Drawings and Specifications are not Contract Documents. 43. Substantial Completion - The time at which the Work (or a specified part) has progressed to the point where it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 44. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Design/Builder or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Design/Builder or any Subcontractor. omer control systems or water. 46. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work - The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be performed or furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing Design Professional Services and Construction required by the Contract Documents. 48. Work Change Directive - A written directive to Design/Builder, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing site conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 2. The word "defective," when modifying the words "Construction" or "Work" refers to Construction or Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Owner's final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion) provided that the defect was not caused by Owner. 3. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 4. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials or equipment or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 5. The words "perform" or "provide" when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 6. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Design/Builder, "provide" is implied. 7. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 3 used in the Contract Documents in accordance with that meaning. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds A. When Design/Builder delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Design/Builder shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds as Design/Builder may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.01.A. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Unless agreed writing by Owner a g •--., :.b..,ea�'r��� a��--z•�--v,r..c�—anR Pest pMtt:ue_ the Cent«„et '1`:.....es will e a to fun no ,,.b.., �,...... ... ............. .......� ...ram ^ the ninetieth day after the last day fOf Fe6eipt Of the i Dal «epesthe te thirtieth day after the E ff et' P 1. F . ..v�Agreement, whichever date -q- pa -flier. 2.03 Starting the Work A. Design/Builder shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.04 Before Starting the Work A. Design/Builder's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Design/Builder shall carefully study and compare those Contract Documents prepared by Owner and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Design/Builder shall promptly report in writing to Owner any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Design/Builder may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, Design/Builder shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Design/Builder knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after commencement of the Contract Times (unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents), Design/Builder shall submit the following to Owner for its timely review: 1. A preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. A preliminary schedule of Submittals which will list each required Submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing each Submittal; in no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than seven (7) calendar days for each review by owner. 3. A preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work; and 4. A preliminary cash flow projection estimating that portion of the Contract Price to be due during each month of performance. C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Design/Builder and Owner- shall each deliver- to 2.05 Initial Conference A. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, Design/Builder will arrange a conference attended by Owner and Design/Builder and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the design concepts, schedules referred to in paragraph 2.04.13, procedures for handling Submittals, processing Applications for Payment, maintaining required records, items required pursuant to paragraph 8.01.A.6 and other matters. 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least ten .Jays be.: ;re submission of 6 firq w�� Applioation for Pa5qnent (unless otherwise provided in th Cant aet BeeumentsTBesigniBuilder will arrange a ^gene. attended by De n'Bu:ld O�Affiera others ,. :te to review for- a eptab:l:ty the schedules submitte A in , eoordanee with paFagraph 2.04.n. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, before any work at the site begins, a conference attended by DesignBuilder, Owner's Representative and others as designated by Owner will be held to review for acceptability to Owner as provided herein the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.04.B. Design/Builder shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Design/Builder until the acceptable schedules are submitted to Owner. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 4 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to Owner if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Owner responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with nor relieve Design/Builder from Design/Builder's full responsibility therefor. 2. Design/Builder's schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Owner if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required Submittals. 3. Design/Builder's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Owner as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the work. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be designed and constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of Owner as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to Owner any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to any provision of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws or Regulations. 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in ear et nn the last day r _ e e p. e f Proposals a ept .. y be oche_ ,ise s eifi .ally statein the Cei;Afaet DeetimerAs. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Design/Builder, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Owner any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Resolving Discrepancies A. In the event of a discrepancy between the Conceptual Documents on the one hand and the Proposal or Drawings or Specifications on the other hand, the Conceptual Documents will control except when Owner has approved a Submittal pursuant to paragraph 6.17.B. B. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 1. The provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 2. The provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3. In the event of conflicting or ambiguous provisions within the Contract Documents, specifications will take precedence over the drawings and addenda will take precedence over both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the more specific provision will take precedence over the less specific; the more stringent will take precedence over the less stringent; the more EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 5 expensive item will take precedence over the less expensive. On all drawings, figures take precedence over scaled dimensions. Scaling of dimensions, if done, is done at the Design/Builder's own risk. C. If, during the performance of the Work, Design/Builder discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 3.03.13, Design/Builder shall report it to Owner in writing at once, and Design/Builder shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.16) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04.A; provided, however, that Design/Builder shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless Design/Builder knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 1. Owner's approval of required Submittals (pursuant to paragraph 6.17.13); 2. A Work Change Directive; 3. A Change Order; 4. A Field Order; 5. A formal Written Amendment. 3.05 Use of Design Materials n�u . SubeeRtFaeters from all alainis, damages, losses and expease to further sompensatien at rates te be agreed upen by 0%ne and Besigtt'Buildef The Owner shall have unlimited rights to cry and use in connection with the Project all Design Materials, including the right to use same on the Project at no additional cost to the Owner, regardless of degree of completion, provided that said services performed have been fully paid for as required by the terms of this Agreement. The Design/Builder agrees to and does herby grant to the Owner and any assignee or successor of the Owner as owner of the Project a royalty -free license to any such Design materials as to which the Design/Builder may assert any rights under the patent or copyright laws. The Design/Builder hereby assigns outright and exclusively to the Owner all copyrights in the design appearance of the Project. The Design/Builder, as part of its agreements with any Subcontractor or consultant, will secure such license and use rights from each such entity, and shall defend, indemnify and hold the Owner and any successors or assigns harmless from any claims by such entities for copyright or patent infringement. B. The Drawings_ Specifications and other documents prepared for this Proiect are for use solely with respect to this Project and the author of these documents, consistent with Owner's ownership of the design, shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including the copyright. The Owner shall be permitted to retain copies, including reproducible copies, of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents for information and reference in connection with the Owner's use and occupancy of the Project. The Drawings, Specifications or other documents shall not be used by the Owner or others on other projects. Submission or distribution of documents to meet official regulatory requirements or for other similar purposes in connection with the Proiect is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the rights reserved herein. C. Subiect to Owner's remedies for a default. the Owner shall release the Design/Builder, its Subcontractors, consultants, and their respective agents and employees from all Owner's claims, liabilities, demands, actions, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's and expert's fees and costs) (a) arising from any use by the Owner, its successors or assigns of such Design Materials if the Design/Build Agreement is terminated by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, or (b) arising as a result of amendments or modifications of any such Design Materials made without the prior consent of Design/Builder, and which do not result from errors, omissions or negligence in the Design Materials supplied hereunder. D. Upon conclusion of the Proiect and before final payment, Design/Builder shall provide Owner with reproducible drawings and electronic computer files of the Project containing accurate information on the Project as constructed. Drawings shall be of archival quality, prepared on stable molar base material using a non -fading process EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 6 proven suitable for long-term storage and high -quality reproduction Electronic computer files shall be in AutoCAD Version 13 format. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner to Design/Builder or Design/Builder to Owner that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; DIFFERING SITE SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Design/Builder of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site which Design/Builder will have to comply in performing the Work. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Design/Builder and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site, Design/Builder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. C. Design/Builder shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Differing Site Condition Subsurface and Physical Conditions N�7 NR11 Nlli�4i!IFII ■ .rrrreseWn - _■_ .. A. Reports and Drawings: Refer to these Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by Owner in DreDarine the Contract Documents, including the followin Contractor may rely upon the accuracv of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretation or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. 2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site exce t Underground Facilities) that have been EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 7 utilized by OWNER in preparing the Contract Documents. a No drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4 02 G) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: B. Limited Reliance by DesiQnBuilder Authorized: Technical Data: Design/Builder may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Request for Proposals or in these Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", Design/Builder may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner, with respect to: (i) the completeness of such reports and drawings for Design/Builder's purposes, including, but not limited to any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Design/Builder and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or GO other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings or (iii) any Design/Builder interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Ph sy ical Conditions: If Design/Builder believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Design/Builder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.02.A and 4.023 is materially inaccurate, or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change jn the Contract Documents, or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4 is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; or 5. is of such a nature as to reasonably be suspected of containing or constituting Asbestos, PCBs Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material, or such other substances or materials that may result in significant dama eg or injury or require compliance with specifically applicable regulatory requirements, unless confirmation of the absence of such condition has previously been provided; then Design/Builder shall immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.16) notify Owner in writing about such condition. Design/Builder shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. Q. Owner's Review: Owner will promptly review the pertinent conditions and determine the necessity of obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto. E. Possible Contract Documents Change: If Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragrrWh 4 02 C a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 9 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. F. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times or both will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in Design/Builders cost of, or time required for performance of the Work; subiect however, to the following: 1. such condition must meet any one of more of the categories described in paragraph 4.02.C; 2 a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4 02 E will not be an automatice authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.03; and 4. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if: a. Design/Builder knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Design/Builder made a final commitment to Owner in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investi atg ion, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Request for Proposals or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for DesignBuilder prior to Design/Builder's making such final commitment; or EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 8 c Design/Builder failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by Paragraph 4.02.0 above. 5 If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adiustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 10 and 11. However, Owner shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims costs, losses or damages sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. G. Physical Conditions - Underground Facilities: 1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data, and the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and Design/Builder shall have full responsibility for: Facility. If Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 9 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, Design/Builder shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.12. Design/Builder may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that Design/Builder did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Design/Builder may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 10 and 11. However, Owner shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.03 Reference Points A. Design/Builder shall be responsible for laying out the Work and shall protect and preserve the reference a. reviewing and checking all such information points and property monuments established by Owner and data, pursuant to paragraph 8.01.A.6.e, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. b locating all Underground Facilities shown or Design/Builder shall report to Owner whenever any reference indicated in the Contract Documents point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all Under rg ound Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.13 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Under rg ound Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall, immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner. Owner will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 HazaFdous Environmental C-ondition fit Sit Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material A. DesigniBuilderwill not be responsible for an) 'ond-ition Fit ths Site «,hick vlas of identified in the rn«t..nnt-Peclim-e«ts to h within the seapv-of the Werk. Desigir4liIiii1dershall h r`eadition or-eated by afty materials brought to the Site by Design'B .il,in.. c.,beentractors Suppliers or anyone nine c whom Design'Boilder is fespen n:> in Owner shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site unless such substance or material should have been ascertained by Design/Builder in EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 9 accordance with paragraph 4 02 C 5 OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site, managed stored or disposed of by Design/Builder, Subcontractors Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Design/Builder is responsible.. MUM Mir ■_ ■_ .. ,.. - - - M ._�••__ I ARTICLE 5 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds A. Design/Builder shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Design/Builder's obligations to furnish, provide and pay for Work and related materials under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond famished by Design/Builder is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.013 and 5.02, Design/Builder shall within twenty ten 10 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall .ply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01A and-5.02 must be acceptable to Owner. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 10 CHAPTER 2 - OBJECTIVES DESCRIPTION The proposed project is the design and construction of an approximately 93,000 sq. ft. Police Facility. The Facility will serve the Fort Collins Police Services, which will include administration, patrol, information services, investigative services, and all common areas. The site size is approximately ten (10) gross acres, with a net acreage after dedication of all street rights -of -way of approximately seven and one half (7.5) acres. It is anticipated the building will be 2-3 stories in height with parking for approximately three hundred thirty (330) vehicles (100 visitors and 230 secured). The new Facility is being constructed to replace the existing Police Services Facility located at 300 West LaPorte Avenue (26,000 sq. ft.). Divisions to be located in the building are administration, patrol, information services, investigative services, community room and training room, and common areas. The project will conform to the City of Fort Collins Land Use Code. 2. IMAGE Project Positive Image to the Community a. Convey sense of permanence and community pride. b. Timeless look, not "trendy". C. Avoid flashy or expensive looking. d. Solid and permanent e. Useful and efficient f. Fits well into site/environment Welcome Persons with all Levels of Abilities a. Friendly barrier -free design. b. Integrate the disabled without stigmatizing them. C. Universal design for entire population (all ages, all levels of ability). d. Warm, professional and welcoming. e. Wide, well lighted corridors. f. The building should "delight' visitors. g. Enough entries to be convenient to approach from more than one direction. 3. FLEXIBILITY/DURABILITY Avoid having the Building Become "Outdated" in 5-10 Years a. "Serviceable" life of the building anticipated to be 40+ years. b. Plan for changes. C. Maximize use of re-locatable/reusable/recyclable products. d. Maintain "modular" space standards as identified in the program. e. Plan for future expansion. Reduce On -Going Maintenance and Repair Costs a. Reduce need to repair or replace equipment and materials. b. Use materials that prolong the useful service life of the building. C. Ensure equipment and corresponding distribution network is accessible for serviceability. d. Consider maintenance cost in the life cycle analyses of equipment, systems and materials. Page 7 of 27 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Design/Builder shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Design/Builder shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Design/Builder is required to purchase and maintain. 9wrrer shall deliver to Desigrr/13uilder, %4th eepies— to each— additional i ed indicates in the C..ppl Conditions, iC c YY 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance A. Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Design/Builder's performance of the Work and Design/Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or Supplier or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Design/Builder's employees; 3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Design/Builder's employees; 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.04.A shall: 1. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, 5.04 B.3 and 5.04.0 (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) include as additional insureds Owner and Owner's Consultants and any other persons or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, and employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; the limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: For paragraphs 5.04 A.1 and 5.04.A 2 Coverage A — Statutory limits; Coverage B -- $100 000/ $100 000/ $500,000. For paragraphs 5.04.A.3 and 5.04 A 5• The Commercial General Liability Policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) This policy will include coverage for Explosions Collapse and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. For paragraph 5.04 A 6: The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policv will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) For paragraph 5 04 B.3• This policy will include completed operations coverage / product liability coverage with limits of $1000000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy shall also include an Umbrella Excess Liability as follows: General liability and automobile liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence in excess of the above stated primary limits. For paragraph 5.02.C: The Professional Liability Errors & Omissions policy will have limits of $5,000,000. 3. Include completed operations insurance; EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright (02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 11 4. Include contractual liability insurance covering Design/Builder's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.11.A.3 and 6.21; 5. Contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and each other additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Design/Builder pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. Remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Design/Builder may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Construction in accordance with paragraphs 12.06 and 12.07; and 7. With respect to completed operations insurance, and any other insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and Design/Builder shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). C. Design/Builder's Professional Liability Errors & Omissions Insurance. Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain such Professional Liability Errors & Omissions insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims which may arise out of or result from Design/Builder's performance and furnishing of the Work and Design/Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents whether it is to be performed or furnished by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Design/Builder under paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance SHIA dodlaptible �ameunls as may be provided in the Supplementary Condifiens OF fv"ired by Laws o Regulations). This .._, ___--__ -°4: Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of DesignBuilder, Subcontractors Suppliers Engineers or others. P. swrM Flo 1 M. WHO 1101 2 , 1 a expenses inewfed in the replacement of an), insured property (inelHding hilt not limited to fees and ehaFges of engineeFs and areW NO" . EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright (02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 12 additional insofe Builder's Risk Insurance -- Unless otherwise provided Owner shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Builder's Risk Insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Amount, as well as subsequent modifications for the entire Project at the Site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such Builder's Risk Insurance shall be maintained until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than Owner has an insurable interest in the property to be covered whichever is earlier. Builder's Risk Insurance coverage shall be on a Special Covered Cause of Loss form and shall include theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse temporary buildings or structures, and all below- and above -ground structures. Coverages shall be written for 100% of the completed value of the Work being performed Design/Builder shall be responsible for the first $10 000 of any insurable loss under this policy. . _ �• - • . MA 5.07 Waiver of Rights _NOW . .. �� NOW ----------------- 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09l2004 13 other special agreement is reached the damaged Construction shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required ng by any patty in interest Owner as fid..eiaf....ha 1 give bond fOF 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner of has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other pi Design/Builder in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, the ebjerting-party Owner shall so notify the -other- -paDesign/Builder in writing within ten fifteen days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.04.C. Owner an Design/Builder shall eaeh provide to the other sueh additiona ' I reaseuably-request. if either-pafty- doer not ase o maintain all ef the Bonds and instiranee required of suoh pat4 by the Gentraet nneument. eh n..rty shall neti fy th@ othe ,arty in v .r:t:n r h failure to 1 ase _. h r _ _. _ 4vxxng of oucxx xo.9�B.ro to ourvaacxvcvr-iox-cvrno-narcvr the Werl., or of suer, r .Lire to maintain prier to ,, ehang the.ey:;• .reed —... out n e d:any r . a to athe right .....avu vvv� e edy, the other part., m eleet to obtain equivalent Bends or insuFanee to etert eh other .arty's nteres at h expense of the party who was supposed to provid seelt rn a and a !'`hafi.e Order shall be issued to ad'ust 1. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurance A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 13.06, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - DESIGNBUILDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Design Professional Services A. Standard of Care. The standard of care for Design Professional Services performed or furnished under this Agreement will be the care and skill ordinarily used by members of the architectural and engineering professions practicing under similar conditions at the same time and locality. B. Preliminary Design Phase. After the Contract Times commence to run, Design/Builder shall: 1. Consult with Owner to understand Owner's requirements for the Project and review available data; 2. Advise Owner as to the necessity of Owner's providing or obtaining from others additional reports, data, or services of the types provided in paragraph 8.0l.A.6.a-g and assist Owner in obtaining such reports, data, or services; 3. Identify and analyze requirements of governmental authorities having jurisdiction to approve the portions of the Project designed or specified by Design/Builder with whom consultation is to be undertaken in connection with the Project; 4. Obtain such additional geotechnical and related information which it deems necessary for performance of the Work; 5. On the basis of the Conceptual Documents and Design/Builder's Proposal, prepare preliminary design documents consisting of final design criteria, preliminary drawings, outline specifications, and written descriptions of the Project; 6. Furnish the preliminary design documents to and review them with Owner within the times indicated in the schedules described in paragraphs 2.06.A.1 and 2.06.A.2: and 7. Identify any variations in the preliminary design documents from the Contract Documents in accordance with 6.17.13. C. Final Design Phase. After written acceptance by Owner of the preliminary design phase documents Design/Builder shall: 1. On the basis of the accepted Preliminary Design Phase documents, prepare final Drawings showing the scope, extent, and character of the Construction to be performed and furnished by Design/Builder and Specifications (which will be prepared, where appropriate, in general conformance EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 14 with the sixteen division format of the Construction Specifications Institute); 2. Provide technical criteria, written descriptions and design data required for obtaining approvals of such governmental authorities as have jurisdiction to review or approve the final design of the Project, and assist Owner in consultations with appropriate authorities; 3. Furnish the above documents, Drawings, and Specifications to and review them with Owner within the times indicated in the schedules described in paragraphs 2.06.A.I and 2.06.A.2; and 4. Identify any deviations from other Contract Documents in accordance with paragraph 6.17.13. 6.02 Supervision and Superintendence of Construction A. Design/Builder shall supervise, inspect and direct the Construction competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to provide the Construction in accordance with the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of Construction. Design/Builder shall be responsible to see that the completed Construction complies accurately with the Contract Documents and shall keep Owner advised as to the quality and progress of the Construction. B. At all times during the progress of Construction, the Design/Builder shall assign a competent resident superintendent thereto, who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Design/Builder's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Design/Builder. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Design/Builder. 6.03 Labor, Working Hours A. Design/Builder shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform the Work as required by the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Construction at the Site shall be performed during rRegular wWorking hHours, and Design/Builder will not permit overtime work or the performance of Construction on Saturday, Sunday or any Legal hHoliday without Owner's written consent, ��.;'t a not be Unfeaseflably withh 'a Design/Builder shall submit requests to Owner no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be performed on Saturday, Sunday Legal Holiday or outside Regular Working Hours 6.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall furnish or cause to be furnished and assume full responsibility for materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the Work. 1. Purchasing Restrictions: Design/Builder must comply with the City's Purchasing restrictions Copies of the resolution(s) are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the city Clerk's office. 2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Contract Documents shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If reasonably required by Owner, Design/Builder shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.05 Progress Schedule A. Design/Builder shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.06.A as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: I. Design/Builder shall submit to Owner for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect, and will comply with any provisions of the Contract Documents applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11.02. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 15 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Design/Builder shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Design/Builder shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Design/Builder has reasonable objection. Design/Builder shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own forces (that is, without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement shall refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. B. Design/Builder shall be fully responsible to Owner for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Design/Builder is responsible for Design/Builder's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws or Regulations. C. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals and entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Design/Builder. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Design/Builder in dividing the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. D. Design/Builder shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other individuals and entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the Owner through Design/Builder. E. All Work performed for Design/Builder by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate Design Subagreement or Construction Subagreement between Design/Builder and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner. V.1ho,e..e_ ^"-, sushapr-eempntis ivot. .'TS►MMPr R'R!7TllSY.l:lClf rLTR�Pr11"I l�f. - .... 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Design/Builder shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Conceptual Documents for use in the performance of the Construction and if to the actual knowledge of Owner its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Conceptual Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, DesignBuilder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Owner's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not identified in the Conceptual Documents. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Design/Builder and its officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, Subcontractors and Suppliers from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device required by the Conceptual Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Owner shall assist Design/Builder, when necessary, in obtaining such permits, licenses and approvals. Design/Builder shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the performance of the Work, which are applicable on the last day for receipt of Proposals or on the effective date of the AAgreement. Design/Builder shall pay all charges of utility EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 16 owners for connections to the Work, and Desian/Builder shall pay fees as provided in the Supplemental Conditions. Owner shall pa all eh c _____ r_-; arii.r�o8 vx oizcn utility virTaor oest rel..wicxaxod thviviv 6.09 Laws or Regulations A. Design/Builder shall give all notices required by and comply with all Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, Owner shall not be responsible for monitoring Design/Builder's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Design/Builder performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall bear all costs arising therefrom. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known on the date of receipt of Proposals having an effect on the cost or time of performance may be the subject of a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. 6.10 Taxes A. Design/Builder shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Design/Builder in accordance with the Laws or Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. B. Owner is exempt from Colorado state and local sales and use taxes on materials to be permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Design/Builder must apply for and receive, a Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado Department of Revenue for construction materials to be physically incorporated into the project This Certification of Exemption provides that the Design/Builder shall neither pay nor include in his Proposal sales and use taxes on those building and construction materials physically incorporated into the project. Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, CO 80261 C. Sales and use taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption All applicable sales and use taxes (including State collected taxes) on any items other than construction and building materials physically incorporated into the project are to be paid by Design/Builder and are to be included in appropriate Work items. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas. 1. Design/Builder shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of construction workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws or Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Design/Builder shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of Work, Design/Builder shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Owner's Consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any claim brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Design/Builder's performance of the Construction. B. Removal of Debris. During the performance of the Construction, Design/Builder shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris resulting from the Construction. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws or Regulations. C. Cleaning. Prior to Substantial Completion, Design/Builder shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At completion of Construction, Design/Builder shall remove all tools, appliances, construction equipment, temporary construction and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures. Design/Builder shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Design/Builder subject any part of the Construction or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 17 6.12 Record Documents A. Design/Builder shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders and Work Change Directives in good order and annotated to show all changes made during performance of the Work. These record documents together with all approved Submittals will be available to Owner for reference. Upon completion of the Work and prior to release of final payment, these record documents and Submittals, including a reproducible set of record drawings as provided in paragraph 3.05.D, will be delivered to Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Design/Builder shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. All persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. All Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Design/Builder shall comply with applicable Laws or Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Design/Builder shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Design/Builder. D. Design/Builder's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the construction shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner has issued a notice to Design/Builder in accordance with paragraph 13.08.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Design/Builder shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Design/Builder shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Design/Builder is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Design/Builder shall give Owner prompt written notice if Design/Builder believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Design/Builder in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Submittals A. Owner will review and approve Submittals in accordance with the schedule of required Submittals accepted by Owner as required by paragraph 2.06.A. Owner's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the construction, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Owner's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Owner's review and approval of Submittals shall not relieve Design/Builder from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Design/Builder has in a separate written communication at the time of submission called Owner's EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright D2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 18 attention to each such variation and Owner has given written approval. C. Construction prior to Owner's review and approval of any required Submittal will be at the sole risk of Design/Builder. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Design/Builder shall continue the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Design/Builder and Owner may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Post -Construction Phase A. Design/Builder shall: 1. Provide assistance in connection with the start-up, testing, refining and adjusting of any equipment or system. 2. Assist Owner in training staff to operate and maintain the Work. 3. Assist Owner in developing systems and procedures for control of the operation and maintenance of and record keeping for the Work. 6.20 Design/Builder's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Design/Builder warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Construction Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Design/Builder's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. Abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Design/Builder, Subcontractors, or Suppliers or any other individual for whom Design/Builder is responsible, unless such abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation was permitted by or could reasonably have been prevented by Design/Builder, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 2. Normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. Design/Builder's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Design/Builder's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: Observations by Owner; 2. The making of any progress or final payment; 3. The issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to Design/Builder under the Contract Documents; 4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; so; 5. Any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do 6. Any review and approval of a Submittal; 7. Any inspection, test or approval by others; or 8. Any correction of defective Eenstmetien Work by Owner. 6.21 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Owner's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of Genstruetien the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. In any and all claims against Owner, Owner's Consultant or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.2 LA shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Design/Builder or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 19 workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Design/Builder under paragraph 6.2 LA shall not extend to the liability of Owner's Consultant, and their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, designs, or specifications. 6.22 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 — OTHER CONSTRUCTION 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other Work related to the Project at the Site by Owner's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. Written notice thereof will be given to Design/Builder prior to starting any such other work; and 2. DesignBuilder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9 if Design/Builder believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Design/Builder or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. B. Design/Builder shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Design/Builder shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Design/Builder under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Design/Builder in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Design/Builder's Work depends upon work performed or services provided by others under this Article 7, Design/Builder shall inspect such other work and appropriate instruments of service and promptly report to Owner in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work or services that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Design/Builder's Work. Design/Builder's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Design/Builder's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. The individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 2. The specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. The extent of such authority and responsi- bilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 — OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 General A. Owner shall do the following in a timely manner so as not to delay the services of Design/Builder: 1. Designate in writing a person to act as Owner's Representative with respect to the services to be rendered under this Agreement. Such person shall have complete authority to transmit instructions, receive information, interpret and define Owner's policies, make decisions with respect to performance of the Work, and shall provide such other services as may be agreed upon; 2. Provide such legal services as Owner may require with regard to legal issues pertaining to the Project including any that may be raised by Design/Builder; EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 20 4. WORK ENVIRONMENT a. Recognizing that people are the highest cost associated with buildings, provide an "uplifted" work environment that supports and enhances, worker productivity. b. Design high quality lighting utilizing daylighting and quality electric lighting. C. Maximize visual connections to the outdoors without negatively, impacting energy use. d. Create a thermally comfortable environment with minimal use of energy. e. Provide good indoor air quality through use of less toxic materials, well -designed ventilation, etc. f. Minimize HVAC, and other equipment noise. 5. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN It is the intent of the City of Fort Collins that the project earn enough credits using the US Green Building Council's (USGBC) LEEDTm Green Building Rating System to earn a "Silver" certification. The most current version of LEEDTm at the time of the project design shall be used. In this context, it is desired that particular attention be given to building shape and orientation to optimize daylighting potential while minimizing unwanted heat gain and glare. Page 8 of 27 4. Make payments to Design/Builder promptly when they are due as provided in paragraph 13.03 and 13.08; 5. Furnish the Site as set forth in paragraph 4.0l.A; 6. Furnish to Design/Builder, as required for performance of Design/Builder's Services the following, all of which Design/Builder may use and rely upon in performing services under this Agreement: a. Environmental assessment and impact statements; b. Property, boundary, easement, right-of- way, topographic, and utility surveys; C. Property descriptions; d. Zoning, deed, and other land use re- strictions; e. Engineering surveys to establish reference points for design and construction which in Owner's judgment are necessary to enable Design/Builder to proceed with the Work; f. Assistance to Design/Builder in filing documents required to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and approvals of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project; g. Permits, licenses, and approvals of government authorities Owner is specifically required to obtain by the Contract Documents; and h. All subsurface data at or contiguous to the Site which Owner may have obtained. 7. Review Submittals subject to Owner review pursuant to paragraph 6.17.A; and 8. Provide information known to or in the possession of Owner relating to the presence of materials and substances at the Site which could create a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 8.02 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.03 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Design/Builder's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Design/Builder to comply with Laws or Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Design/Builder's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.04 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 8.05 Resident Project Representation A. Owner may furnish a Resident Project Representative to observe the performance of Construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 8.06 Owner's Consultant A. Owner's Consultant, if any, has no duties, responsibilities, or authorities with respect to Design/Builder, unless so provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work within the--s� `� of the Gent by a Written Amendment, Change Order or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Design/Builder shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 9.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright (02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 21 Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Construction as provided in paragraph 12.04. 9.03 Claims A. Notice. If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of any order of Owner pursuant to paragraph 9.0I.A or other occurrence for which the Contract Documents provide that such adjustment(s) may be made, a Claim may be made therefor. Written notice of intent to make such a Claim shall be submitted to the other party promptly and in no event more than 15 days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim. B. Documentation. Substantiating documentation shall be submitted by the claiming party within 30 days after delivery of the notice required by paragraph 9.03.A. C. Decision. The other parry shall render a decision on the Claim no more than 30 days after the receipt of the substantiating documentation required by paragraph 9.03.B. This decision will be final and binding unless the claiming party gives notice of intention to exercise its rights under Article 15 within 30 days of receipt of the decision and exercises such rights within 30 days of giving the notice of intent. D. Time Limit Extension. The time limits of paragraphs 9.03.13 and 9.03.0 may be extended by mutual agreement. 9.04 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Design/Builder shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to paragraph 9.01, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Construction or Work under paragraph 12.08 or Owner's correction of defective Construction or Work under paragraph 12.09 or (iii) agreed to by the parties; and 2. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive:, provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations but during any such appeal, Design/Builder shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18. 9.05 Notice to Sureties A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Design/Builder's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 9.06 Effect of Chance Orders A. By the execution of a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or Written Agreement Owner and Design/Builder expressly acknowledge and agree that said Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Written Agreement provides for a fair and equitable adjustment in Contract Price and/or Contact Time for the additions, deletions or revisions in the Work as authorized by said Change Order Work Change Directive or Written Agreement. Owner and Design/Builder further expressly acknowledge and agree that claims for adiustments to the Contract Price and/or Contract Time covered by a Change Order, Work Change Directive or Written Agreement are not valid. ARTICLE 10 — COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 10.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by Design/Builder in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to he reimbursed to Design/Builder will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change of the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 10.01.13: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Design/Builder in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Design/Builder. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright (02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 22 a. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full-time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall inelxde, but riot -be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, and health and retirement benefits, bonuses, iek leave;--vacaatielnan-d— halipa) applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or 1Legal hHolidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. b. Such employees shall also include engineers, engineering technicians, architects, and others providing Design Professional Services. For purposes of this paragraph 10.0l.A.1, Design/Builder shall be entitled to payment for such employees an amount equal to salary costs times a factor, both as designated in the Agreement, for all services performed or furnished by such employees engaged on the Project. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Design/Builder unless Owner deposits funds with Design/Builder with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Design/Builder shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Design/Builder to Subcontractors (excluding payments for Design Professional Services pursuant to paragraph 10.0l.A.4) for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Design/Builder's Cost of the Work and fee. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 4. Payments made by Design/Builder for Design Professional Services provided or furnished under a Design Subagreement. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following items: a. The proportion of necessary transporta- tion, travel and subsistence expenses of Design/Builder's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the Site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Design/Builder. C. Rentals of all construction or engineering equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from Design/Builder or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Design/Builder is liable, imposed by Laws or Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Design/Builder in connection with the furnishing and performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by Owner in accordance with Article 5 above) provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Design/Builder's fee. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 23 g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. It. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. Cost of premiums for all additional Bonds and insurance Design/Builder is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain because of changes in the Work. B. Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Design/Builder's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by Design/Builder whether at the Site or in Design/Builder's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 10.0I.A.1, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Design/Builder's fee. 2. Expenses of Design/Builder's principal and branch offices other than Design/Builder's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Design/Builder's capital expenses, including interest on Design/Builder's capital employed for the Work and charges against Design/Builder for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 10.01.A. 6. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not Design/Builder is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by paragraph 10.0l.A 6.i above). C. Design/Builder's Fee. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Design/Builder's fee shall be as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of the Work covered by a Change Order is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Design/Builder's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 11.01.C. D. Documentation. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraph 10.0LA and 10.0l.B, Design/Builder will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Owner an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 10.02 Cash Allowances A. The Contract Price includes all allowances so named in the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner. Design/Builder agrees that: 1. The allowances include the cost to Design/Builder (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Except as set forth in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Design/Builder on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 10.03 Unit Prices A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all of Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Design/Builder will be made by Owner. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Design/Builder to be adequate to cover Design/Builder's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. Design/Builder or Owner may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 9 if: EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright D2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 24 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Design/Builder differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Design/Builder believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes it is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. D. Design/Builder acknowledges that Owner has the right to add or delete items of the Work or change quantities at Owner's sole discretion without affecting the Contract Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of the estimated quantity of the item. ARTICLE 11— CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 11.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly in accordance with paragraph 9.03.A. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.03); or 2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.0l.C.2); or 3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.0l.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 10.01) plus a Design/Builder's Fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.0I I.Q. C. Design/Builder's Fee: The Design/Builder's fee for overhead and profit on Change Orders shall be determined as follows: A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. For costs incurred under paragraphs 10.0l.A.l.a and 10.0l.A.2, the Design/Builder's fee shall be 4-5 three percent; b. For costs incurred under paragraph 10.01.A.3 10.01.A.4, 10.0l.A.5 and 10.0l.A.6, the Design/Builder's fee shall be five three percent; C. Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.0l.C.1 and 11.0l.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 10.0l.A.1 and 10.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Design/Builder will each be paid a fee of to be negotiated in good faith with Owner but not to exceed five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Design/Builder to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Design/Builder's fee by an amount equal to five three percent of such net decrease; and e. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Design/Builder's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.0I.C.2.a through 11.0I.C.2.d, inclusive. f. No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 10 0l A 5 10.01.A.6, or 10.01.13. 11.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice pursuant to paragraph 9.03.A. B. Delays Beyond Design/Builder's Control. Where Design/Builder is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Design/Builder, the Contract Times (or EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 25 Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 11.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Design/Builder shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, governmental agencies, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other construction work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. C. If Owner or other contractor or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Design/Builder shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Design/Builder's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Design/Builder's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. D. If Design/Builder is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Design/Builder, then Design/Builder shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Design/Builder's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Design/Builder's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 11.02.C. E. Owner and Owner's Consultant shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. F. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Design/Builder. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Design/Builder. ARTICLE 12 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION OR WORK 12.01 Notice of Defects A. Owner shall give Design/Builder prompt written notice of all defective Construction or Work of which Owner has actual knowledge. All defective Construction or Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 12. 12.02 Access to Construction A. Owner, Owner's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Construction at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Design/Builder shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Design/Builder's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 12.03 Tests and Inspections A. If the Contract Documents or Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any part of the Geastraotie Work specifically to be inspected, tested or approved, Design/Builder shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner the required certificates of inspection or approval. Design/ Builder shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Design/Builder's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. B. Design/Builder shall give Owner reasonable notice of the planned schedule for all required inspections, tests, or approvals. C. If any Construction (or the construction work of others) that is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Design/Builder without written concurrence of Owner, it must, if requested by Owner, be uncovered for observation at Design/Builder's expense unless Design/ Builder has given Owner timely notice of Design/Builder's intention to cover the same and Owner has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. D. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except W for inspections tests or approvals covered by_paraeraph 12.03.A above, (ii) costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 12.04 B below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 12 04.B• and (iii) as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 12.04 Uncovering Construction A. If any Construction is covered contrary to the written request of Owner, it must, if requested by Owner, be uncovered for Owner's observation and recovered at Design/Builder's expense. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 26 B. If Owner considers it necessary or advisable that covered Construction be observed by Owner or inspected or tested by others, Design/Builder, at Owner's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Owner may require, that portion of the Construction in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Construction is defective, Design/Builder shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs, and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. If, however, such Construction is not found to be defective, Design/Builder shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Design/Builder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. 12.05 Owner May Stop Construction or Work A. If Construction or Work is defective, or Design/Builder fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform Construction or Work in such a way that the completed CeBstrustien Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Design/Builder to stop Construction or Work or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop Construction will not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Design/Builder or any surety or other party. 12.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Construction or Work A. Owner will have authority to disapprove or reject defective Construction or Work and will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Construction or Work whether or not the Construction or Work is fabricated, installed or completed. If required by Owner, Design/Builder shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Construction or Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Construction or Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Site and replace it with non - defective Construction or Work. Design/Builder shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs of such correction, replacement and/or removal (including but not limited to all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such correction replacement and/or removal and fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court, arbitration, or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal.) 12.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Work or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Construction or Work is found to be defective, Design/Builder shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions, (i) correct such defective Construction or Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Site and replace it with Construction or Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Construction or Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Design/Builder does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Construction or Work corrected or the rejected Construction or Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses, and damages caused by azising out of, or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs, and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Design/Builder. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Conceptual Documents. C. Where defective Construction or Work (and damage to other Construction or Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 12.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Construction or Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 12.08 Acceptance of Defective Construction or Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Construction or Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Design/Builder shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Construction or Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, and Owner shall be entitled to an EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 27 appropriate decrease in the Contract Price reflecting the diminished value of the Construction or Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. If the acceptance occurs after final payment, an appropriate amount will be paid by Design/Builder to Owner. 12.09 Owner May Correct Defective Construction or Work A. If Design/Builder fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner to correct defective Construction or Work or to remove and replace rejected Construction or Work as required by Owner in accordance with paragraphs 12.06.A or 12.07.A, or if Design/Builder fails to perform the Construction or Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Design/Builder fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Design/Builder, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09 Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Design/Builder from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Construction or Work, and Design/Builder's Designuilder's services related thereto, take possession of Design/Builder's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Construction or Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Design/Builder but which are stored elsewhere. Design/Builder shall allow Owner, Owner's Consultant, Owner's representatives, agents, employees, and other contractors access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (included but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09 will be charged against Design/Builder and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. D. Design/Builder shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09. 12.10 No limitation A. Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Design/Builder might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 12.07 relates only to the specific obligation of the Design/Builder to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Design/Builder's liability with respect to the Design/Builder's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. ARTICLE 13 — PAYMENTS TO DESIGNBUILDER AND COMPLETION 13.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in paragraph 2.06.A will serve as the basis for progress payments. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 13.02 Application for Progress Payment A. On or about the date established in the Agreement for submission of each application for progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Design/Builder shall submit to Owner for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Design/Builder covering the Work completed as of the date indicated on the Application and accompanied by supporting documentation as required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance provided by Design/Builder and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to Owner. B. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Design/Builder stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Design/Builder's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. C. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. D. Any funds that are withheld by Owner shall not be subiect to substitution by Design/Builder with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or custodianship. By executing the Application for Payment form EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 28 Design/Builder expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101 et sea 13.03 Review of Applications for Progress Payments A. Procedure. Progress payments shall be made by the Owner to the Design/Builder according to the following procedure: 1. Owner will, within ten days of receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing its acceptance of the Application and state that the Application is being processed for payment, or return the Application to Design/Builder indicating in writing its reasons for refusing to accept the Application. Not more than ten days after accepting such Application the amount will become due and when due will be paid by Owner to Design/Builder. 2. If Owner should fail to pay Design/Builder at the time the payment of any amount becomes due, except as provided in paragraph 13 03 B and as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents then Design/Builder may, at any time thereafter, upon serving written notice that he will stop the Work within seven days after receipt of the notice by Owner, and after such seven day period, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if sent by certified mail to the last known business address of Owner. 3. Payments due but unpaid shall bear interest at the rate specified in the Agreement. 4. No Progress Payment nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Reduction in or Refusal to Make Payment. Owner may refuse to make the whole or any part of any such payment, or because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any previous payment, to the extent that is reasonably necessary to protect Owner from loss because: 1. the Construction or Work is defective, or completed Construction or Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement; or 2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Order; or 3. Owner has been required to correct defective Construction or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 12.09.A; or 4. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 13.03.B.1 through 13.03.B.3 inclusive or paragraphs 14.02.A.1 through 14.02.A.3 inclusive; or 5. Claims have been made against Owner on account of Design/Builder's performance or furnishing of the Work; or 6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Design/Builder has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; or 7. There are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount for which application is made. C. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount requested by Design/Builder, Owner must give Design/Builder immediate written notice stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Design/Builder any amount remaining after deduction of the amount withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Design/Builder the amount withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to when Design/Builder corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reason for such action. 13.04 Design/Builder's Warranty of Title A. Design/Builder warrants and guarantees that title to all Construction, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 13.05 Substantial Completion A. When Design/Builder considers the Work ready for its intended use Design/Builder shall notify Owner in writing that the Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Design/Builder as incomplete) and request that Owner issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, Owner and Design/Builder shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Owner does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner will notify Design/Builder in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner considers the Work substantially complete, Owner will prepare and deliver to Design/Builder a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. At the time of delivery of the certificate of Substantial Completion Owner will deliver to Design/Builder a written determination as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Design/Builder with respect to security, operation, safety, protection of Construction, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. B. Owner will have the right to exclude Design/Builder from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner will allow Design/Builder reasonable EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 29 access to complete or correct items on the list of items to be completed. 13.06 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Construction which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner and Design/Builder agree constitute a separately functioning and usable part of the Construction that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Design/ Builder's performance of the remainder of the Construction, subject to the following: 1. Owner at any time may request Design/Builder in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Construction which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Design/Builder agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Design/Builder will certify to Owner that such part of the Construction is substantially complete and request Owner to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Construction. Design/Builder at any time may notify Owner in writing that Design/Builder considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner and Design/Builder shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Owner does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Owner will notify Design/Builder in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 13.05 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. No use or occupancy of part of the Construction will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 13.07 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Design/Builder that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner will make a final inspection with Design/Builder and will notify Design/Builder in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Design/Builder shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 13.08 Final Payment A. Application for Payment. 1. After Design/Builder has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12) and other documents, Design/Builder may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (unless previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.04.13.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 13.08.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Design/Builder may famish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Design/Builder that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Design/Builder may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. 4. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the Owner's standard forms bound in the Project manual B. Final Payment and Acceptance. If Owner is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Design/Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, give written notice to Design/Builder that the Work is acceptable. Otherwise, Owner will return the Application to Design/Builder, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to process final payment, in which case Design/Builder shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. C. Payment Becomes Due. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the acceptable Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with Owner's notice of acceptability, the amount will become due and will be paid by Owner to EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 30 CHAPTER 3 - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES DESIGN SERVICES All the necessary design services to complete the project including the following: a. All architectural design services — prime and local ■ Sustainable Design ■ Acoustical Design b. All planning design services — local • Sustainable Design C. All landscaping and irrigation design services — local • Sustainable Design d. All civil design services — local • Sustainable Design • Transportation Impact Study (TIS) • All other civil work necessary for City approval e. All structural design services • Sustainable Design f. All mechanical design services • Sustainable Design • Fire Protection Design g. All electrical design services ■ Sustainable Design ■ Communications & Security Systems ■ Fire Alarm System h. Any Special System Design Services needed for a Police Facility The City of Fort Collins requests the prime architect be very experienced in Police Facility Design and include an architect and planning firm experienced in working with the City of Fort Collins planning process. Also, the City requests all design consultants be contracted with the prime architect. 2. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES All necessary construction services to complete the construction of the project, including a cost consultant. 3. PROJECT BUDGET The project budget for the design and construction services is in the range of $20,000,000 to $22,500,000, which includes the design services, building construction, and all "on -site" improvements. Page 9 of 27 Design/Builder, subject to paragraph 16.05.B of these General Conditions. 13.09 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Design/Builder, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, Owner shall, upon receipt of Design/Builder's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.0LA, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Design/Builder to Owner with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 13.10 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. A waiver of all Claims by Owner against Design/Builder, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Construction appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 13.07, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Design/Builder's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. A waiver of all Claims by Design/Builder against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 14 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 14.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 days by notice in writing to Design/Builder which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Design/Builder shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Design/Builder shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Design/Builder makes a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. 14.02 Owner May Terminate for Canse A. Upon Tthe occurrence of any one or more of the following events :...,tires te.-,.,inatiRn for ,.,.us Owner may terminate this Agreement as provided herein: 1. Design/Builder's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.06.A as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.05). 2. Design/Builder's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction. 3. Design/Builder's violation in any substantial way of provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 14.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Design/Builder (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice, terminate the services of Design/Builder, take possession of any completed Drawings and Specifications prepared by or for Design/Builder (subject to the indemnification provisions of paragraph 3.05.A), exclude Design/Builder from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Design/Builder's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Design/Builder (without liability to Design/Builder for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Design/Builder but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Design/Builder shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) such excess will be paid to Design/Builder. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Design/Builder shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Notwithstanding paragraph 14.02.13, Design/ Builder's services will not be terminated if Design/Builder begins, within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate, to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 31 D. Where Design/Builder's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Design/Builder then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Design/Builder by Owner will not release Design/Builder from liability. 14.03 Owner May Terminate for Convenience A. Upon seven days' written notice to Design/Builder, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, Design/Builder shall be paid (without duplication of any items) for: 1. Completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. Expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. Amounts .«trantnc..l in teFmi«..tei aid settlement of c..««l:e_n .,a ..thff-S yith (including but net eent_aeters lifnite.l to all Fen and el aFgen of ehiteetn ..e f n engineers, ...A.it..etimn- attorneys and other- O dispute F elutie« -aflA all of other Gosts ed i4l P,Rnt-vaets ..rith PRnni-,Otion .ith te««i«etion ,.f Cuppliefs ..theFS); -Subee«trnetors a«.1 and 4. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Except as provided in paragraph 14.03.C, Design/Builder shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 14.04 Design/Builder May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Design/Builder, the Work is suspended for a period of more than 90 days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Owner fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for thirty days to pay Design/Builder any sum finally determined to be due, then Design/Builder may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner, and provided Owner does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 14.03.A. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Design/Builder any sum finally determined to be due, Design/Builder may upon seven days' written notice to Owner stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Design/Builder, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 14.04.A are not intended to preclude Design/Builder from making Claim under Article 9 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Design/Builder's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 15 — DISPUTE RESOLUTION 15.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no such method and procedure has been set forth, Owner and Design/Builder may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 16 — MISCELLANEOUS 16.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 16.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 16.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by: Laws or Regulations; or 2. any special warranty or guarantee; or 3. other provisions of the Contract Documents. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright (D2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 32 B. The provisions of paragraph 16.03.A will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 16.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Contract. 16.05 Controlling Law The laws of the State of Colorado shall apply to this Agreement, including: but not limited to the following pertinent Colorado statutes: 1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101) requires that Colorado labor be employed to perform the work to the extent of not less than 80 percent (80%) of each type or class of labor in the several classifications of skilled and common labor employed on the project Colorado labor means any person who is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the time of employment, without discrimination as to race color, creed, age, religion or sex. 2 If a claim is filed Owner is required by law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to Design/Builder sufficient funds to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials, team hire, sustenance provisions provender, or other supplies used or consumed by Design/Builder or his Subcontractors in or about the performance of the work. Such funds must be withheld until said claims have been paid or such claims as filed have been withdrawn such payment or withdrawn to be evidenced by filing with Owner a receipt in full or an order for withdrawal in writing and signed by the person filing such a claim or his duly authorized agents or assigns Such funds shall not be withheld longer than ninety (90) days following the date fixed for final settlement as published in a public newspaper in accordance with the law, unless an action is commenced within that time to enforce such unpaid claim and a notice of lis pendens is filled with the Owner. At the expiration of such ninety (90) day period Owner shall pay to Design/Builder such moneys and funds as are not the subject of suit and lis pendens notices and shall retain only sufficient funds to insure the payment of judgments which may result from the suit. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 33 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-4 Diffefing Site Csndiflsiqq Subsurface and Physical Conditions ADD the following language in Section 4, Paragraph A.1, Subsurface Conditions: Preliminary soils report of the entire site, dated July 28, 2000, prepared by CTL/Thompson. ADD the following language in Section 4, Paragraph A.2.a. Physical Conditions: Preliminary soils report of the entire site, dated July 28, 2000, prepared by CTL/Thompson. SC-8 Changes in Work ADD the following Paragraph to ARTICLE 8, Paragraph 8.05.13 8.053 Resident Project Representative The Resident Project Representative deals in matters pertaining to the work. Any such dealings will be with or through the Design/Builder. Dealings with subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of the Design/Builder. Duties and Responsibilities of the Resident Project Representative are: Attend meetings with the Design/Builder such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings and otherjob conferences. Serve as Owners liaison with Design/Builder working principally through Design/Builders superintendent to assist the Design/Builder in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required, for proper execution of the Work. Advise the Design/Builder of the commencement of any Work pertaining to a Shop Drawing, data, or sample submission which does not meet the Contract Documents. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress in determining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Report to the Design/Builders superintendent whenever the Resident Project Representative believes that the Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests or approvals required to be made; and advise the Owners Representative and Design/Builder when he believes work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project. Consider and evaluate Design/Builder suggestions for modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to Owners Representative. 7/96 Section 00800 Page t Maintain at the Resident Project Representative office orderly files concerning correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings, data, and samples, reproductions or original Contract Documents including all Work Directive Changes, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, additional drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, Design/Builder clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other project documents. Keep a diary, daily report form, or log book, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of work directive changes, Change Orders, or changed conditions, list of job site visitors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Report immediately to Owners Representative the occurrence of any accident. Review application for payment with Design/Builder for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and will submit to the Owners Representative. Conduct final inspection with the Design/Builder and Owners Representative observe that all items on the final inspection list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to Owners Representative concerning acceptance. The Resident Project Representative shall not: Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment. Exceed limitations of Resident Project Representative authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the Design/Builder, Subcontractors, or Design/Builders superintendent. Advise on, or issue directions relative to, or assume control over A any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. Advise on or issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Accept Shop Drawings, data, or samples submittals from anyone other than the Design/Builder. 7/96 Section 00800 Page 2 CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: P954 Police Services Facility-Design/Build OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) October 8, 2004 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS RECEIVED VIA E-MAIL Question 1 RE: Chapter 5 - QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS --Would it be acceptable to submit a single copy of the A/E & GC financial statements under separate cover from the RFQ submittal with an envelope for return to submitter after evaluation? Answer: It would be acceptable to send only one copy of the financial statements in separate envelope with the RFP but this copy will be maintained on file in our Purchasing Department and no other copies will be made. Question 2 RE: Chapter 7 - AGREEMENT & GENERAL CONDITIONS --Will there be a separate preconstruction services contract? Answer: No. Question 3 Will preconstruction services cost be paid by OWNER" before construction start? Answer: Design/Build Contractor will be paid according to D/B Schedule of Values. Question 4 At what design stage does "OWNER" anticipate guaranteed maximum price? Answer: At Award Question 5 What are the dates for substantial completion and final payment? Answer: 3.01 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment The Work will be substantially completed within 1064 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2 02 A of the General Conditions and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 13.09 of the General Conditions within 1094 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Question 6 What is the number of sub -bids required according to Fort Collins Purchasing rules? Answer: None Question 7 Do Subcontractors have to be approved by "OWNER"? Answer: No. Question 8 Do Davis -Bacon wages apply for this project? Answer: No Question 9 What dollar amount is the Proposal (Bid) Bond for Design/Build based on? Answer: Bond required in Step II for the amount of proposal Question 10 Why does the City of Fort Collins use the Engineer's Contract & General Conditions in lieu of AIA or AGC? Answer: EJCDC Design/Build Contract is what we use Question 11 Will a Design sub agreement be required? Answer: No Question 12 Is the A/E & GC a 'joint venture'? Answer: The A/E & GC are a Design/Build Team. Question 13 Will the GC be required to carry errors & omissions insurance? Answer: The Design/Build Team must have errors & omissions insurance coveraqe. Question: 14 Does the GC have the option to perform the subcontractor work for the budget amount if all the sub - bids are higher than budget? Answer: The Design/Build Contractor can perform work by in-house or by Subcontract, as long as at least 20% is performed by the D/B Team. Question 15 What is "Trend Log Summary"? Answer: Delete "Trend Log Summary and" from Article 12. Contract Documents 12.01 J. Question 16 What holidays are observed by the City of Fort Collins? Answer: New Year's Day,Martin Luther King Day Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day. Question 17 Does the "OWNER" accept responsibility for timely performance of separate contractors? Answer: Yes for those contracted by the City Question 18 Does "OWNER" accept responsibility for timely checking and approval of shop drawings by separate contractors? Answer: Yes for those contracted by the City Question 19 Does the preconstruction services contract or "Chapter 7 Agreement" have Roth -Sheppard Design "Program" bound in? Answer: Yes RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: P954 Police Services Facility — Design/Build OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) December 13, 2004 To all prospective proposers under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are herby made. A. DESIGN/BUILD SERVICES The Design/Build Team shall design a facility that is: state-of-the-art for Police Facilities; innovative, yet practical; and constructible, without discipline conflicts. The City expects the construction to be: of the highest quality, utilizing the latest construction processes; durable and maintainable; built with the most innovative products and systems; constructed within the timeframe proposed; and under budget. The City expects the BEST possible Police Services Facility that can be designed and built! B. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The design and construction of our Police Services Facility will meet or exceed the policies and standards provided by the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Activities (CALEA). Additionally, the crime lab will confonn to the American Society of Crime Lab Directors/Lab Accreditation standards, attached as Attachment "A". Information on these policies and standards will be provided at the November 161h Pre -proposal Meeting. This facility will also meet the City's Building Design Standards and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) standards. The updated City of Fort Collins Building Design Standards Manual (2004) will also be available at the November 161h Pre -proposal Meeting. C. SPACE PLANNING Each design/build team is receiving the Space Plan that was developed in September 2000 as Attachment "B". The single facility information should be used. Attachment "C" provides the current staffing plan for Police Services that should be used in conjunction with the Space Plan. Your conceptual (schematic) design should be based upon this information. The successful Design/Build Team will need to update the Space Plan to the current and projected needs of Police Services. D. COMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY SYSTEMS Given the current state of society, the communications and security systems for this facility will be a major component of the project. The communications installations shall conform to the City's Infonnation Technology Standards. Coordination of these systems during the design phase will be critical. We anticipate different levels of security starting with the site, the main lobby, and within the facility— police area, escorted police areas, staff only areas, restricted to certain staff, and detainee areas. The revised City of Fort Collins Information Technology Standards will be available at the November 16`h Pre -proposal Meeting. Page 1 of 7 E. SIGNAGE Building signage, including the site, is an important factor in the functioning of the facility. This work will need to be coordinated in detail during the design phase. F. EMERGENCY GENERATOR The facility shall have an emergency generator capable of operating certain areas of the facility during power outages. This work will need to be coordinated, in detail, during the design phase. G. CRITICAL AREAS OF DESIGN The communication center, short term holding area, evidence storage area, and the crime laboratory will be critical areas. This work will need to be coordinated, in detail, during the design phase. H. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PROCESS 1. The Design/Build Team's project manager will take a very strong leadership role on this project. All communications with the City of Fort Collins on the project will go through this person. This approach will be followed throughout the project. The expectation is this person will schedule all meetings (City anticipates weekly design and construction meetings), develop minutes with "action items" for follow-up on all decisions, and provide leadership during this entire process. 2. The Police Facilities Architect, as well as the appropriate design consultants, will play a major role during both the design and construction process. The City's expectation is the designers will design and recommend the appropriate materials, products, etc. The general contractor and associated sub -contractors will provide their input, review the design and price this information. Substitutions of any products or systems incorporated in the design will be discussed with all parties. 3. It is anticipated that the PDP submission will have been sufficiently prepared and coordinate ahead of time that it will enable us to go to the FDP with one round of comments. The local planning consultant will play a major role in meeting the requirements of the City Plan. The civil design will support this intent by providing drawings that are to a level of detail and accuracy that when submitted for City review, they will eliminate as many questions as possible by the City staff. 5. The City's Project Manager will be informed of all contacts with the City staff and will participate with the Design/Build Team through the development review process. This same approach will apply to contacts with the Police Services Department. At the "kick off' design meeting, a flow chart for the above process will be developed. 6. Major materials and product decisions will be made during the design phase. Therefore, some shop drawings will be required. For items not approved during the design phase, a limited specification will be required for the general contractor and the standard shop drawing/submittal approval process will be used. 7. The appropriate City staff from our Facilities Maintenance organization will be involved at "key" times during the design process to ensure that the products and systems being Page 2 of 7